As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2025.
Registration No. 333-
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
OPTIMI HEALTH CORP.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s Name into English)
| British Columbia | 2834 | Not Applicable | ||
| (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
269 David Brown Way
Princeton, B.C. V0X 1W0
Canada
(778) 761-4551
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
Cogency Global Inc.
122 East 42nd Street, 18th Floor New York, NY 10168
(800) 221-0102
(Names, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
| Kevin Friedmann, Esq. Norton Rose Fulbright US LLP 1045 W. Fulton Market, Suite 1200 Chicago, IL 60607 (312) 964-7763 |
Kristopher Miks, Esq. Norton Rose Fulbright Canada LLP 510 West Georgia Street, Suite 1800 Vancouver, B.C. V6B 0M3, Canada (604) 687-6575 |
Alyse Sagalchik, Esq. Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP 525 W. Monroe Street Chicago, IL 60661 (312) 902-5200 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☒
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.
Emerging growth company ☒
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
| † | The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012. |
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED , 2025
Optimi Health Corp.
Common Shares
This is the initial public offering of common shares, with no par value (“common shares”), of Optimi Health Corp., a British Columbia corporation, in the United States. We are offering an aggregate of common shares in this offering. We are also registering the issuance by us of (i) warrants to purchase up to common shares (the “Underwriter Warrants”) to the underwriter (assuming the exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriter in full) as well as (ii) up to common shares issuable upon the exercise of the Underwriter Warrants to purchase common shares at a price per common share equal to 115% of the initial public offering price.
We expect the initial public offering price will be between US$ and US$ per common share. The actual public offering price per common share will be determined between us and the underwriter at the time of pricing and may be at a discount to the current market price. Therefore, the assumed public offering price used throughout this prospectus may not be indicative of the final offering price.
Although this is our initial public offering of our common shares in the United States, our common shares are listed in Canada on the Canadian Securities Exchange (the “CSE”) under the symbol “OPTI” and in Germany on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (the “FSE”) under the symbol “8BN” and quoted for trading on OTC Markets Group Inc.’s OTCQX under the symbol “OPTHF”. On September 3, 2025, the last reported sale price of our common shares on the CSE was C$[ ] (C$0.215 pre-Reverse Share Split (as defined below)), on the FSE was €$[ ] (€0.133 pre-Reverse Share Split) and the last quoted price of our common shares on OTCQX was US$[ ] (US$0.16529 pre-Reverse Share Split). We have applied to list our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the trading symbol “OPTH”. If our application to the Nasdaq Capital Market is not approved or we otherwise determine that we will not be able to secure the listing of our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we will not complete the offering. If our common shares are approved for listing and commence trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market, trading of our common shares on the OTCQX will cease.
Although not yet effective, our Board of Directors has approved a reverse share split with a share split ratio of 1-for-[ ] (“Reverse Share Split”). We anticipate effecting the Reverse Share Split immediately prior to the uplisting of our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market and such Reverse Share Split being effective on, or just before, the date our common shares are uplisted to the Nasdaq Capital Market. The Reverse Share Split is intended to allow us to meet the minimum share price requirement of the Nasdaq Capital Market.
We are an “emerging growth company” and a “foreign private issuer” as those terms are defined under the U.S. federal securities laws, and, as such, are eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company” and “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer.”
Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 of this prospectus before making your investment decision.
Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
| Per Share | Total | |||||||
| Initial public offering price |
US$ | US$ | ||||||
| Underwriting discounts and commissions(1) |
US$ | US$ | ||||||
| Proceeds to us, before expenses |
US$ | US$ | ||||||
| (1) | Underwriting discounts and commissions do not include the reimbursement of certain expenses of the underwriter we have agreed to pay. See “Underwriting” for additional disclosure regarding underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses. |
We have granted the underwriter an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional common shares on the same terms as the other common shares being purchased by the underwriter from us.
The underwriter expects to deliver the common shares to purchasers on or about , 2025.
Sole Bookrunner
Titan Partners Group
a division of American Capital Partners
Prospectus dated , 2025
| Page | ||||
| 1 | ||||
| 10 | ||||
| 13 | ||||
| 15 | ||||
| 54 | ||||
| 55 | ||||
| 56 | ||||
| 57 | ||||
| 58 | ||||
| 60 | ||||
| MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS |
65 | |||
| 78 | ||||
| 99 | ||||
| 107 | ||||
| 109 | ||||
| 111 | ||||
| 122 | ||||
| 124 | ||||
| 132 | ||||
| 142 | ||||
| 143 | ||||
| 144 | ||||
| 145 | ||||
| 146 | ||||
| 147 | ||||
| F-1 | ||||
We have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we may have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriter have not authorized any other person to provide you with different or additional information. Neither we nor the underwriter are making an offer to sell the common shares in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. This offering is being made in the United States and elsewhere solely on the basis of the information contained in this prospectus.
For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriter has done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the common shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.
Until , 2025 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
i
The following summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. You should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” sections and the financial statements and the related notes, before deciding whether to invest in the securities. Certain capitalized terms used in this summary are defined in the section of this prospectus titled “Prospectus Summary—Conventions Which Apply to This Prospectus”.
Our Business
We are a Canadian Good Manufacturing Practices (“GMP”) compliant, pharmaceutical drug manufacturer licensed by Health Canada for the handling of controlled substances and GMP production. We specialize in controlled substances with our products being 3,4-Methylenedioxymethamphetamine hydrochloride (“MDMA”) and psilocybin derived from botanical sources. With a vertically integrated approach, we own two 10,000-square-foot production facilities in Princeton, British Columbia and operate under a Drug Establishment Licence (“DEL”) awarded by Health Canada. Our DEL certifies that our facilities and quality management systems comply with GMP for the formulation of designated drug products and the manufacture of certain active pharmaceutical ingredients (“API”) from plant sources. Additionally, we hold a Dealer’s Licence (“DL”) under Canada’s Narcotic Control Regulations, allowing us to possess, produce, assemble, sell, and deliver psilocybin and other psychedelic substances within the regulated framework set forth by Health Canada. The DL allows us to possess up to 20kg of psilocybin and 200g of psilocin (equivalent to approximately 2,000kg of dried full-body psilocybin-containing mushrooms) and 2kg of MDMA. We also hold a Precursor Licence under Canada’s Precursor Regulations allowing us to import 3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-Propanone if used in the synthesis of MDMA.
The legal status of psychedelic drugs varies by country and our various licenses allow us to supply markets where it is legal and position ourselves for new markets. Our products are currently available in Australia where psilocybin and MDMA have been rescheduled to allow prescription by an Authorized Prescriber only for treatment-resistant depression (“TRD”) and post-traumatic stress disorder (“PTSD”). In Canada, our products are available via the Special Access Program (“SAP”), which we are authorized to supply as a provision of our DL whereby sale or provision to the holder of a Controlled Drugs and Substances Act subsection 56(1) exemption is not prohibited for licensed dealers to provide psilocybin and MDMA in relation to an SAP authorization. The SAP patient authorization process has been successfully achieved for MDMA products. Our psilocybin product is currently in phase 2b clinical trials in Canada conducted by third parties. In all other countries, access is restricted to approved clinical trials, including in Israel, one of our planned target markets, where our MDMA product is currently in phase 2 clinical trials conducted by third parties. We are currently restricted from selling our products in the United States, another one of our planned target markets, where psilocybin and MDMA are considered Schedule I “controlled or “scheduled” substances, meaning their manufacture, importation, exportation, domestic distribution, storage, sale and legitimate use is subject to a significant degree of regulation by the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (the “DEA”). While our MDMA and botanical psilocybin products are currently being accessed in Canada and Australia, in any new market, a regulatory approval would be required for our products – be that a clinical trial application approval, a marketing authorization approval or access via a change to regulatory access for these products.
Our DEL enables us to supply validated psilocybin API, psilocybin drug products and MDMA drug products to patients in Australia under the Authorised Prescribers Scheme. Through strategic collaborations and ongoing compliance with global regulatory authorities, we aim to expand our product availability to additional jurisdictions where psychedelic-assisted therapies are gaining regulatory approval.
The key differentiator of a DEL is that it enables our MDMA and psilocybin capsules to be prescribed by authorized physicians in Australia for the treatment of PTSD and TRD. Unlike most companies in the
1
psychedelic sector that remain in clinical or pre-commercial phases, we are currently supplying regulated medicines under prescription in certain markets – supported by a DEL that also permits the legal manufacture and international export of both products.
As part of our commitment to innovation and broadening accessibility to psychedelic-based therapies, we continuously refine our production methodologies, invest in advanced extraction technologies and enhance our regulatory compliance frameworks to remain ahead of industry standards. By prioritizing sustainable and responsible production practices, we are dedicated to becoming a global leader in the psychedelic pharmaceutical sector. Our research initiatives focus on optimizing extraction efficiency, improving formulation stability and ensuring scalable manufacturing techniques that align with future market expansion plans. Although we do not currently own any patents, nor do we have any pending patent applications related to our MDMA and botanical psilocybin products, the design, formulation, and large-scale manufacture of these products are founded on—and would be materially impaired without—a comprehensive body of proprietary know-how, specialized production methodologies, and rigorously safeguarded trade secrets that we protect through internal controls and confidentiality agreements.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe the following competitive strengths contribute to our success and differentiate us from our competitors:
| • | Our ability to manufacture at scale and vertically integrate operations ensuring pricing advantages and quality control. |
| • | Our two 10,000-square-foot production facilities allow for rapid scaling, one of which is covered under the DEL. |
| • | Holding a DEL and a DL gives us the capability to commercialize psychedelic drugs today and supply patients in Australia for the treatment of PTSD with MDMA, and TRD with psilocybin. |
| • | Our commitment to research and development, with continuous investments in supplying clinical trials and on-going product improvement. |
| • | Our formulation expertise and strategic partnerships allow us to legally bring finished drug product to patients in Australia and supply clinical trials to certain countries around the world. |
| • | Our early-mover advantage with two psychedelic drugs available in the prescription market in Australia, and be ready for future markets should regulations allow. |
Our Growth Strategies
We intend to pursue the following growth strategies to solidify our market leadership and achieve sustainable growth:
| • | Expand into additional markets such as the United States and Israel. |
| • | Continue to invest in research and development for drug formulations. |
| • | Continue to strengthen regulatory compliance. |
| • | Continue to collect real world evidence (“RWE”) and patient-reported outcomes (“PROs”) for regulatory submissions in Australia. |
| • | Further collaborations with healthcare providers and government agencies to advocate for safe and effective psychedelic-assisted therapies. |
2
Summary of Our Risks and Challenges
We are subject to various risks and uncertainties, as more fully described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. We urge you to read the “Risk Factors” section and this prospectus in full. Below is a summary of the principal factors that make an investment in our securities speculative or subject to risk, organized under relevant headings.
Risks Related to Government Regulations
| • | We face various controlled substance regulatory compliance risks. |
| • | We may not be able to receive and maintain our licenses. |
| • | If we violate any laws and regulations related to controlled substances or precursors, we may face material adverse repercussions. |
| • | We may be materially adversely impacted by changes in U.S. legislative and regulatory policies. |
| • | We face various risks related to product liability and/or regulatory action. |
| • | Our products contain MDMA and/or psilocybin, which are controlled substances that are subject to international treaties and national regulatory frameworks, including import/export, manufacturing, or procurement restrictions and/or quotas, which may impact our ability to manufacture, distribute, or commercialize these products. |
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
| • | Our industry and market are relatively new. |
| • | We have a limited operating history, and we may not be able to manage our growth. |
| • | We have a history of operating losses, and there is no assurance that will be able to achieve profitability, raise additional financing or continue as a going concern. |
| • | If we are unable to obtain additional financing and on acceptable terms, we could be forced to delay, limit or discontinue product candidate development and sales efforts. |
| • | Our product candidates represent novel and innovative therapeutic areas - negative perception of any of our products or product candidates that we develop could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business, obtain regulatory approvals or identify alternative regulatory pathways to market for such product candidate. |
Risks Related to Drug Development
| • | We face various risks associated with drug development. All of our products are in preclinical or clinical development with third parties, which is a lengthy and expensive process with uncertain outcomes. All of our products have had clinical trial applications (“CTAs”) submitted in certain jurisdictions, with psilocybin trials approved to proceed in Canada, a MDMA trial approved in Israel and a MDMA CTA in review in Canada. While the products in clinical trials are identical to those that are currently distributed to Australia, we cannot give any assurance that any of our product candidates will be successfully developed and/or receive regulatory approval in other jurisdictions, including by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), which is necessary before they can be commercialized. |
| • | MDMA and psilocybin are Schedule I controlled substances in the U.S. and therefore for broad market access in the U.S., in addition to FDA approval, we are also dependent on the DEA rescheduling the drug. The U.S. Controlled Substances Act establishes five schedules for controlled substances based on |
3
| a drug’s potential for abuse, currently-accepted medical use, and safety / dependence considerations. In making any scheduling decision, the following factors are considered: (i) a drug’s actual or relative potential for abuse; (ii) scientific evidence of its pharmacological effect; (iii) current scientific knowledge regarding the drug; (iv) its history and current pattern of abuse; (v) the scope, duration, and significance of abuse; (vi) risk to public health; (vii) psychic or physiological dependence liability; and (viii) any immediate precursors already controlled under the law. Schedule I drugs are considered to have high abuse potential with no accepted medical use; medications within this schedule may not be prescribed, dispensed, or administered. Schedule II through V medications may be prescribed as allowed by DEA and state-controlled substance law. Thus, rescheduling from Schedule I is necessary for commercial distribution in the U.S. and may only occur subsequent to the approval of a new drug application (“NDA”). Initially, the rescheduling change may be limited to apply only to the FDA approved drug formulation of an innovator-branded version of the compound(s), and that rescheduling decision may not occur on a timely basis or at all. |
Risks Related to Intellectual Property
| • | If we are unable to maintain or obtain sufficient intellectual property protection in the future for our existing product candidates or any other product candidates that we may identify, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection we have or may obtain in the future is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize product candidates similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our existing product candidates and any other product candidates that we may pursue may be impaired. |
Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Shares
| • | There has been no prior market for our common shares on a U.S. national securities exchange, and an active and liquid market for our common shares may fail to develop or be sustained, which could harm the market price of our common shares. |
| • | As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted, and intend, to rely on exemptions from certain Nasdaq corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which may afford less protection to holders of our common shares than they would enjoy if we complied with the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards otherwise applicable to Nasdaq-listed issuers. |
| • | We will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act reporting requirements for companies that are not emerging growth companies, and our shareholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies. |
| • | It may be difficult to enforce judgements or bring actions outside the United States against us and our directors. |
| • | Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment. |
Our Corporate Structure
We were incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) on May 27, 2020 under the name “1251418 B.C. Ltd.”. We changed our name to “Optimi Health Corp.” on August 17, 2020. Optimi Health Corp. owns all of the issued and outstanding equity securities of Optimi Labs Inc., a company incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (“Optimi Labs”), and Optimi Nutraceuticals Corp., a company incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (“Optimi Nutraceuticals”).
Optimi Labs is our operating subsidiary that is in the business of operating our manufacturing facilities and our related research and development initiatives and sales and marketing efforts. Optimi Nutraceuticals acts as our
4
retail subsidiary, providing consumers with high quality, natural, plant-based products. However, we are in the process of permanently winding down that business to focus our efforts on our pharmaceutical grade manufacturing business.
Our Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 269 David Brown Way, Princeton, British Columbia, V0X 1W0. Our telephone number at this address is (778) 761-4551. Our registered and records office is located at 2054 Dowad Drive, Squamish, British Columbia, V8B 0Y8. Our agent for service of process in the United States, Cogency Global Inc., is located at 122 East 42nd Street, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10168.
Investors should contact us for any inquiries through the address and telephone number of our principal executive office. Our principal website is www.optimihealth.ca. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus.
Reverse Share Split
Although not yet effective, our Board of Directors approved a reverse share split which a share split ratio of 1-for-[ ] (“Reverse Share Split”). We anticipate effecting the Reverse Share Split immediately prior to the uplisting of our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market and such Reverse Share Split being effective on, or just before, the date our common shares are uplisted to the Nasdaq Capital Market. The Reverse Share Split is intended to allow us to meet the minimum share price requirement of the Nasdaq Capital Market.
Except as otherwise indicated and except in our financial statements and the notes thereto, all references to our common shares, share data, per share data and related information reflect the Reverse Share Split as if it was effective and as if it had occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented. The Reverse Share Split, when effective, will combine each [ ] outstanding common shares into one common share, without any change in the par value per share which will remain no par value, and the Reverse Share Split correspondingly will adjust, among other things, the number of common shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants and the exercise price of such options and warrants and shares issuable upon conversion of other convertible securities. No fractional shares will be issued in connection with the Reverse Share Split, and any fractional shares resulting from the Reverse Share Split will be rounded to the nearest whole share.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
We had less than US$1.235 billion in annual gross revenue during our last fiscal year. As a result, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) and may take advantage of reduced public reporting requirements for so long as we continue to qualify as an emerging growth company. These provisions include, but are not limited to:
| • | being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations; |
| • | not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting; |
| • | reduced disclosure regarding executive compensation in periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and |
| • | exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. |
5
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for complying with new or revised accounting standards.
We may take advantage of these provisions and accommodations until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of the common shares in this offering. However, if certain events occur before the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” if our annual gross revenues exceed US$1.235 billion or if we issue more than US$1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company before the end of such five-year period.
Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer
Upon consummation of this offering, we will report under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as a non-U.S. company with “foreign private issuer” status. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, so long as we continue to qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we will be exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including the rules that:
| • | require U.S. domestic public companies to issue financial statements prepared under accounting principles generally accepted by the United States (“U.S. GAAP”); |
| • | regulate the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of any securities registered under the Exchange Act; |
| • | require insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and that impose liability on insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and |
| • | require the filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, containing unaudited financial and other specified information, and current reports on Form 8-K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events. |
As permitted under the Exchange Act for foreign private issuers, we present our financial statements pursuant to IFRS Accounting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (the “IASB”), instead of pursuant to U.S. GAAP. Furthermore, following this offering and for so long as we remain a foreign private issuer, our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the requirements to report transactions in our equity securities and from the short-swing profit liability provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. As a foreign private issuer, we will also not be subject to the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) promulgated under the Exchange Act. In addition, as a foreign private issuer, we will be permitted, and intend to follow, certain home country corporate governance practices instead of those otherwise required under the Nasdaq listing rules for Nasdaq-listed domestic U.S. issuers. These exemptions and leniencies may reduce or alter the frequency and scope of information and protections available to you in comparison to those applicable to a U.S. domestic reporting company. For more information, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Shares— As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted, and intend, to rely on exemptions from certain Nasdaq corporate governance standards applicable to domestic U.S. issuers. This may afford less protection to holders of our common shares than they would enjoy if we complied fully with the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards.”
We will file with the SEC, within four months after the end of each fiscal year, an annual report on Form 20-F (or such other reports required by the SEC) containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.
We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We would cease to be a foreign private issuer at such time as more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are held of
6
record by U.S. residents and any of the following three circumstances applies: (i) the majority of our executive officers or the majority of our directors are U.S. citizens or residents, (ii) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States or (iii) our business is administered principally in the United States.
Both foreign private issuers and emerging growth companies are also exempt from certain of the more extensive SEC executive compensation disclosure rules. Therefore, if we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company but remain a foreign private issuer, we will continue to be exempt from such rules and will continue to be permitted to follow our home country practice as to the disclosure of such matters.
Conventions Which Apply to This Prospectus
Except as otherwise indicated by the context and for the purposes of this prospectus only, references in this prospectus to:
| • | “we,” “us,” “the Company,” “our” or “our company” and similar references refer to the combined business of Optimi Health Corp., a British Columbia corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries; |
| • | “API” refers to active pharmaceutical ingredients; |
| • | “BC Green” refers to BC Green Pharmaceuticals Inc., a private Canada federally licensed cannabis production company; |
| • | “Board” or “Board of Directors” refers to the board of directors of the Company; |
| • | “Canadian dollars”, “C$” and “$” are to the legal currency of Canada; |
| • | “CDSA” refers to the Canadian Controlled Drugs and Substances Act, SC 1996, c. 19; |
| • | “Common Shares” refer to the common shares in the capital of the Company, with no par value; |
| • | “DEA” refers to the United States Drug Enforcement Administration; |
| • | “Dealer’s Licence” or “DL” refers to a licensed dealer designation under the Narcotic Control Regulations CRC, c.1104; |
| • | “Drug Establishment Licence” or “DEL” refers to drug establishment license granted by Health Canada to Optimi Labs Inc., authorizing the fabrication, packaging, labeling, distribution and/or wholesale of its medical grade MDMA and psilocybin drug formulations and psilocybin active pharmaceutical ingredients in compliance with GMP standards; |
| • | “Facilities” refer to the Company’s combined 20,000 square foot cultivation and processing facilities in Princeton, British Columbia; |
| • | “FD Act” refers to the Canadian Food and Drug Act, RSC 1985, c. F-27; |
| • | “FDA” refers to United States Food and Drug Administration; |
| • | “First Private Placement” refers to the non-brokered private placement financing by the Company conducted on July 6, 2020; |
| • | “Food and Drug Regulations” refers to the Canadian Food and Drug regulations, CRC, c. 870; |
| • | “Good Manufacturing Practices” or “GMP” refers to Good Manufacturing Practices as specified in Part C, Division 2 of the Food and Drug Regulations; |
| • | “Health Canada” refers to the department of the Government of Canada responsible for national among other things, regulating food, drugs, and health products in Canada to support public safety; |
| • | “IFRS” refers to the International Financial Reporting Standards developed by the International Accounting Standards Board; |
7
| • | “Industrial Ground” refers to the underlying land described in the Lease Agreement, upon which the Facilities sit. |
| • | “Lease Agreement” refers to the Amended and Restated Industrial Lease, dated September 1, 2021, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Industrial Lease, dated July 1, 2025, by and between BC Green, as landlord, and the Company, as tenant, with respect to the lease of the Industrial Ground; |
| • | “MDMA” means 3,4-Methylenedioxymethamphetamine hydrochloride; |
| • | “NHP” refers to natural health product, as defined in subsection 1(1) of the NHPR; |
| • | “NHPR” refers to the Canadian Natural Health Product Regulations, SOR/2003-196; |
| • | “PP Warrants” refer to the 10,000,000 Common Share purchase warrants issued in connection with the First Private Placement: |
| • | “Precursor Licence” refers to the Company’s active Class A Precursor Licence issued by Health Canada that allows it to purchase or produce controlled materials that are used for synthesis of MDMA; |
| • | “Private Placements” refer to the First Private Placement and the Special Warrant Private Placement, collectively; |
| • | “PTSD” refers to Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder; |
| • | “SEC” refers to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission; |
| • | “Special Warrant Private Placement” refer to the private placement of Special Warrants closed by the Company on September 11, 2020; |
| • | “Special Warrants” refer to the special warrants issued by the Company, which special warrants converted into SW Units on January 12, 2021; |
| • | “SW Unit” refer to the units of the Company issued on January 12, 2021 on the deemed exercise of the Special Warrants; |
| • | “SW Warrant” refers to the Common Share purchase warrants issued on January 12, 2021 on the deemed exercise of the Special Warrants; |
| • | “TRD” refers to Treatment-Resistant Depression; and |
| • | “U.S. dollars,” “USD” or “US$” refer to the legal currency of the United States. |
Presentation of Financial and Other Information
Our financial statements and other financial information are prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB, in Canadian dollars. None of our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to financial statements of United States domestic companies.
Our fiscal year end is September 30. References to a particular “fiscal year” are to our fiscal year ended September 30 of that calendar year.
Our reporting currency and our functional currency is the Canadian dollar. All dollar amounts in this prospectus are expressed in Canadian dollars unless otherwise indicated. This prospectus contains translations of Canadian dollars into U.S. dollars at specific rates solely for the convenience of the reader. Unless otherwise noted, all translations from Canadian dollars into U.S. dollars in this prospectus were made at a rate of C$1.3620 per US$1.00, the noon buying rate as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board in
8
effect as of June 30, 2025. We make no representation that the Canadian dollar or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Canadian dollars, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all.
[Except as otherwise indicated and except in our financial statements and the notes thereto, all references to our common shares, share data, per share data and related information depict the Reverse Share Split as if it was effective and as if it had occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented. The Reverse Share Split, when effective, will combine each [ ] common shares into one common share, without any change in the par value per share which will remain no par value, and the Reverse Share Split correspondingly will adjust, among other things, the number of common shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants and the exercise price of such options and warrants and shares issuable upon conversion of other convertible securities. No fractional shares will be issued in connection with the Reverse Share Split, and any fractional shares resulting from the Reverse Share Split will be rounded to the nearest whole share.]
Numerical figures included in this registration statement have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in various tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them.
This prospectus includes statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe these industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies are reliable, you are cautioned not to give undue weight to this information.
We have proprietary rights to trademarks used in this prospectus that are important to our business. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are without the ®, ™ and other similar symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.
This prospectus may contain additional trademarks, service marks and trade names of others. All trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are, to our knowledge, the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trademarks, service marks or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other person.
9
| Issuer |
Optimi Health Corp. |
| Common Shares Offered |
common shares or common shares if the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional shares in full. |
| Offering Price |
We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between US$ and US$ per share. |
| Over-Allotment Option |
We have granted the underwriter an option to purchase up to an aggregate of additional common shares at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions on the same terms as set forth in this prospectus. The underwriter can exercise this option in whole or in part at any time and from time to time within 45 days after the closing of the offering. |
| Underwriter’s Warrants |
Upon the closing of this offering, we will issue to the underwriter the Underwriter’s Warrants entitling it to purchase up to common shares if the underwriter exercises its over-allotment option in full. The Underwriter’s Warrants will have an exercise price equal to 115% of the price per share sold in this offering. This prospectus also relates to the offering of the Underwriter’s Warrants and the common shares issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter’s Warrants. See “Underwriting” for more information on the Underwriter’s Warrants. |
| Common Shares Outstanding After This Offering |
common shares (approximately pre-Reverse Share Split common shares) or common shares (approximately pre-Reverse Share Split common shares) if the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional shares in full. |
| Listing and Trading Symbols |
Our common shares are currently traded on the CSE under the symbol “OPTI,” on the FSE under the symbol “8BN” and quoted for trading on the OTCQX under the symbol “OPTHF.” We have applied to list our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “OPTH.” The approval of our listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market is a condition of closing this offering. |
| Use of Proceeds |
Based on the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, we estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of our common shares in this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately US$ million (or US$ million if the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional shares in full). |
| We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for scaling production and distribution of our products in our current markets, additional market expansion to Israel and the United States and sales growth and general working capital and other |
10
| operating expenses. See “Use of Proceeds” for a complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering. |
| Lock-up |
We, all of our directors and officers and 10% or greater shareholders have agreed with the underwriter, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common shares for a period of 120 days after the closing of this offering. See “Underwriting” for more information. |
| Dividend Policy |
We have paid no dividends on the common shares to date, and we do not expect to pay dividends on the common shares in the foreseeable future. |
| [Reverse Share Split] |
[Prior to the closing of this offering, we will effect a reverse share split of the outstanding common shares in a ratio of 1-for-[ ], i.e., each [ ] outstanding common shares will be combined into one common share. The reverse share split was approved by our Board of Directors, provided that such reverse share split is not yet effective and is not planned to become effective until just before our common shares are uplisted to the Nasdaq Capital Market. Except as otherwise indicated and except in our financial statements and the notes thereto, all references to our common shares, share data, per share data and related information depict the reverse share split in a ratio of 1-for-[ ] as if it had occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented.] |
| Transfer Agent and Registrar |
Endeavor Trust Corporation. |
| Taxation |
For a summary of certain Canadian and U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to the ownership and disposition of the common shares, see the information set forth under the heading “Taxation.” |
| Risk Factors |
Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk, and purchasers of our securities may lose part or all of their investment. You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and all other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our securities. |
Unless otherwise indicated, the information presented in this prospectus assumes the underwriter does not exercise its over-allotment option.
Unless otherwise indicated, the number of our common shares to be issued and outstanding immediately after this offering is based on [ ] common shares (approximately 96,638,169 pre-Reverse Share Split common shares) issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and gives effect to the sale of the common shares in this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option and excludes:
| • | [ ] common shares (approximately 4,256,667 pre-Reverse Share Split common shares) issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants with an average weighted exercise price of C$0.39 as of the date of this prospectus; |
11
| • | [ ] common shares (approximately 5,640,000 pre-Reverse Share Split common shares) issuable upon exercise of 5,640,000 share options granted and outstanding under the Equity Plan with an average weighted exercise price of C$0.94 as of the date of this prospectus; |
| • | [ ] additional common shares (approximately 8,855,725 pre-Reverse Share Split common shares) reserved for future issuance pursuant to equity awards to be granted under the Equity Plan as of the date of this prospectus; and |
| • | common shares (approximately pre-Reverse Share Split common shares) issuable upon the full exercise of the Underwriter Warrants. See “Underwriting.” |
12
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following tables set forth a summary of our unaudited consolidated financial information as at and for the nine months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 and our audited consolidated financial information as at and for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023. The historical summary consolidated financial information set forth in the following tables has been derived from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary historical financial information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in the prospectus and the information contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results for any period are not necessarily indicative of our future performance.
| Nine Months Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||
| Statements of Comprehensive Loss |
C$ | US$ | C$ | |||||||||
| Revenue |
490,330 | 360,007 | 331,991 | |||||||||
| Expenses |
3,670,347 | 2,694,823 | 4,593,468 | |||||||||
| Interest and other income |
7,629 | 5,601 | 4,299 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Loss and comprehensive loss |
2,362,664 | 1,734,704 | 4,312,676 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| As of June 30, | ||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||
| Statements of Financial Position |
C$ | US$ | C$ | |||||||||
| Assets: |
||||||||||||
| Current Assets |
1,052,507 | 772,765 | 1,591,780 | |||||||||
| Non-Current Assets |
13,083,358 | 9,605,990 | 13,472,513 | |||||||||
| Total Assets |
14,135,865 | 10,378,755 | 15,064,293 | |||||||||
| Liabilities: |
||||||||||||
| Current Liabilities |
3,622,375 | 2,659,599 | 1,745,529 | |||||||||
| Non-Current Liabilities |
2,761,000 | 2,027,166 | 2,654,003 | |||||||||
| Total Liabilities |
6,383,375 | 4,686,765 | 4,399,532 | |||||||||
| Shareholders’ Equity |
7,752,490 | 5,691,990 | 10,664,761 | |||||||||
| Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity |
14,135,865 | 10,378,755 | 15,064,293 | |||||||||
| Year Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||
| Statements of Comprehensive Loss |
C$ | US$ | C$ | |||||||||
| Revenue |
389,850 | 286,233 | 181,087 | |||||||||
| Expenses |
6,309,434 | 4,632,477 | 5,516,233 | |||||||||
| Interest and other income |
2,665 | 1,957 | 136,410 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Loss and comprehensive loss |
(6,035,859 | ) | (4,431,615 | ) | (5,194,548 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
13
| As of September 30, | ||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||
| Statements of Financial Position |
C$ | US$ | C$ | |||||||||
| Assets: |
||||||||||||
| Current Assets |
1,232,587 | 904,983 | 2,428,455 | |||||||||
| Non-Current Assets |
13,318,448 | 9,778,596 | 14,063,274 | |||||||||
| Total Assets |
14,551,035 | 10,683,579 | 16,491,729 | |||||||||
| Liabilities: |
||||||||||||
| Current Liabilities |
3,216,823 | 2,361,838 | 1,610,305 | |||||||||
| Non-Current Liabilities |
1,758,500 | 1,291,116 | 1,670,531 | |||||||||
| Total Liabilities |
4,975,323 | 3,652,954 | 3,280,836 | |||||||||
| Shareholders’ Equity |
9,575,712 | 7,030,626 | 13,210,893 | |||||||||
| Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity |
14,551,035 | 10,683,580 | 16,491,729 | |||||||||
14
Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. The following risk factors describe circumstances or events that could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition or operating results. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could suffer. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently believe are not material could also impair our business, financial condition or results of operations. In that case, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Related to Government Regulations
We face various controlled substance regulatory compliance risks.
Psychedelic products and treatments, production and distribution is a new and emerging industry with substantial existing regulations and uncertainty as to future regulations. There is no assurance we will be able to derive meaningful revenue from our investment in psychedelic compounds, or that regulatory frameworks will support our business expansion, as the impact of various legislative regimes on our business plans and operations is uncertain. Our current and future product candidates are or may be subject to controlled substance laws and regulations in the territories where the product will be produced, manufactured, marketed, and sold, such as Canada and the United States. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations, or the cost of compliance, may adversely affect the results of our business operations, both during clinical development and post approval, and our financial condition. In addition, there is no guarantee that the applicable legislation regulating the research and development and manufacture of controlled substances in the jurisdictions where we operate now or in the future will create or allow for the growth opportunities we currently anticipate.
There is no guarantee that the legislative frameworks governing the research and development of controlled substances will enable the growth opportunities we currently anticipate. Our involvement in psychedelic product development positions us within a nascent, highly regulated and increasingly competitive industry that is evolving rapidly. Given the rapid pace of regulatory, market and scientific developments, new risks may emerge that management cannot foresee or adequately assess, potentially resulting in outcomes that differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. Regulatory uncertainty remains a key challenge; for example, approval pathways for substances such as MDMA and psilocybin differ significantly by jurisdiction, and there is no assurance of future regulatory acceptance in the United States or other target markets.
Additionally, the processing, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising and distribution of our products are subject to oversight by regulatory authorities in each jurisdiction where our products are sold. These regulatory agencies may assert jurisdiction over any of our products and may not accept the evidence we provide to demonstrate product safety or efficacy. Regulatory bodies may also determine that a specific product or ingredient poses an unacceptable health risk, which could prohibit its sale or restrict the claims we are permitted to make. Additionally, we may be prevented from disseminating third-party literature in support of our products if it fails to meet applicable regulatory standards. Regulatory authorities may further require the withdrawal or recall of a product from the market. Any such action could result in significant costs, lost revenue, liability exposure and adverse impacts on our growth trajectory.
Achievement of our business objectives is subject to compliance with regulatory requirements enacted and enforced by governmental authorities and obtaining and maintaining all required regulatory approvals. We will incur costs and have ongoing obligations related to regulatory compliance, and, depending upon the jurisdictions in which we are conducting our business, those costs and obligations may be significant. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and permits, license or approval requirements may result in enforcement actions thereunder, including orders issued by regulatory or judicial authorities causing operations to cease or be curtailed, and may include corrective measures requiring capital expenditures, installation of additional equipment, or remedial actions. Our industry and market are also subject to numerous legal challenges, which
15
may significantly affect the financial condition of market participants and which cannot be reliably predicted. We may be required to compensate those suffering loss or damage by reason of our operations and may have civil or criminal fines or penalties imposed for violations of applicable laws or regulations.
We cannot predict the timeline required to secure all appropriate regulatory approvals or licenses for our business or the extent of testing and documentation that may be required by governmental authorities. Any delays in obtaining, or failing to obtain, required regulatory approvals or licenses may significantly delay or impact the research and development activities and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, changes in regulations, more vigorous enforcement thereof or other unanticipated events could require extensive changes to our operations, increased compliance costs or give rise to material liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The marketability of any product may also be affected by numerous factors that are beyond our control and which cannot be predicted, including, in particular, changes to government regulations, such as those relating to taxes and other government levies which may be imposed on us. The current Canadian federal and provincial restrictions on the marketing and promotion of drugs, and medical services and the regulation of the import, export, production, distribution, possession and sale of controlled substances and precursor chemicals in Canada may limit the ability to effectively advertise and promote our products and business.
We may not be able to receive and maintain our licenses.
Our operations require us to obtain licenses, and in some cases, renewals of existing licenses and the issuance of permits by certain governmental authorities in Canada. We believe that we currently hold or have applied for all necessary licenses and permits to carry out the activities that we are currently conducting under applicable laws and regulations, and also believe that we are complying in all material respects with the terms of such licenses and permits. In addition, we will endeavor to apply for, as the need arises, all necessary licenses and permits to carry on the activities we expect to conduct in the future. However, our ability to obtain, sustain or renew any such licenses and permits on acceptable terms is subject to changes in regulations and policies and to the discretion of the applicable authorities or other governmental agencies in the jurisdictions where we conduct our business. Any loss of interest in any such required license or permit, or the failure of any governmental authority to issue or renew such licenses or permits upon acceptable terms, could have a material adverse impact on us.
Our ability to cultivate, extract, formulate and conduct research in psychedelic substances in Canada is dependent on our ability to obtain federal licenses from Health Canada, including the Dealer’s Licence and Precursor’s Licence. Licenses, once issued, are subject to ongoing compliance and reporting requirements. Our ability to fabricate, package, label and export to certain jurisdictions is depended on our ability to maintain the Health Canada issued Drug Establishment Licence which is also subject to ongoing compliance requirements. Failure to comply with the requirements would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results. There is also no assurance we will be able to obtain any required new licenses or approvals from Health Canada or that the licence remains recognized based on changes outside of our control. There can be no guarantee that Health Canada will continue to issue the Dealer’s Licence, Precursor Licence, Drug Establishment Licence or any other licenses to us. Government licenses are currently, and in the future will be, required in connection with our operations, in addition to other unknown permits and approvals which may be required. To the extent such permits and approvals are required and not obtained, we may be prevented from operating and/or expanding our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We cannot predict the time required to secure all appropriate regulatory approvals for our products or the extent of testing and documentation that may be required by governmental authorities. Any delays in obtaining, or failure to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals will significantly delay the development of our markets and products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
16
If we violate any laws and regulations related to controlled substances or precursors, we may face material adverse repercussions.
In Canada, under the CDSA, psilocybin and MDMA are currently Schedule III and Schedule I substances, respectively. One of the precursors for our research grade MDMA is subject to restrictions under the precursor regulations and, for that reason, we hold a Precursor Licence for import in the event that we require a source from outside Canada. Our operations are conducted in strict compliance with the laws and regulations regarding our activities with such controlled substances. As such, all facilities engaged with such substances by or on behalf of us in Canada do so under current licenses, permits and approvals, as applicable, issued by appropriate Canadian federal, provincial, territorial, and local governmental agencies. In the United States, under the U.S. Controlled Substances Act, psilocybin and MDMD are currently Schedule I substances, meaning they cannot be commercialized or prescribed for medical use and are subject to strict regulatory requirements.
While we are focused on psychedelics, specifically psilocybin and MDMA inspired compounds, we do not have any direct or indirect involvement with the illegal selling, production or distribution of any substances in the jurisdictions in which we operate and do not intend to have any such involvement. A violation of any applicable laws and regulations, such as the CDSA, Narcotic Control Regulations, or of similar legislation in the jurisdictions in which we operate could result in significant fines, penalties, administrative sanctions, convictions or settlements arising from civil proceedings initiated by either government entities in the jurisdictions in which we operate, or private citizens or criminal charges, as well as result in reputational damage. Any such violations could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, allegations of violations of applicable laws and regulations, even if ultimately determined to be unfounded, could result in reputational harm, increased scrutiny from regulatory authorities, and other adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be materially adversely impacted by changes in legislative and regulatory policies in jurisdictions where we sell our products and operate.
The recent change in the U.S. administration may result in legislative and regulatory changes that could have a material adverse effect on us and our financial condition. In particular, there is uncertainty regarding U.S. tariffs and support for existing treaty and trade relationships, including with Canada. The U.S. government has made proposals that are intended to address trade imbalances, which include encouraging increased production in the United States. These proposals could result in increased customs duties and tariffs, including on pharmaceutical products originating from Canada, and the renegotiation of some U.S. trade agreements. An increase in customs duties and tariffs with respect to any of our planned imports could negatively impact our financial performance. Any potential changes in trade policies in the United States and the potential corresponding actions by other countries in which we do business could adversely affect our financial performance. Implementation by the U.S. government of new legislative or regulatory policies could impose additional costs on us, decrease U.S. demand for our products, or otherwise negatively impact us, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operations. In addition, this uncertainty may adversely impact: (i) the ability of companies to transact business with companies such as us; (ii) our profitability; (iii) regulation affecting the life sciences industry; (iv) global stock markets (including the CSE and Nasdaq); and (v) general global economic conditions. All of these factors are outside of our control but may nonetheless lead us to adjust our strategy in order to compete effectively in global markets, which may be costly or hard to achieve. Changes in government policy, enforcement actions, or regulatory delays could materially impact business operations and expansion plans. Additionally, our planned product expansion into the U.S. depends on regulatory rescheduling and state and federal legislation allowing MDMA-assisted therapy to move from experimental to commercial use, which is uncertain. Scheduling and rescheduling determinations by the DEA are dependent on FDA approval. During the review process, and prior to approval, the FDA may determine that it requires additional data, either from non-clinical or clinical studies, including with respect to whether, or to what extent, the substance has abuse potential. This may introduce a delay into the FDA approval and any potential rescheduling process and there is no assurance that the DEA will make a favorable rescheduling decision. If the DEA does not reschedule Schedule I ingredients contained in our products in a manner which would facilitate expansion into the U.S., this will have a material adverse impact on the scope the market for our products produced in Canada.
17
Furthermore, changes in government, legislative or regulatory policies in Australia could have a material adverse effect on our business. Changes in product scheduling, including those products permitted for therapeutic use and changes to the indications for which those products are permitted, could affect our ability to sell our product in the Australian market. Additions or changes to a Therapeutics Good Standard for any of our products could also impact our ability to product, test and release those products to comply to such Therapeutics Good Standard. As data is currently being amalgamated based on the performance of the products, and competitor’s products for use by Authorized Prescribers in Australia, it is possible that data analysis will lead the Australian government to open up access or alternatively halt or suspend access to these medicines with the Authorised Prescribers Scheme.
Changes in government, legislative or regulatory policies in Canada could have a material adverse effect on our business. If the government of Canada decides to revoke or restrict eligibility for certain substances for the Special Access Programme program or if there is a change in how medical conditions are defined for Special Access Programme access, or if a mandate is put in place to increase regulatory scrutiny for Special Access Programme requests or clinical trials, this could mean slower turn around times for approvals for our client’s usage for our products.
In addition, although we do not conduct clinical trials ourselves, we are indirectly affected by the actions or failures of third parties conducting clinical trials using our products. Regulatory authorities such as the FDA, Health Canada and other comparable agencies require that clinical trials comply with applicable protocols, legal and regulatory standards and GCP guidelines, which govern the design, conduct, monitoring and reporting of human clinical trials. These authorities conduct periodic inspections of sponsors, investigators, clinical sites and institutional review boards (“IRBs”) to ensure compliance.
If our clients or their contractors fail to meet these standards, the resulting data may be deemed unreliable, potentially requiring additional clinical trials and delaying regulatory approval. We cannot guarantee that any trial involving our products will be found compliant upon inspection. Delays in the initiation, conduct or completion of any clinical trial of our product candidates will increase our costs, slow down the product candidate development and approval process and delay or potentially jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenue. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates. In the event we identify any additional product candidates to pursue, there is no assurance of the necessary regulatory approvals to allow clinical trials to begin in a timely manner, if at all. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
We face various risks related to product liability and/or regulatory action.
As we continue to grow, we may distribute or import products from other countries that are designed to be ingested by humans. As such, we face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims, regulatory action and litigation if our products are alleged to have caused damages, loss or injury. In addition, the future sale of our products involves the risk of injury to consumers due to tampering by unauthorized third parties or product contamination. A product liability claim or regulatory action against us could result in increased costs, could adversely affect our reputation with our clients and consumers generally, and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. There can be no assurances that we will be able to obtain or maintain product liability insurance in the future on acceptable terms or with adequate coverage against potential liabilities. Such insurance is expensive and may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all.
We may be required to pay for losses or injuries purportedly or actually caused by our products. In the event that our products are found to cause any injury or damage, we will be subject to substantial liability. This liability may exceed the funds available by us and result in the failure of our business.
Even though we are not aware of any actual or potential product liability claims against us at this time, our business exposes us to potential product liability, recalls and other liability risks. We can provide no assurance
18
that such potential claims will not be asserted against us. A successful liability claim or series of claims brought against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although we believe we have adequate product liability insurance, we cannot provide any assurances that we will be able to obtain or maintain adequate product liability insurance in the future on acceptable terms, if at all, or that such insurance will provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. Claims or losses in excess of any product liability coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditional and results of operations.
Factors involving regulatory agencies that are outside our control, including disruptions at the FDA and other U.S. or foreign government agencies caused by funding shortages, staffing limitations, policy changes or other operational constraints could cause delays in our product candidate development plans, or otherwise prevent new products and services from being developed, approved or commercialized in a timely manner or at all, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.
The ability of the FDA and comparable foreign authorities to review and approve new products or take action with respect to other regulatory matters can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and statutory, regulatory and policy changes. Average review times at the FDA and comparable foreign authorities have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of the FDA and other government agencies on which our operations may rely, including those that fund research and development activities, is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable. Additionally, the current U.S. presidential administration has adopted certain policies and issued executive orders directed towards reducing the employee headcount and costs associated with U.S. administrative agencies, including the FDA, and it remains unclear the degree to which those efforts will limit or otherwise adversely affect the FDA’s ability to conduct routine activities. Current or future staff reductions could significantly impact the ability of the FDA and comparable foreign authorities to timely review and process our regulatory submissions and could reduce capacity for inspections and compliance oversight,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Similarly, any current or future staff reductions could prevent the timely review of the patent applications we may file in the future by the United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”), which could delay the issuance of any U.S. patents to which we might otherwise be entitled. Other policy changes that may result from the change in administration may also delay or limit the ability to obtain necessary regulatory approvals, including but not limited to proposed reorganization of regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over controlled substances, changes to prioritization of review for approval, changes to scientific considerations in the approval process, and general treatment of certain drug classes, including but not limited to controlled substances. These delays or lapses in regulatory engagement could negatively impact our development timelines and increase the risk of non-compliance with applicable laws and regulations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our products may be subject to regulatory quotas.
The DEA through its quota system limits the availability of the active ingredients in certain of our products and, as a result, our ability to procure or manufacture these ingredients may not be sufficient to complete clinical trials, or other demand. Schedule I controlled substances are considered to present the highest risk of abuse and their handling (including manufacture, research, shipment, storage, sale and use) are subject to a high degree of federal and state oversight and regulation. The amount of Schedule I substances that may be procured and manufactured is limited by the DEA through its quota system. DEA establishes quotas applicable to the individual manufacturer and applicable to the industry in the aggregate. Quotas for these substances may not be sufficient to complete clinical trials or to meet other demand. There is a risk that federal statutes and DEA regulations concerning applicable quotas may interfere with the supply of drugs used in clinical trials for our product candidates, and, in the future, the ability to manufacture and distribute our products in the volume needed to meet demand.
19
Canada does not have a formal quota system analogous to that which exists in the United States, but our ability to market and sell our Canadian-manufactured products in the United States may be inherently limited by DEA quotas on production, manufacturing, procurement, and importation, which apply to Schedule I substances.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
Our industry and market are relatively new.
We operate our business in a relatively new industry and market. While we have active sales in Australia, there is no guarantee that our revenue streams will be sustainable or sufficient to support long-term growth within Australia and beyond. There is also no assurance we will be able to derive meaningful revenue from our investment in psychedelic drugs, or to pursue that business to the extent currently proposed or at all. Adoption of psychedelic-assisted therapy is subject to stigma, legal uncertainty, and physician hesitancy, which could slow commercial penetration. Broader acceptance of these treatments depends on continued scientific validation, regulatory approval, and shifts in public perception.
In addition to being subject to general business risks, we must continue to build brand awareness in this industry and market through significant investments in our strategy, production capacity, quality assurance and compliance with regulations. There is no assurance that the industry and market will continue to exist and grow as currently estimated or anticipated or function and evolve in the manner consistent with management’s expectations and assumptions. Any event or circumstance that adversely affects our industry and market could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and results of operations.
We have a limited operating history, and we may not be able to manage our growth.
We have a relatively limited operating history in our industry upon which our business and future prospects may be evaluated. We are subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business enterprise, including the risk that we will not achieve our operating goals. In order for us to meet future operating and debt service requirements, we will need to be successful in our growing, marketing and sales efforts. Additionally, where we experience increased production and future sales, our current operational infrastructure may require changes to scale our business efficiently and effectively to keep pace with demand and achieve long-term profitability. If our products and services are not accepted by new customers, our operating results may be materially and adversely affected.
In order to manage growth and change in strategy effectively, we must: (a) maintain adequate systems to meet future customer demands; (b) expand sales and marketing, distribution capabilities and administrative functions; (c) expand the skills and capabilities of our current management team; and (d) attract and retain qualified employees. While we intend to focus on managing our costs and expenses over the long term, we expect to invest to support our growth and may have additional unexpected costs. We may not be able to expand quickly enough to exploit potential market opportunities.
We have a history of operating losses, and there is no assurance that we will be able to achieve profitability, raise additional financing or continue as a going concern.
We have suffered recurring losses from operations and have a net capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. During the nine months ended June 30, 2025 and the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024, we incurred a net loss of C$2,362,664 (US$1,734,704) and C$6,035,859 (US$4,431,615), respectively, and have not yet achieved profitable operations. We continue to incur significant expenses related to ongoing operations and building our business infrastructure and may not achieve profitable operations for the foreseeable future. We have an accumulated deficit as of June 30, 2025 of C$25,939,066 (US$19,044,836) since our inception. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our attaining and maintaining profitable operations and raising additional capital as needed, but there can be no assurance that we will be able to raise sufficient financing. These uncertainties may cast significant doubt on our ability to continue as a going concern.
20
To become and remain profitable, we must succeed in developing and eventually commercializing products that generate significant revenue. Revenue from the sale of any product candidate for which regulatory approval is obtained will be dependent, in part, upon the size of the markets in the territories for which we gain regulatory approval, the accepted price for the product, the acceptance of the product by physicians and patients, the ability to obtain reimbursement at any price and whether we own the commercial rights for that territory. Our growth strategy depends on our ability to generate revenue. In addition, if the number of addressable patients is not as anticipated, the indication or intended use approved by regulatory authorities is narrower than expected, or the reasonably accepted population for treatment is narrowed by competition, physician choice or treatment guidelines, we may not generate significant revenue from sales of such products, even if approved. Even if we are able to generate revenue from the sale of any approved products, we may not become profitable and may need to obtain additional funding to continue operations.
We cannot provide any assurance that we will be able to secure additional funding from public or private offerings or debt financings on terms acceptable to us, if at all, and any debt financing we undertake could subject us to restrictive covenants that limit our operational flexibility and could adversely affect our business and financial condition. Any new securities that we may issue in the future may be sold on terms more favorable for our new investors than the terms of this offering. Newly issued securities may include preferences, superior voting rights, and the issuance of warrants or other convertible securities that will have additional dilutive effects.
Further, we may incur substantial costs in pursuing future capital and/or financing, including investment banking fees, legal fees, accounting fees, printing and distribution expenses and other costs. We may also be required to recognize non-cash expenses in connection with certain securities we may issue, such as convertible notes and warrants, which will adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations. Our ability to obtain needed financing may be impaired by such factors as the weakness of capital markets, and the fact that we have not been profitable, which could impact the availability and cost of future financings. For example, market volatility resulting from, among other factors, the imposition of tariffs and retaliatory tariffs, military conflicts, such as ongoing conflicts in the Middle East, as well as, Russia’s war in Ukraine, and other factors that are currently unknown or not yet material could also adversely impact our ability to raise or access funds as and when needed. If adequate funds are not available to us on a timely basis, we may be required to delay, limit or discontinue one or more research or development programs or the potential commercialization of any approved products or be unable to expand operations or otherwise capitalize on business opportunities, as desired, which could materially affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
If we are unable to obtain additional financing and on acceptable terms, we could be forced to delay, limit or discontinue product candidate development and sales efforts.
Developing and manufacturing biopharmaceutical products is expensive and time-consuming, and we expect to require substantial additional capital to conduct research for our current and future programs, seek regulatory approvals for our product candidates and launch and commercialize any products for which we receive regulatory approval, including growing our commercial sales, marketing and distribution organization. We regularly assess the ongoing development of our programs and may, from time to time, delay, limit or otherwise discontinue a program in order to allocate resources towards our existing programs, more developed programs or new investments.
Based on our current operating plan, we estimate that our existing cash, marketable securities and committed term loan funding, as well as the funds raised in this offering, will be sufficient to fund operations for the next 12 months. However, our operating plan has changed, and may continue to change, as a result of many factors, some of which may be currently unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned, through public or private equity or debt financings, sales of assets or programs, other sources, such as joint ventures, strategic collaborations or license and development agreements, or a combination of these approaches. We also may opportunistically seek additional capital following this offering if market conditions are favorable or if we have specific strategic considerations. For example, we anticipate that we will need to raise additional
21
funds to continue preparing for market entry to the United States after the next 12 months as we do not expect to gain market entry to the United States within the next 12 months. Due to the uncertainty around the extent and timing of regulatory approval in the United States, we cannot currently estimate the amount of additional funds that will be needed to prepare for market entry to the United States. Any such additional fundraising efforts for us may divert our management’s attention from their day-to-day responsibilities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates or any future product candidates we may identify and pursue. Moreover, such financing may result in dilution to shareholders, imposition of debt covenants and repayment obligations or other restrictions that may adversely affect our business. Any new securities that we may issue in the future may be sold on terms more favorable for our new investors than the terms of this offering. Newly issued securities may include preferences, superior voting rights, and the issuance of warrants or other convertible securities that will have additional dilutive effects. We cannot assure that additional funds will be available when needed from any source or, if available, will be available on terms that are acceptable to us. Further, we may incur substantial costs in pursuing future capital and/or financing, including investment banking fees, legal fees, accounting fees, printing and distribution expenses and other costs. We may also be required to recognize non-cash expenses in connection with certain securities we may issue, such as convertible notes and warrants, which will adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations. We may also be required to recognize non-cash expenses in connection with certain securities we may issue, such as convertible notes and warrants, which will adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations. Our ability to obtain needed financing may be impaired by such factors as the weakness of capital markets, and the fact that we have not been profitable, which could impact the availability and cost of future financings. If the amount of capital we are able to raise from financing activities, together with our revenues from operations, is not sufficient to satisfy our capital needs, we may have to reduce our operations accordingly.
Changing circumstances, some of which may be beyond our control, could cause us to consume capital significantly faster than we currently anticipate, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned.
Our future funding requirements, both short-term and long-term, will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:
| • | the outcomes of ongoing and planned third-party clinical trials; |
| • | the outcome, timing and cost of meeting regulatory requirements established by Health Canada, the FDA, and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities; |
| • | the costs of obtaining clinical and commercial supplies of raw materials and drug products for our product candidates, as applicable and any other product candidates we may identify and develop; |
| • | our ability to successfully identify and negotiate acceptable terms for third-party supply and contract manufacturing agreements; |
| • | the costs of commercialization activities for any of our product candidates that receive marketing approval, including the costs and timing of establishing product sales, marketing, distribution and manufacturing capabilities, or entering into strategic collaborations with third parties to leverage or access these capabilities; |
| • | the amount and timing of sales and other revenues from our product candidates, if approved, including the sales price and the availability of coverage and adequate third-party reimbursement; |
| • | the cash requirements of developing our programs and our ability and willingness to finance their continued development; |
| • | the time and cost necessary to respond to technological and market developments, including other products that may compete with one or more of our product candidates; |
| • | the costs of acquiring, licensing or investing in intellectual property rights, products, product candidates and businesses; |
22
| • | the costs of maintaining, expanding and protecting our intellectual property portfolio; |
| • | our ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel as we expand research and development and our operational and commercial infrastructure; and |
| • | the costs of operating as a public company in the United States, maintaining a listing in the United States and associated compliance with applicable rules and regulations. |
We may be subject to product recalls.
Manufacturers, producers and distributors of products are sometimes subject to the recall of their products for a variety of reasons, including risk to health or safety, product defects, such as contamination, unintended harmful side effects or interactions with other substances, packaging safety and inadequate or inaccurate labeling. If any of our products are recalled due to an alleged product defect or for any other reason, we could be required to incur the unexpected expense of the recall and any legal proceedings that might arise in connection with the recall. We may lose a significant amount of sales and may not be able to replace those sales at an acceptable margin or at all. In addition, a product recall may require significant management attention.
Although we have detailed procedures and GMP controls in place for testing our products, there can be no assurance that any quality, potency or contamination problems will be detected in time to avoid unforeseen product recalls, regulatory action or lawsuits. Additionally, if we are subject to recall, our image and reputation could be harmed. A recall for any of the foregoing reasons could lead to decreased demand for our products and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, product recalls may lead to increased scrutiny of our operations by regulatory agencies, requiring further management attention, potential loss of applicable licenses and potential legal fees and other expenses.
We face increasing competition in our industry.
We face increasing competition in the markets in which we operate. Some of our competitors are more established than us and may have more resources than us and be better positioned to develop superior product features and technological innovations and able to better adapt to market trends than us. These competitors may receive regulatory approvals before us, introduce alternative treatments, or secure larger market shares. Our ability to compete depends on, among other things, high product quality, short lead time, timely delivery, competitive pricing, range of product offerings and superior customer service and support. Increased competition may require us to reduce prices or increase costs and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Any decrease in the quality of our products or level of service to customers or any occurrence of a price war among our competitors and us may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Competition in the psychedelics industry is growing as various public and private companies enter the market. As a result of this competition, some of which is with large, well established companies with substantial capabilities and significant financial and technical resources, we may be unable to compete successfully in the future. There can be no assurance that we will be able to grow or sustain our business in the presence of these competitive conditions.
At the same time, because the psychedelics industry is in a nascent stage with uncertain boundaries, there is a lack of information about comparable companies available for potential investors to review in deciding about whether to invest in us and, few, if any, established companies whose business model we can follow or upon whose success we can build. Accordingly, investors will have to rely on their own judgement in deciding about whether to invest in us. There can be no assurance that our estimates are accurate or that the market size is sufficiently large for our business to grow as projected, which may negatively impact our financial results.
23
Our product candidates represent novel and innovative potential therapeutic areas, and negative perception of any of our products or product candidates that we develop could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business, obtain regulatory approvals or identify alternate regulatory pathways to market for such product candidate.
Our product candidates represent novel and innovative potential therapeutic areas, including substances like MDMA and psilocybin that might be controversial, overlooked or underused. Our success will depend upon physicians who specialize in the treatment of mental health disorders, including TRD and other neurological indications targeted by our product candidates. Additionally, our success will depend on physicians prescribing potential treatments that involve the use of our product candidates, if approved, in lieu of, or in addition to, existing treatments with which they are more familiar and for which greater clinical data may be available. Our product candidates may not be successful in gaining physician acceptance, which would adversely impact our ability to commercialize our product candidates, even if approved. The success of our products will also depend on consumer acceptance and adoption of our products that are commercialized, which is not guaranteed.
In addition, responses by the Canadian government or other governments like the U.S. federal and state governments to negative public perception or ethical concerns may result in new legislation or regulations that could limit our ability to develop or commercialize any of our products, obtain or maintain regulatory approval, identify alternate regulatory pathways to market or otherwise achieve profitability. More restrictive statutory regimes, government regulations or negative public opinion would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects and may delay or impair the development and commercialization of our product candidates or demand for any products we may develop.
Finally, there is no assurance that we will be able to achieve brand awareness in any of our target regions. In addition, we must develop successful marketing, promotional and sales programs in order to sell our products. If we are not able to develop successful marketing, promotional and sales programs, then such failure will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our product candidates contain psychedelic substances, the use of which may generate public controversy. Adverse publicity or public perception regarding our current or future product candidates may negatively influence the success of these therapies.
Our product candidates contain psychedelic substances that may generate public controversy. Political and social pressures and adverse publicity could lead to delays in approval of, and increased expenses for, our current product candidates and any future product candidates we may develop. Opponents of these compounds may seek restrictions on marketing and withdrawal of any regulatory approvals. In addition, these opponents may seek to generate negative publicity in an effort to persuade the medical community to reject these products, if approved. Adverse publicity from misuse may adversely affect the commercial success or market penetration achievable by our product candidates. Anti-psychedelic protests have historically occurred and may occur in the future and generate media coverage. Political pressures and adverse publicity could lead to delays in, and increased expenses for, and limit or restrict the introduction and marketing of, our product candidates or any future therapeutic candidates.
If our product candidates or any future therapeutic candidates are approved for commercial sale in the United States or other jurisdictions in which we intend to market our product candidates, we will be highly dependent upon consumer perceptions of the safety and quality of our product candidates. We may face limited adoption if third-party therapy sites, therapists or patients are unwilling to try such a novel treatment given that some of our product candidates are from substances that might be controversial, overlooked or underused. There has been a history of negative media coverage regarding psychedelic substances, including compounds in many of our product candidates, which may affect the public’s perception of our product candidates. In addition, compounds in most of our product candidates may elicit intense psychological experiences, and this could deter patients from choosing this course of treatment, if our product candidates were approved. Our business could be adversely affected if we were subject to negative publicity or if any of our product candidates, if approved, or any similar
24
product candidates distributed by other companies prove to be, or are asserted to be, harmful to patients. Because of our dependence upon consumer perception, any adverse publicity associated with illness or other adverse effects resulting from patients’ use or misuse of any of our product candidates, if approved or any similar products distributed by other companies could have a material adverse impact on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
Future adverse events in research into depression and other mental health disorders, such as substance use disorder and anxiety, on which we focus our research efforts, or the pharmaceutical industry more generally, could also result in greater governmental regulation, stricter labeling requirements and potential regulatory delays in the testing or approvals of our product candidates. Any increased scrutiny could delay or increase the costs of obtaining regulatory approval for our product candidates or any future product candidates.
We have a limited number of products, and we may not be able to successfully develop new products.
Historically, our revenue is derived almost exclusively from sales of mushroom-based natural health products. We now derive revenue from the sale of limited pharmaceutical products. However, our success will depend, in part, on our ability to develop, introduce and market new and innovative products. If there is a shift in consumer demand, we must meet such demand through new and innovative products, or else our business will fail. Our ability to develop, market and produce new products is subject to us having substantial capital. There is no assurance that we will be able to develop new and innovative products or have the capital necessary to develop such products.
Further, because we have limited financial resources and access to funding, we have to make decisions regarding the allocation of capital and resources across our business. For example, we may forego or delay pursuit of certain product candidates or business opportunities that later may prove to have greater commercial potential than our current or future development programs and product candidates. In addition, our decisions concerning the allocation of research, collaboration, management and financial resources toward particular programs or product candidates may not lead to the development of viable commercial product candidates, and may divert resources, including personnel, away from more advantageous opportunities or from our other current programs. Similarly, our decisions to delay, terminate or collaborate with third parties in respect of certain product candidates and development programs could also prove not to be optimal and could cause us to miss valuable opportunities with no resulting benefit. If our assessment of the market potential of our product candidates or trends in the pharmaceutical or biotechnology industries proves to be inaccurate, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
We face product pricing risks.
As the market for our products matures, or as new or existing competitors introduce new products or services that compete with us, we may experience pricing pressure and be unable to renew our agreements with existing customers or attract new customers at prices that are consistent with our pricing model and operating budget. If this were to occur, it is possible that we would have to change our pricing model or reduce prices, which could harm revenue, gross margin and operating results. In addition, reimbursement and pricing negotiations with healthcare providers and insurers regarding our products may impact our profitability. The adoption of psychedelic treatments within the healthcare industry depends on pricing structures, insurance coverage and regulatory acceptance, which remain uncertain. Further, there is a risk of long-term price compression as generic drug manufacturers enter the market for MDMA, psilocybin and other similar psychoactive drugs, which could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We face foreign currency risks.
As a company with global operations, fluctuations in currency exchange rates and inflationary pressures may affect operational expenses and profitability. Unfavorable exchange rate movements could impact the cost of raw materials, international sales, and financial reporting. In particular, the strengthening or weakening of the
25
Canadian dollar versus other currencies will impact the translation of our net revenues generated in these foreign currencies into Canadian dollars. We import certain ingredients in our products from foreign countries, and may be forced to pay higher rates for our ingredients as a result of the weakening of the Canadian dollar.
We could experience distribution or supply chain interruptions.
We are susceptible to risks relating to distributor and supply chain interruptions. Distribution in Canada is largely accomplished through independent contractors, and, therefore, an interruption (e.g., a labor strike) for any length of time affecting such independent contractors may have a significant impact on our ability to sell our products. Limited GMP-qualified suppliers could create production bottlenecks and lead to disruptions in our supply chain. Supply chain interruptions, including a production or inventory disruption, could impact product quality and availability. Inherent to producing products is a potential for shortages or surpluses in future years if demand and supply are materially different from long-term forecasts. We monitor category trends and regularly reviews maturing inventory levels, but there can be no assurance that our estimates will be correct.
We rely on third party manufacturers and suppliers.
We rely on outside sources to manufacture our products including suppliers of critical raw materials and GMP-compliant testing services, shipping services and other suppliers to support the GMP facility. Dependence on third-party suppliers for raw material inputs and compliance with GMP standards creates potential risks related to production delays or quality control issues. Dependence on third-party laboratories for testing our finished products to GMP standards also creates risks related to release delays or quality control issues. Additionally, our failure to deliver either components or finished goods on a timely basis could have a material adverse effect on our business. Our ability to maintain consistent supply and meet regulatory requirements depends on factors outside of our control, including supplier reliability and raw material availability. As these are third parties over which we will have little or no control, the failure of such third parties to provide components or testing services on a timely basis could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our suppliers, service providers and distributors may elect, at any time, to breach or otherwise cease to participate in supply, service or distribution agreements, or other relationships, on which our operations rely. Loss of our suppliers, service providers or distributors would have a material adverse effect on our business and operational results. We currently rely on certain third party laboratories. Disruption of operations at any one of these facilities could adversely affect inventory supplies and our ability to meet product delivery deadlines.
We are currently party to and may seek to enter into additional collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements and may not be successful in maintaining existing arrangements or entering into new ones, and even if we are, we may not realize the benefits of such relationships.
We are currently party to license and collaboration agreements with a number of universities and pharmaceutical companies, and we expect to enter into additional agreements as part of our business strategy. We anticipate relying upon strategic collaborations for marketing and commercializing our existing product candidates, if approved, and we may sell product offerings through strategic partnerships with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. The success of our current and any future collaboration arrangements may depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. Collaborations are subject to numerous risks, such as:
| • | collaborators may have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to collaborations; |
| • | collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of our product candidates or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on clinical trial results, changes in their strategic focus due to their acquisition of competitive products or their internal development of competitive products, availability of funding or other external factors, such as a business combination that diverts resources or creates competing priorities; |
26
| • | collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial, abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing; |
| • | collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products or product candidates; |
| • | a collaborator with marketing, manufacturing and distribution rights to one or more products may not commit sufficient resources to or otherwise not perform satisfactorily in carrying out these activities; |
| • | we could grant exclusive rights to collaborators that would prevent us from collaborating with others; |
| • | collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our programs’ intellectual property rights or may use our programs’ intellectual property or proprietary information in a way that gives rise to actual or threatened litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate such intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us or our programs to potential liability; |
| • | disputes may arise between us and a collaborator that cause the delay or termination of the research, development or commercialization of our current or future product candidates or that results in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management attention and resources; |
| • | collaborations may be terminated, which may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable current or future product candidates; |
| • | collaborators may own or co-own intellectual property covering products that result from our collaboration with them, and in such cases, we would not have the exclusive right to develop or commercialize such intellectual property; |
| • | disputes may arise with respect to the ownership of any intellectual property developed pursuant to our collaborations; and |
| • | a collaborator’s sales and marketing activities or other operations may not be in compliance with applicable laws resulting in civil or criminal proceedings. |
Management of our relationships with collaborators requires and, in the future, is expected to continue to require:
| • | significant time and effort from our management team; |
| • | coordination of our marketing and research and development programs with the marketing and research and development priorities of our collaborators; and |
| • | effective allocation of our resources to multiple projects. |
Additionally, we may seek to enter into additional collaborations, joint ventures, licenses and other similar arrangements for the development or commercialization of our product candidates, due to capital costs required to develop or commercialize the product candidate or manufacturing constraints. We may not be successful in our efforts to establish such collaborations for our product candidates because our research and development pipeline may be insufficient, our product candidates may be deemed to be at too early of a stage of development for collaborative effort or third parties may not view our product candidates as having the requisite potential to demonstrate safety and efficacy or significant commercial opportunity. If we are unable to establish or manage such strategic collaborations on terms favorable to us in the future, our research and development efforts and potential to generate revenue may be limited. In addition, we face significant competition in seeking appropriate strategic partners, and the negotiation process can be time consuming and complex. Further, any future collaboration agreements may restrict us from entering into additional agreements with potential collaborators. We cannot be certain that, following a strategic transaction or license we will achieve an economic benefit that justifies such transaction.
Even if we are successful in our efforts to establish such collaborations, the terms that we agree upon may not be favorable to us and we may not be able to maintain such collaborations if, for example, development or approval
27
of a product candidate is delayed, the safety of a product candidate is questioned or sales of an approved product candidate are unsatisfactory.
In addition, any potential future collaborations may be terminable by our strategic partners, and we may not be able to adequately protect our rights under these agreements. Furthermore, strategic partners may negotiate for certain rights to control decisions regarding the development and commercialization of our product candidates, if approved, and may not conduct those activities in the same manner as we do. Any termination of collaborations we enter into in the future, or any delay in entering into collaborations related to our product candidates, could delay the development and commercialization of our product candidates and reduce their competitiveness if they reach the market, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may face shortages in our raw materials.
One of our main products is derived from psychedelic mushrooms which are cultivated, harvested and dried at our facilities. Accordingly, we must grow enough mushrooms so that the products can be produced to meet the demand of our customers. A shortage of inputs, quality control issue with inputs to mushroom growing operations, issues in storage or culture of inputs, contamination or the loss of a key genetic, or a poor harvest could result in loss of sales and damage to us. If we become unable to harvest in a timely basis and at commercially reasonable prices, and are unable to produce mushrooms at a substantially equivalent cost, in substantially equivalent volumes and quality, and on a timely basis, we will be unable to meet customer demand. In particular, we will be unable to source mushrooms from an alternative grower with the necessary regulatory approvals in a timely manner, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
In addition to the mushroom input, which we supply internally, both of our drug products are derived from commercially available GMP-qualified ingredients including the active MDMA, excipients, capsules and packaging components. We are currently reliant on a key supplier for our API inputs, and any disruption in API inflow will have a material adverse effect on our business. Consequently, a subsequent change in API supplier may require additional regulatory approvals and increase the cost and timing of our product development. If we and/or our suppliers become unable to acquire materials, especially API, at commercially reasonable prices, and are unable to find one or more replacement suppliers at a substantially equivalent cost, in substantially equivalent volumes and quality, and on a timely basis, we will likely be unable to meet customer demand, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our success depends on the performance of our management and our employees.
Our success is largely dependent on the performance of our directors and officers. The loss of the services of any of these persons could have a materially adverse effect on our business and prospects. There is no assurance that we can maintain the services of our directors, officers or other qualified personnel required to operate our business.
We do not maintain key person insurance on any of our directors or officers, and, as result, we would bear the full loss and expense of hiring and replacing any director or officer in the event of the loss of any such persons by their resignation, retirement, incapacity, or death, as well as any loss of business opportunity or other costs suffered by us from such loss of any director or officer.
The loss of any member of our management team, or of our key individuals, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, an inability to hire, or the increased costs of new personnel, including members of executive management, could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. At present and for the near future, we depend upon a relatively small number of contractors to develop, market, sell and support our products. The expansion of marketing and sales of our products will require us to find, hire and retain additional capable personnel who can understand, explain, market and sell our products. There is intense competition for capable personnel in all of these areas and we may not be successful in attracting, training, integrating, motivating, or retaining new personnel, vendors, or subcontractors for these
28
required functions. New employees often require significant training and security clearances, and, in many cases, take significant time before they achieve full productivity. As a result, we may incur significant costs to attract and retain contractors, including significant expenditures related to salaries and benefits and compensation expenses related to equity awards, and may lose new employees to our competitors or other companies before we realize the benefit of our investment in recruiting and training them. In addition, if and when we move into new jurisdictions, we will need to attract and recruit skilled contractors in those areas.
Our directors and officers may have conflicts of interest with us.
Our directors and officers may serve as directors or officers of other similar companies or have significant shareholdings in other similar companies, and, to the extent that such other companies may participate in ventures in which we may participate, our directors may have a conflict of interest in negotiating and concluding terms respecting the extent of such participation. This could potentially result in the diversion of opportunities from us to other entities or persons with which any such director or officer is associated or has an interest, rather than offering such opportunities to us. To the extent that such conflicts of interest are approved by the disinterested directors or are not adequately disclosed, it could result in the loss of potential opportunities. Furthermore, while an effort has been made, and will continue to be made, to engage in transactions and enter into agreements with affiliated persons and other related parties on terms as favorable to us as they could have been if obtained from non-affiliated persons, there will always be an inherent conflict of interest between our interests and those of our affiliates and related parties if they have any interest adverse to ours. We may be adversely impacted if any related party agreement or transaction has been made, or is made in the future, on unfavorable terms. In the event that such a conflict of interest arises at a meeting of the directors, a director who has such a conflict will abstain from voting for or against the approval of such participation or such terms in accordance with the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia). In accordance with the laws of British Columbia, the directors of a company are required to act honestly, in good faith and in the best interests of such company.
For example, Bryan Safarik currently serves as a director and the president and chief operating officer and Jacob Safarik currently serves as the chief financial officer, respectively, of BC Green, a private Canada federally licensed cannabis production company. On July 23, 2020, we entered into an industrial ground lease agreement with BC Green for the Industrial Ground underlying our Facilities in Princeton, British Columbia, which was amended and restated on September 1, 2021 and was further amended on July 1, 2025 to extend the term of the lease to June 30, 2030 and to include three additional options to renew the agreement for successive terms of five years commencing on July 1, 2030.
Natural disasters, public health crises, political crises and other catastrophic events or other events outside of our control may adversely affect our business.
Any natural disaster-related disruptions or other events outside of our control could negatively affect our business and harm our operating results. In addition, if our facilities, or the facilities of our suppliers, third-party service providers or customers are affected by natural disasters, such as earthquakes, tsunamis, power shortages or outages, floods or monsoons, public health crises, such as pandemics and epidemics, political crises, such as terrorism, war, political instability or other conflict, or other events outside of our control, our business and operating results could suffer. Moreover, these types of events could negatively impact consumer spending in the impacted regions or, depending upon the severity, globally, which could adversely impact our operating results. Similar disasters occurring at our vendors’ manufacturing facilities could impact our reputation and our consumers’ perception of our brand.
We currently report our financial results under IFRS, which differs in certain significant respects from U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We report our financial statements under IFRS and expect to continue to do so for so long as we continue to qualify as a foreign private issuer. There are, and there may in the future be, certain significant differences between IFRS
29
and U.S. GAAP, including differences related to revenue recognition, intangible assets, share-based compensation expense, income tax and earnings per share. As a result, our financial information and reported earnings for historical or future periods could be significantly different if they were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In addition, we do not intend to provide a reconciliation between IFRS and U.S. GAAP unless it is required under applicable law. As a result, you may not be able to meaningfully compare our financial statements under IFRS with those companies that prepare financial statements under U.S. GAAP.
Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.
We are subject to certain reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.
These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements or insufficient disclosures due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
The availability of adequate third-party payer coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs is uncertain, and failure to obtain adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payers could impede our ability to market any future products we may develop and could limit our ability to generate revenue.
There is significant uncertainty related to the third-party payer coverage and reimbursement of newly approved drugs. The commercial success of our future products in both Canada and international markets depends on whether such third-party coverage and reimbursement are available for our product candidates. Governmental payers, health maintenance organizations, managed care, pharmacy benefit and other third-party payers are increasingly attempting to manage their healthcare expenditures by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement of new drugs and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate reimbursement for our product candidates, which is essential for most patients to be able to afford treatments. These payers may not view our future products as cost-effective, and coverage and reimbursement may not be available to our customers, may not be sufficient to allow our future products to be marketed on a competitive basis and will impact our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates. Government authorities and third-party payers are exerting increasing influence and control on costs, known as cost containment, on their decisions regarding the use of, and coverage and reimbursement levels for, particular medications and treatments. In particular, third-party payers may limit the covered indications. This trend in cost-control initiatives in the United States and other countries could cause us to decrease the price we might establish for products, and monitor and control company profits, which could result in lower than anticipated product revenues. If the prices for our drug candidates decrease or if governmental and other third-party payers do not provide adequate coverage or reimbursement, our prospects for revenue and profitability will suffer.
If the market opportunities for our product candidates are smaller than we believe they are, our revenue may be adversely affected, and our business may suffer. Our ability to successfully identify patients and acquire a significant market share will be necessary for us to achieve profitability and growth.
We focus research and product development on treatments for mental health disorders, including TRD and PTSD. Our projections of both the number of individuals who are affected by our target disorder indications and have the potential to benefit from treatment with our product candidates are based on estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including the scientific literature, and may prove to be incorrect. Further, new studies may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these disorders. The number of
30
patients may turn out to be lower than expected. The effort to identify patients with these mental health disorders we seek to treat is in early stages, and we cannot accurately predict the number of patients for whom treatment might be possible. Additionally, the potentially addressable patient population for our product candidates that we may identify may be limited or may not be amenable to treatment with our product candidates, and new patients may become increasingly difficult to identify or gain access to, which would adversely affect our results of operations and our business. Further, even if we obtain significant market share for our product candidates, because the potential target populations may be small, we may never achieve profitability.
If we are unable to effectively execute our growth strategies and manage risks associated with expanding the scale of our operations, our ability to grow our business and establish our international markets may be negatively affected.
To accomplish our growth strategies and manage the future growth of our operations, we will need to improve our operational and financial systems and internal controls, and expand, train and manage our growing employee base.
As we transition from early-stage operations to a more mature pharmaceutical model, we must invest in the development and refinement of operational infrastructure, including enterprise resource planning, inventory control, and financial reporting systems that can withstand audit scrutiny across multiple regulatory agencies.
The expansion of our workforce will require disciplined hiring, training, and retention strategies to ensure technical competency in highly regulated and scientific functions. Our ability to recruit and retain personnel with the requisite expertise may impair our capacity to meet compliance and supply obligations.
We will need to maintain and expand our relationships with our customers, suppliers and other third parties. Furthermore, as we enter new markets, we may face new market, technological, operational and regulatory risks and challenges with which we are unfamiliar.
We must also maintain and strengthen our commercial relationships with healthcare providers, clinical research organizations, contract manufacturing partners, and government stakeholders. Disruption in any of these partnerships - particularly those supporting our controlled substance supply chain -could compromise product availability, impact revenue forecasts, or damage our regulatory standing.
If we are unsuccessful in managing these complexities, the effect could result in delayed product launches, failed market entries, regulatory non-compliance, and reduced investor confidence, all of which would materially impair our long-term growth trajectory and financial performance.
Cyberattacks or other failures in our telecommunications or information technology systems, or those of our collaborators, contracted research organizations, third-party logistics providers, distributors or other contractors or consultants, could result in information theft, data corruption and significant disruption of our business operations which could materially affect our results.
We, our programs, our collaborators, our contracted research organizations, third-party logistics providers, distributors and other contractors and consultants rely on information technology, or IT, systems and networks to process, transmit and store electronic information, including but not limited to intellectual property, confidential information, proprietary business information, preclinical and clinical trial data and personal information in connection with our business activities (referred to herein collectively as “confidential information”). Our IT systems and those of current and future third parties on which we rely may fail and are vulnerable to breakdown, breach, interruption or damage from cyber incidents, employee error or malfeasance, misconfigurations, “bugs” or other vulnerabilities, theft or misuse, sophisticated nation-state and nation-state-supported actors, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war, telecommunication and electrical failures or other compromises. As use of digital technologies has increased, cyber incidents, including third parties gaining access to employee accounts using stolen or inferred credentials, computer malware (e.g. ransomware), viruses, spamming, social engineering or phishing attacks, denial-of-service attacks or other means, and deliberate attacks and attempts to gain
31
unauthorized access to computer systems and networks, have increased in frequency, intensity, and sophistication. These threats pose a risk to the security of our, our programs’, our collaborators’, our contracted research organizations’, third-party logistics providers’, distributors’ and other contractors’ and consultants’ systems and networks, and the confidentiality, availability and integrity of our confidential information. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in preventing cyberattacks or successfully mitigating their effects. There can also be no assurance that our, our programs’, our collaborators’, our contracted research organizations’, third-party logistics providers’, distributors’ and other contractors’ and consultants’ cybersecurity risk management program and processes, including policies, controls or procedures, will be fully implemented, complied with or effective in protecting our systems, networks and confidential information.
The risk of a security breach or disruption, particularly through cyberattacks or cyber intrusion, including by computer hackers, foreign governments, and cyber terrorists, has generally increased as the number, intensity, and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased. In addition, varying parts of our workforce are currently working remotely on a part or full time basis. This could increase our cyber security risk, create data accessibility concerns, and make us more susceptible to communication disruptions. We may not be able to anticipate all types of security threats, and we may not be able to implement preventive measures effective against all such security threats. The techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently, may not be recognized until launched, and can originate from a wide variety of sources, including outside groups such as external service providers, organized crime affiliates, terrorist organizations or hostile foreign governments or agencies. We may also experience security incidents that may remain undetected for an extended period. Even if identified, we may be unable to adequately investigate or remediate incidents or breaches due to attackers increasingly using tools and techniques that are designed to circumvent controls, to avoid detection, and to remove or obfuscate forensic evidence. Similarly, there can be no assurance that our collaborators, contracted research organizations, third-party logistics providers, distributors and other contractors and consultants will be successful in protecting our clinical and other data that is stored on their systems. Any loss of clinical trial data from our clients’ completed or ongoing clinical trials for any of our product candidates could result in delays in our development and regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. We and certain of our service providers are from time to time subject to cyberattacks and security incidents. We have experienced and expect to continue to experience actual and attempted cyberattacks of our IT networks, such as through phishing scams and ransomware. Although we do not believe that we have experienced any significant system failure, accident or cybersecurity incidents to date, we cannot guarantee that we will not experience such incidents in the future. Any adverse impact to the availability, integrity or confidentiality of our or third-party systems or confidential information can result in legal claims or proceedings (such as class actions), regulatory investigations and enforcement actions, fines and penalties, negative reputational impacts that cause us to lose existing or future customers, and/or significant incident response, system restoration or remediation and future compliance costs. Any or all of the foregoing could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Any cyberattack that leads to unauthorized access, use, or disclosure of confidential information, data breach or destruction or loss of confidential information could result in a violation of applicable Canadian, U.S. and international privacy, data protection and other laws and regulations, require us to notify affected individuals or supervisory authorities, subject us to litigation and governmental investigations, proceedings and regulatory actions by federal, state and local regulatory entities in Canada and the United States and by international regulatory entities, cause our exposure to material civil and/or criminal liability and cause us to breach our contractual obligations, which could result in significant legal and financial exposure and reputational damages. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to incur significant additional expenses in order to implement further data protection measures or to remediate any information security vulnerability. Further, our general liability insurance and corporate risk program may not cover all potential claims to which we are exposed and may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability. There can be no assurance that the limitations of liability in our contracts would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from liabilities or damages as a result of the events referenced above. We also cannot be certain that our existing insurance coverage will continue to be available on acceptable terms or in amounts sufficient to cover the potentially
32
significant losses that may result from a security incident or breach or that the insurer will not deny coverage wholly or in part, of any future claim. Accordingly, if our cybersecurity measures, and those of our service providers, fail to protect against unauthorized access, attacks and the mishandling of data by our employees and third-party service providers, then our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected. There can be no assurance that our cybersecurity risk management program and processes, including our policies, controls or procedures, will be fully implemented, complied with or effective in protecting our systems and information.
Our business is subject to economic, political, regulatory and other risks associated with international operations.
As a company incorporated in British Columbia, Canada, with business outside of Canada, we are subject to risks associated with international operations. Our business strategy involves obtaining regulatory approval for and to commercialize our product candidates in patient populations outside Canada, and we may hire sales representatives and conduct physician and patient association outreach activities outside Canada. Doing business internationally involves a number of risks, including, but not limited to:
| • | multiple, conflicting, and changing laws and regulations such as privacy regulations, tax laws, export and import restrictions, employment laws, regulatory requirements, and other governmental approvals, permits, and licenses; |
| • | our failure to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals for the use of our products in various countries; |
| • | additional potentially relevant third-party patent rights; |
| • | complexities and difficulties in obtaining protection and enforcing our intellectual property; |
| • | difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations; |
| • | complexities associated with managing multiple payer reimbursement regimes, government payers, or patient self-pay systems; |
| • | limits in our ability to penetrate international markets; |
| • | financial risks, such as longer payment cycles, difficulty collecting accounts receivable, the impact of local and regional financial crises on demand and payment for our products, and exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; |
| • | natural disasters, political and economic instability, including wars, terrorism, and political unrest, including the ongoing military conflict between Russia and Ukraine, conflicts in the Middle East, outbreak of disease, boycotts, curtailment of trade, and other business restrictions; |
| • | economic weakness, including inflation or stagflation, or political instability; |
| • | difficulties in compliance with different, complex and changing laws, regulations and court systems of multiple jurisdictions and compliance with a wide variety of foreign laws, treaties and regulations, including taxes; |
| • | certain expenses including, among others, expenses for travel, translation, and insurance; and |
| • | regulatory and compliance risks that relate to maintaining accurate information and control over sales and activities that may fall within the purview of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended or the FCPA, its books and records provisions, or its anti-bribery provisions |
Any of these factors could significantly harm our potential international expansion and operations, and, consequently, our results of operations.
33
Risks Related to Drug Development
We face various risks associated with drug development.
We are engaged in the research of growing psilocybin mushrooms and undertaking extractions from these mushrooms with a view to ultimately developing patents and other intellectual property rights related to mushroom cultivation, extraction and formulation. We are also engaged in the research and development of MDMA capsules and the intellectual property related to MDMA formulation. However, it is uncertain whether any of our current or future product development efforts will prove to be successful and meet applicable regulatory requirements, and whether any of our future product candidates will receive the requisite regulatory approvals, be capable of being manufactured at a reasonable cost or be successfully marketed. To achieve profitable operations, we alone or with others, must successfully develop, gain regulatory approval for, and market our current and future products. To obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates being developed and to achieve commercial success, clinical trials must demonstrate that the product candidates are safe for human use and that they demonstrate efficacy. The impact of legislative regimes on our business remains uncertain, particularly as regulatory bodies continue to develop and refine their approaches to psychedelic research and commercialization.
Many product candidates never reach the stage of clinical testing and even those that do have only a small chance of successfully completing clinical development and gaining regulatory approval. Product candidates may fail for a number of reasons, including being unsafe for human use or due to the failure to provide therapeutic benefits equal to or better than the standard of treatment at the time of testing. Unsatisfactory results obtained from a particular study relating to a research and development program may cause us or our collaborators to abandon commitments to that program. Positive results of early pre-clinical research may not be indicative of the results that will be obtained in later stages of pre-clinical or clinical research. Similarly, positive results from early-stage clinical trials may not be indicative of favorable outcomes in later-stage clinical trials, and we can make no assurance that any future studies, if undertaken, will yield favorable results.
If we are successful in developing our current and future product candidates into approved products, we will still experience many potential obstacles, which would affect our ability to successfully market and commercialize such approved products, such as the need to develop or obtain manufacturing, marketing and distribution capabilities, price pressures from third-party payers or proposed changes in health care systems. If we are unable to successfully market and commercialize our products, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
As of the date hereof, the clinical effectiveness and safety of any of our developmental products is not yet fully supported by clinical data and the medical community has not yet developed a large body of peer reviewed literature that supports the safety and efficacy of similar products. If future studies call into question the safety or efficacy of our products, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected. Our success depends on achieving necessary regulatory approvals, which involve stringent regulatory hurdles and potential delays.
We can make no assurance that any future studies, if undertaken, will yield favorable results. Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in later-stage clinical trials after achieving positive results in early-stage development, and we cannot be certain that it will not face similar setbacks. These setbacks have been caused by, among other things, pre-clinical findings made while clinical trials were underway or safety or efficacy observations made in clinical trials, including previously unreported adverse events.
Our products are in preclinical or clinical development with third parties, which is a lengthy and expensive process with uncertain outcomes. We cannot give any assurance that any of our future product candidates will be successfully developed and/or receive regulatory approval, which is necessary before they can be commercialized.
Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities in most jurisdictions for the sale of our product candidates, our product candidates must undergo extensive preclinical and clinical testing to evaluate their safety
34
and efficacy for human use. We are not, and do not intend to be the clinical trial applicant for any study, rather, third parties currently conduct preclinical and clinical studies of our product candidates. Such testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the development process. Some of our product candidates are in the preclinical stage, and their risk of failure is high. Before our clients commence clinical trials for our product candidates, they must complete extensive preclinical testing and studies that support the planned Clinical Trial Applications (“CTAs”) in Canada or Investigational New Drug Applications (“INDs”) in the United States or similar applications in other jurisdictions. We cannot be certain of the timely completion or outcome of clients’ preclinical testing and studies and cannot predict if Health Canada, the FDA or other regulatory authorities will accept the proposed clinical programs or if the outcome of preclinical studies will ultimately support the further development of the programs. As a result, we cannot be sure that we will be able to submit CTAs, INDs or similar applications for our clinical programs on the timelines we expect, if at all, and we cannot be sure that submission of CTAs, INDs or similar applications will result in Health Canada, the FDA or other regulatory authorities allowing clinical trials to begin.
Moreover, the results of preclinical studies may not be predictive of the results of clinical trials, and the results of any early-stage clinical trials our clients commence may not be predictive of the results of the later-stage clinical trials. The results of preclinical studies and clinical trials in one set of patients or disorder indications, or from preclinical studies or clinical trials that we did not lead, may not be predictive of those obtained in another. In some instances, there can be significant variability in safety or efficacy results between different clinical trials of the same product candidate due to numerous factors, including changes in trial procedures set forth in protocols, differences in the size and type of the patient populations, changes in and adherence to the dosing regimen and other clinical trial protocol details and the rate of dropout among clinical trial participants. In addition, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to various interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in clinical development even after achieving promising results in earlier studies, and any such setbacks in our clinical development could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. Even if early-stage clinical trials are successful, our clients may need to conduct additional clinical trials of our product candidates in additional patient populations or under different treatment conditions before we are able to seek approvals from Health Canada, the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities to market and sell these product candidates. Most product candidates that begin clinical trials are never approved by regulatory authorities for commercialization.
In addition, clinical trial design for our product candidates can be complex given their characteristics, and may not be accepted by the FDA. For example, clients will need to design clinical trials for certain product candidates to evaluate efficacy across a range of doses. Additionally, clients may utilize an “open-label” trial design for some of their future clinical trials. An open-label trial is one where both the patient and investigator know whether the patient is receiving the test article or either an existing approved drug or placebo. Open-label trials are subject to various limitations that may exaggerate any therapeutic effect as patients in open-label studies are aware that they are receiving treatment. Open-label trials may be subject to a “patient bias” where patients perceive their symptoms to have improved merely due to their awareness of receiving an experimental treatment. Patients selected for early clinical studies often include the most severe sufferers, and their symptoms may have been bound to improve notwithstanding the new treatment. In addition, open-label trials may be subject to an “investigator bias” where those assessing and reviewing the physiological outcomes of the clinical trials are aware of which patients have received treatment and may interpret the information of the treated group more favorably given this knowledge. The opportunity for bias in clinical trials as a result of open-label design may not be adequately handled and may cause any of our trials that utilize such design to fail or to be considered inadequate and additional trials may be necessary to support future marketing applications. Moreover, results acceptable to support approval in one jurisdiction may be deemed inadequate by another regulatory authority to support regulatory approval in that other jurisdiction. To the extent that the results of the trials are not satisfactory to Health Canada, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for support of a marketing
35
application, clients may be required to expend significant resources, which may not be available to them, to conduct additional trials in support of potential approval of our product candidates.
We cannot be certain that our product candidates will be successful in clinical trials. Our clients’ inability to successfully complete preclinical and clinical development could result in additional costs to us and negatively impact our ability to obtain approval and to generate revenue. Our future success is dependent on our ability to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for, and then successfully commercialize product candidates. In addition, even if such clinical trials are successfully completed, we cannot guarantee that Health Canada, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities will interpret the results as we do, and more trials could be required before we submit our product candidates for approval. In addition, Health Canada, the FDA and other regulatory authorities’ policies with respect to clinical trials may change and additional government regulations may be enacted.
If we, as supplier, or our clients are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies governing clinical trials, our development plans may be impacted.
We may not achieve publicly announced milestone expectations and forecasts according to schedule, or at all.
From time to time, we may announce the timing of certain events that we expect to occur, such as the anticipated timing of results from our clients’ clinical trials. These statements are forward-looking and are based on the best estimates of management at the time relating to the occurrence of such events. However, the actual timing of such events may differ from what has been publicly disclosed. The timing of events such as a client’s initiation or completion of a clinical trial, filing of an application to obtain regulatory approval or announcement of additional clinical trials for a product candidate may ultimately vary from what is publicly disclosed. These variations in timing may occur as a result of different events, including the nature of the results obtained during a clinical trial or during a research phase, timing of the completion of clinical trials or any other event having the effect of delaying the publicly announced timeline. Further, any U.S. rescheduling delays or changes in Australian and Canadian policies may impact our market timelines. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking information or statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law. Any variation in the timing of previously announced milestone expectations and forecasts could have a material adverse effect on our business plan, financial condition or operating results.
We rely on third parties to conduct clinical trials and some aspects of our research and preclinical testing, and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily, including failing to meet deadlines for the completion of such trials, research or testing.
We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties, including our clients and their contracted research organizations, clinical data management firms, medical institutions and clinical investigators, to conduct research, preclinical studies, and clinical trials involving our product candidates. These third parties are responsible for designing, executing and overseeing the clinical development and regulatory submission processes. Any of these third parties may terminate their engagements or fail to fulfill their contractual obligations. If any such relationships end, we may not be able to secure alternative arrangements on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which could delay or impair development and commercialization timelines for our products.
Although we do not conduct clinical trials ourselves, we may remain indirectly affected by the actions or failures of these third parties. Regulatory authorities such as the FDA, Health Canada and other comparable agencies require that clinical trials comply with applicable protocols, legal and regulatory standards and GCP guidelines, which govern the design, conduct, monitoring and reporting of human clinical trials. These authorities conduct periodic inspections of sponsors, investigators, clinical sites and IRBs to ensure compliance. If our clients or their contractors fail to meet these standards, the resulting data may be deemed unreliable, potentially requiring additional clinical trials and delaying regulatory approval. We cannot guarantee that any trial involving our products will be found compliant upon inspection.
36
Additionally, under applicable regulations, our clients are responsible for registering clinical trials and reporting results in accordance with jurisdictional requirements. In Canada, for example, all Health Canada-authorized trials must be registered in a clinical trial registry meeting World Health Organization standards before the enrollment of participants, and summary results must be submitted to the same registry. In the United States, certain trials must be registered on ClinicalTrials.gov, and results of completed trials must be posted within specified timeframes. Noncompliance can lead to fines, adverse publicity and civil or criminal penalties.
Even if our clients complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials, the marketing approval process is expensive, time consuming and uncertain and may prevent us from obtaining approvals for the potential commercialization of our product candidates.
Any product candidates we may develop and the activities associated with their development and potential commercialization, including their design, testing, manufacture, safety, efficacy, recordkeeping, labeling, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution, are subject to comprehensive regulation by Health Canada, the FDA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Failure to obtain marketing authorization for a product candidate will prevent us from commercializing the product candidate in a given jurisdiction.
We currently expect to rely on our clients to file and support the applications necessary to gain marketing authorizations for our products in jurisdictions where we cannot supply our products directly. Securing regulatory approval requires the submission of preclinical and clinical data from our clients and supporting information to the various regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the product candidate’s safety and efficacy, or with respect to biological products in the U.S., the product candidate’s safety, purity and potency. Securing regulatory approval also requires the submission of information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the relevant regulatory authority. Any product candidates we develop may not be effective, may be only moderately effective or may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use, if approved.
The process of obtaining marketing authorizations, in Canada, the United States and abroad, is expensive, may take many years if additional clinical trials are required, if approval is obtained at all, and can vary substantially based upon a variety of factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved. Changes in marketing authorization policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application, may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application. Health Canada, the FDA and comparable authorities in other countries have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that clients’ data are insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from preclinical and clinical testing could delay, limit or prevent marketing approval of a product candidate. Any marketing approval we ultimately obtain may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render the approved product not commercially viable. If we experience delays in obtaining approval, or if we fail to obtain approval of any product candidates we may develop, the commercial prospects for those product candidates may be harmed, and our ability to generate revenues will be materially impaired.
Research and development of drugs targeting the central nervous system (“CNS”) is particularly difficult and it can be difficult to predict and understand why a drug has a positive effect on some patients but not others, which may reduce the likelihood our product candidates are ultimately approved and therefore may have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Discovery and development of new drugs targeting brain health disorders are particularly difficult and time-consuming, evidenced by the higher failure rate for new drugs for brain health disorders compared with most other areas of drug discovery. Any such setbacks in our clients’ clinical development could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. In addition, our later stage clinical trials may present
37
challenges related to conducting adequate and well-controlled clinical trials, including designing an appropriate comparator arm in trials given the potential difficulties related to maintaining the blinding during the trial or placebo or nocebo effects.
Due to the inherent complexity of the human brain and the central nervous system, it is often challenging to predict or fully understand why a drug, including psilocybin, MDMA or any other product candidates, may demonstrate therapeutic benefits in some patients but not others, or why individuals may respond differently to the same treatment. The impact and complexities that arise from comingling therapeutic treatments with psychotherapy is an added variable not present in traditional medical treatments. Moreover, most of the patients treated in our clients’ clinical trials have previously been treated with the same drugs, other drugs or therapies, introducing additional variabilities. These factors collectively complicate the evaluation of prior treatment effects and make it more difficult to assess the true efficacy of our product candidates.
If our clients encounter difficulties enrolling patients in clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.
Third parties’ identification and qualification of trial participants to participate in clinical studies is critical to our success. The timing of our clients’ clinical trials depends on, among other things, the speed at which they can recruit trial participants to participate in testing our product candidates and their ability to enroll a sufficient number of patients who remain in the trial until its conclusion. Delays in enrollment and withdrawals from the trial may result in increased costs or may affect the timing or outcome of the planned clinical trials, which could prevent completion of these trials and adversely affect our ability to advance the development of our product candidates. If trial participants are unwilling to participate in our studies because of negative publicity from adverse events in our trials or other trials of similar products, or those related to specific therapeutic area, or for other reasons, including competitive clinical studies for similar patient populations, the timeline for recruiting trial participants, conducting studies, and obtaining regulatory approval of potential products may be delayed. These delays could result in increased costs, delays in advancing our product candidate development, delays in testing the effectiveness of these product candidates, or termination of the clinical studies altogether.
Our clinical client partners may not be able to identify, recruit and enroll a sufficient number of trial participants, or those with required or desired characteristics to achieve diversity in a study, to complete their clinical studies in a timely manner. Patient and subject enrollment is affected by factors including:
| • | the size and nature of the patient population; |
| • | the patient eligibility criteria defined in the applicable clinical trial protocols, which may limit the patient populations eligible for clinical trials to a greater extent than competing clinical trials for the same indication; |
| • | the size of the study population required for analysis of the trial’s primary endpoints; |
| • | the severity of the disorder under investigation; |
| • | the proximity of patients to a trial site; |
| • | the inclusion and exclusion criteria for the trial in question; |
| • | the design of the trial protocol; |
| • | the ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience; |
| • | the approval or concurrent enrollment of clinical trials involving competing product candidates currently under development or competing clinical trials for similar product candidates or targeting patient populations meeting our patient eligibility criteria; |
| • | the availability and efficacy of approved medications or product candidates for the disorder or condition under investigation; |
38
| • | clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages and side effects of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available product candidates and product candidates; |
| • | the ability to obtain and maintain patient consents; and |
| • | the risk that patients enrolled in clinical trials will not complete such trials, for any reason. |
If our clients have difficulty enrolling sufficient numbers of patients to conduct clinical trials as planned, they may need to delay or terminate clinical trials, either of which would have an adverse effect on our business.
Use of our product candidates could be associated with side effects, adverse events or other properties or safety risks, which could delay or halt their clinical development, prevent their regulatory approval, cause our clients to suspend or discontinue clinical trials, cause us to abandon a product candidate, limit their commercial potential, if approved, or result in other significant negative consequences that could severely harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
As is the case with pharmaceuticals generally, it is likely that there may be unexpected or undesirable side effects, adverse effects and other risks associated with the use of our product candidates. Results of clinical trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects or unexpected characteristics. Undesirable side effects caused by these product candidates could cause our clients or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by Health Canada, the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The side effects related to the product candidate could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects significantly.
Moreover, if our product candidates are associated with undesirable side effects in preclinical studies or clinical trials or have characteristics that are unexpected, we may elect to abandon their development or limit their development to more narrow indications or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective, which may limit the commercial expectations for the product candidate if approved. Our clients may also be required to modify or terminate their study plans based on findings in preclinical studies or clinical trials. Many product candidates that initially show promise in early-stage testing may later be found to cause side effects that prevent further development. As we work to advance existing product candidates and to identify new product candidates, we cannot be certain that later testing or trials of product candidates that initially showed promise in early testing will not be found to cause similar or different unacceptable side effects that prevent their further development.
It is possible that as our product candidates are tested in larger, longer and more extensive clinical trials, or as the use of these product candidates becomes more widespread if they receive regulatory approval, illnesses, injuries, discomforts and other adverse effects that were not observed in earlier trials, as well as conditions that did not occur or went undetected in previous trials, may be reported by subjects. If such side effects become known later in development or upon approval, if any, such findings may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects significantly.
Additionally, adverse developments in clinical trials or use in the Authorised Prescribers Scheme in Australia of pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical or biotechnology products conducted by others may cause Health Canada, the FDA or other regulatory oversight bodies to suspend or terminate our clinical trials or to change the requirements for approval of any of our product candidates.
In addition to side effects caused by the product candidate, the administration process, such as psychotherapy, or related procedures also can cause adverse side effects. If any such adverse effects occur, our clients’ clinical trials could be suspended or terminated. If our clients are unable to demonstrate that any adverse effects were caused by the administration process or related procedures, Health Canada, the FDA or other regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development of, or deny approval of, a product candidate for any or all
39
targeted indications. Even if our clients can demonstrate that all future serious adverse events are not product-related, such occurrences could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial. Moreover, if our clients elect, or are required, to not initiate, delay, suspend or terminate any future clinical trial of any of our product candidates, the commercial prospects of such product candidates may be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenues from any of these product candidates may be delayed or eliminated. Any of these occurrences may harm our ability to develop other product candidates, and may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects significantly.
Additionally, if any of our product candidates receive marketing authorization, Health Canada, the FDA or other regulatory authorities could impose contraindications or a boxed warning in the labeling of the product. For any of our drug product candidates receiving marketing authorization, Health Canada, the FDA or other regulatory authorities could require us to adopt a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy (“REMS”) or similar risk management measures and could apply elements to assure safe use to ensure that the benefits of the product outweigh its risks, which may include, among other things, a Medication Guide outlining the risks of the product for distribution to patients and a communication plan to health care practitioners. Furthermore, if we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by our product candidates if approved, several potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:
| • | regulatory authorities may suspend or withdraw approvals of such product candidate, or seek an injunction against its manufacture or distribution; |
| • | regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label, including “boxed” warnings, or issue safety alerts, Deal Healthcare Provider letters, press releases or other communications containing warnings or other safety information about the product; |
| • | we may be required by Health Canada, the FDA or other regulatory authorities to implement a REMS or similar risk management measures; |
| • | we may be required to change the way a product candidate is administered; |
| • | our clients may have to conduct additional clinical trials; |
| • | we may be subject to fines, injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties; |
| • | we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; and |
| • | our reputation may suffer. |
Any of these occurrences could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the particular product candidate, if approved, and may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects significantly.
Even if any of our current or future product candidates receive regulatory approval in the United States, any such product candidates may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payers and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success, in which case we may not generate significant revenues or become profitable.
We have never commercialized a product in the United States, and even if any of our current or future product candidates is approved by the appropriate regulatory authorities for marketing and sale, it may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payers and others in the medical community. Physicians may be reluctant to take their patients off their current medications and switch their treatment regimen. Further, patients often acclimate to the treatment regime that they are currently taking and do not want to switch unless their physicians recommend switching products or they are required to switch due to lack of coverage and adequate reimbursement. In addition, even if we are able to demonstrate our product candidates’ safety and efficacy to the FDA and other regulators, safety or efficacy concerns in the medical community may hinder market acceptance.
40
Efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payers on the benefits of our product candidates may require significant resources from our partners, including management time and financial resources, and may not be successful. The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:
| • | the efficacy and safety of the product as demonstrated in pivotal clinical trials; |
| • | the potential and perceived advantages of the product compared to competitive and alternative products; |
| • | the prevalence and severity of any side effects; |
| • | whether the product is designated under physician treatment guidelines as a first-, second- or third-line therapy; |
| • | our ability, or the ability of any future collaborators, to offer the product for sale at competitive prices; |
| • | the product’s convenience and ease of dosing and administration compared to alternative treatments, including the need to have products administered in clinical settings, rather than the home, for patients who are prescribed the products; |
| • | the willingness of the target patient population to try, and of physicians to prescribe, the product; |
| • | limitations or warnings, including distribution or use restrictions contained in the product’s approved labeling; |
| • | the strength of sales, marketing and distribution support; |
| • | restrictions on how the product is distributed; |
| • | the timing of market introduction of competitive products; |
| • | publicity concerning these products or competing products and treatments; |
| • | changes in the standard of care for the targeted indications for the product; and |
| • | availability and adequacy of coverage and reimbursement from government payers, managed care plans and other third-party payers. |
Sales of medical products also depend on the willingness of physicians to prescribe the treatment, which is likely to be based on a determination by these physicians that the products are safe, therapeutically effective and cost effective. In addition, the inclusion or exclusion of products from treatment guidelines established by various physician groups and the viewpoints of influential physicians can affect the willingness of other physicians to prescribe the treatment. We cannot predict whether physicians, physicians’ organizations, hospitals, other healthcare providers, government agencies or public or private insurers will determine that any of our products is safe, therapeutically effective and cost effective as compared with competing treatments. If any product candidates we develop do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, they may not generate significant product revenue, and we may not become profitable.
For any of our current or future product candidates that obtain regulatory approval, any failure to achieve market acceptance or commercial success would adversely affect our business prospects. In addition, for any approved product, any negative perception of such product once commercialized, or of a similar product developed by a competitor, may adversely affect our reputation in the marketplace or among industry participants and our business prospects.
We currently, and may in the future continue to, rely on data from clinical trials for product candidates conducted outside the United States, and the FDA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may not accept data from such trials.
The acceptance of study data from clinical trials conducted outside the United States, Canada, Australia or another jurisdiction by the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority may be subject to certain conditions or may
41
not be accepted at all. In cases where data from foreign clinical trials are intended to serve as the sole basis for marketing approval in the U.S., the FDA will generally not approve the application on the basis of foreign data alone unless (i) the data are applicable to the U.S. population and U.S. medical practice; (ii) the trials were performed by clinical investigators of recognized competence and pursuant to Good Clinical Practice (“GCP”) regulations; and (iii) the data may be considered valid without the need for an on-site inspection by the FDA, or if the FDA considers such inspection to be necessary, the FDA is able to validate the data through an on-site inspection or other appropriate means. In addition, even where the foreign study data are not intended to serve as the sole basis for approval, if the applicable clinical trial was not otherwise subject to an IND, the FDA will not accept the data as support for an application for marketing approval unless the study is well-designed and well-conducted in accordance with GCP and the FDA is able to validate the data from the study through an onsite inspection if deemed necessary. Many foreign regulatory authorities have similar approval requirements. In addition, such foreign trials would be subject to the applicable local laws of the foreign jurisdictions where the trials are conducted. There can be no assurance that the FDA, or any comparable foreign regulatory authority will accept data from trials conducted outside of the United States or the applicable jurisdiction. If the FDA, or any comparable foreign regulatory authority, does not accept such data, it would result in the need for additional trials, which would be costly and time consuming and delay aspects of our business plan and may result in product candidates that we may develop not receiving approval for commercialization in the applicable jurisdiction.
If we are unable to obtain regulatory approval in one or more jurisdictions for any product candidates that we may identify and develop, our business will be substantially harmed.
We cannot commercialize a product until the appropriate regulatory authorities have reviewed and approved the product candidate. Approval by the FDA and comparable regulatory authorities is lengthy and unpredictable and depends upon numerous factors, including substantial discretion of the regulatory authorities. Approval policies, regulations or the type and amount of preclinical or clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s development and may vary among jurisdictions, which may cause delays in the approval or the decision not to approve an application. We cannot be certain that any of our future product candidates will receive regulatory approval or be successfully commercialized, even if they receive regulatory approval.
Obtaining marketing approval is an extensive, lengthy, expensive and inherently uncertain process, and regulatory authorities may delay, limit or deny approval of our product candidates for many reasons, including but not limited to:
| • | the inability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that the applicable product candidate is safe and effective as a treatment for our targeted indications or otherwise meets the applicable regulatory standards for approval; |
| • | the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with the design, endpoints or implementation of our clients’ clinical trials; |
| • | the population studied in the clinical program may not be sufficiently broad or representative to assure safety or efficacy in the full population for which we seek approval; |
| • | the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require additional preclinical studies or clinical trials beyond those that we currently anticipate; |
| • | the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials; |
| • | the data collected from clinical trials of product candidates that we may identify and pursue may not be sufficient to support the submission of an NDA or other submission for regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere; |
| • | we may be unable to demonstrate to the FDA, or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that a product candidate’s risk-benefit ratio for its proposed indication is acceptable; |
42
| • | the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may identify deficiencies in the manufacturing processes, test procedures and specifications, or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies; and |
| • | the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may change in a manner that renders the clinical trial design or data insufficient for approval. |
The lengthy approval process, as well as the unpredictability of the results of clinical trials and evolving regulatory requirements, may result in our failure to obtain regulatory approval to market product candidates that we may pursue in the United States or elsewhere, which would significantly harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
Furthermore, approval by the FDA in the United States, if obtained, does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions. In order to market any products outside of Canada, we must establish and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries regarding safety and effectiveness. Clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries, and regulatory approval in one country does not mean that regulatory approval will be obtained in any other country. Approval processes vary among countries and can involve additional product testing and validation and additional or different administrative review periods from those in Canada, including additional preclinical studies or clinical trials, as clinical trials conducted in one jurisdiction may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our products is also subject to approval.
Seeking foreign regulatory approval could result in difficulties and costs for us and require additional preclinical studies or clinical trials by our clients, which could be costly and time consuming. Regulatory requirements can vary widely from country to country and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in those countries. The foreign regulatory approval process involves all of the risks associated with FDA approval. We currently have three products approved for sale in Australia. If we fail to comply with regulatory requirements in any markets or to obtain and maintain required approvals, or if regulatory approvals in international markets are delayed, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our products will be harmed.
We may be affected by negative results from clinical trials or studies conducted by third-parties.
From time to time, studies or clinical trials on various aspects of psychedelics are conducted by academic researchers, competitors or others. The results of these studies or trials, when published, may have a significant effect on the marketability of the substance that is the subject of the study. For example, the FDA rejected Lykos Therapeutics’ application for MDMA-assisted therapy for PTSD on August 9, 2024. While we were not materially affected in that instance, there can be no assurance that similar events in the future will not have a materially adverse effect on our business. In particular, the publication of negative results of studies or clinical trials or the occurrence of adverse safety events related to psychedelics could adversely affect our operations, research, share price and ability to finance future operations.
Risks Related to Intellectual Property
If we are unable to maintain or obtain sufficient intellectual property protection in the future for our existing product candidates or any other product candidates that we may identify, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection we have or may obtain in the future is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize product candidates similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our existing product candidates and any other product candidates that we may pursue may be impaired.
As is the case with other pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical companies, our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain protection of the intellectual property we may own solely and jointly with others, in Canada, the United States and other countries, with respect to our product candidates and technology.
43
We may seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in Canada, the United States and abroad and by in-licensing intellectual property related to our existing product candidates, our various proprietary technologies and any other product candidates or technologies that we may identify.
Obtaining and enforcing pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical patents is costly, time consuming and complex, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications, or to maintain, enforce and license any patents that may issue from such patent applications, at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. We may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications or to maintain the rights to patents licensed to third parties. Therefore, these potential patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.
The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal, technological and factual questions and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. The standards that the Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”), the USPTO and foreign counterparts use to grant patents are not always applied predictably or uniformly. Any future patent applications may not result in patents being issued that protect our product candidates or technology, in whole or in part, or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive product candidates. The coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Even if future patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent our future owned or licensed patents by developing similar or alternative product candidates in a non-infringing manner.
In addition, the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our future patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in Canada, the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical product candidates to ours, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our product candidates. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our intellectual property portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing drugs similar or identical to ours.
Third parties may claim that we are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and may prevent or delay our development and commercialization efforts.
Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell any product candidates that we may develop and use our proprietary technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property and proprietary rights of third parties. However, our research, development and commercialization activities may be subject to claims that we infringe or otherwise violate patents or other intellectual property rights owned or controlled by third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, including patent infringement lawsuits, interferences, oppositions and inter partes re-examination proceedings before the CIPO, USPTO and corresponding foreign patent offices. Numerous Canadian, United States and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are pursuing development candidates. Our competitors in Canada, the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in patent portfolios and competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for or obtain, patents that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use and sell, if approved, our product candidates. The pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have produced a
44
considerable number of patents, and it may not always be clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of products or methods of use. The coverage of patents is subject to interpretation by the courts, and the interpretation is not always uniform. If we were sued for patent infringement, we would need to demonstrate that our product candidates, products or methods either do not infringe the patent claims of the relevant patent or that the patent claims are invalid or unenforceable, and we may not be able to do this. Proving invalidity may be difficult. For example, in Canada, proving invalidity in court requires a showing of clear and convincing evidence to overcome the presumption of validity that applies to issued patents. In addition, many companies in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries have employed intellectual property litigation as a means to gain an advantage over their competitors. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, and as we gain greater visibility and market exposure as a public company, the risk increases that our existing product candidates and any other product candidates that we may identify may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent rights of third parties.
There may be other third-party patents or patent applications with claims to composition of matter, materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of our existing or future product candidates. Further, we may not be aware of patents that have already been issued and that a third party, for example, a competitor in the fields in which we are developing our product candidates, might assert are infringed by our current or future product candidates, including claims to compositions, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods of use or treatment that cover our product candidates. It is also possible that patents owned by third parties of which we are aware, but which we do not believe are relevant to our product candidates and other proprietary technologies we may develop, could be found to be infringed by our product candidates. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications which may later result in issued patents that our product candidates may infringe. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. If any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover the manufacturing process of our product candidates, any molecules formed during the manufacturing process or any final product itself, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize such product candidates unless we obtained a license under the applicable patents, or until such patents expire.
Similarly, if any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover aspects of our formulations, processes for manufacture or methods of use, including combination therapy, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to develop and commercialize the applicable product candidates unless we obtained a license or until such patents expires. In either case, such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or it may be non-exclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property rights.
Parties making claims against us may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have material adverse effect on our ability to operate effectively.
If we obtain patents in the future and are not able to obtain patent term extension in Canada, Australia, the United States and other foreign countries, in order to extend the marketing exclusivity term of our product candidates, our business may be materially harmed.
For the United States, depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA marketing approval of our product candidates, one of the U.S. patents covering each of such product candidates or the use thereof may be eligible for up to five years of patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments allow a maximum of one patent to be extended per FDA approved product as compensation for the patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent
45
beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval and only those claims covering such approved drug product, a method for using it or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. Patent term extension also may be available in Canada under the Supplementary Protection Regulations, or in other foreign countries upon regulatory approval of our product candidates, such as the Supplementary Protection Certificates in Europe. In particular, a maximum of five and a half years of supplementary protection can be achieved in Europe for an active ingredient or combinations of active ingredients of a medicinal product protected by a basic patent, if a valid marketing authorization exists (which must be the first authorization to place the product on the market as a medicinal product) and if the product has not already been the subject of supplementary protection.
Nevertheless, we may not be granted patent term extension either in the United States or in any other country because of, for example, failing to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the term of extension, as well as the scope of patent protection during any such extension, afforded by the governmental authority could be less than we request. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or restoration, or the term of any such extension is less than we request, the period during which we will have the right to exclusively market our product may be shortened, and our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration and may take advantage of our investment in development and clinical trials by referencing our clinical and preclinical data to launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case, and our revenue could be reduced, possibly materially, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Also, there are detailed rules and requirements regarding the patents that in the United States may be submitted to the FDA for listing in the Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, or the Orange Book, or in Canada, with the Health Canada Patent Register. We may be unable to obtain patents covering our product candidates that contain one or more claims that satisfy the requirements for listing in the Orange Book (or in Canada, with the Patent Register). Even if we submit a patent for listing in the Orange Book or Patent Register, the FDA or Health Canada, respectively, may decline to list the patent, or a manufacturer of generic drugs may challenge the listing. If or when one of our product candidates is approved and a patent covering that product candidate is not listed in the Orange Book (or Patent Register in Canada), a manufacturer of generic drugs would not have to provide advance notice to us of any abbreviated new drug application (“ANDA”), filed with the FDA or any abbreviated new drug submission (“ANDS”) filed with Health Canada to obtain permission to sell a generic version of such product candidate.
If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our product candidates and products could be materially adversely affected, and our business would be harmed.
We consider proprietary trade secrets, confidential know-how and unpatented know-how to be important to our business. We seek to protect our confidential proprietary information, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with parties who have access to them, including our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, contractors, contracted research organizations, contract manufacturers, collaborators and other third parties, that are designed to protect our proprietary information. However, we cannot be certain that such agreements have been entered into with all relevant parties that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary technology, and we cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary technology, or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. For example, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our confidential proprietary information by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems, but it is possible that these security measures could be breached. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be effective.
46
Unauthorized parties may also attempt to copy or reverse engineer certain aspects of our products that we consider proprietary. We may not be able to obtain adequate remedies in the event of such unauthorized use. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret can be difficult, expensive and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. Trade secrets will also over time be disseminated within the industry through independent development, the publication of journal articles and the movement of personnel skilled in the art from company to company or academic institutions to industry scientific positions. Though our agreements with third parties typically restrict the ability of our advisors, employees, collaborators, licensors, suppliers, third-party contractors and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets and proprietary information, our agreements may contain certain limited publication rights. In addition, if any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position. Despite employing the contractual and other security precautions described above, the need to share trade secrets increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. If any of these events occur or if we otherwise lose protection for our trade secrets, the value of such information may be greatly reduced and our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would be harmed.
Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may not be in a position to enforce our intellectual property rights against third parties.
Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may conclude that, even if a third-party is infringing any future issued patents or other intellectual property rights, the risk-adjusted cost of bringing and enforcing such a claim or action may be too high or not in the best interest of our company or our shareholders, or it may be otherwise impractical or undesirable to enforce our intellectual property against some third parties. Our competitors or other third parties may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. In such cases, we may decide that the more prudent course of action is to simply monitor the situation or initiate or seek some other non-litigious action or solution. In addition, the uncertainties associated with litigation could compromise our internal research programs, in-license needed technology or other product candidates, or enter into development partnerships that would help us bring our product candidates to market.
Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Shares
There has been no prior market for our common shares on a U.S. national securities exchange, and an active and liquid market for our common shares may fail to develop or be sustained, which could harm the market price of our common shares.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market on a U.S. national securities exchange for our common shares. We plan to apply to list our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “OPTH.” There is no guarantee that Nasdaq, or any other exchange or quotation system, will permit our common shares to be listed and traded. The closing of this offering is contingent upon the successful listing of our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market.
Even if our common shares are approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market, a liquid public market for our common shares may not develop, or if it is developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your common shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other businesses using our shares as consideration.
47
The initial public offering price for our common shares has been determined by negotiation between us and the underwriter based upon several factors, including prevailing market conditions, our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects and the market valuations of similar companies. The price at which the common shares are traded after this offering may decline below the initial public offering price, meaning that you may experience a decrease in the value of your common shares regardless of our operating performance or prospects.
We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Exchange Act, and, as such, we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to U.S. domestic public companies.
Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the securities rules and regulations in the United States that are applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, including:
| • | the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K; |
| • | the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents, or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; |
| • | the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and |
| • | the selective disclosure rules by issuers of material non-public information under Regulation FD. |
Following this offering, we will be required to file an annual report on Form 20-F within four months of the end of each fiscal year. In addition, we intend to publish our financial results on a quarterly basis, distributed pursuant to the rules and regulations of Nasdaq. Press releases relating to financial results and material events will also be furnished to the SEC on Form 6-K. However, the information we are required to file with or furnish to the SEC will be less extensive and less timely compared to the information required to be filed with the SEC by U.S. domestic issuers. As a result, you may not be afforded the same protections or information that would be made available to you were you investing in a U.S. domestic issuer.
As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted, and intend, to rely on exemptions from certain Nasdaq corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. This may afford less protection to holders of our common shares than they would enjoy if we complied fully with the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards.
We are exempted from certain corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq by virtue of being a foreign private issuer. As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow the governance practices of our home country in lieu of certain corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq. As result, the standards applicable to us are considerably different from the standards applied to U.S. domestic issuers and could provide less protection to you than you would have under the Nasdaq rules applicable to domestic issuers.
Specifically, we intend to rely on exemptions from the following Nasdaq corporate governance requirements:
| • | We do not intend to have a majority of our directors qualify as independent. This is not required under our home country practices. |
| • | We do not intend to hold regular scheduled meetings that independent directors exclusively attend. This is not required under our home country practices. |
| • | We do not intend to have a nomination committee. This is not required under our home country practices. |
| • | We do not intend to have a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors who are independent under applicable Nasdaq and SEC standards for members of compensation committees. This is not required under our home country practices. |
48
| • | We do not intend to have director nominees selected or recommended for the Board’s selection by independent directors. We also do not intend to adopt a formal written charter or board resolution addressing the nominations process. Under our home country practices, when the Board identifies the need to fill a position, either due to a vacancy or as required to carry out the Board’s duties effectively and maintain a breadth of experience, the Board requests that current directors put forward potential candidates for consideration. |
| • | We do not intend to follow the requirement for holding an annual meeting of shareholders no later than one year after the end of the fiscal year-end. Instead, we will follow home country practice, which requires holding a general meeting of our shareholders at least once every calendar year, provided that the meeting must not be held later than 15 months after the preceding annual general meeting. See “Description of Share Capital – Shareholder Meetings”. |
| • | We do not intend to follow the requirements for shareholder quorum. Instead, we will follow home country practice, which requires a quorum of two persons who are, or who represent by proxy, shareholders who, in the aggregate, hold at least 5% of the issued shares entitled to be voted at the meeting. |
| • | We do not intend to have a fully independent audit committee for up to one year following this offering. We are relying on the phase-in rules of Nasdaq with respect to the independence of our audit committee. These rules require that all members of our audit committee must meet the independence standard for audit committee members within one year of the effectiveness of this registration statement. Accordingly, our audit committee may not be fully independent for up to one year after the competition of this offering, which could affect the effectiveness of our audit committee and the perception of our corporate governance by investors. |
| • | We do not intend to follow Nasdaq requirements that, subject to limited exceptions, shareholder approval be obtained prior to an issuance of securities in connection with: (i) the acquisition of the stock or assets of another company; (ii) equity-based compensation of officers, directors, employees or consultants; (iii) a change of control; and (iv) transactions other than a public offering. Instead, we will comply with the laws, rules and regulations of Canada and the Province of British Columbia and the policies of the Canadian Securities Exchange, which do not necessarily require shareholder approval. Under applicable Canadian Securities Exchange policies, we will be required to obtain the ordinary approval of our shareholders, where the total number of securities issuable, calculated on a fully diluted basis: (i) is more than 50% of the total number of securities outstanding (calculated on a non-diluted basis) and creates a new control person; (ii) is more than 100% of the total number of securities outstanding (calculated on a non-diluted basis) or (iii) would, as determined by us or the Canadian Securities Exchange, would materially affect control of our company. Further, under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) and our articles, certain extraordinary company alterations, such as certain amalgamations, sales, or other dispositions of all or substantially all of the assets of a company (other than in the ordinary course of business) liquidations, dissolutions, and certain arrangements are required to be approved by ordinary or special resolution as applicable. Under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), arrangements are permitted and a company may make any proposal it considers appropriate “despite any other provision” of the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia). In general, a plan of arrangement is approved by a company’s board of directors and then is submitted to a court for approval. It is customary for a company in such circumstances to apply to a court initially for an interim order governing various procedural matters prior to calling any security holder meeting to consider the proposed arrangement. Plans of arrangement involving shareholders must be approved by a special resolution of shareholders, including holders of shares not normally entitled to vote. The court may, in respect of an arrangement proposed with persons other than shareholders and creditors, require that those persons approve the arrangement in the manner and to the extent required by the court. The court determines, among other things, to whom notice shall be given and whether, and in what manner, approval of any person is to be obtained and also determines whether any shareholders may dissent from the proposed arrangement and receive payment of the fair |
49
| value of their shares. Following compliance with the procedural steps contemplated in any such interim order. (including as to obtaining security holder approval), the court would conduct a final hearing, which would, among other things, assess the fairness of the arrangement and approve or reject the proposed arrangement. Lastly, under applicable Canadian Securities Exchange policies, our Equity Plan (as defined below) is subject to ordinary shareholder approval every three years. If shareholders fail to approve the resolution for the renewal of our Equity Plan, we are prohibited from granting equity-based compensation under the Equity Plan to our of officers, directors, employees or consultants, even if such renewal approval was sought prior to the end of the three-year period. |
As a result, you will not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to these corporate governance requirements.
We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses and may impede our ability to maintain our listing on Nasdaq.
After our listing on Nasdaq, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. If we lose our foreign private issuer status on a determination date, then, beginning on the first day of the fiscal year following the determination date, we would have to comply with U.S. federal proxy rules and other requirements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders would become subject to the reporting and short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we would lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements under the Nasdaq listing rules as well as our ability under the Exchange Act to present our financial statements pursuant to IFRS, as issued by the IASB, instead of pursuant to U.S. GAAP. In addition, on June 4, 2025, the SEC issued a concept release seeking public comment on whether to amend the current eligibility criteria for foreign private issuer status under the U.S. securities laws to better balance investor protection and capital formation. This marks the first comprehensive review of the FPI regulatory framework since 2008 and signals a potential material shift in the FPI regulatory framework. While no rule changes have been proposed yet, any future amendments could impact our eligibility to qualify as a foreign private issuer.
As a U.S. listed public company that would not qualify as a foreign private issuer, we would incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we would not incur as a foreign private issuer, as well as increased accounting, reporting and other expenses in order to maintain a listing on a U.S. securities exchange. If we lose our foreign private issuer status and are unable to devote adequate funding and the resources needed to maintain compliance with Nasdaq’s corporate governance requirements applicable to domestic issuers, we may become unable to maintain the listing of our common shares on Nasdaq.
We will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are not emerging growth companies, and our shareholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies.
Upon the completion of this offering, we will qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. As a result, we will be permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least US$1.235 billion; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the
50
fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have, during the preceding three year period, issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Exchange Act, which could occur if the market value of our securities that are held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. Once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above.
Because we will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements for such time as we remain an emerging growth company that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are not emerging growth companies, our shareholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our securities less attractive if we elect to rely on these exemptions or if taking advantage of these exemptions would result in less active trading or more volatility in the price of our securities.
It may be difficult to enforce judgments or bring actions outside the United States against us and our directors.
We are a Canadian corporation, and our officers and directors are neither citizens nor residents of the United States. All or a substantial part of the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for an investor to enforce in courts outside the United States judgments obtained in United States courts based upon the civil liability provisions of United States federal securities laws against these persons and us or to bring in courts outside the United States an original action to enforce liabilities based upon United States federal securities laws against these persons and us.
We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert our management’s attention.
In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action or other shareholder litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Even if such claims are without merit, litigation could result in substantial legal costs, divert management’s attention from the operation of our business and damage our reputation. In addition, while we maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover all costs, judgments, or settlements associated with such claims. If our insurance coverage is inadequate or unavailable, we may be exposed to significant liabilities, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.
The public offering price of our common shares is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per common share before giving effect to this offering. Accordingly, if you purchase our common shares in this offering, you will incur immediate substantial dilution. Furthermore, if the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional shares, you could experience further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section entitled “Dilution.”
If we sell shares of our common shares in future financings, shareholders may experience immediate dilution, and, as a result, our stock price may decline.
We expect our expenses to increase significantly in the foreseeable future and we may from time to time issue additional common shares. These issuances may be at a discount from the current trading price of our common shares. As a result, our shareholders would experience immediate dilution upon the purchase of any of our common shares sold at such discount. In addition, as opportunities present themselves, we may enter into financing or similar arrangements in the future, including the issuance of debt securities, preferred shares or common shares. If we issue common shares or securities convertible into common shares, our common shareholders will experience additional dilution and, as a result, our share price may decline.
51
We have broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised in this offering and may use them in ways that may not enhance our operating results or the price of our common shares.
Our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering, and we could spend the proceeds from this offering in ways our shareholders may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable return, if at all. We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for scaling production and distribution of our products, market expansion and sales growth and general working capital and other operating expenses. However, our use of these proceeds may differ substantially from our current plans. If we do not invest or apply the proceeds from this offering in ways that improve our operating results, we may fail to achieve the expected financial results, which could cause our share price to decline.
We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common shares, and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common shares.
We do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common shares for the foreseeable future. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common share for the foreseeable future. Since we do not intend to pay dividends, your ability to receive a return on your investment will depend on any future appreciation in the market value of our common shares. There is no guarantee that our common share will appreciate or even maintain the price at which our holders have purchased such common shares.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our common shares, our share price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common shares will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence or continue coverage of us, the trading price for our common shares would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business model, or our share performance, or if our operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.
We may not be able to satisfy listing requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market or obtain or maintain a listing of our common shares.
We must meet certain financial and liquidity criteria to obtain and maintain a listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market; however, there is no guarantee that we will be able to satisfy these requirements. If we violate Nasdaq listing requirements, our common shares may be delisted. If we fail to meet any of Nasdaq’s listing standards, our common shares may be delisted. In addition, our Board of Directors may determine that the cost of maintaining our listing on a U.S. national securities exchange outweighs the benefits of such listing. A delisting of our common shares may materially impair our shareholders’ ability to buy and sell our common shares and could have an adverse effect on the market price of, and the efficiency of the trading market for, our common shares. The delisting of our common shares could significantly impair our ability to raise capital and the value of your investment.
In the future, we may be deemed to be a controlled foreign corporation.
If a United States person is treated as owning (directly, indirectly, or constructively) at least 10% of the value or voting power of our common shares, such person may be treated as a “United States shareholder” with respect to each “controlled foreign corporation” in our group. A United States shareholder of a controlled foreign corporation may be required to report annually and include in its U.S. taxable income its pro rata share of
52
“Subpart F income,” “global intangible low-taxed income,” and investments in U.S. property by controlled foreign corporations, regardless of whether we make any distributions. We are not committing to assist investors in determining whether we or any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries is treated as a controlled foreign corporation or whether any investor is treated as a United States shareholder with respect to any such controlled foreign corporation, or to furnish to any United States shareholders with the information that may be necessary to comply with the aforementioned reporting and tax paying obligations. A United States investor should consult its advisors regarding the potential application of these rules to an investment in our common shares.
In the future, we may be classified as a passive foreign investment company for United States federal income tax purposes.
Generally, if for any taxable year 75% or more of our gross income is passive income, or at least 50% of the average quarterly value of our assets are held for the production of, or produce, passive income, we would be characterized as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Whether we are a PFIC for the current or any future taxable year is uncertain, as it will depend on our income and assets for each such year. We do not believe we were a PFIC for our most recently ended taxable year and based on current business plans and financial expectations, we do not expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year. However, no assurance can be giving concerning our PFIC status for our current taxable year and for any subsequent tax years. Accordingly, we may be classified as a PFIC in the future. If we are characterized as a PFIC, U.S. holders of our common shares may suffer adverse tax consequences. Prospective U.S. investors are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the impact of PFIC status on the purchase, ownership and disposition of common shares.
53
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements concerning our business, operations and financial performance, as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business operations and financial performance and condition. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “plans”, “expects”, “projected”, “estimated”, “forecasts”, “anticipates”, “intend”, “guidance”, “outlook”, “potential”, “prospects”, “seek”, “aim”, “strategy”, “targets” or “believes”, or variations of such words and phrases or statements that certain future conditions, actions, events or results “will”, “may”, “could”, “would”, “should”, “might” or “can”, or negative versions thereof, “occur”, “continue” or “be achieved” and other similar expressions. In addition, statements that “we believe” or similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject.
Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements with respect to:
| • | our ability to achieve our growth strategy; |
| • | the demand for our products; |
| • | expectations regarding revenue, expenses and operations; |
| • | government regulations of our products; |
| • | sufficiency of current working capital to support future operating and working capital requirements; |
| • | the stability of general economic and market conditions; |
| • | currency exchange rates and interest rates; |
| • | equity and debt markets continuing to provide us with access to capital; |
| • | our ability to comply with applicable laws and regulations; and |
| • | our continued compliance with third party intellectual property rights. |
We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that the future results, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur at all. You should refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. Except as required by law, including applicable Canadian and U.S. securities laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
This prospectus also contains certain data and information, which we obtained from various government and private publications. Although we believe that the publications and reports are reliable, we have not independently verified the data. Statistical data in these publications includes projections that are based on a number of assumptions. If any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data is later found to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions.
You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus by these cautionary statements.
54
After deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, we expect to receive net proceeds of approximately US$ million from this offering (or approximately US$ million if the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full), based on an assumed public offering price of US$ per common share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus. A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$ per common share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by US$ million, assuming the underwriter does not exercise its option to purchase additional common shares and the number of common shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for the following purposes:
| • | % of the net proceeds (approximately US$ million) for scaling production and distribution of our products in our current markets; |
| • | % of the net proceeds (approximately US$ million) for preparing additional market entry to Israel and the United States and sales growth; and |
| • | % of the net proceeds (approximately US$ million) for general working capital and other operating expenses. |
The foregoing represents our current intentions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this offering based upon our present plans and business conditions. We believe that the net proceeds of this offering will be sufficient to meet our needs for scaling production and distribution of our products in our current markets. We also believe that the net proceeds of this offering will be sufficient to meet our needs for preparing additional market entry to Israel and the United States and sales growth for the next 12 months. However, we anticipate that we will need additional funds to continue preparing for market entry to the United States after the next 12 months as we do not expect to gain market entry to the United States within the next 12 months. Due to the uncertainty around the extent and timing of regulatory approval in the United States, we cannot currently estimate the amount of additional funds that will be needed to prepare for market entry to the United States. Any such additional fundraising efforts may divert our management’s attention from their day-to-day responsibilities and result in dilution to shareholders. For more information, see “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Business and Industry – If we are unable to obtain additional financing and on acceptable terms, we could be forced to delay, limit or discontinue product candidate development and sales efforts.”
Our management will have broad discretion in the way that we use the net proceeds of this offering. If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this offering differently than as described in this prospectus. To the extent that the net proceeds we receive from this offering are not immediately applied for the above purposes, we intend to invest our net proceeds in short-term, interest bearing, investment-grade securities.
55
We have not previously declared or paid any cash dividend or dividend in kind and we have no plan to declare or pay any dividends in the near future on our common shares. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to finance the operation, development and expansion of the business. Any future declaration and payment of cash dividends or other distributions of capital will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and any other factors that our Board deems relevant in making such a determination.
56
The following table sets forth our total capitalization as of June 30, 2025:
| • | on an actual basis; and |
| • | on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the issuance and sale of common shares in this offering, and the receipt of approximately US$ million in estimated net proceeds, at an assumed initial public offering price of US$ per common share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised). |
You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements, the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
| June 30, 2025 | June 30, 2025 | |||||||||||||||
| Actual | As Adjusted | |||||||||||||||
| C$ | US$ | C$ | US$ | |||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
88,533 | 65,002 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Current liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
1,538,883 | 922,386 | ||||||||||||||
| Amounts due to related parties |
788,738 | 579,103 | ||||||||||||||
| Deferred revenue |
292,001 | 214,391 | ||||||||||||||
| Current portion of lease liabilities |
2,753 | 2,021 | ||||||||||||||
| Current portion of loans payable (unguaranteed, secured) |
1,000,000 | 734,214 | ||||||||||||||
| Long-term liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
| Long-term loans payable (unguaranteed, secured) |
1,853,000 | 1,360,499 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total liabilities |
6,383,375 | 4,686,766 | ||||||||||||||
| Shareholders’ equity: |
||||||||||||||||
| Common shares, no par value; unlimited common shares authorized and [ ] common shares (96,638,169 shares pre-Reverse Share Split) issued and outstanding, actual; unlimited common shares authorized and common shares ( shares pre-Reverse Share Split) issued and outstanding, as adjusted. |
31,691,943 | 23,268,681 | ||||||||||||||
| Reserves |
1,999,613 | 1,468,145 | ||||||||||||||
| Accumulated deficit |
(25,939,066 | ) | (19,044,836 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total shareholders’ equity |
7,752,490 | 5,691,990 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total capitalization |
14,135,865 | 10,378,755 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
The above table is based on the number of shares outstanding at June 30, 2025, as adjusted for the Reverse Share Split and giving effect to the pro forma adjustments indicated therein.
57
If you invest in our common shares in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering. Historical net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of common shares outstanding. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of our common shares in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per common share immediately after the consummation of this offering.
As of June 30, 2025, our net tangible book value was C$7,752,490 million (US$5,691,990 million), or C$[ ] (US$[ ]) per common share, after giving effect to the Reverse Share Split based on 96,638,169 common shares issued and outstanding. Our net tangible book value represents the amount of our total consolidated tangible assets (which is calculated by subtracting intangible assets from our total consolidated assets), less the amount of our total consolidated liabilities. Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value after giving effect to this offering.
After giving effect to our sale of common shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of US$ per common share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2025 would have been US$ million, or US$ per common share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of US$ per common share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of US$ per common share to purchasers of our common shares in this offering, as illustrated in the following table.
| Per Common Share |
||||
| Assumed initial public offering price per common share |
US$ | |||
| Pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2025 |
US$ | |||
| Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering |
US$ | |||
| Pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering |
US$ | |||
| Dilution per share to new investors in this offering |
US$ | |||
Each US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of US$ per common share, would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value, after this offering by approximately US$ million, or US$ per common share and the dilution to new investors by US$ per common share, in each case assuming the number of common shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
A 100,000 share increase (decrease) in the number of common shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately US$ million, or US$ per common share, and decrease (increase) in the dilution to new investors by approximately (US$ ) per share, in each case assuming the public offering price of US$ per common share remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
58
If the underwriter was to fully exercise its over-allotment option in full to purchase additional common shares, our pro forma net tangible book value would be approximately US$ million or US$ per common share. This represents an increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of US$ per share to our existing investors and an immediate dilution of US$ per share to new investors.
The following table summarizes the differences between our existing shareholders and the new investors with respect to the number of common shares purchased from us in this offering, the total consideration paid and the average price per common share paid at an assumed initial public offering price of US$ per common share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses (assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option). As the table shows, new investors purchasing common shares in this offering may in certain circumstances pay an average price per common share substantially higher than the average price per common share paid by our existing shareholders.
| Shares Purchased |
Total Consideration | Average Price | ||||||||||
| Number |
% |
Amount | % | Per Share | ||||||||
| Existing shareholders |
US$ | US$ | ||||||||||
| New investors |
US$ | US$ | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
| Total |
US$ | US$ | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
The above discussion and tables are based on the number of shares outstanding at June 30, 2025, as adjusted for the Reverse Share Split and giving effect to the pro forma adjustments indicated therein.
59
CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE
We were incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) on May 27, 2020 under the name “1251418 B.C. Ltd.”. We changed our name to “Optimi Health Corp.” on August 17, 2020. Optimi Health Corp. owns all of the issued and outstanding equity securities of Optimi Labs Inc., a company incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (“Optimi Labs”), and Optimi Nutraceuticals Corp., a company incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (“Optimi Nutraceuticals”). Optimi Labs is our operating subsidiary that is in the business of operating our manufacturing facilities and our related research and development initiatives and sales and marketing efforts. Optimi Nutraceuticals acts as our retail subsidiary, providing consumers with high quality, natural, plant-based products. However, we are in the process of permanently winding down that business to focus our efforts on our pharmaceutical grade manufacturing business. The following discussions do not reflect the Reverse Share Split.
Financing Activities
Following incorporation, we were capitalized by completing the First Private Placement, which raised C$1,000,000 and was completed on July 6, 2020.
On September 11, 2020, we closed the Special Warrant Private Placement, issuing 17,963,005 Special Warrants for gross proceeds of C$4,490,751. Each Special Warrant entitled the holder to acquire, without further payment, one SW Unit and was automatically deemed exercised on January 12, 2021. There are no Special Warrants outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. In connection with the Special Warrant Private Placement, we issued 25,150 broker units. Each broker unit was exercisable until September 11, 2021 at a price of C$0.25 for one Common Share and one Common Share purchase warrant, with each such warrant exercisable at C$0.40 per Common Share until September 11, 2021. The broker units and resulting warrants have been fully exercised.
On February 25, 2021, we announced the closing of our initial public offering in Canada of 27,600,000 units at a price of C$0.75 per unit for aggregate gross proceeds of C$20,700,000, with each unit composed of one Common Share and one-half of one Common Share purchase warrant (each, an “IPO Warrant”). The Common Shares and IPO Warrants commenced trading on the CSE on February 25, 2021 under the symbols “OPTI” and “OPTI.WT”, respectively.
On October 7, 2022, we issued 5,692,308 units at a price of C$0.325 per unit, for gross proceeds of C$1,850,000. Each unit consisted of one Common Share and one half of a Common Share purchase warrant. Each warrant was exercisable at C$0.50 for a period of two years from the date of issuance.
On August 4, 2023, we issued 100,000 common share purchase warrants as consideration for the entry into a loan agreement and general security agreement with Catcher Investments Ltd., a company controlled by John James Wilson, a director and non-executive Chair of the Board. The loan is secured against the assets of the Company and bears interest at a rate of 7.5% per annum, payable by us to Catcher Investments Ltd. quarterly on the last business day of every fiscal quarter until the loan is repaid. The loan will mature, and all outstanding principal shall be payable, on August 4, 2026. Each share purchase warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Common Share at a price of C$0.50 for a period of three years from the date of issuance.
On August 29, 2023, we issued 100,000 common share purchase warrants as consideration for the entry into a loan agreement and general security agreement with two independent third party lenders. The loan is secured against the assets of the Company and bears interest at a rate of 7.5% per annum, payable by us to the lenders quarterly on the last business day of every fiscal quarter until the loan is repaid. The loan will mature, and all outstanding principal shall be payable, on August 29, 2026. Each share purchase warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Common Share at a price of C$0.50 for a period of three years from the date of issuance.
On November 1, 2023, we issued 100,000 common shares purchase warrants as consideration for the entry into a loan agreement and general security agreements with an independent third party. The loan is secured against the
60
assets of the Company and bears interest at a rate of 7.5% per annum, payable by us to the lender quarterly on the last business day of every fiscal quarter until the loan is repaid. The loan will mature, and all outstanding principal shall be payable, on April 30, 2025. Each share purchase warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Common Share at a price of C$0.50 for a period of three years from the date of issuance.
On February 23, 2024, we issued 1,850,033 units at a price C$0.30 per unit, for gross proceeds of C$555,009. Each unit consisted of one Common Share and one-half of a common share purchase warrant. Catcher Investments Ltd., a company controlled by John James Wilson, and Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 333,333 units and 1,000,000 units, respectively.
On May 10, 2024, we issued 1,333,334 units at a price C$0.30 per unit, for gross proceeds of C$400,000. Each unit consisted of one Common Share and one-half of a common share purchase warrant. Catcher Investments Ltd., a company controlled by John James Wilson, and Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 666,667 units each.
On May 29, 2024, we issued 1,816,633 units at a price C$0.30 per unit, for gross proceeds of C$544,990. Each unit consisted of one Common Share and one-half of a common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Common Share at a price of C$0.40 and is exercisable for two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision.
On August 15, 2024, we issued 1,796,666 units at a price of C$0.30 per unit, for gross proceeds of C$538,999.80. Each unit comprised of one Common Share and one-half of a common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one Common Share at C$0.40 for two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision. Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 333,333 of these units.
On January 24, 2025, we issued 1,316,668 units at a price of C$0.30 per unit for gross proceeds of C$395,000. Each unit is comprised of one Common Share and one-half of one transferable common share purchase warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to acquire one Common Share at C$0.40 for two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision. Catcher Investments Ltd., a company controlled by John James Wilson, and Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 583,334 units and 733,334 units, respectively.
On July 24, 2025, we issued 3,450 unsecured convertible debentures at a price of C$1,000 per convertible debenture for gross proceeds of C$3,450,000. The convertible debentures bear interest at a rate of 15.0% per annum, calculated and payable quarterly in arrears in cash, maturing July 24, 2026, twelve months from the date of issuance, unless extended by and at the option of the holders for a further twelve months. The principal amount of each convertible debenture is convertible into our common shares at a conversion price of C$0.15, being the closing price of our common shares on the CSE on July 16, 2025, the date preceding the execution by each holder of the subscription agreement for the convertible debentures. On maturity, any outstanding principal amount of the convertible debentures, plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, will be repaid by the Company in cash or, at the option of the holders, through the issuance of our common shares. Catcher Investments Ltd., a company controlled by John James Wilson, and Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 3,000 convertible debentures and 450 convertible debentures, respectively.
On July 24, 2025, we issued 400,000 common shares purchase warrants as consideration for the entry into a loan amendment with an independent third party to an original loan agreement dated November 1, 2023. Each warrant is exercisable at C$0.25 for a period of two years from the date of issuance. Under the terms of the loan amendment the maturity date was extended from April 30, 2025 to April 30, 2026.
Although not yet effective, our Board of Directors has approved a reverse share split with a share split ratio of 1-for-[ ] (“Reverse Share Split”). We anticipate effecting the Reverse Share Split immediately prior to the
61
uplisting of our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market and such Reverse Share Split being effective on, or just before, the date our common shares are uplisted to the Nasdaq Capital Market. The Reverse Share Split is intended to allow us to meet the minimum share price requirement of the Nasdaq Capital Market.
Buildout of the Facilities in Princeton, British Columbia
On July 23, 2020, we entered into an industrial ground lease agreement with BC Green for the Industrial Ground underlying our Facilities situated in Princeton, British Columbia, which was amended and restated on September 1, 2021 and was further amended on July 1, 2025 to extend the term of the lease to June 30, 2030 and to include three additional options to renew the agreement for successive terms of five years commencing on July 1, 2030. Bryan Safarik currently serves as a director and the president and chief operating officer and Jacob Safarik currently serves as the chief financial officer, respectively, of BC Green, a private Canada federally licensed cannabis production company.
Pursuant to the terms of the Lease Agreement, during the term of the Lease Agreement, as extended and renewed from time to time, the title to and ownership of the Facilities (including all alterations, additions, changes, substitutions or improvements thereto) shall be vested in us and shall automatically vest in the name of BC Green at the expiry or earlier termination of the Lease Agreement. In June 2022, we completed the construction of the Facilities, which are two GMP-capable 10,000 sq. ft. purpose-built mushroom cultivation and processing facilities in Princeton, British Columbia. We continue to invest in automated production technologies at the Facilities to enhance scalability and cost efficiency.
Dealer’s Licence
We currently hold a Dealer’s Licence issued under the CDSA authorizing our possession of limited quantities of psilocybin, psilocin, and MDMA (as well as other controlled substances), as well as our production, assembly, sale and delivery of products containing the same within the confines of the regulatory framework prescribed by Health Canada. The Dealer’s Licence enables us to conduct research and development with in-house scientific and quality teams.
Precursors Licence
We were granted a Precursors Licence by Health Canada in December 2023 authorizing our import of 3,4-METHYLENEDIOXYPHENYL-2-PROPANONE (a chemical precursor for MDMA synthesis).
Drug Establishment Licence
In May 2024, we received a DEL for the fabrication, packaging, labeling and sale of our MDMA and psilocybin capsules as well as extraction of our psilocybin mushrooms to generate active pharmaceutical ingredients. As Health Canada is a participant in several Mutual Recognition Agreements (“MRAs”) for drug and medicinal products, our GMP-compliant manufacturing processes may be accepted by other regulatory authorities in participating jurisdictions, which may facilitate international distribution of our psilocybin and MDMA drug products. Examples of countries covered by MRAs include the Netherlands, Norway and the United Kingdom. We may consider these markets in the future. The DEL confirms that our Canadian facilities conform to Health Canada’s GMP compliance standards and those jurisdictions with equivalent GMP standards. The DEL differentiates us from other psychedelic manufacturers in the space and enables us to provide competitively priced products for human therapeutic use within the GMP psychedelics market. The DEL allows us flexibility to adapt to international licensing demands and changes in legislation and also gives our clients and patients assurance of a fully GMP product. Canadian companies without a DEL may not be issued export permits to supply Australia, or other countries where a market is established. In the Authorised Prescribers Scheme, authorized psychiatrists will be able to prescribe MDMA-assisted therapy for patient suffering from PTSD and psilocybin-assisted therapy for patients suffering from TRD. All products supplied to the Authorised Prescribers Scheme should be certified GMP compliant as per the Therapeutic Goods Administration of Australia.
62
Clinical Trials and Related Approvals
We currently are not the clinical trial applicant for any study. Rather, our third-party partners conduct preclinical and clinical studies of our product candidates and produce data upon which we rely.
In June 2024, Health Canada issued three export permits to us to supply patients under Australia’s Authorised Prescribers Scheme. Two of these permits are active, and one has since expired. In particular, we received export permit for shipment of 160 doses of MDMA and psilocybin for patients with PTSD and TRD to Australia.
In May 2024, we entered into a phase II clinical trial supply agreement for natural psilocybin extract in major depressive disorder with ATMA CENA Healthcare Solutions. In the third quarter of 2025, we plan to start supplying for clinical trials in Canada for psilocybin extract in collaboration with ATMA CENA Healthcare Solutions.
In September 2024, first patients dosed in Australia’s Authorised Prescribers Scheme in Australia with our MDMA capsules for PTSD.
In February 2024, we announced our supplier partnership with Tel Aviv University to supply GMP-compliant MDMA and psilocybin for research and clinical development on the effects of MDMA in animal models of alcohol addiction.
Intellectual Property and Trademark Protection
On September 16, 2020, we applied for trademark protection for “Optimi” and “Optimi Health” in Canada and the United States and were granted trademark protection for “Optimi” and “Optimi Health” in Canada on January 12, 2024. We received a non-final office action letter from the United States Patent and Trademark Office, objecting to the registration of the “Optimi” and “Optimi Health” marks due to the likelihood of confusion with four prior U.S. registered trademarks. We have also received a cease and desist letter from a U.S. public company, alleging that the use and attempted registration of the “Optimi” and “Optimi Health” marks infringes the registered trademarks of the U.S. company. At this time, we do not intend to continue to pursue registration of the “Optimi” and “Optimi Health” marks in the U.S. due to the anticipated costs and time required. We may file a petition to revive the trademark applications in the future.
Other Key Events
On April 1, 2021, we obtained the symbol “OPTHF” to commencing trading on the OTCPINK market in the United States.
On April 6, 2021, we commenced trading on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange under the symbol “8BN”.
In April 2024, we completed validated GMP production of 5mg natural psilocybin extract capsules with a certificate of analysis (“COA”).
In May 2024, we completed validated GMP production of MDMA 40mg & 60mg capsules with a COA. In addition, we received an export permit issued by Health Canada for our first international shipment of MDMA to Israel. In addition, in June 2024, we secured import certificate from Mind Med Australia for 160 doses of MDMA & psilocybin capsules for therapeutic use in Australian patients.
In August 2024, we completed our first shipment of MDMA to Mind Medicine Australia for PTSD treatment and in December 2024 we completed our second shipment and April 2025 our third shipment. We are scheduled to a complete a fourth shipment in Q2 2025, with ongoing shipments thereafter as the market evolves.
In September 2024 upon receipt of our inaugural shipment into Australia, our MDMA capsules became available for prescription in Australia through the Authorised Prescribers Scheme.
63
In April 2025, we completed our third shipment of 1,000 MDMA capsules to Australia, our largest to date.
In April 2025, we received our FDA Establishment Identifier (FEI) number, which is a key regulatory step for engaging in FDA filings and commercial supply into the United States.
Combined with our GMP certification and Health Canada DEL, we are in position to advance our strategy to supply MDMA and psilocybin into clinical, research and future commercial markets, in compliance with U.S. laws and requisite approvals for such activities.
In April 2025, we engaged mdi Consultants, Inc. to act as our U.S. agent for foreign manufacturers who intend to or are importing pharmaceuticals to the United States and or Official Correspondent, another key regulatory step for engaging in FDA filings and eventual commercial supply into the United States.
In September 2025, we commercially launched our natural psilocybin capsules in Australia, which are now being prescribed to patients with TRD under the Authorised Prescribers Scheme. We completed an initial shipment of 1,000 psilocybin capsules.
Our Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 269 David Brown Way, Princeton, British Columbia, V0X 1W0. Our telephone number at this address is (778) 761-4551. Our registered and records office is located at 2054 Dowad Drive, Squamish, British Columbia, V8B 0Y8. Our agent for service of process in the United States, Cogency Global Inc., is located at 122 East 42nd Street, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10168.
Investors should contact us for any inquiries through the address and telephone number of our principal executive office. Our principal website is www.optimihealth.ca. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus.
64
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current expectations, estimates and projections about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those which we discuss under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. See also “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
The unaudited consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 and the audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023 are prepared pursuant to IFRS. As permitted by the rules of the SEC for foreign private issuers, we do not reconcile our financial statements to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Overview
We are a Canadian GMP compliant, pharmaceutical drug manufacturer licensed by Health Canada for the handling of controlled substances and GMP production. We specialize in controlled substances with our products being MDMA and psilocybin derived from botanical sources. With a vertically integrated approach, we own two 10,000-square-foot production facilities in Princeton, British Columbia and operate under a DEL awarded by Health Canada. Our DEL certifies that our facilities and quality management systems comply with GMP for the formulation of designated drug products and the manufacture of certain active pharmaceutical ingredients (“API”) from plant sources. Additionally, we hold a DL under Canada’s Narcotic Control Regulations, allowing us to possess, produce, assemble, sell and deliver psilocybin and other psychedelic substances within the regulated framework set forth by Health Canada. The DL allows us to possess up to 20kg of psilocybin and 200g of psilocin (equivalent to approximately 2,000kg of dried full-body psilocybin-containing mushrooms) and 2kg of MDMA. We also hold a Precursor Licence under Canada’s Precursor Regulations allowing us to import 3,4-Methylenedioxypheny-2-Propanone if used in the synthesis of MDMA.
The legal status of psychedelic drugs varies by country and our various licenses allow us to supply markets where it is legal and position ourselves for new markets. Our products are currently available in Australia where psilocybin and MDMA have been rescheduled to allow prescription by an Authorized Prescriber only for TRD and PTSD. In Canada, our products are available via the SAP, which we are authorized to supply as a provision of our DL whereby sale or provision to the holder of a Controlled Drugs and Substances Act subsection 56(1) exemption is not prohibited for licensed dealers to provide psilocybin and MDMA in relation to an SAP authorization. The SAP patient authorization process has been successfully achieved for MDMA products. Our psilocybin product is currently in phase 2b clinical trials in Canada conducted by third parties. In all other countries, access is restricted to approved clinical trials, including in Israel, one of our planned target markets, where our MDMA product is currently in phase 2 clinical trials conducted by third parties. We are currently restricted from selling our products in the United States, another one of our planned target markets, where psilocybin and MDMA are considered Schedule I “controlled or “scheduled” substances, meaning their manufacture, importation, exportation, domestic distribution, storage, sale and legitimate use is subject to a significant degree of regulation by the DEA. While our MDMA and botanical psilocybin products are currently being accessed in Canada and Australia, in any new market, a regulatory approval would be required for our products – be that a clinical trial application approval, a marketing authorization approval or access via a change to regulatory access for these products.
Our DEL enables us to supply validated psilocybin API, psilocybin drug products and MDMA drug products to patients in Australia under the Authorised Prescribers Scheme. Through strategic collaborations and ongoing compliance with global regulatory authorities, we aim to expand our product availability to additional jurisdictions where psychedelic-assisted therapies are gaining regulatory approval.
65
The key differentiator of a DEL is that it enables our MDMA and psilocybin capsules to be prescribed by authorized physicians in Australia for the treatment of PTSD and TRD. Unlike most companies in the psychedelic sector that remain in clinical or pre-commercial phases, we are currently supplying regulated medicines under prescription in certain markets – supported by a DEL that also permits the legal manufacture and international export of both products.
As part of our commitment to innovation and broadening accessibility to psychedelic-based therapies, we continuously refine our production methodologies, invest in advanced extraction technologies and enhance our regulatory compliance frameworks to remain ahead of industry standards. By prioritizing sustainable and responsible production practices, we are dedicated to becoming a global leader in the psychedelic pharmaceutical sector. Our research initiatives focus on optimizing extraction efficiency, improving formulation stability, and ensuring scalable manufacturing techniques that align with future market expansion plans. Although we do not currently own any patents, nor do we have any pending patent applications related to our MDMA and botanical psilocybin products, the design, formulation, and large-scale manufacture of these products are founded on—and would be materially impaired without—a comprehensive body of proprietary know-how, specialized production methodologies, and rigorously safeguarded trade secrets that we protect through internal controls and confidentiality agreements.
Principal Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations
Our operational and financial performance is primarily driven by our ability to execute on the manufacture and distribution of regulated psychedelic substances within the constraints of evolving global regulatory frameworks. We have established a defensible and scalable GMP platform, secured relevant licensing under Health Canada and demonstrated commercial supply capabilities to authorized markets, currently only to Australia. Our near-term results will be influenced by regulatory developments in key jurisdictions, order volume from existing partners, cost optimization through automation and disciplined capital deployment. As international access expands, we believe we are well positioned to scale responsibly and grow our share of the emerging global market for psychedelic-assisted therapies.
The operational and financial factors below materially affect our results of operations. Unlike traditional biotechnology issuers focused solely on clinical development, our performance is influenced by our role as a GMP-certified manufacturer with regulatory clearance to product and export controlled substances, including MDMA and psilocybin, for legal therapeutic use in international markets.
Commercial Manufacturing and Export Activity
Our revenue-generating operations depend primarily on the manufacture and export of MDMA and psilocybin drug products produced under our DEL. We are currently supplying commercial and investigational quantities of drug product to authorized markets, including Australia, where prescribers may access these compounds under the Authorised Prescriber Scheme.
As we expand into new jurisdictions and scale production capacity, the volume and consistency of export orders will directly impact revenue recognition, working capital utilization and gross margin performance. Our operational results are also sensitive to delivery timelines, batch release schedules, and the regulatory conditions under which orders are fulfilled.
Production Capacity and Operational Efficiency
Our ability to fulfill export orders and achieve meaningful gross margins depends on the efficiency of our manufacturing operations. Key performance drivers include capsule throughput, process yield, batch consistency and the integration of new automation technologies.
Implementation of automated encapsulation and bottling equipment is expected to significantly increase capacity while reducing unit cost. The timing of these automation upgrades and their impact on operational efficiency will affect our margins, cost of goods sold, and ability to serve additional markets.
66
Cost of Goods and Input Supply Chain
The cost and availability of raw materials—including precursor chemicals for MDMA synthesis and cultivation inputs for psilocybin production—affect both our production cost structure and delivery lead times. These inputs are subject to compliance with controlled substance regulations and international sourcing constraints.
Although current input pricing is stable under existing contracts, fluctuations in chemical precursor availability, changes in controlled substance import/export policy or disruptions in agricultural input supply chains may affect our production cost and timing. Our financial performance is dependent on effective supply chain management, inventory planning and procurement discipline.
Regulatory Licensing and Compliance
Our operational continuity is dependent on maintaining full regulatory compliance with Health Canada, including our Drug Establishment Licence, Controlled Substances Licence, and adherence to GMP obligations. Compliance with these licenses and Health Canada inspections directly impacts our ability to manufacture, release, and export finished drug product.
In addition, our FDA Facility Establishment Identifier (“FEI”) registration and U.S. Agent appointment (mdi Consultants, Inc.) are critical to our future commercial participation in the U.S. market, particularly in the event of U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”) rescheduling of MDMA or psilocybin. Our results of operations will be materially impacted by the speed and extent of U.S. regulatory change, as well as our ability to rapidly activate supply chains and commercial relationships in the U.S. market.
Strategic Partnerships and Market Access
Our ability to grow revenue is also dependent on our partnerships with distributors, prescribers and clinical research sponsors. We are currently engaged in commercial supply agreements with entities in Australia and are supporting multiple research-stage collaborations. The scale, structure and renewability of these partnerships are central to our forward sales visibility and revenue growth.
As additional jurisdictions begin permitting regulated access to psychedelic-assisted therapies, we anticipate expanding our partnership model, which may include distribution, licensing or data-sharing arrangements. Our operational results will be influenced by the pace of these expansions and the cost structures attached to third-party engagements.
Research Support, Formulation Development, and Technical Upgrades
Although we are not currently a drug development company, we incur research-related costs in the areas of stability studies, shelf-life validation, analytical testing and formulation refinement. These costs are capitalized or expensed based on regulatory requirements and are expected to increase modestly as we support expanded shelf-life targets, international regulatory submissions, or technical method updates.
We also maintain internal technical teams dedicated to continuous process improvement, which may incur project-based costs related to method revalidation, equipment calibration or IT system integration. These initiatives are essential to long-term compliance and efficiency.
Capital Expenditure and Financing Strategy
Our ability to execute on scaling plans—particularly increased manufacturing automation, warehousing upgrades and regulatory submissions in new jurisdictions—is dependent on access to capital. As of the date hereof, we have operated with a lean capital structure, prioritizing core infrastructure and essential quality systems.
Future capital allocation decisions, including any equity raises, debt facilities or strategic investments, will impact our working capital, margin trajectory, and the timing of expansion milestones. Our ability to raise capital on favorable terms will affect our capacity to participate meaningfully in global supply opportunities.
67
Key Components of Our Results of Operations
The following section presents the key components of our results of operations by the nature of corresponding operating activities for the periods indicated.
Revenue
The following table sets forth a breakdown of our revenue by nature, each expressed in the absolute amount and as a percentage of our total revenues, for the periods indicated.
| Nine Months Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue |
C$ | US$ | % | C$ | % | |||||||||||||||
| Drug products and licensing revenue |
359,753 | 264,136 | 73 | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Nutraceutical products |
130,577 | 95,872 | 27 | 161,162 | 100 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total |
490,330 | 360,008 | 100 | 161,162 | 100 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Year Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue |
C$ | US$ | % | C$ | % | |||||||||||||||
| Drug products and licensing revenue |
11,026 | 8,095 | 2.8 | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Nutraceutical products |
378,824 | 278,138 | 97.2 | 181,087 | 100 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total |
389,850 | 286,233 | 100 | 181,087 | 100 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
We have historically generated revenue from the sale of drug products and nutraceutical products. We are in the process of permanently winding down the sale of nutraceutical products. We consider this business to be immaterial to our overall consolidated operations. The assets and liabilities of this business are immaterial with respect to the consolidated financial statements. While this business did contribute a significant portion of our historical revenue, it generated a net loss overall. As a whole, the winding down of this business will bolster our financial performance given its history of recurring losses. Our drug products include GMP psychedelic substances, including MDMA and psilocybin, for research and therapeutic applications.
The following table sets forth a breakdown of our revenue by geography, each expressed in the absolute amount and as a percentage of our total revenues, for the periods indicated.
| Nine Months Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue |
C$ | US$ | % | C$ | % | |||||||||||||||
| Australia and New Zealand |
280,253 | 205,766 | 57 | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Canada |
208,807 | 153,309 | 43 | 323,171 | 97.3 | |||||||||||||||
| Israel |
— | — | — | 4,526 | 1.4 | |||||||||||||||
| United States |
1,270 | 932 | — | 4,294 | 1.3 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total |
490,330 | 360,007 | 100 | 331,991 | 100 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Year Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue |
C$ | US$ | % | C$ | % | |||||||||||||||
| Australia and New Zealand |
2,750 | 2,019 | 0.7 | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Canada |
377,602 | 277,241 | 96.9 | 175,427 | 96.9 | |||||||||||||||
| Israel |
4,526 | 3,323 | 1.2 | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| United States |
4,972 | 3,651 | 1.2 | 5,660 | 3.1 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total |
389,850 | 286,234 | 100 | 181,087 | 100 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
68
Cost of Sales
The following table sets forth a breakdown of our cost of sales by nature, each expressed in the absolute amount and as a percentage of our total cost of sales, for the periods indicated.
| Nine Months Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of Sales |
C$ | US$ | % | C$ | % | |||||||||||||||
| Finished goods drug products |
65,741 | 48,268 | 70 | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Finished goods nutraceutical products |
24,318 | 17,855 | 26 | 164,647 | 93 | |||||||||||||||
| Other |
4,168 | 3,060 | 4 | 12,013 | 7 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total |
94,227 | 69,183 | 100 | 176,660 | 100 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Year Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of Sales |
C$ | US$ | % | C$ | % | |||||||||||||||
| Finished goods drug products |
4,986 | 3,661 | 2.1 | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Finished goods nutraceutical products |
226,426 | 166,245 | 95.0 | 138,760 | 93.2 | |||||||||||||||
| Other |
6,976 | 5,122 | 2.9 | 10,167 | 6.8 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total |
238,388 | 175,028 | 100 | 148,927 | 100 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Our cost of sales consists of finished goods drug products, finished goods nutraceutical products and others.
Fair Value Adjustment of Biological Assets and Inventory
Our biological assets consist of psilocybin mushrooms. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023, we commenced production and harvest of psilocybin mushrooms. Although we can sell our raw mushroom biomass, we will further process the raw mushroom biomass into psilocybin extract. The cost to process and extract psilocybin are considered costs to sell and are deducted from the fair value of mushroom biomass.
The determination of fair value of the biological assets requires us to make various estimates and assumptions. For more information, see Note 6 to our consolidated audited financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus.
Our inventory consists of finished goods functional mushroom nutraceutical products, finished goods drug products, harvested mushrooms and raw materials. As at June 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, we held 157 kg and 210kg, respectively, in harvested mushroom biomass inventory.
69
Expenses
The following table sets forth a breakdown of our expenses by nature, each expressed in the absolute amount and as a percentage of our total expenses, for the periods indicated.
| Nine Months Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Expenses |
C$ | US$ | % | C$ | % | |||||||||||||||
| Advertising, promotion and public relations |
41,148 | 30,211 | 1 | 179,383 | 4 | |||||||||||||||
| Amortization and depreciation |
679,622 | 498,988 | 19 | 609,173 | 13 | |||||||||||||||
| Bank charges and interest |
329,192 | 241,698 | 9 | 295,392 | 6 | |||||||||||||||
| Consulting |
614,887 | 451,459 | 17 | 814,459 | 18 | |||||||||||||||
| Insurance |
149,736 | 109,938 | 4 | 246,593 | 5 | |||||||||||||||
| Investor relations |
— | — | — | 12,000 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
| Marketing |
— | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Office, rent and administration |
136,430 | 100,169 | 4 | 234,063 | 5 | |||||||||||||||
| Production costs |
309,977 | 227,590 | 8 | 62,205 | 1 | |||||||||||||||
| Professional fees |
97,305 | 71,443 | 3 | 452,431 | 10 | |||||||||||||||
| Research and development |
203,498 | 149,411 | 6 | 14,663 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
| Share-based compensation |
45,940 | 33,730 | 1 | 55,878 | 1 | |||||||||||||||
| Shipping |
62,189 | 45,660 | 2 | 120,105 | 3 | |||||||||||||||
| Transfer agent and filing fees |
115,184 | 84,570 | 3 | 117,750 | 3 | |||||||||||||||
| Travel and accommodation |
26,305 | 19,314 | 1 | 56,740 | 1 | |||||||||||||||
| Wages and benefits |
858,934 | 630,642 | 24 | 1,322,633 | 29 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total |
3,670,347 | 2,694,823 | 100 | 4,593,468 | 100 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Year Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Expenses |
C$ | US$ | % | C$ | % | |||||||||||||||
| Advertising, promotion and public relations |
216,135 | 158,689 | 3.4 | 237,699 | 4.3 | |||||||||||||||
| Amortization and depreciation |
867,947 | 637,259 | 13.8 | 729,560 | 13.2 | |||||||||||||||
| Bank charges and interest |
429,339 | 315,227 | 6.8 | 43,707 | 0.8 | |||||||||||||||
| Consulting |
1,122,812 | 824,385 | 17.8 | 1,003,023 | 18.2 | |||||||||||||||
| Insurance |
325,369 | 238,891 | 5.2 | 350,023 | 6.3 | |||||||||||||||
| Investor relations |
104,086 | 76,421 | 1.6 | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Marketing |
— | — | — | 21,213 | 0.4 | |||||||||||||||
| Office, rent and administration |
295,654 | 217,073 | 4.7 | 240,023 | 4.4 | |||||||||||||||
| Production costs |
551,089 | 404,618 | 8.7 | 357,268 | 6.5 | |||||||||||||||
| Professional fees |
160,551 | 117,879 | 2.5 | 298,638 | 5.4 | |||||||||||||||
| Research and development |
144,473 | 106,074 | 2.3 | 152,146 | 2.8 | |||||||||||||||
| Share-based compensation |
60,079 | 44,111 | 1.0 | 163,463 | 3.0 | |||||||||||||||
| Shipping |
144,368 | 105,997 | 2.3 | 115,258 | 2.1 | |||||||||||||||
| Transfer agent and filing fees |
156,955 | 115,239 | 2.5 | 162,116 | 2.9 | |||||||||||||||
| Travel and accommodation |
63,425 | 46,568 | 1.0 | 137,945 | 2.5 | |||||||||||||||
| Wages and benefits |
1,667,152 | 1,224,047 | 26.4 | 1,504,151 | 27.2 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total |
6,309,434 | 4,632,478 | 100 | 5,516,233 | 100 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Our expenses include expenses related to advertising, promotion and public relations, amortization and depreciation, bank charges and interest, consulting, insurance, investor relations, marketing, office rent and administration, production costs, professional fees, research and development, share-based compensation, shipping, transfer agent and filing fees, travel and accommodation and wages and benefits.
70
Our amortization and depreciation expenses relates to the natural deterioration of plant and equipment due to the passage of time.
Our consulting expenses include amounts paid or payable to management and third-party consultants.
Our production costs include costs related to facility operating costs not capitalized to biological assets or inventory.
Our wages and benefits expenses include amounts paid to management and employees.
Reverse Share Split
Although not yet effective, our Board of Directors has approved a reverse share split with a share split ratio of 1-for-[ ] (“Reverse Share Split”). We anticipate affecting the Reverse Share Split immediately prior to the uplisting of our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market and such Reverse Share Split being effective on, or just before, the date our common shares are uplisted to the Nasdaq Capital Market. The Reverse Share Split is intended to allow us to meet the minimum share price requirement of the Nasdaq Capital Market.
Except as otherwise indicated and except in our financial statements and the notes thereto, all references to our common shares, share data, per share data and related information depict the Reverse Share Split as if it was effective and as if it had occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented. The Reverse Share Split, when effective, will combine each [ ] shares of our outstanding common shares into one common share, without any change in the par value per share which will remain no par value, and the Reverse Share Split correspondingly will adjust, among other things, the number of common shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants and the exercise price of such options and warrants and shares issuable upon conversion of other convertible securities. No fractional shares will be issued in connection with the Reverse Share Split, and any fractional shares resulting from the Reverse Share Split will be rounded to the nearest whole share.
Results of Operations
The following tables set forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated. This information should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results in any period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.
| Nine Months Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||
| Statements of Comprehensive Loss |
C$ | US$ | C$ | |||||||||
| Revenue |
490,330 | 360,007 | 311,991 | |||||||||
| Cost of sales |
(94,227) | (69,183) | (176,660) | |||||||||
| Gross margin before fair value adjustments |
396,103 | 290,824 | 135,331 | |||||||||
| Fair value adjustment of biological assets and inventory, net |
— | — | 141,162 | |||||||||
| Gross margin |
396,103 | 290,824 | 276,493 | |||||||||
| Expenses |
(3,670,347) | (2,694,823) | (4,593,468) | |||||||||
| Interest and other income |
7,629 | 5,601 | 4,299 | |||||||||
| Debt forgiveness |
903,951 | 663,694 | — | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Loss and comprehensive loss |
(2,362,664) | (1,734,704) | (4,312,676) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
71
| Year Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||
| Statements of Comprehensive Loss |
C$ | US$ | C$ | |||||||||
| Revenue |
389,850 | 286,233 | 181,087 | |||||||||
| Cost of sales |
(238,388 | ) | (175,028 | ) | (148,927 | ) | ||||||
| Gross margin before fair value adjustments |
151,462 | 111,205 | 32,160 | |||||||||
| Fair value adjustment of biological assets and inventory, net |
119,448 | 87,700 | 168,071 | |||||||||
| Gross margin |
270,910 | 198,906 | 200,231 | |||||||||
| Expenses |
(6,309,434 | ) | (4,632,477 | ) | (5,516,233 | ) | ||||||
| Interest and other income |
2,665 | 1,957 | 136,410 | |||||||||
| Loss on sale of equipment |
— | — | (14,956 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Loss and comprehensive loss |
(6,035,859 | ) | (4,431,614 | ) | (5,194,548 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Nine Months Ended June 30, 2025 Compared to Nine Months Ended June 30, 2024
Revenue
Our revenue increased to C$490,330 (US$293,941) in the nine months ended June 30, 2025 from C$331,991 in the nine months ended June 30, 2024 as we expanded commercialization of our drug products.
Cost of sales
Our cost of sales decreased to C$94,227 (US$69,183) in the nine months ended June 30, 2025 from C$176,660 in the nine months ended June 30, 2024 as our sales mix shifted from finished goods nutraceutical products to drug products and licensing revenue, which generated higher margins.
Fair value adjustment of biological assets and inventory, net
Our fair value adjustment of biological assets and inventory, net decreased to C$nil (US$nil) in the nine months ended June 30, 2025 from C$141,162 in the nine months ended June 30, 2024 as the mushrooms grown during the nine months period ended June 30, 2025 were grown for research and development purposes.
Expenses
Our expenses decreased to C$3,670,347 (US$2,694,823) in the nine months ended June 30, 2025 from C$4,312,676 in the nine months ended June 30, 2024, as we focused on cutting costs and streamlining our operations.
Debt forgiveness
In the nine months ended June 30, 2025, certain directors forgave $903,951 (US$663,694) in accounts payable recorded as debt forgiveness. There was no debt forgiveness in the nine months ended June 30, 2024.
Loss and comprehensive loss
As a result of the foregoing, our loss and comprehensive loss reached C$2,362,664 (US$1,734,704) in the nine months ended June 30, 2025 from C$4,312,676 in the nine months ended June 30, 2024.
Year Ended September 30, 2024 Compared to Year Ended September 30, 2023
Revenue
Our revenue increased to C$389,850 (US$286,234) in 2024 from C$181,087 in 2023 as the Company expanded its nutraceutical sales and began commercialization of its drug products.
72
Cost of sales
Our cost of sales increased to C$238,388 (US$175,028) in 2024 from C$148,927 in 2023 in conjunction with the increased revenue.
Fair value adjustment of biological assets and inventory, net
Our fair value adjustment of biological assets and inventory, net decreased to C$119,448 (US$87,700) in 2024 from C$168,071 in 2023 as the Company grew less mushroom biomass and focused on R&D and extraction of its existing biomass.
Expenses
Our expenses increased to C$6,309,434 (US$4,632,477) in 2024 from C$5,516,233 in 2023, primarily due to increased salaries and wages, consulting, amortization and production costs, which was partially offset by reduced professional fees, share-based compensation and travel and accommodations.
Interest and other income
Our interest and other income decreased significantly to C$2,665 (US$1,957) in 2024 from C$136,410 in 2023, primarily due to the Company holding less interest-generating investments.
Loss and comprehensive loss
As a result of the foregoing, our loss and comprehensive loss reached C$6,035,859 (US$4,431,615) in 2024 from C$5,194,548 in 2023.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The Company’s future capital requirements will depend upon many factors including, without limitation, its ability to produce, market and sell its products, consumer demand for its products, the Company’s ability to secure required financing, and in the event consumer demand is strong for its products, the Company’s ability to expand its business to facilitate this demand. The Company has limited capital resources and has historically relied upon the sale of equity securities for cash required for research and development purposes, for acquisitions and to fund the administration of the Company. The Company intends to finance its future requirements through a combination of debt and/or equity issuances. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain such financings or obtain them on favorable terms. These uncertainties cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The condensed interim consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability of assets and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. Such adjustments could be material.
The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods presented.
| Nine Months Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||
| C$ | US$ | C$ | ||||||||||
| Cash used in operating activities |
1,249,866 | 917,670 | 3,596,048 | |||||||||
| Cash used in investing activities |
15,551 | 11,418 | 78,059 | |||||||||
| Cash provided by financing activities |
1,250,290 | 917,981 | 2,575,166 | |||||||||
| Changes in cash and cash equivalents |
(15,127) | (11,106) | (1,098,941) | |||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period |
103,660 | 76,109 | 13,44,778 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, end of period |
88,533 | 65,003 | 245,837 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
73
| Year Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||
| C$ | US$ | C$ | ||||||||||
| Cash used in operating activities |
(4,281,693 | ) | (3,169,042 | ) | (3,601,537 | ) | ||||||
| Cash used in investing activities |
(154,024 | ) | (113,999 | ) | (706,016 | ) | ||||||
| Cash provided by financing activities |
3,194,599 | 2,364,443 | 3,763,753 | |||||||||
| Changes in cash and cash equivalents |
(1,241,118 | ) | (918,598 | ) | (543,800 | ) | ||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year |
1,344,778 | 995,321 | 1,888,578 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, end of year |
103,660 | 76,723 | 1,344,778 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities was C$1,249,866 (US$917,670) in the nine months ended June 30, 2025, primarily due to net loss of C$2,362,664 (US$1,734,702), adjusted for certain non-cash items and changes in non-cash working capital items. Adjustments for such non-cash items primarily include amortization and depreciation of C$679,622 (US$498,988) and loan accretion of C$134,500 (US$98,752), share based compensation of C$45,940 (US$33,730) which was offset by debt forgiveness of C$903,951 (US$663,594). The amount was further adjusted by changes in non-cash working capital items that had a positive effect on cash flow, primarily an increase in amounts due to related parties of C$507,421 (US$372,556) and accounts payable and accrued liabilities of C$307,231 (US$225,573), deferred revenue of $175,610 (US$128,935), and an decrease in inventory of C$235,881 (US$173,187).
Net cash used in operating activities was C$4,281,693 (US$3,142,681) in fiscal year 2024, primarily due to net loss of C$6,035,859 (US$4,431,615), adjusted for certain non-cash items and changes in non-cash working capital items. Adjustments for such non-cash items primarily include amortization and depreciation of C$867,947 (US$637,259) and loan accretion of C$184,750 (US$135,646), which was offset by unrealized gain in fair value of biological assets of C$119,448 (US$87,700). The amount was further adjusted by changes in non-cash working capital items that had a positive effect on cash flow, primarily an increase in amounts due to related parties of C$786,378 (US$577,370), which was due to the increase in amounts payable to related parties, and an increase in inventory of C$279,054 (US$204,886), which was partially offset by cash spent on biological assets of C$255,152 (US$187,336).
Net cash used in operating activities was C$3,601,537 in fiscal year 2023, primarily due to net loss of C$5,194,548, adjusted for certain non-cash items and changes in non-cash working capital items. Adjustments for such non-cash items primarily include amortization and depreciation of C$729,560 and share-based compensation of C$163,463, which was offset by unrealized gain in fair value of biological assets of C$168,071. The amount was further adjusted by changes in non-cash working capital items that had a positive effect on cash flow, primarily an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of C$642,566, and an increase in amounts due to related parties of C$314,839, which was partially offset by cash spent on biological assets of C$320,191 due to us commencing growth of our mushroom biomass.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was C$15,551 (US$11,418) in the nine months ended June 30, 2025 for plant and equipment expenditures which is reduced from the nine months period ended June 30, 2024 in which C$78,059 (US$57,642) was used for plant and equipment expenditures.
Net cash used in investing activities was C$154,024 (US$113,087) for fiscal year 2024, which was primarily attributed to plant and equipment expenditures of C$152,386 (US$111,884) related to lab equipment purchased for the Facilities.
Net cash used in investing activities was C$706,016 for fiscal year 2023, which was primarily attributed to plant and equipment expenditures of C$804,231 related to various lab and production equipment purchased for the Facilities, which was partially offset by grants received of C$88,460 related to a grant provided by our utilities provider for energy efficient fixtures and equipment installed in the Facilities.
74
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities in the nine months ended June 30, 2025 was C$1,250,290 (US$917,981), which was primarily attributed to private placements, net of share issue costs, of C$395,000 (US$290,015), subscriptions received in advance of $908,000 (US$666,667) offset by payment of lease obligations of C$31,500 (US$23,128), and deferred financing costs of $21,500 (US$15,573).
Net cash provided by financing activities was C$3,194,599 (US$2,345,521) for fiscal year 2024, which was primarily attributed to private placements, net of share issue costs, of C$2,036,599 (US$1,495,300) and proceeds from loans of C$1,000,000 (US$734,214) and exercise of warrants for proceeds of C$200,000 (US$146,843). loans of C$1,000,000 (US$734,214) and exercise of warrants for proceeds of C$200,000 (US$146,843).
Net cash provided by financing activities was C$3,763,753 for fiscal year 2023, which was primarily attributed to private placements, net of share issue costs, of C$1,843,872 and proceeds from loans of C$2,000,000.
Capital Expenditures
We made capital expenditures of C$15,551 (US$11,418), C$152,386 (US$111,884) and C$804,231 in the nine months ended June 30, 2025, and fiscal years 2024 and 2023, respectively. In these periods, our capital expenditures were used primarily for lab and production equipment.
Capital Commitments and Contractual Obligations
We have lease commitments for the Industrial Ground. Cash commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to the Industrial Ground leases as at June 30, 2025 were payable as follows:
| $ | ||||
| Within 1 year |
— | |||
| Between 1 year and 5 years |
3,500 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| 3,500 | ||||
|
|
|
|||
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financial guarantees or other off-balance sheet commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholder’s equity or that are not reflected in our financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or product development services with us.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We examine the various financial instrument risks to which we are exposed and assesses the impact and likelihood of these risks. These risks arise from the normal course of operations and all transactions undertaken are to support our ability to continue as a going concern. Management manages and monitors these exposures to ensure appropriate measures are implemented in a timely and effective manner. The risks associated with financial instruments and the policies on how to mitigate these risks are set out below.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. Interest rate risk is limited to potential decreases in the interest rate offered on cash held with chartered Canadian financial institutions. We consider this risk to be limited, as we hold no assets or liabilities subject to variable rates of interest.
75
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to us if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations. The financial instruments that potentially subject us to credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. We limit exposure by maintaining our cash with major Canadian commercial banks and credit unions.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that we will be unable to meet our financial obligations as they become due. We are reliant upon equity issuances and loans as our main sources of cash. We manage liquidity risk by maintaining an adequate level of cash to meet our ongoing obligations. We continuously review our actual expenditures, forecasts cash flows and matches the maturity dates of its cash to capital and operating needs. All of our existing commitments are budgeted and funded as at the date of the consolidated financial statements. All financial liabilities have contractual maturities of less than one year and are subject to normal trade terms with the exception of our lease liabilities, which matures based on the lease agreement, and loans payable, which have terms ranging from one and a half to three years.
Currency risk
We are not exposed to financial risk related to the fluctuation of foreign exchange rates.
Critical Accounting Judgments and Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported revenues and expenses during the year. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Significant estimates and judgments are evaluations and assumptions about the future and other sources of estimation uncertainty that management has made, which could result in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities. Significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, the following:
Going concern
The assessment of whether the concern assumption is appropriate requires management to take into account all available information about the future, which is at least, but not limited to, twelve months from the end of the reporting period.
Provisions and contingencies
The amount recognized as a provision, including legal, contractual, constructive, and other exposures or obligations, is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the related liability, including any related interest charges, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. In addition, contingencies will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. Therefore, assessment of contingencies inherently involves the exercise of significant judgment and estimates of the outcome of future events. We assess our liabilities and contingencies based upon the best information available.
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
Management considers both external and internal sources of information in determining if there are any indications that our property, plant and equipment is impaired. Management considers the market, economic and legal environment in which we operate that are not within our control and affect the recoverable amount of our plant. Management considers the manner in which the property, plant and equipment is being used or is expected to be used an indication of economic performance of the assets.
76
Valuation of inventory
Inventories are valued at the lower cost and net realizable value except for biological inventory which includes a fair value component. Purchased inventory is accounted for using the weighted average purchase cost of the components that comprise finished goods inventory. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs to sell.
Valuation of share-based payments
We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model for valuation of share-based compensation. Option pricing models require the input of subjective assumptions including expected price volatility, interest rate and forfeiture rate. Changes in the input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate our earnings and equity reserves. We estimate volatility based on our historical share prices, excluding specific time frames in which volatility was affected by specific transactions that are not considered to be indicative of the entities’ expected share price volatility.
Biological assets and inventory
In calculating the value of the biological assets, management is required to make a number of estimates, including estimating the stage of growth of the mushrooms up to the point of harvest, harvesting costs, selling costs, sales price, wastage and expected yields for the mushrooms. In calculating final inventory values, management is required to determine an estimate of spoiled or expired inventory and compare the inventory cost versus net realizable value. The cost and fair value of biological assets are capitalized to the extent that their cost and fair value will be recoverable.
Loans payable
The identification of loan components is based on interpretation of the substance of the contractual arrangement and therefore, requires judgment from management. The separation of the components affects the initial recognition of the loans payable at issuance and the subsequent recognition of interest on the liability component. The determination of the fair value of the liability component is also based on a number of assumptions, including contractual future cash flows and discount rate.
Estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is dependent upon estimates of useful lives which are determined through the exercise of judgment.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Certain pronouncements have been issued by the IASB that are effective for the Company’s accounting period beginning on October 1, 2023. The Company reviewed these updates and determined that none are applicable or consequential to the Company and have been excluded from the discussion within these material accounting policies. Additionally, the Company did not adopt any new accounting policies during the nine months ended June 30, 2025 and the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024.
Standards Issued But Not Yet Effective
IFRS 18, Presentation and Disclosure of Financial Statements (“IFRS 18”), which will replace IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements, aims to improve how companies communicate in their financial statements, with a focus on information about financial performance in the statement of profit or loss, in particular additional defined subtotals, disclosures about management-defined performance measures and new principles for the aggregation and disaggregation of information. IFRS 18 is accompanied by limited amendments to the requirements of IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows. IFRS 18 is effective from January 1, 2027. Companies are permitted to apply IFRS 18 before that date.
77
Overview
We are a Canadian GMP compliant, pharmaceutical drug manufacturer licensed by Health Canada for the handling of controlled substances and GMP production. We specialize in controlled substances with our products being MDMA and psilocybin derived from botanical sources. With a vertically integrated approach, we own two 10,000-square-foot production facilities in Princeton, British Columbia and operate under a DEL awarded by Health Canada. Our DEL certifies that our facilities and quality management systems comply with GMP for the formulation of designated drug products and the manufacture of certain active pharmaceutical ingredients (“API”) from plant sources. Additionally, we hold a DL under Canada’s Narcotic Control Regulations, allowing us to possess, produce, assemble, sell and deliver psilocybin and other psychedelic substances within the regulated framework set forth by Health Canada. The DL allows us to possess up to 20kg of psilocybin and 200g of psilocin (equivalent to approximately 2,000kg of dried full-body psilocybin-containing mushrooms) and 2kg of MDMA. We also hold a Precursor Licence under Canada’s Precursor Regulations allowing us to import 3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-Propanone if used in the synthesis of MDMA.
The legal status of psychedelic drugs varies by country and our various licenses allow us to supply markets where it is legal and position ourselves for new markets. Our products are currently available in Australia where psilocybin and MDMA have been rescheduled to allow prescription by an Authorized Prescriber only for TRD and PTSD. In Canada, our products are available via the SAP, which we are authorized to supply as a provision of our DL whereby sale or provision to the holder of a Controlled Drugs and Substances Act subsection 56(1) exemption is not prohibited for licensed dealers to provide psilocybin and MDMA in relation to an SAP authorization. The SAP patient authorization process has been successfully achieved for MDMA products. Our psilocybin product is currently in phase 2b clinical trials in Canada conducted by third parties. In all other countries, access is restricted to approved clinical trials, including in Israel, one of our planned target markets, where our MDMA product is currently in phase 2 clinical trials conducted by third parties. We are currently restricted from selling our products in the United States, another one of our planned target markets, where psilocybin and MDMA are considered Schedule I “controlled or “scheduled” substances, meaning their manufacture, importation, exportation, domestic distribution, storage, sale and legitimate use is subject to a significant degree of regulation by the DEA. While our MDMA and botanical psilocybin products are currently being accessed in Canada and Australia, in any new market, a regulatory approval would be required for our products – be that a clinical trial application approval, a marketing authorization approval or access via a change to regulatory access for these products.
Our DEL enables us to supply validated psilocybin API, psilocybin drug products and MDMA drug products to patients in Australia under the Authorised Prescribers Scheme. Through strategic collaborations and ongoing compliance with global regulatory authorities, we aim to expand our product availability to additional jurisdictions where psychedelic-assisted therapies are gaining regulatory approval.
The key differentiator of a DEL is that it enables our MDMA and psilocybin capsules to be prescribed by authorized physicians in Australia for the treatment of PTSD and TRD. Unlike most companies in the psychedelic sector that remain in clinical or pre-commercial phases, we are currently supplying regulated medicines under prescription in certain markets – supported by a DEL that also permits the legal manufacture and international export of both products.
As part of our commitment to innovation and broadening accessibility to psychedelic-based therapies, we continuously refine our production methodologies, invest in advanced extraction technologies and enhance our regulatory compliance frameworks to remain ahead of industry standards. By prioritizing sustainable and responsible production practices, we are dedicated to becoming a global leader in the psychedelic pharmaceutical sector. Our research initiatives focus on optimizing extraction efficiency, improving formulation stability and ensuring scalable manufacturing techniques that align with future market expansion plans. Although we do not currently own any patents, nor do we have any pending patent applications related to our MDMA and botanical
78
psilocybin products, the design, formulation, and large-scale manufacture of these products are founded on—and would be materially impaired without—a comprehensive body of proprietary know-how, specialized production methodologies, and rigorously safeguarded trade secrets that we protect through internal controls and confidentiality agreements.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe the following competitive strengths contribute to our success and differentiate us from our competitors:
| • | Our ability to manufacture at scale and vertically integrate operations ensures pricing advantages and quality control. |
| • | Our two 10,000-square-foot production facilities allow for rapid scaling, one of which is covered under the DEL. |
| • | Holding a DEL and a DL gives us the capability to commercialize psychedelic drugs today and supply patients in Australia for the treatment of PTSD with MDMA, and TRD with psilocybin. |
| • | Our commitment to research and development, with continuous investments in supplying clinical trials and on-going product improvement. |
| • | Our formulation expertise and strategic partnerships allows us to legally bring finished drug product to patients in Australia and supply clinical trials to certain countries around the world. |
| • | Our earlier-mover advantage with two psychedelic drugs available in the prescription market in Australia, and be ready for future markets should regulations allow. |
Our Growth Strategies
We intend to pursue the following growth strategies to solidify our market leadership and achieve sustainable growth:
| • | Expand into additional markets such as Israel and the United States. |
| • | Continue to invest in research and development for drug formulations. |
| • | Continue to strengthen regulatory compliance. |
| • | Continue to collect of real world evidence (“RWE”) and patient-reported outcomes (“PROs”) for regulatory submissions in Australia. |
| • | Further collaborations with healthcare providers and government agencies to advocate for safe and effective psychedelic-assisted therapies. |
We anticipate margin expansion through:
| • | Economies of scale in precursor and raw material procurement; |
| • | Higher batch yields and throughput efficiencies; |
| • | Automation of capsule filling and packaging processes; |
| • | Fixed-cost dilution as production sales; |
| • | Ongoing process optimization under GMP frameworks; |
| • | GMP and DEL licensing infrastructure that provides durable competitive advantages in terms of cost efficiency, quality assurance and regulatory readiness; and |
| • | GMP laboratory efficiencies and the build out of our on-site testing and analytical laboratory. |
79
Description of Principal Products
We are licensed to provide GMP psychedelic substances, including MDMA and psilocybin, for research and therapeutic applications in certain countries. On May 24, 2024, we were awarded a DEL. Securing a DEL positions us as a pharmaceutical company with a strong portfolio of government approved licenses for controlled substances.
The DEL confirms that our Canadian facilities conform to Health Canada’s GMP compliance standards. The DEL differentiates us from other psychedelic manufacturers in the space and enables us to provide competitively priced products for human therapeutic use within the GMP psychedelics market. The DEL allows us flexibility to adapt to international licensing demands and changes in legislation and also gives our clients and patients assurance of a fully GMP product. Canadian companies without a DEL may not be issued export permits to supply Australia or other countries where a market is established.
Our MDMA capsules are manufactured for use by patients in Australia’s Authorised Prescribers Scheme, as well as licensed entities conducting clinical trials around the world. It is available in two dosages (40mg and 60mg) in hard gelatine capsule format for oral administration. Our product is stable over extended periods in HDPE (High Density Polyethylene) bottles at room temperature under both real-time and accelerated storage conditions for up to 24 months for all chemical and microbial attributes. The API remains stable under both real-time and accelerated storage conditions for up to 24 months for all chemical and microbial attributes. The MDMA capsules and API conform to the Therapeutic Goods (Standard for MDMA) (TGO 112) Order 2024 published by the Australian regulatory agency.
Our psilocybin extract (API) is manufactured for use in qualified patients with TRD within the Authorised Prescribers Scheme, as well as licensed entities conducting clinical trials around the world. It is formulated into 5mg hard HPMC capsule format for patients in Australia via oral administration. For clinical studies, a 10mg capsule is also available for clinical trials requiring a second dose format for study. The API product has maintained its original potency level without any degradation during stability testing of nine months. The psilocybin API and capsules conform to the Therapeutic Goods (Standard for Psilocybine) (TGO 113) Order 2024.
For each of the active products, we also have developed matching placebo capsules in order to facilitate clinical trials of our clients. The capsule size and color are the same, while the inner component is a mannitol blend without active ingredient.
All product development is in accordance with guidelines established by the International Council for Harmonization of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (“ICH”) and the requirements of GMP.
Some of our recent key developments include:
| • | Obtained Health Canada DEL in May 2024. |
| • | Granted Precursor Licence by Health Canada for 3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone (“MDP2P”), the precursor for MDMA synthesis. |
| • | Completed validation of GMP extraction of psilocybin containing mushrooms to develop botanical API. |
| • | Completed validated GMP production of 5mg natural psilocybin extract capsules. |
| • | Completed validated GMP production of MDMA 40mg and 60mg capsules. |
| • | Patients dosed in Australia’s Authorised Prescribers Scheme with MDMA capsules produced by us. |
| • | Approval from Health Canada for use of our psilocybin extract capsules in a Phase 2 clinical trial. |
| • | Secured import permit from Mind Medicine Australia for 160 doses of MDMA and psilocybin for therapeutic use. |
| • | Signed supply agreements with leading institutions, including Tel Aviv University. |
| • | Preparing Drug Master File (“DMF”) for Psilocybin Extract Capsules. |
80
| • | Exported psilocybin extract for a clinical trial in New Zealand. |
| • | Receipt of additional permits to import MDMA into Australia, 500 capsules of 40mg, and 500 capsules of 60mg. |
| • | Completion of the encapsulation and manufacturing of GMP grade MDMA capsules for export, with certificates of analysis (“COAs”) confirming uniformity and quality of releasable product. |
| • | Completion of third shipment to Australia of 1,000 MDMA capsules. |
| • | Receipt of BICON permit from Australian Government for our Natural Psilocybin Extract to enter Australia. |
| • | Receipt of import permit from the TGA, and export permit from Health Canada for 1,000 capsules of 5mg natural psilocybin extract in May 2025. |
| • | Commercially launched natural psilocybin capsules in Australia and completed initial shipment of 1,000 capsules in September 2025 to be prescribed to patients with TRD under the Authorised Prescribers Program. |
We have historically, through Optimi Nutraceuticals, developed a nutraceutical brand that focuses on the health and wellness food markets. We targeted the functional mushroom segment of the nootropic space, which is defined as natural health formulations derived from functional mushrooms, commonly referred to as medicinal mushrooms, which do not include any psychedelic compounds. We sold our products directly to consumers, through Amazon and through distributors/brokers. However, we are in the process of permanently winding down that business to focus our efforts on our pharmaceutical grade manufacturing business
We have evolved into a pharmaceutical grade manufacturer of MDMA and psilocybin capsules, with the ability to supply to authorized subscribers in Australia. Currently, we are only authorized to supply Australia’s Authorised Prescribers Scheme for those indications where psilocybin and MDMA are rescheduled as well as any approved clinical trial (currently approved trials in Canada and Israel).
Further, as a Canadian-based manufacturer, we can enter the U.S. market by exporting MDMA and psilocybin products, for clinical trials, research and development and for therapies contingent upon their rescheduling and approval for medical use in the U.S. This process involves compliance with both Canadian and U.S. regulations governing the export and import of controlled substances. Currently, these products are available in Canada via the Special Access Program (“SAP”).
Canadian Regulatory Compliance
Controlled Substances Licence: We currently hold a valid Dealer’s Licence under the CDSA, authorizing the production and distribution of MDMA and psilocybin for scientific or medical purposes.
Export Permit: For each shipment to any jurisdiction outside of Canada, we are required to obtain an export permit from Health Canada, which requires the submission of an import permit issued to the importer by the appropriate regulatory authority in receiving jurisdiction. These permits ensure that the export complies with Canadian regulations in respect of the export of controlled substances and/or precursor chemicals and the import regulations of the receiving jurisdiction. Export permits authorizing commercial exportation are only issued to licensed dealers, licensed producers or registered dealers.
DEL: We possess a DEL, which authorizes the fabrication, packing, labeling, distribution and/or wholesale of medical grade MDMA and psilocybin drug formulations and psilocybin active pharmaceutical ingredients in compliance with GMP standards.
U.S. Regulatory Compliance
FDA Approval: Prior to importing our products into the U.S. in the future, MDMA and psilocybin must be approved by the FDA for medical use. This involves:
IND: The process of conducting clinical trials with a new drug product generally cannot begin until a company has submitted the appropriate regulatory authorities an application to do so and the required number of days have
81
lapsed without objection from the applicable regulatory authority (in certain jurisdictions, a no objection letter or approval may be required before the clinical trial can proceed). In the U.S., this application is called an investigational new drug study, or “IND”, and in Canada and most European countries, a clinical trial application, or “CTA.” For the U.S., the sponsor of the study must submit the results of the non-clinical tests, manufacturing information, analytical data and available clinical data or literature, within the IND, to the FDA. Some information may be omitted from the IND in instances where prior FDA findings of safety or efficacy of a drug product are being relied upon. Even once the IND is submitted, non-clinical testing may continue to occur. An IND becomes effective automatically 30 days after receipt of the document by the FDA, unless within that time the FDA raises concerns or questions, in which case a clinical hold may be put in place until the concerns are adequately addressed by the study sponsor with the FDA.
GMP: Ensuring that our manufacturing processes meet FDA’s GMP standards to guarantee product quality and consistency.
DEA Import Permit: The DEA requires U.S. based entities intending to import controlled substances to obtain a DEA registration authorizing the importation of specific substances. For each shipment, the registered importer must secure an import permit from the DEA, confirming compliance with U.S. regulations.
Rescheduling: Products which involve Schedule I controlled substances under the U.S. Controlled Substances Act must be rescheduled.
Australian Regulatory Compliance
The Australian Poisons Standard governs the classification (“scheduling”) and control of poisons, including those for therapeutic use. This scheduling system controls how medicines are made available to the public. Medicines and chemicals are classified into schedules according to the level of regulatory control over the availability of the medicine or chemical, required to protect public health and safety. In 2023 Australia announced that for TRD and PTSD, psilocybin and MDMA will be listed as Schedule 8 (Controlled Drugs). For all other uses, they will remain in Schedule 9 (Prohibited Substances), which largely restricts their supply to clinical trials.
To access products containing MDMA or psilocybin, the psychiatrist must be registered as a specialist with the Medical Board of Australia as well as be an Authorised Prescriber for each product they want to access. The source and compliance of the intended drug to be prescribed will be assessed in the application for product including if the source is GMP and that the quality standard for the products are met.
Australia has published quality standards for both APIs and drug products that are prescribed under the Scheme – Therapeutic Goods (Standard for Psilocybine) (TGO 113) Order 2024 and Therapeutic Goods (Standard for MDMA) (TGO 112) Order 2024 and prescribers are responsible for ensuring their supply chain conforms to these requirements.
Collaborative Importation Strategy
U.S. Importer Partnership: We aim to establish a partnership with a U.S.-based importer who holds the necessary DEA registration. This collaborator will handle the importation process, including obtaining import permits and ensuring adherence to DEA regulations.
Anticipating Rescheduling and Market Entry
Monitoring Regulatory Changes: We aim to stay informed about developments regarding the rescheduling of MDMA and psilocybin by U.S. authorities, as this will impact the legality of importation and distribution.
Pre-Approval Preparations: We aim to engage with regulatory consultants to prepare the necessary documentation and ensure that all manufacturing practices align with both Health Canada and FDA requirements.
82
Facilities
We own and operate two 10,000 sq. ft, state-of-the-art pharmaceutical-grade mushroom cultivation and drug processing facilities in Princeton, British Columbia (the “Facilities”), purpose-built to meet the highest standards of product quality, regulatory compliance, and operational excellence. The Facilities are being used for cultivation, processing, extraction, formulation, packaging and labeling, research and distribution of psilocybin and other psychedelic substances approved by Health Canada. Scale efficiencies are technically and commercially viable through state-of-the-art horticultural lighting and sensor technology intended to maximize production per square foot. We currently house a genetics bank of more than 200 varieties of psilocybe cubensis and other species.
Our infrastructure and quality systems are aligned with Canadian regulatory requirements, including Drug Establishment Licence and Dealer’s Licence standards, and are operated to Good Manufacturing Practice guidelines.
Our Facilities are designed to support all critical stages of production and testing, with specialized spaces that ensure environmental and product integrity:
| • | Five incubation and fruiting rooms supporting controlled growth environments; |
| • | Two GMP manufacturing sites for compliant drug manufacturing and handling; |
| • | Level 8 vault for secure storage of controlled substances; |
| • | Industrial autoclaves and pasteurization equipment for upstream mycology systems; |
| • | Advanced environmental controls to support both our growth areas and GMP suites; |
| • | Analytical laboratory enabling in-house testing; and |
| • | Warehouse and processing areas for material storage, handling and batching processing under validated conditions. |
Operations
Our operations encompass the full production lifecycle, from cultivation and extraction to formulation and distribution. We maintain state-of-the-art Facilities in Princeton, British Columbia that integrate climate-controlled growing rooms with automated environmental controls and one-way airflow, ensuring consistent high-quality yields.
We also operate a fully equipped analytical laboratory, featuring high-performance liquid chromatography (“HPLC”), mass spectrometry, and stability testing equipment. This enables in-house testing on various stages of production, with the goal of eventually being able to release certificates of analysis (“COAs”) for both psychedelic substances. We currently have a production capacity scalable to 500,000 or more doses annually of MDMA and 1,000,000 5mg doses of psilocybin.
MDMA Production
We have an active Class A Precursor Licence from Health Canada that allows for the purchase or production of controlled materials that are used for synthesis of MDMA. Synthesis of R&D-grade MDMA has been completed. Manufacturing of the product was performed on a 32 g scale (87% yield). Further scale up and process validation are in process. Once completed, Master Batch Records (“MBRs”) will be generated and the synthesis process will be added to the current DEL. Further, testing methodologies have been developed for identification of MDMA, assay of MDMA content, assay of chloride content, microbial content and water content.
83
Manufacture of formulated products of specific dosages (i.e., capsules) has been validated and is recognized as GMP-certified under our DEL. For MDMA, capsules have been manufactured and validated at 40 and 60 mg dosages as a scale of 4000 and 2800 capsules, respectively. MBR’s have been developed and optimized for the process.
Testing methodologies for the MDMA encapsulated products have been developed that allow for release of product into clinical trials in certain countries and the Authorised Prescribers Scheme in Australia. These tests include dosage array, content uniformity, dissolution, disintegration, microbial content and water content. As of the date of this prospectus, we have capabilities to manufacture 40mg and 60mg MDMA capsules.
Psilocybin Production
Psilocybin is a naturally occurring psychedelic product prodrug compound produced by more than 200 species of mushrooms, collectively known as “magic mushrooms”. The most potent are members of the genus Psilocybe, such as P. azurescens, P. semilanceata, and P. cyanescens, but psilocybin has also been isolated from about a dozen other genera. Psilocybin is quickly converted by the body to psilocin, which has mind-altering effects similar, in some respects, to those of LSD. Our Dealer’s Licence allows us to possess up to 20kg of pure psilocybin.
In fiscal year 2023, we commenced production and harvest of psilocybin mushrooms to be used for commercial purposes. Although we can sell our raw mushroom biomass, we further process the raw mushroom biomass into psilocybin extract.
GMP production of 2-5% Psilocybin Spectrum Mushroom Extract has been validated and is recognized as GMP-certified under our DEL. MBRs have been developed for production of 100 and 400 g batches of extract. Key steps in the process are: processing of dry mushrooms (input from Good Agricultural and Collection Practices (“GACP”) mushroom cultivation at the Company), extraction with solvent, filtration, removal of solvent and processing of final product. Greater than 80% recovery of psilocybin is achieved. Extract is a fine powder that is amendable for further processing into an encapsulated product. Stability studies have been completed 2-8ºC and at 25ºC and show that the psilocybin content is stable for up to 12 and 6 months, respectively. Testing methodologies have been developed for key application parameters (potency of psilocybin and psilocin, water content) and safe use as per pharmacopeia requirements (microbial content, heavy metals, aflatoxins, residual solvents). Testing methods are applicable with current international standards for use of pharma-grade products, including for specific use of psilocybin products under the Authorised Prescribers Scheme in Australia.
For 2-5% Psilocybin Full Spectrum Mushroom Extract, capsules have been manufactured and validated at 5 mg psilocybin dosage at 1000 capsule scale. Larger dosage formats have been generated (10 mg) under R&D conditions and are available to be manufactured under GMP for clinical programs. A higher dosage format will be developed once market demand has been evaluated. In line with the MDMA encapsulation process, scale up to 4000 capsules is planned. Testing methodologies for psilocybin encapsulated products have been developed that allow for release of product into clinical trials in certain countries and the Authorised Prescribers Scheme in Australia. These tests include dosage array, content uniformity, dissolution, disintegration, microbial content and water content.
As of the date of this prospectus, we have (i) confirmed one year stability testing for our psilocybin extract API; (ii) received finished product test results and a CAO for GMP natural psilocybin extract; (iii) signed a psilocybin supply agreement with Matai Medical Research; (iv) secured Import Permit from Mind Medicine Australia for 160 doses of psilocybin capsules to be exported to Australia; (v) received a “No Objection Letter” from Health Canada, permitting the use of our GMP natural psilocybin extract capsules in a phase 2 clinical trial; and (vi) commercially launched our natural psilocybin capsules in Australia, completing an initial shipment of 1,000 capsules, to be prescribed to patients with TRD under the Authorised Prescribers Scheme.
Currently, we have capabilities to manufacture both 5mg and 10mg capsules of psilocybin. Our 5mg natural psilocybin extract capsule is set to be used in a phase 2 clinical trial for major depressive disorder. This trial could validate our drug development initiative for psilocybin as a safe and viable treatment for depression.
84
Psilocybin Mushroom Cultivation Summary
Overview
We operate a Canada federally licensed psilocybin mushroom cultivation facility in British Columbia, in compliance with GMP. The facility is purpose-built for the scalable production of pharmaceutical-grade mushroom biomass and psilocybin extract. The cultivation program is governed by standardized operating procedures (“SOPs”), with environmental control systems, genetic tracking, batch-level traceability and microbiological surveillance integrated throughout the production lifecycle. Our psilocybin cultivation operation is highly controlled with all process steps documented and aligned with pharmaceutical production practices. Through environmental controls, validated genetics, microbial surveillance, and SOP-driven production, we deliver pharmaceutical-grade biomass suitable for standardized extraction, clinical trial formulation, and therapeutic applications in regulated markets.
Genetic Library and Strain Validation
We maintain a curated library of genetically isolated Psilocybe species. Each strain is phenotyped, catalogued and preserved in sterile slant cultures. Prior to commercial production, strains are evaluated through internal R&D protocols, which assess:
| • | Biological efficiency (yield per kilogram of substrate); |
| • | Potency uniformity (psilocybin and psilocin concentration); |
| • | Morphological consistency and fruiting timelines; and |
| • | Strains that meet performance benchmarks are assigned internal nomenclature and linked to a unique batch identification system throughout cultivation and processing. |
Cultivation Process
All stages of mushroom production—from inoculation to drying—are governed by detailed SOPs and performed in controlled environments. First, grain (typically millet or rye) is hydrated, drained, and sterilized. Upon cooling, the sterile grain is inoculated with verified mycelial culture under a Class II biosafety cabinet. Inoculated grainspawn is incubated until full colonization (typically 10–14 days). Next, substrate is formulated with hardwood sawdust and soybean hulls to achieve a certain moisture content. The material is sterilized in filter-patch grow bags. After sterilization and cooling, bags are aseptically inoculated with grain spawn by weight under ISO 8 HEPA-filtered conditions, sealed, labeled, and incubated. Next, colonized substrate is incubated at a certain temperature with a certain relative humidity (RH). Bags remain sealed during this period, which lasts 12–18 days. Progress is monitored by visual inspection and random bag sampling prior to transfer to fruiting. Then, substrate bags are transferred to climate-controlled fruiting chambers. Air filters are removed to allow gas exchange. Environmental controls are maintained via programmable HVAC systems. Mushrooms typically begin pinning within 7-14 days, depending on strain. Next, fruits are hand-harvested at optimal maturity (veil break and cap flattening) using sterile tools under full personal protective equipment. Biomass is weighted, batch-logged, and transferred for immediate drying. Finally, harvested mushrooms are dried on stainless-steel mesh trays with continuous airflow. Drying proceeds until water activity (Aw) falls below a certain level. The dried product is vacuum-sealed in food-grade Mylar, labeled with full batch and strain information, and stored in secure, climate-controlled vaults. Retained samples are archived for stability testing.
Traceability and Regulatory Compliance
Each cultivated batch is linked to a Batch Production Record (“BPR”) documenting the entire lifecycle from Spore/genetic to mother culture to finished product. Records include inoculation logs, incubation parameters, harvest data, drying output and final yield metrics.
85
Warehousing and Distribution
We hold all products for sale in our level 8 secure vault on the premises until such time as clients are ready for shipment. Distribution is performed according to strict protocols whereby the licensing of the receiver is reviewed and shipment chain of custody is in place prior to shipment. Only approved carriers for controlled substances are used for shipments of these products.
Quality Control
Sanitation and quality controls are implemented at all critical stages in order to have strict controls on quality control parameters, especially microbials. The benefits of the indoor cultivation space allow us to have tight controls on the environment, testing and inputs to the cultivation process, such as:
| • | Environmental plates placed throughout cleanrooms and inoculation stages to monitor room performance; |
| • | Hydrogen Peroxide Vapour (HPV) disinfection of our grow rooms; |
| • | Sanitization of tools and materials entering production zones; and |
| • | Engineering controls in room construction and personnel flow. |
Gowning procedures include sleeve guards, sterile gloves, lab coats and boot covers.
Our infrastructure allows for operational control, ensuring products are consistently manufactured to quality and regulatory specifications.
Our GMP-compliant Quality Management System (“QMS”) supports every stage of production and release, ensuring that all activities meet GMP, GACP and regulatory standards. Key elements include:
| • | Document Control: secure management of controlled procedures, protocols and records. |
| • | Change Management: formalized systems for evaluating and implementing process or system changes. |
| • | Deviation and CAPA Management: immediate investigation and corrective action to resolve any non-conformances. |
| • | Supplier Qualification: rigorous selection and monitoring of critical material and service suppliers. |
| • | Training and Qualification: Structured programs ensuring all personnel are trained, qualified and competency-verified for their roles. |
| • | Audit Programs: Regular internal and external audits to maintain system integrity and regulatory readiness. |
| • | Client Programs: under quality agreements, clients will retain oversight of products released to their clinical programs. Optimi enables regulatory dossier submission via access to our technical experts and drafted quality summaries. |
To ensure the highest standard of product quality, we employ a stage-gated release process:
| • | GACP outputs: all raw materials and agricultural outputs are tested against predefined quality parameters prior to release for GMP processing. |
| • | GMP Inputs and Drug Products: all manufacturing inputs and final drug products undergo analytical testing and batch record review prior to quality release. |
| • | Final Quality Release: only products that meet all release specifications, documentation requirements, and quality assurance reviews are approved for distribution. |
86
Our infrastructure and systems have been successfully validated through Health Canada licensing processes and internal performance audits. Our facility operates with a mindset of continuous improvement, ensuring that quality systems are not only compliant today but built to support future scale-up and international regulatory requirements.
Our robust facility, combined with a mature and comprehensive quality system, positions us to reliably produce, test, and release products to the highest standards of safety, efficacy and regulatory compliance. We are operationally ready to scale as market demand grows.
Research and Development
We were initially focused on the research and development of functional mushroom (non-psychedelic) cultivation and extraction. We are now focused on the research into mushroom-derived psilocin and psilocybin. This research is designed to investigate the use of psilocin and psilocybin in the treatment of mental illness, addiction, and other health conditions if and as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. We are also researching and producing a MDMA formulation that is used in clinical studies for PTSD and other applications.
We hold a Dealer Licence that allows us to possess, produce, assemble, sell, and deliver psilocybin and other psychedelic substances within the regulated framework set forth by Health Canada. The Dealer’s Licence allows us to possess up to 20kg of psilocybin and 200g of psilocin (which is estimated to be equal to approximately 2000kg of dried full-body psilocybin-containing mushrooms) and 2kg of MDMA. We have submitted and received approval for an additional 16 psychedelic substances providing opportunity for us to pursue research opportunities and clinical trial supply as opportunities arise.
We also hold a Controlled Substance Licence issued by Health Canada to possess, produce, assemble, sell, and deliver the following controlled substances in the specified quantities:
Controlled Substance
| Controlled Substance |
Quantity Authorized for Production | |
| Per Calendar Year | ||
| 2,5-DIMETHOXYPHENETHYLAMINE |
500g | |
| 3,4-METHYLENEDIOXYAMPHETAMINE (MDA) |
2000g | |
| 4-BROMO-2,5-DIMETHOXY-N-(2-METHOXYBENZYL)PHENETHYLAMINE (25B-NBOME) |
500g | |
| 4-BROMO-2,5-DIMETHXOYBENZENE ETHANAMINE (2C-B) |
4000g | |
| 4-CHLORO-2,5-DIMETHOXY-N-(2-METHOXYBENZYL)PHENETHYLAMINE (25C-NBOME) |
500g | |
| 4-HYDROXYBUTANOIC ACID (GHB) |
200g | |
| 4-IODO-2,5-DIMETHOXY-N-(2-METHOXYBENZYL)PHENETHYLAMINE (25l-NBOME) |
500g | |
| HARMALINE |
40g | |
| HARMALOL |
100g | |
| KETAMINE |
200g | |
| LYSERGIC ACID DIETHYLAMIDE |
100g | |
| MESCALINE |
400g | |
| N,N-DIMETHYLTRYPTAMINE (DMT) |
400g | |
| N-METHYL-3,4-METHYLENEDIOXY AMPHETAMINE |
20000g | |
| PHENCYCLIDINE |
100g | |
| PSILOCIN |
200g | |
| PSILOCYBIN |
20000g | |
| SALVINORIN A |
400g |
87
We possess a fully-equipped analytical laboratory capable of conducting analytical testing for our psychedelic products release, as well as for use by third parties as a source of additional revenue. We hold the authorization for third-party cannabis testing, but have not yet implemented the GPP and GMP systems and validation requirements in order to perform this testing under GMP.
Further, to enhance our internal testing capabilities, we have completed the acquisition of advanced analytical instrumentation designed to significantly increase in-house productivity. This equipment includes stability chambers, gas chromatography-mass spectrometry with flame ionization detection (GC-MS-FID), backup high-performance liquid chromatography systems (HPLC), instrumentation supporting inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS), formulation support equipment, and all necessary tools for full panel microbial testing. Our next steps for implementation of the laboratory include development and validation of the methodologies according to USP or EP standards, validation of the instrumentations and software, staffing the laboratory, and completing the QMS requirements for GMP. There are also infrastructure requirements to put in place some of the larger instrumentation. After these efforts are completed, we will be equipped to generate complete Certificates of Analysis (COAs) for our psychedelic product lines as well as third party testing.
Our analytical capabilities encompass a range of assays, including potency testing via high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with diode array detection. This allows for simultaneous quantification of multiple substances at various wavelengths. We also perform identity through thin layer chromatography (TLC), ultraviolet-visible (UV-Vis) spectroscopy, and mass spectrometry, ensuring comprehensive characterization of our materials. We also intend to bring in house stability testing of our products. Our stability chambers have been installed and licensed by Health Canada as storage devices for controlled substances. To complete this program we require validation of the chambers and the supporting lab infrastructure to bring stability in house.
On the production side, we are advancing the scale up of the encapsulation program by validating an automatic encapsulator for use on our products as order volumes increased. We are advancing an intellectual property strategy that targets innovation in the areas of delivery mechanisms, extraction techniques, synthetic compound isolation, novel formulations, and testing protocols specific to mushroom-based products. To accelerate this work, we actively engage in both academic collaborations and strategic development partnerships.
For example, through a partnership with Mind Medicine Australia, we will have access to relevant patient outcomes and evidence pertaining to the use of MDMA & psilocybin as a treatment for PTSD and TRD. This data will allow us to collect relevant information for global NDA submissions using real patient outcomes for both indications.
On March 22, 2024, we entered into the Collaborative Research Agreement with the Kwantlen Polytechnic University, whereby we and Kwantlen Polytechnic University agreed to conduct a research project relating to the genetic identification of psilocybin containing mushrooms. This is in support of an ongoing research program relating to genomics and metabolomic solutions for agriculture in British Columbia, as part of a Build Innovation Enhancement grant by the Natural Sciences and Engineering Resources Council to Kwantlen Polytechnic University. During this project we were able to successfully cultivate over 200 species of psilocybin containing mushrooms and create a genetic bank that is unparalleled. We are also expanding our research partnerships beyond Canada and Australia into Israel and the U.S.
Recent Regulatory Communications
We are in the process of completing our Drug Master File (“DMF”) in Canada for psilocybin. We plan to submit similar documentation to the FDA in 2026. Recently, we received a “No Objection Letter” from Health Canada to supply our 5mg psilocybin drug candidate to ATMA CENA Healthcare Solutions for a phase 2B clinical study. This critical documentation showcases our commitment to regulatory compliance and transparency, laying the foundation for streamlined communication with regulatory authorities.
88
DMFs are submissions to Health Canada and the FDA used to provide confidential, detailed information about facilities, processes, or articles used in the manufacturing, processing, packaging, and storing of human drug products, therefore allowing parties interested in the our drug candidates to reference our material without having to disclose DMF contents. DMF’s become “plug and play” documentation which supports a clinical trial application intending to have us supply our drug candidates.
Sales and Marketing
On February 28, 2023, we signed purchase orders with Mind Medicine Australia Limited (“Mind Medicine”) to ensure that patients in Australia with treatment resistant PTSD have access to medical grade GMP MDMA and patients with TRD have access to GMP grade psilocybin as part of therapy through their authorized treating psychiatrists.
On February 28, 2023, we entered into a supply agreement (the “Supply Agreement” ) with KMT Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd (“KMT Pharmaceuticals”), an Australian company, with Mind Medicine acting as guarantor. Pursuant to the Supply Agreement, we have agreed to supply certain encapsulated products to KMT Pharmaceuticals for distribution in Australia. The Supply Agreement includes an exclusivity provision under which we will not supply MDMA or psilocybin products to any other party in Australia, and KMT Pharmaceuticals agrees not to source such products from third parties. This restriction does not apply to the supply of such products for clinical trials, provided that we notify the proposed purchaser of KMT Pharmaceuticals’ existence and its ability to supply those products. Either party may terminate the exclusivity arrangement with nine months’ written notice. The Supply Agreement has a term of five years and may be terminated earlier by either party for cause, including insolvency, breach of confidentiality, or regulatory non-compliance, or without cause upon nine months’ notice. There are no minimum purchase requirements under the Supply Agreement. Payment terms require a 25% deposit within ten business days of invoice issuance and the remaining 75% within twenty business days of product delivery. Mind Medicine guarantees the payment obligations of KMT Pharmaceuticals under the Supply Agreement.
MDMA and psilocybin drug candidates have been produced, encapsulated, and packaged entirely inside of our Facilities in compliance with GMP standards and the first commercial shipment of MDMA capsules was fulfilled in August 2024.
On November 3, 2023, we entered into a supply agreement with Sunshine Earth Labs Ltd., whereby we committed to manufacturing and supplying it with full spectrum API and encapsulated psilocybin product, and encapsulated MDMA products for a period of five years. Under the terms of the agreement, each purchase quantity order will be determined on a case-by-case basis to meet the evolving needs of the market.
On March 22, 2024, we entered into an international natural psilocybin supply agreement with New Zealand-based Mātai Medical Research Institute (“Mātai”), on behalf of the Tū Wairua Project, whereby we agreed to provide Mātai with a quantity of our validated GMP full spectrum natural psilocybin extract. We completed our initial shipment to Mātai in December 2024.
On September 3, 2025, we announced the commercial launch of our natural psilocybin capsules in Australia, which are now being prescribed to patients with TRD under the Authorised Prescribers Scheme. We completed an initial shipment of 1,000 psilocybin capsules, each containing 5mg of standardized naturally-derived psilocybin. Mind Medicine will oversee distribution and patient coordination through Australia’s network of clinics and hospitals.
We are actively engaged in identifying and closing further supply deals with international and domestic partners seeking GMP drug substance and encapsulated drug candidates. This includes negotiations with partners in Canada, Australia, the United States and Israel. We will supply a phase 2b study in Canada led by ATMA CENA Healthcare Solutions. This is a phase 2 study assessing the efficacy of psilocybin-assisted psychotherapy when administered to frontline mental healthcare workers suffering from major depressive disorder related to COVID-19. The enrollment will be 200 patients divided into cohorts of 12 patients and is the first clinical supply deal for us approved by Health Canada using our natural psilocybin extract 5mg capsules.
89
Intellectual Property
Our success depends on our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. We utilize a combination of trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and confidentiality policies to protect our proprietary rights in our MDMA and botanical psilocybin drug products. We currently do not own any patents and we do not have any pending patents. We applied to register the trademark “Optimi Health” and “Optimi” with the Canadian Intellectual Property Office and the USPTO on September 16, 2020, and obtained registration with the Canadian Intellectual Property Office on January 12, 2024.
We received a non-final office action letter from the USPTO, objecting to the registration of the “Optimi” and “Optimi Health” marks due to the likelihood of confusion with four prior U.S. registered trademarks. We have also received a cease and desist letter from a U.S. public company, alleging that the use and attempted registration of the “Optimi” and “Optimi Health” marks infringes the registered trademarks of the U.S. company. At this time, we do not intend to continue to pursue registration of the “Optimi” and “Optimi Health” marks in the U.S. due to the anticipated costs and time required. We may file a petition to revive the trademark applications in the future.
Raw Materials
We source all materials used in the manufacture of our MDMA and psilocybin drug products through GMP-qualified and licensed (where required) suppliers, in accordance with our DEL, Controlled Substances Licence, and the applicable provisions of the Food and Drug Regulations and Controlled Drugs and Substances Act.
MDMA Production Inputs
For GMP MDMA production, the API inputs are sourced from a GMP-compliant vendor approved in our quality management system with a quality agreement in place and periodically audited by us. Each shipment is subject to incoming quality control procedures including identification testing, Certificate of Analysis (CoA) verification, and documentation review prior to use. Material receipt, storage, and inventory controls are conducted in accordance with our controlled substance handling standard operating procedures.
For R&D MDMA production, all precursor chemicals including 3,4-METHYLENEDIOXYPHENYL-2-PROPANONE are obtained from approved vendors or equivalent international suppliers under valid permits.
Other non-controlled inputs include GMP-grade excipients and capsules, and various small scale chemicals, solvents and reagents. All non-controlled inputs are available from multiple vendors and interchangeable if required for scale or quality.
Psilocybin Production Inputs
Psilocybin is produced using in-house cultivated psilocybe mushrooms under our Controlled Substances Licence and under GACP. All non-active inputs (e.g., culture media, solvents, processing agents) are sourced from qualified suppliers. These inputs are reviewed by the quality assurance department against internal specifications and COAs. The cultivation and drying process uses raw material inputs that are qualified by quality assurance and generally readily available from large scale farm suppliers.
Extraction, and purification are carried out within our GMP-compliant facility and the inputs include solvents and reagents that have been risk assessed for use in human drug products and are available from multiple vendors and interchangeable if required for scale or quality.
Quality Assurance and Supply Chain Management
To date, we have not encountered material disruptions in the availability or quality of raw materials. All inventory levels are reviewed routinely under our inventory control program (SOP INV-005 “Inventory Control of CDS and GMP Materials”), with safety stock maintained for high-risk materials.
90
Although input costs have remained stable under existing contracts, we recognize that certain raw materials, including certain solvents or agricultural inputs, may be subject to supply chain volatility due to regulatory, political, or enforcement-related factors.
All sourcing, testing, and documentation procedures comply with Health Canada’s Good Manufacturing Practices Guidelines, relevant guidance on precursor and controlled substance handling, and our internal SOPs and QA systems.
Employees
As of June 30, 2025, we have six full time employees, three part-time employees and one independent contractor, in addition to the Board of Directors and the Advisory Board (as described in the section immediately following). All of our employees are based in Canada. We believe that we maintain a good working relationship with our employees, and we have not experienced any major labor disputes.
Advisory Board
In order to prudently pursue the development of our business, we have appointed an advisory board (the “Advisory Board”) comprised of technical experts and global leaders in the health, wellness and consumer goods industries, as set forth below. The Advisory Board provides advice to the Board of Directors and senior management on an ad hoc basis. There are no formal rules or procedures governing the Advisory Board. We paid members of the Advisory Board a one-time share-based payment vested over a period of three years when they first joined the Advisory Board. Additional compensation after joining the Advisory Board may be made at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The names of the individuals who serve on the Advisory Board and a summary of their relevant experience and qualifications to serve the Company in such capacity are included below.
Chip Wilson
Chip Wilson is a Canadian businessman and philanthropist, who has founded several retail apparel companies, most notably yoga-inspired athletic apparel company Lululemon Athletica (NASDAQ: LULU). Wilson is widely considered to be the creator of the athleisure trend.
Harley Pasternak
As a fitness and nutrition specialist, Mr. Pasternak’s client roster includes Ariana Grande, Lady Gaga, Rihanna, Kim Kardashian, Halle Berry, Katy Perry, Megan Fox, Robert Downey Jr., Robert Pattinson, Adam Levine, Jessica Simpson, Charlie Puth, Gwen Stefani, Ke$ha, Hilary Duff and Jennifer Hudson. He currently stars on the E! channel’s Revenge Body with Khloe Kardashian, makes regular appearances as a fitness contributor to Good Morning America on ABC, and formerly starred on ABC’s The Revolution, and as a judge on Top Model. Mr. Pasternak has made worldwide speaking appearances in over 30 countries and is a bestselling fitness and diet author published in 14 languages in over 25 countries. He holds a Master of Science in Exercise Physiology and Nutritional Sciences from the University of Toronto and an Honors Degree in Kinesiology from University of Western Ontario. He is also certified by The American College of Sports Medicine and The Canadian Society of Exercise Physiology, and served as an exercise and nutrition scientist for Canada’s Department of National Defense.
Edward Safarik
Mr. Safarik is a Member in good standing of the Law Society of British Columbia and former Founder, President and CEO of Ocean Fisheries Limited. Mr. Safarik offers extensive past board experience including six year board member of Genome BC, Chairman of the Fisheries Counsel of Canada, Co-chair of the Food Agriculture/Fisheries Initiative on Sustainable Economic Fisheries, Founder and Chairman of the Herring Conservation & Research Society of BC (HCRS), and a member of the Pacific Scientific Advice Review Committee (PSARC) and the Herring Industry Advisory Board (HIAB).
91
Dr. Azim Jamal
Dr. Jamal is the chief executive officer and co-founder of Pacific Reach, established in 2014, and is responsible for leading all business activities for that company. He is a respected industry leader who has extensive experience overseeing a diverse portfolio of business investments including hotels, commercial properties and seniors care communities. For over 20 years, Dr. Jamal was the president and chief executive officer of Retirement Concepts. Over that time, he grew that company from two small seniors care communities in Chilliwack and Victoria to 25 communities across British Columbia, Alberta and Quebec, making Retirement Concepts one of the largest and most respected seniors care companies in Canada. In 2004, Dr. Jamal purchased the Sheraton Vancouver Guildford to diversify Pacific Reach’s portfolio into alternative classes of real estate. This portfolio is now consolidated under the Pacific Reach banner and includes hotel properties such as the iconic Rosewood Hotel Georgia, multifamily and office assets located in Vancouver, Toronto, Los Angeles and Phoenix. Most recently, Dr. Jamal has joined the board of directors at a television production company, Thunderbird Studios.
Dr. Jamal is a former family physician who graduated as a medical doctor from the University of British Columbia in 1994. After practicing as a family physician in Greater Vancouver, Dr. Jamal went on to found Dermal Laser Centers — a chain of medical aesthetic clinics, which he subsequently sold. He is a member of the Young Presidents’ Organization in Vancouver, B.C., a recipient of the Ernst & Young Entrepreneur of the Year Award and a winner of the Business in Vancouver Top 40 Under 40 Outstanding Achievement Award.
Elfi Daniel-Ivad
Ms. Daniel-Ivad formally served as Head of Submissions, Regulatory at Eurofins Experchem Laboratories Inc. In this role, she led a team of regulatory professionals in the development of regulatory submission strategies for NHPs, OTC drugs, cosmetics, medical devices, food products, site licenses, medical establishment licenses and applicants to become licensed producers and dealers of federally controlled substances.
Harrison Newlands
Mr. Newlands has extensive experience in business development and corporate strategy of high growth companies and has led numerous strategic initiatives such as mergers and acquisitions, private and public company fund raises, as well as developing and executing growth strategies across North America. He is skilled in entrepreneurship, business development, corporate strategy, venture capital and capital markets. Mr. Newlands is a partner at North King Capital.
Regulatory Environment
Controlled Substances
The psychoactive substances, psilocybin, psilocin, and MDMA are controlled in Canada under the CDSA and associated regulations in addition to being subject to the FD Act. The CDSA is the federal statute that provides a framework for the control of substances that can alter mental processes and may produce harm to health or society when diverted to an illegal market or misused. Unless otherwise authorized by regulations or exempted in accordance with section 56, the trafficking, possession for the purposes of trafficking, import, export, and production of all controlled substances and possession of controlled substances listed in Schedules I through III are prohibited.
The Precursor Control Regulations, SOR/2002-359 (“PCR”) sets out a framework within which activities with precursor chemicals are regulated. Under the PCR, a license is required for any person to produce, package, sell, provide, import, export, and possess for the purpose of export Class A precursors, and a registration is required for any person to produce for the purpose of sale, import and export Class B precursors. The PCR also specify record keeping, security and reporting requirements for licensed or registered dealers.
92
We currently hold a Precursor Licence issued by Health Canada for 3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone (a Class A precursor), the precursor chemical used in the synthesis Methylenedioxymethamphetamine, more commonly known as MDMA. This Precursor Licence permits us to import 3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2- propanone.
In addition, we currently hold the Dealer’s Licence issued by Health Canada under the CDSA which authorizes us to possess, produce, assemble, sell, and deliver psilocybin, psilocin and MDMA within the regulated framework set forth by Health Canada and the terms of the license itself. The Dealer’s Licence allows Optimi Labs to possess up to 20 kg of psilocybin and 200 g of psilocin (which is estimated to be equal to approximately 2000 kg of dried full-body psilocybin-containing mushrooms) and 2kg of MDMA. Optimi Labs has submitted and received approval for an additional 16 psychedelic substances providing opportunity for us to pursue research opportunities and clinical trial supply as opportunities arise.
Drugs for Export
Prior to December 8, 2022, it was possible for manufacturers of drugs for export only to invoke section 37 of the FD Act and thereby avoid most Canadian requirements imposed by the FD Act and the Food and Drug Regulations thereunder, including in relation to a DEL. However regulatory changes meant that as of December 8, 2022, many of the provisions of the FDR are prescribed under Section 37 of the FD Act, including the requirements of Division 1A of Part C. This part imposes requirements for exporter of a drug product to another country – which is considered a sale in Canada. As such, to export a drug, a DEL that authorizes the sale of the drug in Canada is required. We undertook the process to obtain the DEL in 2023 and was awarded the DEL in 2024. This regulatory change allows Canada to meet its international obligations in ensuring that “export only” drugs still meet the high standards of GMP which protect human health.
The DEL confirms that our Canadian facilities conform to Health Canada’s GMP compliance standards. The DEL differentiates us from other psychedelic manufacturers in the space and enables us to provide competitively priced products for human therapeutic use within the GMP psychedelics market. The DEL allows us flexibility to adapt to international licensing demands and changes in legislation and also gives our clients and patients assurance of a fully GMP product. Canadian companies without a DEL may not be issued export permits to supply Australia or other countries where a market is established.
Australia’s Authorised Prescribers Scheme allows authorized psychiatrists in Australia to prescribe MDMA assisted therapy for patients suffering from PTSD and Psilocybin Assisted therapy for patients suffering from TRD. Australia has published quality standards for both APIs and drug products that are prescribed under the Scheme—Therapeutic Goods (Standard for Psilocybine) (TGO 113) Order 2024 and Therapeutic Goods (Standard for MDMA) (TGO 112) Order 2024 and prescribers are responsible to ensure their supply chain conforms to these requirements. We have updated the product specifications, where required, to conform to the orders.
See “Risk Factors- Risks Related to Government Regulations” for more information on the various regulatory risks we face.
Market for Products
Australian Total Addressable Market (TAM) and Production Capacity Overview
Australia has emerged as one of the first regulated jurisdictions globally for psychedelic-assisted therapies following the July 1, 2023 rescheduling of MDMA and psilocybin for prescription use in treatment-resistant patients under the Authorised Prescribers Scheme. We believe that Australia’s early adoption of regulated psychedelic therapies, combined with our scalable GMP manufacturing operations, provides us with a first-mover advantage in capturing meaningful patient volume, generating near-term revenue and validating products in real-world clinical environments. We are strategically positioned to address a significant portion of this early-stage market through our existing manufacturing capabilities.
93
MDMA-Assisted Therapy for PTSD
According to the Australian Bureau of Statistics, an estimated 5.7% of Australians aged 16–85 experience PTSD within a 12-month period, equating to approximately 1.48 million individuals nationwide. Taking a conservative estimated prevalence of PTSD among Australian adults of approximately 5%, results in an approximate addressable market of approximately 1,000,000 individuals nationwide. Standard treatment protocols for MDMA-assisted psychotherapy typically involve three treatment sessions, each requiring an approximate dose of 160mg of MDMA. Based on this protocol, each patient requires approximately nine capsules per course of therapy (comprising six 60mg capsules and three 40mg capsules).
For a 1,000,000-patient PTSD population, the total capsule demand would equate to approximately 9,000,000 capsules per year.
Psilocybin-Assisted Therapy for Treatment Resistant Depression (TRD)
In parallel, Australia’s rescheduling of psilocybin enables the prescription of psilocybin-assisted therapy for patients suffering from TRD. According to Royal Australian College of Practitioners, the estimated TRD patient population in Australia is approximately 300,000 individuals, based on broader depression prevalence rates and the expected 30% of cases classified as treatment-resistant.
A standard psilocybin therapy protocol typically involves two treatment sessions, each utilizing a 25mg dose. Based on our 5mg capsule format, each patient would require approximately ten capsules for a complete treatment course.
To fully service the 300,000-patient TRD market, approximately 3,000,000 5mg capsules would be required.
Separately, per ScienceDirect and the Royal Australian College of General Practitioners, based on an approximate depression prevalence rate of 5.9% (approximately 1.3 million Australians) and established clinical estimates that approximately 30% of patients with depression are treatment-resistant, the TRD population in Australia is estimated at approximately 390,000 individuals.
United States Total Addressable Market (TAM) and Production Capacity Overview
In the United States, based on current production levels, we believe we can supply up to 100,000 PTSD patients (36,000g – 54,000g of MDMA) with MDMA therapy and 200,000 TRD (10,000g – 15,000g of psilocybin) patients with psilocybin therapy annually. As regulatory frameworks evolve, our scalable production platform, early GMP infrastructure and global export readiness position us to expand market share and revenue across multiple jurisdictions.
In the United States, the rescheduling of MDMA and psilocybin would be expected to catalyze the formation of a regulated commercial market for psychedelic-assisted therapies. Both substances have been part of therapies which have historically received Breakthrough Therapy Designation from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, and multiple late-stage trials are progressing toward New Drug Application (“NDA”) submissions. Our GMP infrastructure, FDA drug establishment registration (FEI) and U.S. Agent designation (mdi Consultants, Inc.) will enable lawful cross-border positioning in advance of DEA rescheduling or controlled access frameworks.
According to the National Institute of Mental Health, approximately 3.6% of U.S. adults experience PTSD in a given year, equating to an estimated 12.3 million individuals. Existing first-line therapies, including SSRIs and trauma-focused psychotherapies, exhibit limited efficacy in a meaningful subset of patients. MDMA-assisted psychotherapy has emerged from Phase 3 trials as a credible potential alternative, with durable clinical response rates exceeding those of conventional pharmacologic treatments.
For TRD, clinical literature indicates that approximately 30.9% of individuals diagnosed with Major Depressive Disorder (MDD) are considered treatment-resistant. With MDD affecting approximately 28.3 million U.S. adults
94
annually (8.3% of the adult population), the estimated TRD patient population is approximately 8.7 million individuals. Psilocybin, currently under investigation in multi-site Phase 3 trials, has demonstrated rapid-onset and durable responses in TRD populations. These figures define the U.S. total addressable patient base across two distinct but adjacent indications.
A standard MDMA-assisted therapy protocol for PTSD involves three sessions, with an average dose of 160mg per session, totaling approximately 480mg per patient across the full course of treatment. Using a capsule formulation of 60mg and 40mg doses, this equates to roughly nine capsules per patient (six 60mg + three 40mg). To treat the entire U.S. PTSD patient population, an estimated 110.7 million capsules would be required (12.3 million × 9).
Similarly, for psilocybin, a standard TRD treatment protocol typically involves two 25mg sessions, totaling 50mg per patient. In our current 5mg capsule format, this corresponds to 10 capsules per patient. Based on an estimated TRD population of 8.7 million individuals, full national demand would require approximately 87 million capsules annually.
The United States represents a strategically critical and commercially significant jurisdiction for psychedelic-assisted therapies, particularly those targeting PTSD and TRD. With high prevalence rates, persistent treatment gaps, and expanding regulatory openness toward novel therapeutics, the U.S. market is positioned to become the largest global demand center for MDMA- and psilocybin-based interventions. By virtue of our regulatory footprint, current production capabilities, and strategic infrastructure, we believe we are equipped to engage in early-stage cross-border supply and to scale participation as regulatory, policy and clinical frameworks evolve.
Regulatory Status and U.S. Entry Pathway
We hold a valid DEL issued by Health Canada, authorizing the GMP-compliant manufacture, testing, and release of controlled substances. In addition, we are registered with the FDA and have been issued a Facility Establishment Identifier (“FEI”) number, formally recognizing its presence within the FDA Drug Registration and Listing System. This registration and future successful FDA inspection will enable the lawful shipment of active pharmaceutical ingredients and finished dosage forms into the United States for approved use by authorized institutions under applicable investigational or expanded access frameworks.
Pursuant to 21 C.F.R. § 207.69, we have appointed mdi Consultants, Inc. as our designated U.S. Agent. mdi Consultants, Inc. is responsible for interfacing with the FDA on our behalf, including for purposes of facility inspection coordination, document submission, and compliance communications. These elements—FDA registration, FEI assignment, and U.S. Agent appointment—form the required regulatory architecture for future lawful foreign manufacturer participation in the U.S. supply chain.
Both MDMA and psilocybin have been part of therapies which have historically received Breakthrough Therapy Designation from the FDA, entitling such therapies to expedited regulatory review. MDMA is expected to be re-submitted for New Drug Application (“NDA”) approval in upon successful completion of Lykos Therapeutics Phase 3 clinical trial, with psilocybin to follow on a similar trajectory upon the Completion of Compass Pathways phase 3 clinical trials. In the event of FDA approval of NDAs related to therapies involving psilocybin and/or MDMA, such potential approvals may prompt rescheduling by the DEA under the Controlled Substances Act. Upon rescheduling, we will be able to pursue expanded commercial supply arrangements with licensed U.S. distributors, prescribers, and healthcare institutions.
Current Production Capacity
Under our GMP infrastructure, we currently have the capacity to support:
| • | Up to 100,000 PTSD (36,000g – 54,000g) patients annually with encapsulated MDMA, based on clinical protocols calling for three administration sessions per patient, totaling 360–540 mg per course; and |
95
| • | Up to 200,000 TRD (10,000g-15,000g) patients annually with psilocybin, assuming 50-75 mg per patient administered over two-three controlled sessions. |
These capacity figures are supported by completed release testing, validated stability data and observed production yields from active export orders fulfilled under the Australian Authorised Prescriber scheme. Our facility maintains validated SOPs for weighing, encapsulation, environmental control, and packaging, all operated in compliance with GMP standards set forth by Health Canada and internationally recognized under PIC/S.
Strategic Positioning in the U.S. Market
We are one of the only vertically integrated psychedelic manufacturers globally that currently meets the following three criteria for entering the U.S. market: (i) regulatory clearance to manufacture controlled substances under a DL and DEL in Canada; (ii) FDA drug establishment registration and an assigned FEI number; and (iii) formal representation by a qualified U.S. Agent. These attributes will allow us in the future to be able to:
| • | Export MDMA and psilocybin into the United States for approved clinical research and investigational use; |
| • | Support authorized prescriber programs in other jurisdictions (e.g., Australia) while generating real-world data that will inform future U.S. payer and regulatory engagement; and |
| • | Expand capacity in alignment with U.S. market demand without dependence on third-party manufacturing. |
This capacity represents a first-mover foothold in a market where the majority of companies remain in pre-revenue clinical phases and lack commercial production authorization.
With a regulatory framework that meets Health Canada requirements, a validated GMP facility, and a track record of commercial exports to authorized jurisdictions, we believe we are better positioned among our peer group to support early-stage entry into the United States. The combination of licensed production in other jurisdictions, cross-border readiness, and scalable output defines a credible platform for participation in what may become the world’s largest regulated psychedelic therapy market.
Competitive Conditions
| Company |
Market Position |
Regulatory Status |
Revenue Model | Challenges | ||||
| Optimi Health | Currently in-market | GMP-certified, DEL holder | Prescription sales, research supply, lab services |
Scaling production, U.S. market entry | ||||
| Compass pathways | Drug developer | Phase 3 trials, no market sales | R&D, future prescription sales |
High burn rate, uncertain approval timeline | ||||
| Atai Life Sciences | Drug developer & incubator | Multiple pre-market R&D projects | Investments, drug trials |
Expensive clinical trials, no revenues | ||||
| MindMed | Research & development | Phase 2 trials for LSD & MDMA analogs | R&D, future sales |
No market-ready product | ||||
Currently, there are high barriers to entry into the market for pharmaceutical drug manufacturing of controlled substances such as MDMA and botanical psilocybin. High regulatory standards and rigorous compliance
96
requirements limit new entrants. The high cost and complexity of manufacturing GMP-certified controlled substances presents an additional hurdle for companies seeking into our market. Further, our intellectual property, formulation expertise and strategic partnerships create a barrier around us from competitors.
Future Developments
We believe we are strategically positioned to supply pharmaceutical-grade MDMA and psilocybin capsules to regulated treatment providers in the United States immediately following rescheduling and FDA approval events. We intend to prepare for full abbreviated new drug application (“ANDA”) filings to access broader generic market channels post-exclusivity. This dual-pathway strategy enables both early revenue generation and long-term commercial positioning within the emerging psychedelic therapeutics sector.
Strategic Pathway to Generic MDMA and Psilocybin Supply Post-Rescheduling
Before we may supply MDMA or psilocybin into the United States market, two regulatory events must occur: (i) MDMA and/or psilocybin must be rescheduled from Schedule I to a lower schedule (e.g., Schedule II or III) under the Controlled Substances Act, and (ii) the FDA must approve an innovator-branded version of the compound, such as the products under development by Lykos Therapeutics (formerly MAPS PBC) or Compass Pathways Plc. Following FDA approval, the innovator product would be listed as a Reference Listed Drug (“RLD”) in the FDA’s Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations (the “Orange Book”). Upon the occurrence of both events, lawful prescription, manufacturing, and distribution activities would be permissible in the United States under federal law within certain regulatory constraints.
Immediate Supply Pathway
Following rescheduling and FDA approval of a branded product and we obtain and maintain (i) a partnership with a third-party holding a DEA-licensed drug manufacturing establishment, (ii) an FDA Establishment Identifier (FEI) number, and (iii) compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices (cGMP), we would be positioned to supply capsules into the United States market independently of formal ANDA pathways. Though we would not promote or commercialize products for off-label use, off-label prescribing by licensed physicians in the United States is lawful and does not require additional FDA approvals. Pharmacies, clinics, and treatment providers may procure substances that meet quality and controlled substance requirements from licensed manufacturers. Under this framework, we would not promote off-label uses but would lawfully supply capsules that meet all applicable DEA and FDA standards. We believe this pathway would enable early revenue generation concurrent with the clinical adoption of psychedelic-assisted therapies.
Mid-Term Pathway – ANDA Submission for Generic Drug Approval
Following expiration of marketing exclusivity periods applicable to the RLD (typically five years for new chemical entities), we intend to prepare and submit one or more ANDAs referencing the approved MDMA or psilocybin products. ANDA submissions would require us to demonstrate bioequivalence to the RLD and submit complete chemistry, manufacturing, and controls (CMC) data, stability data, and labeling materials. Approval of an ANDA would permit broader commercial distribution within the formal generic pharmaceutical supply chain, including access to formulary listings, insurance reimbursement, and pharmacy distribution channels.
Impact of Marketing Exclusivity and Market Exclusivity
Marketing exclusivity refers to regulatory protections awarded to an innovator product following FDA approval that prevent the FDA from accepting or approving competing ANDA submissions for a defined period. Typical exclusivity periods for new chemical entities extend five years. Market exclusivity, by contrast, reflects practical commercial dominance achieved through branding, payer contracts, and clinical adoption independent of regulatory protections. While marketing exclusivity bars generic approval through an ANDA for a limited time, it does not prevent DEA-licensed partners from supplying the same active pharmaceutical ingredients under lawful off-label frameworks, subject to compliance with federal controlled substance laws.
97
Key Regulatory and Commercial Considerations
Our ability to supply MDMA and psilocybin capsules would require strict compliance with Health Canada manufacturing, recordkeeping, reporting and diversion control regulations and export into the U.S. would require compliance to the DEA requirement for import and other FDA requirements. While off-label prescribing is lawful under United States law, marketing for off-label indications is prohibited. Pricing pressures, reimbursement limitations, and physician adoption rates could impact early revenue realization. Any further rescheduling actions by the DEA and FDA that reclassify MDMA or psilocybin into less restrictive schedules could materially improve commercial access and market penetration opportunities. Patent protections held by the innovator sponsors could delay generic ANDA approvals but would not prevent us from manufacturing and supplying separate non-infringing formulations for lawful use.
Properties
We are headquartered in Princeton, British Columbia. The following table sets forth the location, approximate size, primary use and lease term of our leased Industrial Land as of June 30, 2025.
| Location |
Approximately Size in Square Meters |
Primary use |
Lease term | |||||||
| Princeton, B.C. |
1,858 | Cultivation and processing facilities and office | July 1, 2025 – June 30, 2030 | |||||||
Legal Proceedings
We are currently not party to any material legal or arbitration proceedings, which may have, or have had in the recent past, significant effects on our financial position or profitability.
98
Directors and Executive Officers
The following table sets forth certain information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus. Unless otherwise stated, the business address of our directors and executive officers is our principal executive offices at 269 David Brown Way, Princeton, British Columbia, V0X 1W0.
| NAME |
AGE |
POSITION | ||
| Dane Stevens | 36 | Chief Executive Officer, Chief Marketing Officer and Director | ||
| Jacob Safarik | 37 | Interim Chief Financial Officer and Director | ||
| Bryan Safarik | 40 | Chief Operating Officer and Director | ||
| John James Wilson | 36 | Chairman | ||
| Jonathan Schintler | 46 | Independent Director |
Dane Stevens
Mr. Stevens has served as our Chief Executive Officer since October 2024 and our Chief Marketing Officer and Director since May 2020. Mr. Stevens is an entrepreneur with 18 years of experience in product sourcing, development, management, manufacturing, and quality control, he is the founder of multiple successful wholesale and direct-to-consumer jewelry businesses, including Cavalier Jewelers Limited (“Cavalier Jewelers”). He developed an integral understanding of effective sourcing and reliable distribution by vertically integrating all areas of the jewelry supply chain. To ensure product quality and viability, Mr. Stevens guided the growth of operations internationally throughout South America and Asia, setting up partnership offices to source gemstones and diamonds directly. Mr. Stevens’ experience in digitalizing, modernizing, and operating in today’s retail landscape allowed Cavalier Jewelers to achieve year-over- year growth, both online and in-person, in a highly competitive business arena.
Jacob Safarik
Mr. Safarik has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Director since May 2020. He is currently our Interim Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Safarik has over 16 years of experience in accounting, project finance, business development and quality assurance. He graduated from McGill University with a Bachelor of Commerce degree and is a Chartered Professional Accountant. Mr. Safarik is also a co-founder of BC Green and currently serves as its Chief Financial Officer.
Bryan Safarik
Mr. Safarik has served as our Chief Operating Officer and Director since May 2020. Mr. Safarik has over 19 years of experience in senior management roles, and he is also the founder and president of a number of profitable private companies. Mr. Safarik’s experience highlights include developing operational efficiencies in Ocean Fisheries Ltd.’s fresh packing and canning facilities before most notably serving as Director of Marine Operations prior to the company’s sale to the Jim Pattison group, where he oversaw fishing operations, logistics and quota management. After assisting with the successful sale of Ocean Fisheries Ltd., he co-founded BC Green, where he currently serves as a director and President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Safarik received a Bachelor of Science degree from Wingate University. Mr. Safarik is an employee and provides services on a part time (50%) basis to the Company, or such greater or lesser amount of time as may be required.
John James Wilson
Mr. Wilson has served as our Chairman since May 2020. Mr. Wilson is the current Chief Executive Officer and Co-Founder of Ride Cycle Club, an indoor cycling studio with locations in Toronto and Vancouver, and a Partner
99
at Very Polite Agency, an international integrated communications and creative agency, headquartered in Vancouver, B.C. Mr. Wilson is also the founder of Reyal Performance, a men’s performance skincare and supplements company headquartered in Vancouver, B.C. Mr. Wilson’s previous experience includes leading the international expansion of the apparel brand Kit and Ace, in addition to developing the businesses’ brand, and e-commerce and retail platforms. Mr. Wilson now focuses on strategic growth initiatives and development for his operating companies, in addition to independent strategic investments and philanthropy.
Jonathan Schintler
Mr. Schintler has served as our independent director since October 2020. Mr. Schintler has 19 years of experience working in the clean energy industry. He has held leadership and executive positions running and leading over $4 billion in project transactions. Mr. Schintler specializes in project development and capital market financings and has executed on dozens of wind, solar, hydro, natural gas and geothermal generation projects in North America and internationally. He played a lead role in selling Alterra Power Corporation in 2018, a transaction valued at $1.1 billion. He currently serves as capital markets lead at rPlus Energies LLC. Mr. Schintler graduated from the University of Iowa and in 2007 earned the CFA designation.
Relationships Among Officers and Directors
Jacob Safarik, our Interim Chief Financial Officer and Director, is the brother of Bryan Safarik, our Chief Operating Officer and Director. There are no other family relationships among our officers and directors.
Employment Arrangenments
Compensation of Dane Stevens
We have an arrangement with Dane Stevens with an effective date of April 1, 2021, as approved by the Board on May 6, 2021 (the “Stevens Agreement”), pursuant to which Mr. Stevens provides his services to the Company as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Marketing Officer. In consideration for his services, Mr. Stevens receives an annual salary of C$75,000 and may be awarded cash or share bonuses.
Compensation of Jacob Safarik
We entered into an employment agreement with Jacob Safarik dated as of July 2, 2021, confirming the compensation arrangement effective as of April 1, 2021, and as amended on August 1, 2023, pursuant to which Mr. Safarik provides his services as Chief Financial Officer of the Company (the “Jacob Safarik Agreement”). In consideration for his services, Mr. Safarik receives an annual salary of C$150,000; is eligible for bonus or incentive payments at the discretion of the Board; is entitled to participate in the Equity Plan; the reimbursement of professional fees, dues and reasonable business expenses; four weeks’ vacation each calendar year; and reimbursement of up to 50% of insured life and health benefits, such benefits to be reasonable and to commensurate with market comparatives for his position. The Company may terminate the Jacob Safarik Agreement at any time and without any notice of termination for just cause. The Company may terminate the Jacob Safarik Agreement without just cause by providing the greater of: (i) the minimum amount of notice of termination or pay in lieu of notice of termination as required by the applicable employment standards legislation; or (ii) three (3) months of pay in lieu of notice of termination. Mr. Safarik may resign his employment at any time by providing the Company with two (2) weeks written notice of resignation, in which case the Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to direct Mr. Safarik not to attend at work for any portion of the notice period in which case the Company’s sole obligation will be to continue Mr. Safarik’s salary during the shorter of the balance of the notice period provided by Mr. Safarik and the minimum notice of termination required by the applicable employment standards legislation.
Compensation of Bryan Safarik
We entered into an employment agreement with Bryan Safarik dated as of July 2, 2021, confirming the compensation arrangement effective as of April 1, 2021, and as amended on August 1, 2023, pursuant to which
100
Mr. Safarik provides his services as Chief Operating Officer of the Company (the “Bryan Safarik Agreement”). In consideration for his services, Mr. Safarik receives an annual salary of C$150,000; is eligible for bonus or incentive payments at the discretion of the Board; is entitled to participate in the Equity Plan; the reimbursement of professional fees, dues and reasonable business expenses; four weeks’ vacation each calendar year; and reimbursement of up to 50% of insured life and health benefits, such benefits to be reasonable and to commensurate with market comparatives for his position. The Company may terminate the Bryan Safarik Agreement at any time and without any notice of termination for just cause. The Company may terminate the Bryan Safarik Agreement without just cause by providing the greater of: (i) the minimum amount of notice of termination or pay in lieu of notice of termination as required by the applicable employment standards legislation; or (ii) three (3) months of pay in lieu of notice of termination. Mr. Safarik may resign his employment at any time by providing the Company with two (2) weeks written notice of resignation, in which case the Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to direct Mr. Safarik not to attend at work for any portion of the notice period in which case the Company’s sole obligation will be to continue Mr. Safarik’s salary during the shorter of the balance of the notice period provided by Mr. Safarik and the minimum notice of termination required by the applicable employment standards legislation.
Clawback Policy
We have adopted a compensation recovery policy that is compliant with Nasdaq listing rules as required by the Dodd-Frank Act.
Board of Directors
Our Board of Directors consists of five directors, including one independent director, namely Jonathan Schintler. A director is not required to hold any of our common shares to qualify to serve as a director. The listing rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC (the “Nasdaq Listing Rules”) generally require that a majority of an issuer’s board of directors must consist of independent directors. However, the rules permit foreign private issuers like us to follow “home country practice” in certain corporate governance matters. We rely on this “home country practice” exception and do not have a majority of independent directors serving on our Board of Directors.
A director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with our company is required to declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of our directors. A director may vote in respect of any contract, proposed contract, or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein, and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of our directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement is considered.
Director Independence
The Board has elected to evaluate the independence of each director in accordance with the Nasdaq Listing Rules. Prior to this offering, the Company’s common shares were not listed on any Nasdaq market, and, as such, the Company is not currently, and has not previously been, subject to regulation or oversight by Nasdaq. The discussion below regarding independence uses the Nasdaq Listing Rules solely for disclosure purposes herein regarding director independence and committee composition. The Nasdaq definition of “independence” includes a series of objective tests, such as the director or director nominee is not, and was not during the last three years, an employee of the Company and has not received certain payments from, or engaged in various types of business dealings with, the Company. In addition, as further required by the Nasdaq Listing Rules, the Board has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist which, in the opinion of the Board, would interfere with such individual’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities as a director. In making these determinations, the Board reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors with regard to each director’s business and personal activities as they may relate to Company and its management, including the beneficial ownership of our share capital by each non-employee director and any transactions with the Company involving them. As a result, the Board has affirmatively determined that Jonathan Schintler is independent in accordance with the Nasdaq Listing Rules.
101
Board Committees
We have established an audit committee and a compensation committee of our Board of Directors. We have adopted a charter for each of the committees, which will be available on our website. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.
Audit Committee
Our audit committee consists of three directors, namely, Jonathan Schintler, John James Wilson and Dane Stevens. We have determined that Jonathan Schintler satisfies the “independence” requirements of Section 5605(c)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. We are relying on the phase-in exemption permitted under Nasdaq listing rules for the requirement of a fully independent audit committee. Jonathan Schintler is the chairperson of our audit committee. We have also determined that Jonathan Schintler qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC.
The audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:
| • | appointing the independent auditors and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the independent auditors; |
| • | reviewing with the independent auditors any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response; |
| • | discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditors; |
| • | reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our accounting and internal control policies and procedures and any steps taken to monitor and control major financial risk exposures; |
| • | reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions; |
| • | meeting separately and periodically with management and the independent auditors; and |
| • | monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance. |
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee consists of three directors, namely, Jonathan Schintler, John James Wilson and Jacob Safarik. We have determined that Jonathan Schintler satisfies the “independence” requirements of Section 5605(c)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. Jonathan Schintler is the chairperson of our compensation committee.
Because we are a “foreign private issuer” under the corporate governance rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are not required to have a compensation committee and our compensation committee is not required to be fully independent, although if such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a foreign private issuer under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of the compensation committee accordingly in order to comply with such rules.
Our compensation committee assists the Board of Directors in discharging its responsibilities with respect to setting director and senior executive compensation and assessing and making recommendations to the Board regarding certain compensation related matters as delegated by the Board of Directors. The objective of the Board of Directors in setting compensation levels is to attract and retain individuals of high caliber to serve the Company, to motivate their performance in order to achieve the Company’s strategic objectives and to align the interests of the executive officers with the long-term interests of the shareholders. These objectives are designed to ensure that the Company’s business continues to grow and develop.
102
The Board of Directors sets the compensation received by the executive officers so as to be generally competitive with the compensation received by persons with similar qualifications and responsibilities who are engaged by other companies of corresponding size and stage of development, asset bases, number of employees and market capitalization. The Board has considered a number of peer group companies active in the mushroom, indoor cultivation and consumer products groups in determining compensation, including Numinus Wellness Inc., Mind Cure Health Inc. and Havn Life.
Compensation of Directors and Officers
We pay each of our independent directors a cash retainer of C$36,000 per year, with an additional cash retainer of C$129,000 per year to the Non-Executive Chair of the Board. In addition, the members of each committee of the Board receive a cash fee of C$1,000 per Audit Committee or Compensation Committee meeting. The independent directors are also eligible for equity-based compensation at the discretion of the Board.
Our directors do not have service contracts with us relating to their position as a director that provide for benefits upon termination of their position as a member of the Board.
The following tables sets forth all compensation paid or accrued, payable, awarded, granted, given or otherwise provided, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any subsidiary thereof, to each executive officer and director of the Company, for each of the two most recently completed fiscal years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023. Unless otherwise noted, the discussion below does not reflect the Reverse Share Split.
| Table of compensation excluding compensation securities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Name and position |
Year | Salary, consulting fee, retainer or commission (C$) |
Bonus (C$) |
Committee or meeting fees (C$) |
Value of perquisites (C$) |
Value of all other compensation (C$) |
Total compensation (C$) |
|||||||||||||||||||||
| CIPRICK, William Former Chief Executive Officer |
2024 | 350,000 | Nil | Nil | Nil | Nil | 350,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 2023 | 350,000 | Nil | Nil | Nil | Nil | 350,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| SAFARIK, Jacob Chief Financial Officer and Director |
2024 | 150,000 | Nil | 1,000 | Nil | Nil | 151,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 2023 | 131,250 | Nil | 4,000 | Nil | Nil | 134,250 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| SAFARIK, Bryan Chief Operating Officer and Director |
2024 | 150,000 | Nil | Nil | Nil | Nil | 151,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 2023 | 131,250 | Nil | Nil | Nil | Nil | 131,250 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| STEVENS, Dane Chief Executive Officer, Chief Marketing Officer and Director |
2024 | 75,000 | Nil | 2,000 | Nil | Nil | 77,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 2023 | 75,000 | Nil | 4,000 | Nil | Nil | 79,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| WILSON, John James Director |
2024 | 165,000 | Nil | 3,000 | Nil | Nil | 168,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 2023 | 102,500 | Nil | 6,000 | Nil | Nil | 108,500 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| SCHINTLER, Jonathan Director |
2024 | 36,000 | Nil | 4,000 | Nil | Nil | 40,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 2023 | 36,000 | Nil | 7,000 | Nil | Nil | 41,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
103
| Exercise of Compensation Securities | ||||||||
| Name and position |
Type of compensation security |
Number of underlying securities exercised |
Date of exercise | |||||
| STEVENS, Dane Chief Executive Officer, Chief Marketing Officer and Director |
Restricted Share Rights | |
15,750 15,750 15,750 15,750 |
|
November 6, 2022 May 3, 2023 November 6, 2023 May 6, 2024 | |||
| SAFARIK, Jacob Chief Financial Officer and Director |
Restricted Share Rights | |
15,750 15,750 15,750 15,750 |
|
November 6, 2022 May 3, 2023 November 6, 2023 May 6, 2024 | |||
| SAFARIK, Bryan Chief Operating Officer and Director |
Restricted Share Rights | |
15,750 15,750 15,750 15,750 |
|
November 6, 2022 May 3, 2023 November 6, 2023 May 6, 2024 | |||
| WILSON, John James Director |
Restricted Share Rights | |
15,750 15,750 15,750 15,750 |
|
November 6, 2022 May 3, 2023 November 6, 2023 May 6, 2024 | |||
| SCHINTLER, Jonathan Director |
Restricted Share Rights | |
15,750 15,750 15,750 15,750 |
|
November 6, 2022 May 3, 2023 November 6, 2023 May 6, 2024 | |||
Share Option Plans and Other Incentive Plans
The following is a summary of our equity incentive plan (the “Equity Plan”), which is the only incentive plan in place. The Equity Plan was adopted and approved by our shareholders on October 9, 2020, and ratified, adopted and re-approved at the annual general meetings held on February 22, 2024, January 9, 2023 and February 24, 2022. The aggregate number of Common Shares that may be subject to issuance under the Equity Plan, together with any other securities-based compensation arrangements of the Company, is not to exceed 15% of the Company’s issued and outstanding share capital from time to time.
The Equity Plan provides for the grant to eligible directors, officers, employees and consultants, of share options (each a “Share Option” or “Option”) and restricted share rights (each an “RSR”). The Equity Plan also provides for the grant to eligible directors of deferred share units (“DSU”) which the directors are entitled to redeem for 90 days following retirement or termination from the Board.
Share Options
The Equity Plan authorizes the Board to grant Share Options. The number of Common Shares, the exercise price per Common Share, the vesting period and any other terms and conditions of Options granted from time to time pursuant to the Equity Plan, are determined by the Board at the time of the grant, subject to the defined parameters of the Equity Plan. The date of grant for the Options is to be the date such grant was approved by the Board. The exercise price of any Option cannot be less than the closing market price of the Common Shares on (a) the trading day prior to the date of grant of the Option; and (b) the date of grant of the Option (the “Fair Market Value”). Options are generally exercisable for a period of five years from the date the Option is granted or such greater or lesser period as determined by the Board. Options may be earlier terminated in the event of death or termination of employment or appointment. Vesting of Options is determined by the Board. Failing to include a specific vesting determination by the Board, Options automatically become exercisable incrementally over a period of eighteen months from the date of grant, as to: (i) 25% of the total number of shares under Option
104
immediately upon the date of grant; and (ii) at each six-month interval thereafter, an additional 25% of the total number of shares under Option such that after the eighteenth month of the Option period, 100% of the Options will be exercisable. The terms of a Share Option are not to be amended once issued and the expiry date of a Share Option is to be no more than 10 years from the date of grant of such Option.
RSR
The Equity Plan authorizes the Board to grant RSRs, in its sole and absolute discretion, to any eligible director, officer, consultant or employee. Each RSR provides the recipient with the right to receive Common Shares as a discretionary payment in consideration of past services or as an incentive for future services, subject to the Equity Plan and with such additional provisions and restrictions as the Board may determine. Each RSR grant is to be evidenced by a RSR grant letter which is subject to the terms of the Equity Plan and any other terms and conditions which the Board deems appropriate. Concurrent with the granting of the RSR, the Board determines the period of time during which the RSR is not vested and the holder of such RSR remains ineligible to receive Common Shares. Such period of time may be reduced or eliminated from time to time for any reason as determined by the Board. Once the RSR vests, the RSR is automatically settled through the issuance of an equivalent number of underlying Common Shares as RSRs held. Participants who are resident in Canada for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) may elect to defer some or all of any part of the Common Share grant until one or more later dates. In the event the participant retires or is terminated during the vesting period, any RSR held by the participant is terminated immediately, provided however that the Board shall have the absolute discretion to accelerate the vesting date. In the event of death or total disability, the vesting period shall accelerate and the Common Shares underlying the RSRs shall be issued.
DSU
The Equity Plan authorizes the Board to grant DSUs, in its sole and absolute discretion in a lump sum amount or on regular intervals to eligible directors. Each DSU grant is to be evidenced by a DSU grant letter which is subject to the terms of the Equity Plan and any other terms and conditions which the Board deems appropriate. The DSUs held by each eligible director who is not a U.S. taxpayer will be redeemed automatically and with no further action by the eligible director on the 20th business day following the date such director ceases to hold any directorship. The DSUs held by any eligible directors who are U.S. taxpayers will be automatically redeemed with no further action by such director on the date that is 6 months following the date such director ceases to hold any directorship, or if earlier, upon such director’s death. Upon redemption, the director is entitled to receive (subject to any share issuance limits in the Equity Plan), the number of Common Shares equal to the number of DSUs in the director’s account. If the director ceases to hold office during a year where DSUs have been granted in advanced of being earned and they have not held office for the entire year, the director will only be entitled to a pro-rated issuance of shares.
105
The following table summarizes, as of the date of this prospectus, the number of common shares under the equity awards that we granted to our directors and executive officers. Unless otherwise noted, the discussion below does not reflect the Reverse Share Split.
| Name and position |
Type of compensation security |
Number of compensation securities, number of underlying securities, and percentage of class |
Date of issue or grant |
Issue, conversion or exercise price (C$) |
Expiry date | |||||||||||||||
| STEVENS, Dane Chief Executive Officer, Chief Marketing Officer and Director |
|
Share Options Share Options |
|
|
350,000 100,000 |
|
|
May 6, 2021 Oct. 9, 2020 |
|
$ $ |
1.50 0.50 |
|
|
May 6, 2026 Oct. 9, 2025 |
| |||||
| SAFARIK, Jacob Chief Financial Officer and Director |
|
Share Options Share Options |
|
|
350,000 100,000 |
|
|
May 6, 2021 Oct. 9, 2020 |
|
$ $ |
1.50 0.50 |
|
|
May 6, 2026 Oct. 9, 2025 |
| |||||
| SAFARIK, Bryan Chief Operating Officer and Director |
|
Share Options Share Options |
|
|
350,000 100,000 |
|
|
May 6, 2021 Oct. 9, 2020 |
|
$ $ |
1.50 0.50 |
|
|
May 6, 2026 Oct. 9, 2025 |
| |||||
| WILSON, John James Director |
|
Share Options Share Options |
|
|
350,000 100,000 |
|
|
May 6, 2021 Oct. 9, 2020 |
|
$ $ |
1.50 0.50 |
|
|
May 6, 2026 Oct. 9, 2025 |
| |||||
| SCHINTLER, Jonathan Director |
|
Share Options Share Options |
|
|
350,000 100,000 |
|
|
May 6, 2021 Oct. 9, 2020 |
|
$ $ |
1.50 0.50 |
|
|
May 6, 2026 Oct. 9, 2025 |
| |||||
| CIPRICK, William Former Chief Executive Officer |
Share Options | 1,000,000 | |
September 7, 2021 |
|
$ | 1.50 | |
October 18, 2025 |
| ||||||||||
Pension Disclosure
We do not have any defined benefit or defined contribution pension plans in place which provide for payments or benefits at, following, or in connection with retirement of its directors or executive officers.
106
The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of the common shares as of the date of this prospectus by (i) each of our directors and executive officers; (ii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and (iii) each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of the common shares.
The calculations in the table below are based on [ ] common shares (96,638,169 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and common shares (common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering (assuming the underwriter does not exercise its over-allotment option).
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant, or other right or the conversion of any other security. These shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person.
Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals below is 269 David Brown Way, Princeton, British Columbia, V0X 1W0.
| Common Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to This Offering |
Common Shares Beneficially Owned Immediately After This Offering |
|||||||||||||||
| Number | Percent of Class(1) | Number | Percent of Class(1) | |||||||||||||
| Directors and Executive Officers: |
||||||||||||||||
| Dane Stevens(2) |
12,994,349 | 13.3 | ||||||||||||||
| Jacob Safarik(3) |
3,559,109 | 3.7 | ||||||||||||||
| Bryan Safarik(4) |
3,899,404 | 4.0 | ||||||||||||||
| John James Wilson(5) |
9,915,501 | 10.1 | ||||||||||||||
| Jonathan Schintler |
* | * | * | * | ||||||||||||
| All directors and executive officers as a group |
31,062,030 | 30.9 | ||||||||||||||
| Principal Shareholders: |
||||||||||||||||
| Dane Stevens(2) |
12,994,349 | 13.3 | ||||||||||||||
| John James Wilson(5) |
9,915,501 | 10.1 | ||||||||||||||
| Edward and Diana Safarik(6) |
9,844,000 | 10.2 | ||||||||||||||
| * | Less than 1%. |
| (1) | For each person and group included in this table, percentage ownership is calculated by dividing the number of common shares beneficially owned by such person or group by the sum of (i) [ ], being the number of common shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus (96,638,169 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split), and (ii) the number of common shares underlying share options, warrants or other instruments (if any) held by such person or group that are exercisable within 60 days after the date of this prospectus. |
| (2) | Represents options and warrants exercisable for [ ] common shares (983,333 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) held by Dane Stevens; and [ ] common shares (12,010,566 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) and convertible debentures convertible into [ ] common shares (450 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) held by Cathay Visions Enterprises Inc., a British Columbia corporation that is wholly-owned by Dane Stevens. The business address of Cathay Visions Enterprises Inc. is 215-4800 No 3 Road, Richmond, British Columbia, V6X 3A6, Canada. |
| (3) | Represents [ ] common shares (109,109 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) and options exercisable for [ ] common shares (450,000 common shares before the effect of the Reverse |
107
| Share Split) held by Jacob Safarik; and [ ] common shares (3,000,000 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) held by BC Green Pharmaceuticals Inc., a British Columba corporation where Jacob Safarik serves as chief financial officer. Mr. Safarik disclaims beneficial ownership of the common shares held by BC Green Pharmaceuticals Inc. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The business address of BC Green Pharmaceuticals Inc. is 251 David Brown Way, Princeton, British Columbia V0X 1W0, Canada. Jacob Safarik is the brother of Bryan Safarik. |
| (4) | Represents [ ] common shares (309,406 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) and options exercisable for [ ] common shares (450,000 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) held by Bryan Safarik; [ ] common shares (40,000 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) held by Vancouver ATM Corp., a British Columba corporation that is wholly-owned by Bryan Safarik; [ ] common shares (100,000 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) held by Skaag Fisheries Inc., a British Columba corporation where Bryan Safarik serves as a director; and [ ] common shares (3,000,000 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) held by BC Green Pharmaceuticals Inc., a British Columba corporation where Bryan Safarik serves as a director and president and chief operating officer. Mr. Safarik disclaims beneficial ownership of the common shares held by Skaag Fisheries Inc. and BC Green Pharmaceuticals Inc. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The business address of Vancouver ATM Corp. is 2108 W 47th Avenue, Vancouver, British Columbia, V6M 2M7, Canada and the business address of Skaag Fisheries Inc. is 901 - 77 Walter Hardwick Ave, Vancouver, British Columbia, V5Y 0C6, Canada. Bryan Safarik is the brother of Jacob Safarik. |
| (5) | Represents [ ] common shares (676,000 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) and options and warrants exercisable for [ ] common shares (1,675,000 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) held by John James Wilson; and [ ] common shares (7,561,501 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) and convertible debentures convertible into [ ] common shares (3,000 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) held by Catcher Investments Limited, a British Columba corporation that is wholly-owned by John James Wilson. The business address of Catcher Investments Limited is 600-21 Water St., Vancouver, British Columbia, V6B 1A1, Canada. |
| (6) | Represents [ ] common shares (6,722,000 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) held jointly by Edward and Diana Safarik; [ ] common shares (22,000 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) held by Edward Safarik; [ ] common shares (100,000 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) held by Skaag Fisheries Inc., a British Columba corporation that is wholly-owned by Edward and Diana Safarik; and [ ] common shares (3,000,000 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) held by BC Green Pharmaceuticals Inc., a British Columba corporation where Edward Safarik serves as a director and chief executive officer. Edward and Diana Safarik disclaims beneficial ownership of the common shares held by BC Green Pharmaceuticals Inc. except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. Edward and Diana Safarik are the parents of Jacob Safarik and Bryan Safarik. |
None of the major shareholders have different voting rights from other shareholders. As of the date of this prospectus, a total of approximately [ ] common shares (2,147,365 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) are held by registered holders in the United States, representing 2.2% of the outstanding common shares.
We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.
108
Compensation of Officers and Directors
We have entered into arrangements or written agreements with each of our executive officers and directors providing for renumeration for their service as executive officers or directors, as applicable. For more information, see “Management—Employment Arrangements” and “Management—Compensation of Directors and Officers.”
Private Placements
John James Wilson and Dane Stevens have participated in the offering of our securities in private placement transactions. These private placement transactions are described below.
On February 23, 2024, we issued 1,850,033 units at a price C$0.30 per unit, for gross proceeds of C$555,010. Each unit consisted of one common share and one-half of a common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one common share at C$0.40 for a period of two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision. Catcher Investments Ltd., a company controlled by John James Wilson and Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 333,333 and 1,000,000 of these units, respectively.
On May 10, 2024, we issued 1,333,334 units at a price C$0.30 per unit, for gross proceeds of C$400,000. Each unit consisted of one common share and one-half of a common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one common share at C$0.40 for a period of two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision. Catcher Investments Ltd., a company controlled by John James Wilson and Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 666,667 of these units each.
On August 15, 2024, we issued 1,796,666 units at a price of C$0.30 per unit, for gross proceeds of C$539,000. Each unit consisted of one common share and one-half of a common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one common share at C$0.40 for two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision. Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 333,333 of these units.
On January 24, 2025, we issued 1,316,668 units at a price of C$0.30 per unit for gross proceeds of C$395,000. Each unit consisted of one common share and one-half of a common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one common share at C$0.40 for two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision. Catcher Investments Ltd., a company controlled by John James Wilson and Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 583,334 and 733,334 of these units, respectively.
On July 24, 2025, we issued 3,450 unsecured convertible debentures at a price of C$1,000 per convertible debenture for gross proceeds of C$3,450,000. The convertible debentures bear interest at a rate of 15.0% per annum, calculated and payable quarterly in arrears in cash, maturing July 24, 2026, twelve months from the date of issuance, unless extended by and at the option of the holders for a further twelve months. The principal amount of each convertible debenture is convertible into our common shares at a conversion price of C$0.15, being the closing price of our common shares on the CSE on July 16, 2025, the date preceding the execution by each holder of the subscription agreement for the convertible debentures. On maturity, any outstanding principal amount of the convertible debentures, plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, will be repaid by us in cash or, at the option of the holders, through the issuance of our common shares. Catcher Investments Ltd., a company controlled by John James Wilson and Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 3,000 convertible debentures and 450 convertible debentures, respectively.
109
Loan Agreement
On August 4, 2023, we entered into a loan agreement with Catcher Investments Ltd., a company controlled by John James Wilson, a director and non-executive Chair of the Board. Pursuant to the terms of the loan agreement with Catcher Investments Ltd., we borrowed from Catcher Investments Ltd. C$1,000,000, on a secured basis, at an interest rate of 7.5% per annum, calculating monthly, and with an initial repayment date of August 4, 2026 but repayable quarterly on the last business day of every fiscal quarter until the loan is repaid. As consideration for the entry into the loan, we issued 100,000 common shares purchase warrants to Catcher Investments Ltd., Each share purchase warrant entitles the holder to purchase one common share in the capital of the Company at a price of C$0.50 for a period of three years from the date of issuance.
Lease Agreement
On July 23, 2020, we entered into an industrial ground lease agreement with BC Green for the Industrial Ground underlying our Facilities situated in Princeton, British Columbia, which was amended and restated on September 1, 2021 and was further amended on July 1, 2025 to extend the term of the lease to June 30, 2030 and to include three additional options to renew the agreement for successive terms of five years commencing on July 1, 2030. Bryan Safarik currently serves as a director and the president and chief operating officer and Jacob Safarik currently serves as the chief financial officer, respectively, of BC Green, a private Canada federally licensed cannabis production company. Their respective compensation from BC Green is not materially impacted by BC Green’s interest in the Lease Agreement and the Lease Agreement is not material to BC Green. Bryan Safarik and Jacob Safarik own around 13.7% and 14.2%, respectively, of the equity interests in BC Green.
Pursuant to the terms of the Lease Agreement, the premises are to only be used for the purposes of producing, researching, storing, packaging and shipping agri-foods, with the only exclusion being cannabis and hemp products provided that such uses are permitted by applicable federal, provincial and municipal laws, rules and regulations and further provided that we have obtained all necessary permits and approvals. During the term of the Lease Agreement, as extended and renewed from time to time, the title to and ownership of the Facilities (including all alterations, additions, changes, substitutions or improvements thereto) shall be vested in us and shall automatically vest in the name of BC Green at the expiry or earlier termination of the Lease Agreement. Annual rent under the Lease Agreement is $4,300 per month for the first twelve months of the initial extended term of the Lease Agreement, subject to adjustments based on the Consumer Price Index beginning July 1, 2026, and escalating each year thereafter. We pay all electricity, gas, other fuel, water, sewer and other utilities consumed at the premises.
110
We were incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) on May 27, 2020 under the name “1251418 B.C. Ltd.”. We changed our name to “Optimi Health Corp.” on August 17, 2020. Unless otherwise noted, the discussion below does not reflect the Reverse Share Split.
Common Shares
Our authorized capital consists of an unlimited number of Common Shares, with no par value, of which [ ] common shares (96,638,169 common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) are issued and outstanding as at the date of this prospectus as fully paid and non-assessable. Holders of the Common Shares are entitled to vote at all meetings of the holders of the Common Shares and, subject to the rights of holders of any shares ranking in priority to or on a parity with the Common Shares, to participate ratably in any distribution of our property or assets upon liquidation or wind-up. There are no pre-emptive, redemption, purchase or conversion rights attaching to our Common Shares. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to our Common Shares. Holders of our Common Shares have equal rights of participation in the dividends and other distributions of our cash, stock or property when, as and if declared thereon by our Board from time to time out of our assets or funds legally available therefor and shall have equal rights to receive our assets and funds available for distribution to shareholders in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, whether voluntary or involuntary.
The Board is authorized to issue additional Common Shares on such terms and conditions and for such consideration as the Board may deem appropriate without further security holder action. We will issue common shares ( common shares before the effect of the Reverse Share Split) in this offering.
Warrants
As at the date of this prospectus, there are 4,256,667 warrants outstanding, each exercisable for one Common Share, the terms of which are set out below.
| Date of Issuance |
Date of Expiry | Number of Warrants | Exercise Price per Common Share |
|||||||
| August 4, 2023 |
August 4, 2026 | 100,000 | C$ | 0.50 | ||||||
| August 29, 2023 |
August 29, 2026 | 100,000 | C$ | 0.50 | ||||||
| November 1, 2023 |
November 1, 2026 | 100,000 | C$ | 0.50 | ||||||
| February 23, 2024 |
February 23, 2026 | 758,350 | C$ | 0.40 | ||||||
| May 10, 2024 |
May 10, 2026 | 333,334 | C$ | 0.40 | ||||||
| May 29, 2024 |
May 29, 2026 | 908,316 | C$ | 0.40 | ||||||
| August 15, 2024 |
August 15, 2026 | 898,333 | C$ | 0.40 | ||||||
| January 24, 2025 |
January 24, 2027 | 658,334 | C$ | 0.40 | ||||||
| July 24, 2025 |
July 24, 2027 | 400,000 | C$ | 0.25 | ||||||
Underwriter Warrants
Please see “Underwriting” for a full description of the warrants (and the common shares underlying such warrants) that we are issuing to the Underwriter in connection with this offering.
111
Share Options
As at the date of this prospectus, there are 5,640,000 Share Options outstanding to purchase Common Shares, the terms of which are set out below.
| Number of Share Options |
Price |
Date of Grant | Date of Expiry | |||
| 500,000 |
C$0.50 | October 9, 2020 | October 9, 2025 | |||
| 40,000 |
C$0.60 | January 26, 2021 | January 26, 2026 | |||
| 1,925,000 |
C$1.50 | May 6, 2021 | May 6, 2026 | |||
| 50,000 |
C$1.50 | June 14, 2021 | June 14, 2026 | |||
| 1,000,000 |
C$1.50 | September 7, 2021 | August 31, 2026 | |||
| 10,000 |
C$0.65 | March 29, 2023 | March 29, 2028 | |||
| 100,000 |
C$0.65 | April 26, 2023 | April 26, 2028 | |||
| 100,000 |
C$0.65 | November 1, 2023 | November 1, 2028 | |||
| 15,000 |
C$0.35 | April 29, 2024 | April 29, 2029 | |||
| 700,000 |
C$0.165 | April 19, 2025 | April 19, 2028 | |||
| 600,000 |
C$0.20 | April 19, 2025 | April 19, 2028 | |||
| 600,000 |
C$0.30 | April 19, 2025 | April 19, 2028 |
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Some provisions of the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (the “BCBCA”) and other British Columbia laws could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interests or in our best interests, including transactions that provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our Common Shares.
In addition, the ability of our Board, without action by our stockholders, to create and issue undesignated shares in such classes and in such series as determined by our Board, with voting or other rights or preferences as designated by our Board could impede the success of any attempt to effect a change in control of our company. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.
Certain Important Provisions of our Articles and the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia)
The following is a summary of certain important provisions of our articles and certain related sections of the BCBCA. Please note that this is only a summary and is not intended to be exhaustive. This summary is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of our articles and the BCBCA.
Stated Objects or Purposes
Our articles do not contain stated objects or purposes and do not place any limitations on the business that we may carry on.
Directors
Power to vote on matters in which a director is materially interested. Under the BCBCA a director who has a material interest in a contract or transaction, whether made or proposed, that is material to us, must disclose such interest to us, subject to certain exceptions such as if the contract or transaction: (i) is an arrangement by way of security granted by us for money loaned to, or obligations undertaken by, the director for our benefit or for one of our affiliates’ benefit; (ii) relates to an indemnity or insurance permitted under the BCBCA; (iii) relates to the remuneration of the director in his or her capacity as director, officer, employee or agent of our company or of one of our affiliates; (iv) relates to a loan to our company while the director is the guarantor of some or all of the
112
loan; or (v) is with a corporation that is affiliated to us while the director is also a director or senior officer of that corporation or an affiliate of that corporation.
Voting on certain proposals, arrangement, or contract by directors. A director who holds such disclosable interest in respect of any material contract or transaction into which we have entered or propose to enter may be required to absent himself or herself from the meeting while discussions and voting with respect to the matter are taking place. Our articles restrict our directors’ power to vote on a proposal, arrangement, or contract in which the directors are materially interested, but do not restrict our directors’ power to vote with regard to compensation payable to themselves or any other members of their body in the absence of an independent quorum. Directors are also required to comply with certain other relevant provisions of the BCBCA regarding conflicts of interest. Neither our articles or the BCBCA contemplate the borrowing of monies by our directors.
Directors’ power to determine the remuneration of directors. The remuneration of our directors is determined by our directors subject to our articles. The remuneration may be in addition to any salary or other remuneration paid to any of our employees (including executive officers) who are also directors.
Number of shares required to be owned by a director. Neither our articles nor the BCBCA provide that a director is required to hold any of our shares as a qualification for holding his or her office. Our Board of Directors has discretion to prescribe minimum share ownership requirements for directors.
Retirement Policy for Directors. We do not have a retirement policy for our directors, nor does our articles or the BCBCA prescribe an age limit requirement.
Action Necessary to Change the Rights of Holders of Our Shares
Our directors can authorize the amendment of our articles to create or vary the special rights or restrictions attached to any of our shares by passing an ordinary resolution. However, a right or special right attached to any class or series of shares may not be prejudiced or interfered with unless the shareholders holding shares of that class or series to which the right or special right is attached consent by a separate special resolution. A special resolution generally means a resolution passed by: (1) a majority of not less than two-thirds of the votes cast by the applicable class or series of shareholders who vote in person or by proxy at a meeting, or (2) a resolution consented to in writing by all of the shareholders entitled to vote.
Shareholder Meetings
We must hold a general meeting of our shareholders at least once every calendar year at a time and place determined by our Board of Directors, provided that the meeting must not be held later than 15 months after the preceding annual general meeting. A meeting of our shareholders may be held anywhere in or outside British Columbia.
A notice to convene a meeting, specifying the date, time and location of the meeting, and, where a meeting is to consider special business, the general nature of the special business must be sent to each shareholder entitled to attend the meeting and to each director not less than 21 days prior to the meeting for so long as we are a public company. The accidental omission to send notice of any meeting of shareholders to, or the non- receipt of any notice by, any person entitled to notice does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting.
Subject to the special rights and restrictions attached to the shares or any class or series of shares, the quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders is two shareholders who, in the aggregate, hold at least 5% of the issued shares entitled to be voted at the meeting, or one shareholder, where only one shareholder is entitled to vote. If there is only one shareholder, the quorum is one person present and being, or representing by proxy, such shareholder.
113
If a quorum is not present within one-half hour of the time set for the holding of a meeting of shareholders, the meeting stands adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place, unless the meeting is a general meeting that was requisitioned by shareholders, in which case the meeting is dissolved.
Shareholder Proposals and Advance Notice Procedures
Under the BCBCA, qualified shareholders holding at least one percent (1%) of our issued voting shares or whose shares have a fair market value in excess of C$2,000 may make proposals for matters to be considered at the annual general meeting of shareholders. Such proposals must be sent to us in advance of any proposed meeting by delivering a timely written notice in proper form to our registered office in accordance with the requirements of the BCBCA. The notice must include information on the business the shareholder intends to bring before the meeting in the prescribed form. To be a qualified shareholder, a shareholder must currently be and have been a registered or beneficial owner of at least one share of the company for at least two years before the date of signing the proposal.
We have included certain advance notice provisions with respect to the election of our directors in our articles. The advance notice provisions are intended to: (i) facilitate orderly and efficient annual general meetings or, where the need arises, special meetings; (ii) ensure that all shareholders receive adequate notice of board nominations and sufficient information with respect to all nominees; and (iii) allow shareholders to register an informed vote. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the advance notice provisions will be eligible for election as directors at any annual meeting of shareholders, or at any special meeting of shareholders if one of the purposes for which the special meeting was called was the election of directors.
Under the advance notice provisions, a shareholder wishing to nominate a director would be required to provide us notice, in the prescribed form, within the prescribed time periods. These time periods include, (i) in the case of an annual meeting of shareholders (including annual and special meetings), not less than 30 days prior to the date of the annual meeting of shareholders and no more than 65 days; provided, that if the first public announcement of the date of the annual meeting of shareholders, or the “Notice Date”, is less than 50 days before the meeting date, not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the Notice Date; and (ii) in the case of a special meeting (which is not also an annual meeting) of shareholders called for any purpose which includes electing directors, not later than the close of business on the 15th day following the Notice Date.
These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next shareholder meeting the nomination of certain persons for director that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification
Under the BCBCA, a company may indemnify: (i) a current or former director or officer of that company; (ii) a current or former director or officer of another corporation if, at the time such individual held such office, the corporation was an affiliate of the company, or if such individual held such office at the company’s request; or (iii) an individual who, at the request of the company, held, or holds, an equivalent position in another entity, against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in respect of any legal proceeding or investigative action (whether current, threatened, pending or completed) in which he or she is involved because of that person’s position as an indemnifiable person, unless: (i) the individual did not act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of such company or the other entity, as the case may be; or (ii) in the case of a proceeding other than a civil proceeding, the individual did not have reasonable grounds for believing that the individual’s conduct was lawful. A company cannot indemnify an indemnifiable person if it is prohibited from doing so under its articles or by applicable law. A company may pay, as they are incurred in advance of the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by an indemnifiable person in respect of that proceeding only if the indemnifiable person has provided an undertaking that, if it is ultimately determined that the payment of expenses was prohibited, the indemnifiable person will repay any amounts advanced. Subject to
114
the aforementioned prohibitions on indemnification, a company must, after the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, pay the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by an indemnifiable person in respect of such eligible proceeding if such indemnifiable person has not been reimbursed for such expenses, and was wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the outcome of such eligible proceeding or was substantially successful on the merits in the outcome of such eligible proceeding. On application from us or from an indemnifiable person, a court may make any order the court considers appropriate in respect of an eligible proceeding, including the indemnification of penalties imposed or expenses incurred in any such proceedings and the enforcement of an indemnification agreement. As permitted by the BCBCA, our articles require us to indemnify our directors, former directors or alternate directors (and such individual’s respective heirs and legal representatives) and permit us to indemnify any person to the extent permitted by the BCBCA.
Competition Act
Limitations on the ability to acquire and hold our common shares may be imposed by the Competition Act (Canada). This legislation permits the Commissioner of Competition, or Commissioner, to review any acquisition or establishment, directly or indirectly, including through the acquisition of shares, of control over or of a significant interest in us. This legislation grants the Commissioner jurisdiction, for up to one year (in respect of an acquisition that was the subject of a request for a certificate under section 102 of the Competition Act (Canada) or a notification under section 114 of the Competition Act (Canada)) or up to three years (in respect of an acquisition that was not subject to such request or notification) after the acquisition has been substantially completed, to challenge this type of acquisition by seeking a remedial order, including an order to prohibit the acquisition or require divestitures, from the Canadian Competition Tribunal, which may be granted where the Competition Tribunal finds that the acquisition substantially prevents or lessens, or is likely to substantially prevent or lessen, competition.
This legislation also requires any person or persons who intend to acquire more than 20% of our voting shares or, if such person or persons already own more than 20% of our voting shares prior to the acquisition, more than 50% of our voting shares, to file a notification with the Canadian Competition Bureau if certain financial thresholds are exceeded. Where a notification is required, unless an exemption is available, the legislation prohibits completion of the acquisition until the expiration of the applicable statutory waiting period, unless the Commissioner either waives or terminates such waiting period or issues an advance ruling certificate. The Commissioner’s review of a notifiable transaction for substantive competition law considerations may take longer than the statutory waiting period.
Investment Canada Act
The Investment Canada Act requires each “non Canadian” who acquires “control” of an existing “Canadian business,” (as those terms are defined in the Investment Canada Act) to file a notification in prescribed form with the responsible federal government department or departments not later than 30 days after closing, provided the acquisition of control is not a reviewable transaction under the Investment Canada Act. Subject to certain exemptions, a transaction that is reviewable under the Investment Canada Act may not be implemented until an application for review has been filed and the responsible Minister of the federal cabinet has determined that the investment is likely to be of “net benefit to Canada” taking into account certain factors set out in the Investment Canada Act. Under the Investment Canada Act, an investment in our common shares by a non-Canadian who is a World Trade Organization member country investor that is not a state-owned enterprise, including a United States investor would be reviewable only if it were an investment to acquire control of us pursuant to the Investment Canada Act and our enterprise value (as determined pursuant to the Investment Canada Act and its regulations) was equal to or greater than C$386 billion (as of January 1, 2025). The enterprise value threshold for “trade agreement investors” that are not state-owned enterprises is C$2.079 billion (as of January 1, 2025).
The Investment Canada Act contains various rules to determine if there has been an acquisition of control. Generally, for purposes of determining whether an investor has acquired control of a corporation by acquiring
115
shares, the following general rules apply, subject to certain exceptions: the acquisition of a majority of the voting interests or a majority of the undivided ownership interests in the voting shares of the corporation is deemed to be acquisition of control of that corporation; the acquisition of less than a majority, but one-third or more, of the voting shares of a corporation or of an equivalent undivided ownership interest in the voting shares of the corporation is presumed to be acquisition of control of that corporation unless it can be established that, on the acquisition, the corporation is not controlled in fact by the acquirer through the ownership of voting shares; and the acquisition of less than one third of the voting shares of a corporation or of an equivalent undivided ownership interest in the voting shares of the corporation is deemed not to be acquisition of control of that corporation.
Under the national security review regime in the Investment Canada Act, review on a discretionary basis may also be undertaken by the federal government with respect to a much broader range of investments by a non-Canadian to “acquire, in whole or part, or to establish an entity carrying on all or any part of its operations in Canada.” No financial threshold applies to a national security review. The relevant test is whether such investment by a non-Canadian could be “injurious to national security.” Review on national security grounds is at the discretion of the responsible ministers and may occur on a pre- or post-closing basis.
Certain transactions relating to our common shares will generally be exempt from the Investment Canada Act, subject to the federal government’s prerogative to conduct a national security review, including:
| • | the acquisition of our common shares by a person in the ordinary course of that person’s business as a trader or dealer in securities; |
| • | the acquisition of control of us in connection with the realization of security granted for a loan or other financial assistance and not for any purpose related to the provisions of the Investment Canada Act if the acquisition is subject to approval under Canadian legislation relating to financial institutions; and |
| • | the acquisition of control of us by reason of an amalgamation, merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization following which the ultimate direct or indirect control in fact of us, through ownership of our common shares, remains unchanged. |
Listing
We have applied to list our common shares on Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “OPTH.” Our common shares are currently traded on the CSE under the symbol “OPTI,” on the FSE under the symbol “8BN” and quoted for trading on the OTCQX under the symbol “OPTHF”.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common shares is Endeavor Trust Corporation with its principal office at Suite 702 - 777 Hornby Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, V6Z 1S4.
116
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table provides details of compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance as of June 30, 2025. The information below does not reflect the Reverse Share Split.
| Plan Category |
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights (a) |
Weighted- average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights(1) (b) |
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c) |
|||||||||
| Equity compensation plans approved by securityholders(1) |
5,640,000 | (2) | C$ | 0.94 | (3) | 5,640,000 | ||||||
| Equity compensation plans not approved by securityholders |
— | — | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total |
5,640,000 | C$ | 0.94 | 5,640,000 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Notes:
| 1. | The Equity Plan provides that the aggregate number of securities reserved for issuance under the Equity Plan may not exceed 15% of the issued and outstanding common shares of the Company at the time of granting. As of June 30, 2025, there were 96,638,169 Common Shares issued and outstanding with the result that 14,495,725 were reserved for issuance under the Equity Plan. |
| 2. | Comprised of Share Options and no RSRs. |
| 3. | Representative of Share Options only. |
Share option plans and other incentive plans
The following is a summary of our equity incentive plan (the “Equity Plan”), which is the only incentive plan in place. The Equity Plan was adopted and approved by the Shareholders on October 9, 2020, and ratified, adopted and re-approved at the annual general meetings held on February 22, 2024, January 9, 2023 and February 24, 2022. The aggregate number of Common Shares that may be subject to issuance under the Equity Plan, together with any other securities-based compensation arrangements of the Company, is not to exceed 15% of the Company’s issued and outstanding share capital from time to time. The Equity Plan provides for the grant to eligible directors, officers, employees and consultants, of Share Options and RSRs. The Equity Plan also provides for the grant to eligible directors of DSUs which the directors are entitled to redeem for 90 days following retirement or termination from the Board.
Share Options
The Equity Plan authorizes the Board to grant Share Options. The number of Common Shares, the exercise price per Common Share, the vesting period and any other terms and conditions of Options granted from time to time pursuant to the Equity Plan, are determined by the Board at the time of the grant, subject to the defined parameters of the Equity Plan. The date of grant for the Options is to be the date such grant was approved by the Board. The exercise price of any Option cannot be less than the closing market price of the Common Shares on (a) the trading day prior to the date of grant of the Option; and (b) the date of grant of the Option (the “Fair Market Value”). Options are generally exercisable for a period of five years from the date the Option is granted or such greater or lesser period as determined by the Board. Options may be earlier terminated in the event of
117
death or termination of employment or appointment. Vesting of Options is determined by the Board. Failing a specific vesting determination by the Board, Options automatically become exercisable incrementally over a period of eighteen months from the date of grant, as to: (i) 25% of the total number of shares under Option immediately upon the date of grant; and (ii) at each six-month interval thereafter, an additional 25% of the total number of shares under Option such that after the eighteenth month of the Option period, 100% of the Options will be exercisable. The terms of a Share Option are not to be amended once issued and the expiry date of a Share Option is to be no more than 10 years from the date of grant of such Option.
RSR
The Equity Plan authorizes the Board to grant RSRs, in its sole and absolute discretion, to any eligible director, officer, consultant or employee. Each RSR provides the recipient with the right to receive Common Shares as a discretionary payment in consideration of past services or as an incentive for future services, subject to the Equity Plan and with such additional provisions and restrictions as the Board may determine. Each RSR grant is to be evidenced by a RSR grant letter which is subject to the terms of the Equity Plan and any other terms and conditions which the Board deems appropriate. Concurrent with the granting of the RSR, the Board determines the period of time during which the RSR is not vested and the holder of such RSR remains ineligible to receive Common Shares. Such period of time may be reduced or eliminated from time to time for any reason as determined by the Board. Once the RSR vests, the RSR is automatically settled through the issuance of an equivalent number of underlying Common Shares as RSRs held. Participants who are resident in Canada for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) may elect to defer some or all of any part of the Common Share grant until one or more later dates. In the event the participant retires or is terminated during the vesting period, any RSR held by the participant is terminated immediately, provided however that the Board shall have the absolute discretion to accelerate the vesting date. In the event of death or total disability, the vesting period shall accelerate and the Common Shares underlying the RSRs shall be issued.
DSU
The Equity Plan authorizes the Board to grant DSUs, in its sole and absolute discretion, in a lump sum amount or on regular intervals to eligible directors. Each DSU grant is to be evidenced by a DSU grant letter which is subject to the terms of the Equity Plan and any other terms and conditions which the Board deems appropriate. The DSUs held by each eligible director who is not a U.S. taxpayer will be redeemed automatically and with no further action by the eligible director on the 20th business day following the date such director ceases to hold any directorship. The DSUs held by any eligible directors who are U.S. taxpayers will be automatically redeemed with no further action by such director on the date that is 6 months following the date such director ceases to hold any directorship, or if earlier, upon such director’s death. Upon redemption, the director is entitled to receive (subject to any share issuance limits in the Equity Plan), the number of Common Shares equal to the number of DSUs in the director’s account. If the director ceases to hold office during a year where DSUs have been granted in advanced of being earned and they have not held office for the entire year, the director will only be entitled to a pro-rated issuance of shares.
History of Securities Issuances
The following is a summary of our securities issuances in the past three years. The information below does not reflect the Reverse Share Split.
On August 12, 2022, the Company issued 23,000 common shares at C$0.40 per share due to the exercise of warrants.
On August 23, 2022, the Company issued 75,000 common shares at C$0.29 per share due to the vesting of RSRs.
On September 1, 2022, the Company issued 20,000 common shares at C$0.40 per share due to the exercise of warrants.
118
On September 7, 2022, the Company issued 40,000 common shares at C$0.40 per share due to the exercise of warrants.
On September 9, 2022, the Company issued 533,000 common shares at C$0.40 per share due to the exercise of warrants.
On October 7, 2022, the Company issued 5,692,308 units at a price of C$0.325 per unit, for gross proceeds of C$1,850,000. Each unit consisted of one common share and one half of a common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one common share at C$0.50 for a period of two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision.
On November 15, 2022, the Company issued 139,125 common shares at C$0.30 per share due to the vesting of RSRs.
On January 3, 2023, the Company issued 50,000 common shares at C$0.23 per share in connection with an advisory services agreement.
On February 23, 2023, the Company issued 75,000 common shares at C$0.22 per share due to the vesting of RSRs.
On March 29, 2023, the Company granted 10,000 stock options, subject to vesting provisions, to an employee of the Company. The stock options are exercisable at a price of C$0.65 per common share until March 29, 2028, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of the Equity Plan.
On April 26, 2023, the Company granted 10,000 stock options, subject to vesting provisions, to an employee of the Company. The stock options are exercisable at a price of C$0.65 per common share until April 26, 2028, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of the Equity Plan.
On May 8, 2023, the Company issued 139,125 common shares at C$0.26 per share due to the vesting of RSRs.
On November 1, 2023, the Company granted 10,000 stock options, subject to vesting provisions, to an employee of the Company. The stock options are exercisable at a price of C$0.65 per common share until November 1, 2028, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of the Equity Plan.
On November 6, 2023, the Company issued 139,125 common shares at C$0.16 per share due to the vesting of RSRs.
On January 2, 2024, the Company issued 50,000 common shares at C$0.245 per share in connection with an advisory services agreement.
On February 23, 2024, the Company issued 1,850,033 units at a price C$0.30 per unit, for gross proceeds of C$555,010. Each unit consisted of one common share and one-half of a common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one common share at C$0.40 for a period of two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision. Catcher Investments Ltd., a company controlled by John James Wilson and Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 333,333 and 1,000,000 of these units, respectively.
On April 29, 2024, the Company granted 15,000 stock options, subject to vesting provisions, to an employee of the Company. The stock options are exercisable at a price of C$0.35 per Common Share until April 29, 2029, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of the Equity Plan.
119
On May 6, 2024, the Company issued 139,125 common shares at C$0.34 per share due to the vesting of RSRs.
On May 10, 2024, the Company issued 1,333,334 units at a price C$0.30 per unit, for gross proceeds of C$400,000. Each unit consisted of one common share and one-half of a common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one common share at C$0.40 for a period of two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision. Catcher Investments Ltd., a company controlled by John James Wilson and Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 666,667 of these units each.
On May 29, 2024, the Company issued 1,816,633 units at a price C$0.30 per unit, for gross proceeds of C$544,990. Each unit consisted of one common share and one-half of a common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Common Share at a price of C$0.40 and is exercisable for two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision.
On June 3, 2024, the Company issued 166,666 common shares at C$0.40 per share due to the exercise of warrants.
On June 18, 2024, the Company issued 100,000 common shares at C$0.40 per share due to the exercise of warrants.
On July 9, 2024, the Company issued 233,333 common shares at C$0.40 per share due to the exercise of warrants.
On August 15, 2024, the Company issued 1,796,666 units at a price of C$0.30 per unit, for gross proceeds of C$539,000. Each unit consisted of one common share and one-half of a common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one common share at C$0.40 for two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision. Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 333,333 of these units.
On January 24, 2025, the Company issued 1,316,668 units at a price of C$0.30 per unit for gross proceeds of C$395,000. Each unit is comprised of one common share and one-half of a common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one common share at C$0.40 for two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision. Catcher Investments Ltd., a company controlled by John James Wilson and Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 583,334 and 733,334 of these units, respectively.
On January 24, 2025, the Company issued 458,145 common shares at a price of C$0.215 per share to settle a debt of C$98,126.25 with two creditors. The debt relates to marketing and investor relations services previously rendered.
On July 24, 2025, the Company issued 3,450 unsecured convertible debentures at a price of C$1,000 per convertible debenture for gross proceeds of C$3,450,000. The convertible debentures bear interest at a rate of 15.0% per annum, calculated and payable quarterly in arrears in cash, maturing July 24, 2026, twelve months from the date of issuance, unless extended by and at the option of the holders for a further twelve months. The principal amount of each convertible debenture is convertible into our common shares at a conversion price of C$0.15, being the closing price of our common shares on the CSE on July 16, 2025, the date preceding the execution by each holder of the subscription agreement for the convertible debentures. On maturity, any outstanding principal amount of the convertible debentures, plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, will be repaid by the Company in cash or, at the option of the holders, through the issuance of our common shares. Catcher Investments Ltd., a company controlled by John James Wilson and Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 3,000 convertible debentures and 450 convertible debentures, respectively.
120
On July 24, 2025, the Company issued 400,000 common shares purchase warrants as consideration for the entry into a loan amendment with an independent third party to an original loan agreement dated November 1, 2023. Each warrant is exercisable at C$0.25 for a period of two years from the date of issuance. Under the terms of the loan amendment the maturity date was extended from April 30, 2025 to April 30, 2026.
Exchange Controls
There are no governmental laws, decrees or regulations in Canada that restrict the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls, or that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-Canadian resident holders of our securities, other than Canadian withholding tax. See “Taxation”.
121
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of any Underwriter Warrants, we will have issued and outstanding common shares (or common shares if the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full). All of the common shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction under the Securities Act unless purchased by one of our affiliates as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which generally includes directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders. Sales of substantial amounts of the common shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of common shares. All outstanding common shares prior to this offering are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 and may be sold only if they are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act such as those provided in Rules 144 and 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Restricted common shares may also be sold outside of the United States in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. This prospectus may not be used in connection with any resale of the common shares acquired in this offering by our affiliates.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, a person or entity that has beneficially owned the common shares for at least six months and is not our “affiliate” will be entitled to sell the common shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us, and will be entitled to sell common shares held for at least one year without any restriction. A person or entity that is our “affiliate” and has beneficially owned common shares for at least six months will be able to sell, within a rolling three month period, the number of common shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:
(i) 1% of the then outstanding common shares, which immediately after this offering will equal approximately common shares (or common shares if the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full); and
(ii) the average weekly trading volume of common shares on Nasdaq Capital Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.
Sales by affiliates under Rule 144 must be made through unsolicited brokers’ transactions. They are also subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our shareholders who purchases common shares from us pursuant to a compensatory share or option plan or other written agreement relating to compensation and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days is eligible to resell such common shares 90 days after we become a reporting company under the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell such shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. However, the Rule 701 shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.
Canadian Resale Restrictions
Under the securities laws of the provinces of Canada, a person who owns our common shares, or a security convertible into our common shares (other than Options granted to our directors, officers and employees), distributed by us more than four months prior to the date of this prospectus will generally be able to freely sell
122
those common shares, or the common shares issued upon the conversion of that convertible security, in Canada following the date of this prospectus. To the extent that such common shares or convertible securities were distributed by us during the four months preceding the date of this prospectus, those common shares, or the common shares issued upon the conversion of those convertible securities, may not be resold, except under a prospectus or an exemption from the prospectus requirement, until four months have passed since the date of distribution of those securities by us, at which time such a person will generally be able to freely sell those common shares in Canada. Any of our directors, officers and employees who purchase common shares from us pursuant to the exercise of Options granted at any time prior to the date of this prospectus will generally be able to freely resell those common shares in Canada following the date of this prospectus.
Lock-up Agreements
See “Underwriting—Lock-up Agreements.”
We are not aware of any plans by any significant shareholders to dispose of significant numbers of the common shares. However, one or more existing shareholders or owners of securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for the common shares may dispose of significant numbers of the common shares. We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of the common shares, or the availability of common shares for future sale, will have on the trading price of the common shares from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of the common shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the trading price of the common shares.
123
The following discussion of Canadian and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in the common shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the common shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws.
Material Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following summary describes the principal Canadian federal income tax considerations under the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”) generally applicable at the date hereof to a purchaser (other than the underwriter) who acquires beneficial ownership of common shares of the Company pursuant to this offering and who, for the purposes of the Tax Act and at all relevant times: (a) is neither resident nor deemed to be resident in Canada; (b) deals at arm’s length with and is not affiliated with the Company; and (c) does not use or hold and is not deemed to use or hold their common shares in, or in the course of, carrying on a business in Canada. Such purchasers are referred to in this summary as a “Non-Resident Holder”.
This summary is based on the current provisions of the Tax Act, the regulations thereunder, all specific proposals to amend the Tax Act and the regulations publicly announced by the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to the date hereof (the “Tax Proposals”), an understanding of the current administrative practices and assessing policies of Canada Revenue Agency (the “CRA”) and the current provisions of the Convention Between Canada and the United States of America with Respect to Taxes on Income and on Capital, as amended (the “Canada-U.S. Treaty”). There can be no assurance that the Tax Proposals will be implemented in their current form, or at all, nor can there be any assurance that the CRA will not change its administrative policies or assessing practices. Except as otherwise expressly provided, this summary does not take into account any provincial, territorial or foreign (including without limitation, any United States) tax law or treaty.
Special rules, which are not discussed in this summary, may apply to a Non-Resident Holder that is an insurer carrying on business in Canada and elsewhere or that is an “authorized foreign bank” (as defined in the Tax Act). Such Non-Resident Holders should consult their own tax advisors.
This summary is not exhaustive of all possible Canadian federal tax considerations applicable to an investment in common shares of the Company. This description is of a general nature only and is not intended to constitute legal or tax advice to any current or prospective holder of common shares. You should consult with your own tax advisors about tax consequences of an investment in common shares based on your particular circumstances.
Currency Conversion
For the purposes of the Tax Act, all amounts relating to the acquisition, holding or disposition of common shares must be expressed in Canadian dollars. Amounts denominated in United States dollars must be converted into Canadian dollars using the rate of exchange quoted by the Bank of Canada on the day on which the amount first arose or such other rate of exchange as is acceptable to the CRA.
Dividends on Common Shares
Dividends paid or credited, or deemed to be paid or credited, to a Non-Resident Holder by the Company will be subject to Canadian withholding tax at the rate of 25% of the gross amount of the dividend unless such rate is reduced by the terms of an applicable income tax treaty or convention. For example, under the Canada-U.S. Treaty, the rate of withholding tax on dividends paid or credited to a Non-Resident Holder that is (a) resident in the United States for purposes of the Canada-U.S. Treaty, (b) entitled to the full benefits of the Canada-U.S. Treaty, and (c) the beneficial owner of the dividend (a “U.S. Holder”), is generally limited to 15% of the gross
124
amount of the dividend (or 5% in the case of a U.S. Holder that is a corporation that beneficially owns at least 10% of the Company’s voting shares). Non-Resident Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine their entitlement to relief under the Canada-U.S. Treaty or any other applicable income tax treaty or convention.
Dispositions of Common Shares
Upon a disposition or a deemed disposition of a common share (other than a disposition to the Company that is not a sale in the open market in the manner in which shares would normally be purchased by any member of the public in an open market), a Non-Resident Holder will generally realize a capital gain (or a capital loss) equal to the amount by which the proceeds of disposition of the common shares, net of any reasonable costs of disposition, are greater (or are less) than the adjusted cost base of the common shares to the Non-Resident Holder.
A Non-Resident Holder will generally not be subject to tax under the Tax Act in respect of a capital gain realized on the disposition or deemed disposition of a common share unless the common share constitutes “taxable Canadian property” (as defined in the Tax Act) of the Non-Resident Holder and the gain is not exempt from tax pursuant to the terms of an applicable income tax treaty or convention.
Provided that the common shares are listed on a “designated stock exchange” for purposes of the Tax Act (which currently includes the CSE) at the time of disposition, the common shares generally will not constitute “taxable Canadian property” of a Non-Resident Holder, unless at any time during the 60-month period immediately preceding the disposition, the following two conditions were satisfied concurrently:
| (a) | one or any combination of: (A) the Non-Resident Holder, (B) persons with whom Non-Resident Holder did not deal at arm’s length, and (C) partnerships in which the Non-Resident Holder or a person described in (B) holds a membership interest directly or indirectly through one or more partnerships, owned 25% or more of the issued shares of any class or series of shares of the Company and; |
| (b) | more than 50% of the fair market value of the common shares was derived directly or indirectly from one or any combination of real or immovable property situated in Canada, “Canadian resource properties” (as defined in the Tax Act), “timber resource properties” (as defined in the Tax Act) or options in respect of, interests in, or for civil law rights in, any such property whether or not such property exists. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a common share may be deemed to be taxable Canadian property of a Non-Resident Holder for purposes of the Tax Act in certain circumstances.
Certain reporting obligations under the Tax Act may also apply in connection with the disposition or deemed disposition of common shares by a Non-Resident Holder that are or are deemed to be taxable Canadian property.
Non-Resident Holders whose common shares may be taxable Canadian property should consult their own tax advisors.
Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following is a general summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to a U.S. Holder (as defined below) arising from and relating to the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of common shares as acquired pursuant to this offering. This summary is for general information purposes only and does not purport to be a complete analysis or listing of all potential tax considerations that may apply to a U.S. Holder arising from and relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common shares acquired pursuant to this offering. In addition, this summary does not take into account the individual facts and circumstances of any particular U.S. Holder that may affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences to such U.S. Holder, including,
125
without limitation, specific tax consequences to a U.S. Holder under an applicable income tax treaty. Accordingly, this summary is not intended to be, and should not be construed as, legal or tax advice with respect to any particular U.S. Holder. This summary does not address the U.S. federal alternative minimum, U.S. federal net investment income, U.S. federal estate and gift, and other U.S. federal, U.S. state and local, and non-U.S. tax consequences to U.S. Holders of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common shares as acquired pursuant to this offering. In addition, except as specifically set forth below, this summary does not discuss applicable tax reporting requirements. Each prospective U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income, U.S. federal alternative minimum, U.S. federal net investment income, U.S. federal estate and gift, U.S. state and local, and non-U.S. tax consequences relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common shares as acquired pursuant to this offering.
Neither a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) nor an opinion of legal counsel has been requested, or will be obtained, regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common shares as acquired pursuant to this offering. This summary is not binding on the IRS, and the IRS is not precluded from taking a position that is different from, or contrary to, the positions taken in this summary. In addition, because the authorities on which this summary is based are subject to various interpretations, the IRS and the U.S. courts could disagree with one or more of the conclusions described in this summary.
Scope of this Summary
Authorities
This summary is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing Treasury Regulations (whether final, temporary, or proposed) promulgated thereunder, published rulings of the IRS, published administrative positions of the IRS, the current provisions of the Convention between the United States of America and Canada with respect to Taxes on Income and on Capital (the “Canada-U.S. Tax Convention”), and U.S. court decisions that are applicable, and, in each case, as in effect and available, as of the date of this prospectus. Any of the authorities on which this summary is based could be changed in a material and adverse manner at any time, and any such change could be applied on a retroactive or prospective basis, which could affect or cause the U.S. federal income tax considerations described in this summary to vary substantially from those described below. Except as provided herein, this summary does not discuss the potential effects, whether adverse or beneficial, of any pending or proposed legislation that, if enacted, could be applied on a retroactive, current or prospective basis.
U.S. Holders
For purposes of this summary, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common shares as acquired pursuant to this offering, that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
| • | An individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; |
| • | a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; |
| • | an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or |
| • | a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the U.S. and the control of one or more United States persons (as defined in the Code) for all substantial decisions or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person. |
Non-U.S. Holders
For purposes of this summary, a “non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of common shares as acquired pursuant to this offering that is not a U.S. Holder and not an entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S.
126
federal income tax purposes. This summary does not address the U.S. federal, state or local tax consequences to non-U.S. Holders arising from or relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common shares as acquired pursuant to this offering. Accordingly, a non-U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences (including the potential application of and operation of any income tax treaties) relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common shares as acquired pursuant to this offering.
U.S. Holders Subject to Special U.S. Federal Income Tax Rules Not Addressed
This summary does not address the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to U.S. Holders that are subject to special provisions under the Code, including, but not limited to U.S. Holders that: (a) are tax-exempt organizations, governmental organizations, qualified retirement plans, individual retirement accounts, or other tax-deferred accounts; (b) are financial institutions, underwriters, insurance companies, mutual funds, real estate investment trusts, or regulated investment companies; (c) are broker-dealers, dealers, or traders in securities, currencies, or commodities or traders that elect to apply a mark-to-market accounting method; (d) have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar; (e) own common shares as part of a straddle, hedging transaction, conversion transaction, constructive sale, or other integrated transaction; (f) acquire common shares in connection with the exercise of employee share options or otherwise as compensation for services; (g) hold common shares other than as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment purposes); (h) are subject to the alternative minimum tax; (i) are subject to special tax accounting rules with respect to the common shares; (j) are partnerships or other “pass-through” entities (and partners or other owners thereof); (k) are S corporations (and shareholders thereof); (l) are U.S. expatriates or former citizens or long-term residents of the United States; (m) hold common shares in connection with a trade or business, permanent establishment, or fixed base outside the United States; or (n) own or have owned or will own (directly, indirectly, or by attribution) 10% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our outstanding shares. U.S. Holders that are subject to special provisions under the Code, including, but not limited to, U.S. Holders described immediately above, should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, U.S. state and local, and non-U.S. tax consequences relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common shares.
If an entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership (or other “pass-through” entity) for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds common shares, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to such entity or arrangement and the partners (or other owners or participants) of such entity or arrangement generally will depend on the activities of the entity or arrangement and the status of such partners (or owners or participants). This summary does not address the tax consequences to any such partner (or owner or participant). Partners (or other owners or participants) of entities or arrangements that are classified as partnerships or as “pass-through” entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, U.S. state and local, and non-U.S. tax consequences arising from and relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common shares.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules
If we were to constitute a “passive foreign investment company” or “PFIC” for any year during a U.S. Holder’s holding period, then certain potentially adverse rules described below would affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. Holder resulting from the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common shares. We do not believe we were a PFIC within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code for our most recently ended taxable year and based on current business plans and financial expectations, we do not expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year. However, no opinion of legal counsel or ruling from the IRS concerning our status as a PFIC has been obtained or is currently planned to be requested. The determination of whether any corporation was, or will be, a PFIC for a tax year depends, in part, on the application of complex U.S. federal income tax rules, which are subject to differing interpretations. In addition, whether any corporation will be a PFIC for any tax year depends on the assets and income of such corporation over the course of each such tax year and, as a
127
result, cannot be predicted with certainty as of the date of this prospectus. Accordingly, no assurance can be given concerning our (or any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries) PFIC status. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors regarding our PFIC status and the PFIC status of each of our non-U.S. subsidiaries.
We generally will be a PFIC if, for a given year, (a) 75% or more of our gross income in such year is passive income (the “PFIC income test”) or (b) 50% or more of the value of our assets either produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income, based generally on the quarterly average of the fair market value of such assets (the “PFIC asset test”). “Gross income” generally includes all sales revenues less the cost of goods sold, plus income from investments and from incidental or outside operations or sources, and “passive income” generally includes, for example, dividends, interest, certain rents and royalties, certain gains from the sale of stock and securities, and certain gains from commodities transactions. Active business gains arising from the sale of commodities generally are excluded from passive income if substantially all of a corporation’s commodities are stock in trade or inventory, depreciable property used in a trade or business, or supplies regularly used or consumed in the ordinary course of its trade or business, and certain other requirements are satisfied.
For purposes of the PFIC income test and PFIC asset test described above, if we own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the total value of the outstanding shares of another corporation, we will be treated as if we (a) held a proportionate share of the assets of such other corporation and (b) received directly a proportionate share of the income of such other corporation. In addition, for purposes of the PFIC income test and PFIC asset test described above, and assuming certain other requirements are met, “passive income” does not include certain interest, dividends, rents, or royalties that are received or accrued by us from certain “related persons” also organized in Canada, to the extent such items are properly allocable to the income of such related person that is not passive income.
Under certain attribution rules, if we are a PFIC, U.S. Holders will generally be deemed to own their proportionate share of our direct or indirect equity interest in any company that is also a PFIC (a “Subsidiary PFIC”), and will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on their proportionate share of (a) any excess distributions on the stock of a Subsidiary PFIC and (b) a disposition or deemed disposition of the stock of a Subsidiary PFIC by us or another Subsidiary PFIC, both as if such U.S. Holders directly held the shares of such Subsidiary PFIC. In addition, U.S. Holders may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any indirect gain realized on the stock of a Subsidiary PFIC on the sale or disposition of common shares. Accordingly, U.S. Holders should be aware that they could be subject to tax under the PFIC rules even if no distributions are received and no redemptions or other dispositions of common shares are made.
If we are classified as a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds common shares, such U.S. Holder would be liable for additional taxes and interest charges under the “PFIC excess distribution regime” upon (1) a distribution paid during a taxable year that is greater than 125% of the average annual distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common shares, and (2) any gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other disposition, including a pledge, of the common shares, whether or not we continue to be a PFIC. Under the PFIC excess distribution regime, the tax on such distribution or gain would be determined by allocating the distribution or gain ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common shares. The amount allocated to the current taxable year (i.e., the year in which the distribution occurs or the gain is recognized) and any year prior to the first taxable year in which we are a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income earned in the current taxable year. The amount allocated to other taxable years would be taxed at the highest marginal rates applicable to ordinary income of individuals or corporations, as applicable, for each such taxable year, and an interest charge, generally applicable to underpayments of tax, would be added to the tax.
If we are a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will not be subject to tax under the PFIC excess distribution regime on distributions or gain recognized on common shares if such U.S. Holder makes a valid “mark-to-market” election for our common shares. A mark-to-market election is available to a U.S. Holder only for “marketable stock.” “Marketable stock” is stock that is regularly traded on a qualified exchange or other market, as defined in
128
applicable Treasury Regulations. The Nasdaq is a qualified exchange, but there can be no assurance that the trading in our common shares will be sufficiently regular to qualify our common shares as marketable stock. If a mark-to-market election is in effect, a U.S. Holder generally would take into account, as ordinary income each year, the excess of the fair market value of common shares held at the end of such taxable year over the adjusted tax basis of such common shares. The U.S. Holder would also take into account, as an ordinary loss each year, the excess of the adjusted tax basis of such common shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the excess of amounts previously included in income over ordinary losses previously deducted as a result of the mark-to-market election. The U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the common shares would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss recognized as a result of the mark-to-market election. Any gain from a sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares in any taxable year in which we are a PFIC would be treated as ordinary income and any loss from such sale, exchange or other disposition would be treated first as ordinary loss (to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains previously included in income) and thereafter as a capital loss.
A mark-to-market election will not apply to common shares for any taxable year during which we are not a PFIC, but will remain in effect with respect to any subsequent taxable year in which we become a PFIC. Such election will not apply to any of our non-U.S. corporate subsidiaries that are themselves PFICs. Accordingly, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to tax under the PFIC rules with respect to any lower-tier PFICs that we may own notwithstanding the U.S. Holder’s mark-to-market election for the common shares. Each U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisor as to the availability and desirability of a mark-to-market election, as well as the impact of such election on interests in any lower-tier PFICs.
The tax consequences that would apply if we are a PFIC would also be different from those described above if a U.S. Holder were able to make a valid Qualified Electing Fund (“QEF”) election. At this time we do not expect to provide U.S. Holders with the information necessary for a U.S. Holder to make a QEF election, and therefore prospective investors should assume that a QEF election will not be available.
In any year in which we are classified as a PFIC, each U.S. Holder that is an investor generally is required to file an annual information return, including the requirement to file IRS Form 8621. The failure to file IRS Form 8621 could result in the imposition of penalties and the extension of the statute of limitations with respect to U.S. federal income tax. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the requirements of filing such information returns under these rules, including the requirement to file an IRS Form 8621 annually.
The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are very complex. Prospective U.S. investors are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the impact of PFIC status on the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common shares.
General Rules Applicable to the Ownership and Disposition of Common Shares
The following discussion is subject, in its entirety, to the rules described above under the heading “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”.
Distributions on Common Shares
A U.S. Holder that receives a distribution, including a constructive distribution, with respect to our common shares will be required to include the amount of such distribution in gross income as a dividend (without reduction for any Canadian income tax withheld from such distribution) to the extent of our current or accumulated “earnings and profits”, as computed for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To the extent that a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated “earnings and profits”, such distribution will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the common shares, and thereafter as gain from the sale or exchange of such common shares. (See “Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Shares” below). However, we do not intend to maintain the calculations of our earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles, and each U.S. Holder therefore should assume that any distribution by us with respect to common shares will constitute ordinary dividend income.
129
Dividends received on common shares by corporate U.S. Holders generally will not be eligible for the “dividends received deduction” generally applicable to corporations. Subject to applicable limitations and provided we are eligible for the benefits of the Canada-U.S. Tax Convention or the common shares are readily tradable on a United States securities market such as Nasdaq, dividends paid by us to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, in respect of common shares generally will be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable to long-term capital gains for dividends, provided certain holding period and other conditions are satisfied, including that we not be classified as a PFIC in the tax year of distribution or in the preceding tax year. The dividend rules are complex, and each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors regarding the application of such rules to it in light of its own circumstances.
Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Shares
Upon the sale or other taxable disposition of common shares a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of cash received plus the fair market value of any property received and such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such common shares sold or otherwise disposed of. Gain or loss recognized on such sale or other taxable disposition generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if, at the time of the sale or other taxable disposition, the common shares have been held for more than one year.
Preferential tax rates may apply to long-term capital gain of a U.S. Holder that is an individual, estate, or trust. There are currently no preferential tax rates for long-term capital gain of a U.S. Holder that is a corporation. Deductions for capital losses are subject to significant limitations under the Code. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a sale or other taxable disposition of common shares in light of its own circumstances.
Additional Considerations
Receipt of Non-U.S. Currency
The amount of any distribution paid to a U.S. Holder in non-U.S. currency, or on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of common shares generally will be equal to the U.S. dollar value of such non-U.S. currency based on the exchange rate applicable on the date of sale or other disposition (regardless of whether such non-U.S. currency is converted into U.S. dollars at that time). In such case, except as described in the next sentence, on the settlement date the U.S. Holder would recognize U.S. source foreign currency gain or loss (taxable as ordinary income or loss) equal to the difference (if any) between the U.S. dollar value of the amount received based on the exchange rates in effect on the date of sale or other disposition and the settlement date. However, if our common shares are traded on an established securities market such as Nasdaq, the amount realized by a cash basis U.S. Holder will be based on the exchange rate in effect on the settlement date for the sale, and no foreign currency gain or loss will be recognized at that time. A U.S. Holder will have a tax basis in the non-U.S. currency equal to its U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Any U.S. Holder who converts or otherwise disposes of the non-U.S. currency after the date of receipt may have a foreign currency exchange gain or loss that would be treated as ordinary income or loss, and generally will be U.S. source income or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. Different rules apply to U.S. Holders who use the accrual method of tax accounting. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own U.S. tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of receiving, owning, and disposing of non-U.S. currency in light of its own circumstances.
Foreign Tax Credit
Dividends paid on the common shares will be treated as foreign-source income, and generally will be treated as “passive category income” or “general category income” for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Any gain or loss recognized on a sale or other disposition of common shares generally will be U.S. source gain or loss. Certain U.S. Holders that are eligible for the benefits of the Canada-U.S. Tax Convention may elect to treat such gain or
130
loss as Canadian source gain or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. The Code applies various complex limitations on the amount of foreign taxes that may be claimed as a credit by U.S. taxpayers.
A U.S. Holder that pays (whether directly or through withholding) Canadian income tax with respect to dividends paid on the common shares generally will be entitled, at the election of such U.S. Holder, to receive either a deduction or a credit for such Canadian income tax. Generally, a credit will reduce a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability on a dollar-for-dollar basis, whereas a deduction will reduce a U.S. Holder’s income that is subject to U.S. federal income tax. This election is made on a year-by-year basis and applies to all foreign taxes paid (whether directly or through withholding) by a U.S. Holder during a year. The foreign tax credit rules are complex and involve the application of rules that depend on a U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances. Accordingly, each U.S. Holder should consult its own U.S. tax advisor regarding the application of the foreign tax credit rules to it in light of its own circumstances.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Under U.S. federal income tax law and Treasury Regulations, certain U.S. Holders must file information returns with respect to their investment in, or involvement in, a foreign corporation. For example, U.S. return disclosure obligations (and related penalties) are imposed on individuals who are U.S. Holders that hold certain specified foreign financial assets in excess of certain threshold amounts. The definition of specified foreign financial assets includes not only financial accounts maintained in foreign financial institutions, but also, unless held in accounts maintained by a financial institution, any stock or security issued by a non-U.S. person, any financial instrument or contract held for investment that has an issuer or counterparty other than a U.S. person and any interest in a non-U.S. entity. U.S. Holders may be subject to these reporting requirements unless their common shares are held in an account at certain financial institutions. Penalties for failure to file certain information returns are substantial. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the requirements of filing information returns, including the requirement to file an IRS Form 8938.
Payments made within the U.S. or by a U.S. payer or U.S. middleman, of dividends on, and proceeds arising from the sale or other taxable disposition of common shares generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding tax (currently at a rate of 24%) if a U.S. Holder (a) fails to furnish such U.S. Holder’s correct U.S. taxpayer identification number (generally on IRS Form W-9), (b) furnishes an incorrect U.S. taxpayer identification number, (c) is notified by the IRS that such U.S. Holder has previously failed to properly report items subject to backup withholding tax, or (d) fails to certify, under penalty of perjury, that such U.S. Holder has furnished its correct U.S. taxpayer identification number and that the IRS has not notified such U.S. Holder that it is subject to backup withholding tax. However, certain exempt persons generally are excluded from these information reporting and backup withholding rules. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the U.S. backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, or will be refunded, if such U.S. Holder furnishes required information to the IRS in a timely manner.
The discussion of reporting requirements set forth above is not intended to constitute a complete description of all reporting requirements that may apply to a U.S. Holder. Failure to satisfy certain reporting requirements may result in an extension of the time period during which the IRS can assess a tax, and under certain circumstances, such an extension may apply to assessments of amounts unrelated to any unsatisfied reporting requirement. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to it in light of its own circumstances.
THE ABOVE SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL TAX CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO U.S. HOLDERS WITH RESPECT TO THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF COMMON SHARES. U.S. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE TAX CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO THEM IN LIGHT OF THEIR OWN PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.
131
We have entered into an underwriting agreement with Titan Partners Group LLC, a division of American Capital Partners, LLC, or the underwriter, with respect to the securities subject to this offering. The underwriter’s address is 4 World Trade Center, 29th floor, New York, NY 10007.
Subject to certain conditions, we have agreed to sell to the underwriter such securities listed next to its name in the below table at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
| UNDERWRITER |
Number of Common Shares |
|||
| Titan Partners Group LLC, a division of American Capital Partners, LLC |
||||
|
|
|
|||
| Total |
||||
|
|
|
|||
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligation of the underwriter to purchase the securities offered by this prospectus is subject to certain conditions. The underwriter is obligated to purchase all of the securities offered hereby other than those covered by the option to purchase additional securities described below. The underwriter is offering the securities, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement. The underwriter reserves the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Option to Purchase Additional Securities
We have granted the underwriter an option to buy up to an additional common shares from us at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriter may exercise this option at any time, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, during the 45-day period after the closing of this offering.
Discounts, Commissions and Expenses
The underwriter proposes to offer the securities purchased pursuant to the underwriting agreement to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of US$ per security. After this offering, the public offering price and concession may be changed by the underwriter. No such change shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
In connection with the sale of the common shares to be purchased by the underwriter, the underwriter will be deemed to have received compensation in the form of underwriting commissions and discounts. The underwriting commissions and discounts will be up to 7.5% of the gross proceeds of this offering, or US$ per common share, based on the public offering price per security set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
We have also paid an advance of US$15,000 to the underwriter (the “Advance”), which will be applied against the accountable expenses that will be paid by us to the underwriter in connection with this offering. The Advance will be returned to us to the extent not actually incurred by the underwriter in accordance with Financial Industry Regulation Authority (“FINRA”) Rule 5110(g)(4)(A).
We have agreed to reimburse the underwriter for up to US$200,000 of the underwriter’s reasonable and accountable out-of-pocket expenses relating to the offering, including up to US$150,000 for the fees and expenses of the underwriter’s outside legal counsel. We have also agreed to pay the underwriter a non-accountable expense allowance in the amount of one percent (1.0%) of the gross proceeds from this offering.
132
We estimate that our total offering expenses for this offering, net of the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately US$ .
The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds, before expenses, to us assuming both no exercise and full exercise by the underwriter of its over-allotment option:
| Price Per Share |
Total without Option |
Total with Option |
||||||||||
| Public offering price |
US$ | US$ | US$ | |||||||||
| Underwriting discount(1) |
US$ | US$ | US$ | |||||||||
| Non-accountable expense allowance(2) |
US$ | US$ | US$ | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Proceeds, before expenses, to us(3) |
US$ | US$ | US$ | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| (1) | The underwriting discount is up to 7.5% of the gross proceeds received from the sale of the securities in this offering. |
| (2) | The non-accountable expense allowance is 1% of the gross proceeds received from the sale of the securities in this offering. |
| (3) | The amount of the offering proceeds to us presented in this table does not give effect to the exercise, if any, of the Underwriter Warrants (as defined below). |
Indemnification
We have also agreed to indemnify the underwriter against certain liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act and to contribute to payments that the underwriter may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
Lock-Up Agreements
We have agreed that, for a period of one hundred and twenty (120) days following the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of the underwriter, and subject to certain exceptions, neither we nor any of our subsidiaries shall issue, enter into any agreement to issue or announce the issuance or proposed issuance of any common shares or common share equivalents or file any registration statement or amendment or supplement thereto, other than this prospectus. These restrictions do not apply in the following circumstances, subject to certain requirements:
| • | the adoption of an equity incentive plan and the grant of awards pursuant to any equity incentive plan, and the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 relating to such a plan; |
| • | the issuance of equity securities in connection with an acquisition or a strategic relationship, which may include the sale of equity securities; |
| • | the issuance of equity securities in connection with the exercise of our outstanding options and warrants or pursuant to the terms of any agreement existing on the date of this prospectus; and |
| • | the filing of a resale registration statement with respect to existing registration rights of the Company. |
In addition, each of our directors and officers and certain of our shareholders have entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriter. Under the lock-up agreements, for a period of one hundred and twenty (120) days following the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of the underwriter, the
133
foregoing persons may not make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any common shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares. These restrictions do not apply in the following circumstances, subject to certain requirements:
| • | transfers of securities acquired in the offering or in open market transaction on or after completion of the offering; |
| • | transfers as a bona fide gift or gifts, or charitable contribution(s); |
| • | transfers to any immediate family member or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or the immediate family of such person; |
| • | transfers to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other business entity all of the beneficial ownership interests of which are held by the lock-up party and/or the immediate family of such person; |
| • | if a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity transfers (a) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate, (b) in the form of a distribution to limited partners, limited liability company members or shareholders, or (c) in connection with a sale, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets or any other change of control, not undertaken for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by such lock-up agreement; |
| • | transfers that occur by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement; |
| • | if a trust, to the beneficiary of such trust; |
| • | transfers by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession to the legal representative, heir, beneficiary or a member of the immediate family of the lock-up party; |
| • | vesting, settlement or exercise of any RSR awards or options to purchase common shares granted under any employee benefit plan of the Company; provided that any common shares acquired in connection with any such exercise will be subject to the same lock-up agreement restrictions; |
| • | exercise or conversion of warrants, convertible preferred shares or any other security convertible into or exercisable for common shares; provided that any common shares acquired in connection with any such exercise or conversion will be subject to the same lock-up agreement restrictions; and |
| • | establishing a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act; provided that (i) such plan may only be established if no public announcement or filing with the SEC, or other applicable regulatory authority, is made in connection with the establishment of such plan during the 90-day restricted period (except as required by law or regulation) and (ii) no sale of common shares are made pursuant to such plan during the 90-day restricted period. |
Underwriter Warrants
Upon the closing of this offering, we have agreed to issue to the underwriter, or its designees, certain underwriter warrants (the “Underwriter Warrants”) to purchase a number of common shares equal to an aggregate of 7% of the total number of securities sold in this public offering, including any securities sold pursuant to the underwriter’s option to purchase additional common shares. The Underwriter Warrants will be exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 115% of the offering price of the shares sold in this offering, or US$ . The Underwriter Warrants will be exercisable commencing upon the closing of this offering and will expire five years from the commencement of sales in this offering.
The Underwriter Warrants will provide for adjustment in the number and price of the Underwriter Warrants and the common shares underlying such Underwriter Warrants in the event of recapitalization, merger, share split or other structural transaction.
134
Tail Financing
The underwriter will be entitled to compensation with respect to any public or private offering or other financing or capital raising transaction of any kind (“Tail Financing”) to the extent that such financing or capital is provided to us by investors the underwriter contacted for the purpose of participating in this offering, if such Tail Financing is consummated at any time prior to the twelve month period following the date of this prospectus.
Electronic Distribution
This prospectus and the accompanying prospectus may be made available in electronic format on websites or through other online services maintained by the underwriter or by its affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. Other than this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriter’s website or our website and any information contained in any other websites maintained by the underwriter or by us is not part of this prospectus, the accompanying prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus form a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriter in its capacity as the underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.
Passive Market Making
In connection with this offering, the underwriter and selling group members may also engage in passive market making transactions in our common shares. Passive market making consists of displaying bids limited by the prices of independent market makers and effecting purchases limited by those prices in response to order flow. Rule 103 of Regulation M promulgated by the SEC limits the amount of net purchases that each passive market maker may make and the displayed size of each bid. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of the common shares at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
Nasdaq Capital Market Listing
We have applied to list our common shares on Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “OPTH.” Our common shares are currently traded on the CSE under the symbol “OPTI,” on the FSE under the symbol “8BN” and quoted for trading on the OTCQX under the symbol “OPTHF”.
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
In connection with the offering, the underwriter may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:
| • | Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. |
| • | A short position involves sales by the underwriter of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriter is obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares involved in the sales made by the underwriter in excess of the number of shares it is obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase by exercising its option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares that the underwriter may purchase pursuant to its option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. |
135
| • | Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriter will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through its option to purchase additional shares. The underwriter may close out any covered short position by either exercising its option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. |
| • | Penalty bids permit the underwriter to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common shares originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions. |
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common shares. As a result, the price of our common shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be discontinued at any time.
Neither we nor the underwriter make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common shares. In addition, neither we nor the underwriter make any representation that the underwriter will engage in these transactions or that any transaction, if commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Pricing of the Offering
The public offering price will be determined by arm’s length negotiations between us and the underwriter. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representative of the underwriter expect to consider a number of factors including:
| • | the trading price of the common shares on the CSE and the OTCQX and the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives; |
| • | our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete; |
| • | an assessment of our management; |
| • | our prospects for future earnings; |
| • | the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering; |
| • | the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common shares of generally comparable companies; and |
| • | other factors deemed relevant by the representative of the underwriter and us. |
Neither we nor the underwriter can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for the common shares, or that the common shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
Other Relationships
The underwriter is a full-service financial institution engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriter and its affiliates may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of its business for which it may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of its various business activities, the underwriter and its affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (which may include bank loans and/or credit default swaps) for its own account and for the accounts of its customers and may at any time hold long and short
136
positions in such securities and instruments. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriter and its affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
Offer Restrictions Outside the United States
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriter that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
Australia
This prospectus is not a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act. Accordingly, (i) the offer of the securities under this prospectus is only made to persons to whom it is lawful to offer the securities without disclosure under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act under one or more exemptions set out in section 708 of the Australian Corporations Act, (ii) this prospectus is made available in Australia only to those persons as set forth in clause (i) above, and (iii) the offeree must be sent a notice stating in substance that by accepting this offer, the offeree represents that the offeree is such a person as set forth in clause (i) above, and, unless permitted under the Australian Corporations Act, agrees not to sell or offer for sale within Australia any of the securities sold to the offeree within 12 months after its transfer to the offeree under this prospectus.
Canada
All purchasers participating in this offering may not offer for sale, sell, dispose of or otherwise transfer any of the Securities in Canada or over the facilities of the Canadian Securities Exchange or any other exchange in Canada upon which the Common Shares may be trading, for a period of 4 months and one day from the date of issuance of the Closing Securities.
The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws. Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor. Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriter is not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
137
Cayman Islands
No invitation, whether directly or indirectly, may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands to subscribe for our securities.
European Economic Area—Belgium, Germany, Luxembourg and Netherlands
The information in this document has been prepared on the basis that all offers of securities will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 (the “Prospectus Regulation”), as implemented in Member States of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from the requirement to produce a prospectus for offers of securities.
An offer to the public of securities has not been made, and may not be made, in a Relevant Member State except pursuant to one of the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation as implemented in that Relevant Member State:
| • | to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities; |
| • | to any legal entity that has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during its last fiscal year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements) and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements); |
| • | to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Regulation) subject to obtaining the prior consent of us or any underwriter for any such offer; or |
| • | in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Regulation, provided that no such offer of securities shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation. |
France
This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offering of financial securities (offre au public de titres financiers) in France within the meaning of Article L.411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code Monétaire et Financier) and Articles 211-1 et seq. of the General Regulation of the French Autorité des marchés financiers (“AMF”). The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.
This document and any other offering material relating to the securities have not been, and will not be, submitted to the AMF for approval in France and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.
Such offers, sales and distributions have been and shall only be made in France to (i) qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-1 to D.411-3, D.744-1, D.754-1; and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation and/or (ii) a restricted number of non-qualified investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-4, D.744-1, D.754-1; and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation.
Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the General Regulation of the AMF, investors in France are informed that the securities cannot be distributed (directly or indirectly) to the public by the investors otherwise than in accordance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 to L.621-8-3 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.
138
Ireland
The information in this document does not constitute a prospectus under any Irish laws or regulations and this document has not been filed with or approved by any Irish regulatory authority as the information has not been prepared in the context of a public offering of securities in Ireland within the meaning of the Irish Prospectus (Directive 2003/71/EC) Regulations 2005 (the “Prospectus Regulations”). The securities have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly in Ireland by way of a public offering, except to (i) qualified investors as defined in Regulation 2(1) of the Prospectus Regulations and (ii) fewer than 100 natural or legal persons who are not qualified investors.
Israel
The securities offered by this prospectus have not been approved or disapproved by the Israeli Securities Authority (the “ISA”), nor have such securities been registered for sale in Israel. The shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Israel, absent the publication of a prospectus. The ISA has not issued permits, approvals or licenses in connection with the offering or publishing the prospectus; nor has it authenticated the details included herein, confirmed their reliability or completeness, or rendered an opinion as to the quality of the securities being offered. Any resale in Israel, directly or indirectly, to the public of the securities offered by this prospectus is subject to restrictions on transferability and must be effected only in compliance with the Israeli securities laws and regulations.
Italy
The offering of the securities in the Republic of Italy has not been authorized by the Italian Securities and Exchange Commission (Commissione Nazionale per le Society e la Borsa, “CONSOB” pursuant to the Italian securities legislation) and, accordingly, no offering material relating to the securities may be distributed in Italy and such securities may not be offered or sold in Italy in a public offer within the meaning of Article 1.1(t) of Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998 (“Decree No. 58”), other than:
| • | to Italian qualified investors, as defined in Article 100 of Decree no.58 by reference to Article 34-ter of CONSOB Regulation no. 11971 of 14 May 1999 (“Regulation no. 11971”) as amended (“Qualified Investors”); and |
| • | in other circumstances that are exempt from the rules on public offer pursuant to Article 100 of Decree No. 58 and Article 34-ter of Regulation No. 11971 as amended. |
Any offer, sale or delivery of the securities or distribution of any offer document relating to the securities in Italy (excluding placements where a Qualified Investor solicits an offer from the issuer) under the paragraphs above must be:
| • | made by investment firms, banks or financial intermediaries permitted to conduct such activities in Italy in accordance with Legislative Decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993 (as amended), Decree No. 58, CONSOB Regulation No. 16190 of 29 October 2007 and any other applicable laws; and |
| • | in compliance with all relevant Italian securities, tax and exchange controls and any other applicable laws. |
Any subsequent distribution of the securities in Italy must be made in compliance with the public offer and prospectus requirement rules provided under Decree No. 58 and the Regulation No. 11971, as amended, unless an exception from those rules applies. Failure to comply with such rules may result in the sale of such securities being declared null and void and in the liability of the entity transferring the securities for any damages suffered by the investors.
139
Japan
The securities have not been and will not be registered under Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948), as amended (the “FIEL”) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements applicable to a private placement of securities to Qualified Institutional Investors (as defined in and in accordance with Article 2, paragraph 3 of the FIEL and the regulations promulgated thereunder). Accordingly, the securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan other than Qualified Institutional Investors. Any Qualified Institutional Investor who acquires securities may not resell them to any person in Japan that is not a Qualified Institutional Investor, and acquisition by any such person of securities is conditional upon the execution of an agreement to that effect.
Portugal
This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offer of financial securities (oferta publica de valores mobiliarios) in Portugal, within the meaning of Article 109 of the Portuguese Securities Code (Codigo dos Valores Mobiliarios). The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal. This document and any other offering material relating to the securities have not been, and will not be, submitted to the Portuguese Securities Market Commission (Comissao do Mercado de Valores Mobiliarios) for approval in Portugal and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to qualify as a public offer under the Portuguese Securities Code. Such offers, sales and distributions of securities in Portugal are limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Portuguese Securities Code). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.
Sweden
This document has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by Finansinspektionen (the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority). Accordingly, this document may not be made available, nor may the securities be offered for sale in Sweden, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to require a prospectus under the Swedish Financial Instruments Trading Act (1991:980) (Sw. lag (1991:980) om handel med finansiella instrument). Any offering of securities in Sweden is limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Financial Instruments Trading Act). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.
Switzerland
The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the securities may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA).
This document is personal to the recipient only and not for general circulation in Switzerland.
140
United Arab Emirates
Neither this document nor the securities have been approved, disapproved or passed on in any way by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates, nor have we received authorization or licensing from the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates to market or sell the securities within the United Arab Emirates.
This document does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of an offer or invitation. No services relating to the securities, including the receipt of applications and/or the allotment or redemption of such shares, may be rendered within the United Arab Emirates by us.
No offer or invitation to subscribe for securities is valid or permitted in the Dubai International Financial Centre.
United Kingdom
Neither the information in this document nor any other document relating to the offer has been delivered for approval to the Financial Conduct Authority in the United Kingdom and no prospectus (within the meaning of section 85 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”) has been published or is intended to be published in respect of the securities. This document is issued on a confidential basis to “qualified investors” (within the meaning of section 86(7) of FSMA)) in the United Kingdom, and the securities may not be offered or sold in the United Kingdom by means of this document, any accompanying letter or any other document, except in circumstances which do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to section 86(1) FSMA. This document should not be distributed, published or reproduced, in whole or in part, nor may its contents be disclosed by recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom.
Any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) received in connection with the issue or sale of the securities has only been communicated or caused to be communicated and will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in the United Kingdom in circumstances in which section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to us.
In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed at, persons (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) (investment professionals) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotions) Order 2005 (“FPO”), (ii) who fall within the categories of persons referred to in Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.) of the FPO or (iii) to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated (together “relevant persons”). The investments to which this document relates are available only to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
141
EXPENSES RELATED TO THIS OFFERING
Set forth below is an itemization of our total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, which are expected to be incurred in connection with the offer and sale of the common shares by us. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq listing fee, all amounts are estimates.
| Amount | ||||
| SEC registration fee |
$ | |||
| FINRA filing fee |
||||
| The Nasdaq listing fee |
||||
| Accounting fees and expenses |
||||
| Legal fees and expenses |
||||
| Printing fees and expenses |
||||
| Miscellaneous costs |
||||
|
|
|
|||
| TOTAL |
$ | |||
|
|
|
|||
142
Certain legal matters as to the United States federal securities and New York state law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Norton Rose Fulbright US LLP. The validity of the common shares offered in this offering and certain other legal matters as to Canadian law will be passed upon for us by Norton Rose Fulbright Canada LLP. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriter by Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP.
143
The financial statements of Optimi Health Corp. as of September 30, 2024 and for the year then ended included in this prospectus have been audited by Davidson & Company LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. The financial statements of Optimi Health Corp. as of September 30, 2023 and for the year then ended included in this prospectus have been audited by Smythe LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
The office of Davidson & Company LLP is located at 1200—609 Granville Street, P.O. Box 10372, Pacific Centre, Vancouver, B.C., Canada V7Y 1G6.
The office of Smythe LLP is located at 1700 – 475 Howe Street, Vancouver, B.C., Canada V6C 2B3.
144
CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
On November 6, 2024, Smythe LLP (“Smythe”) resigned as our independent registered public accounting firm, and our Board of Directors, on the recommendation of the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors, appointed Davidson & Company LLP (“Davidson”) as our new independent registered public accounting firm.
The report of Smythe on our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles, except to indicate that there was substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. During fiscal years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024 and the subsequent interim period through November 6, 2024, (i) there were no “disagreements” (as the term is defined in Item 16F(a)(1)(iv) of Form 20-F) between Smythe and us on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements if not resolved to the satisfaction of Smythe would have caused Smythe to make a reference thereto in its reports on the financial statements for such fiscal years and (ii) during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2022 and 2023 and the subsequent interim period through November 6, 2024, there have been no “reportable events” as the term is defined in Item 16F(a)(1)(v) of Form 20-F.
We provided a copy of this disclosure to Smythe and requested it to furnish us with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the above statements, and if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. Smythe will furnish such letter as Exhibit 16.1 to this registration statement.
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, and the subsequent interim period through November 6, 2024, neither we nor any person on our behalf consulted with Davidson regarding either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specific completed or contemplated transaction, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements and no written or oral advice was provided by Davidson was an important factor considered by us in reaching a decision as to any accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue, or (ii) any matter that was the subject of a disagreement or reportable event as defined in the Form 20-F.
145
ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
We are incorporated under the laws of British Columbia. Our directors and officers, and some of the experts named in this prospectus, are residents of Canada or otherwise reside outside of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of their assets, and all or a substantial portion of our assets, are located outside of the United States. We have appointed an agent for service of process in the United States, but it may be difficult for shareholders who reside in the United States to effect service within the United States upon those directors, officers and experts who are not residents of the United States. It may also be difficult for shareholders who reside in the United States to realize in the United States upon judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon our civil liability and the civil liability of our directors, officers and experts under the United States federal securities laws.
Furthermore, because substantially all of our assets and all of our directors and officers are located outside the United States, any judgment obtained in the United States against us or any of our directors and officers may not be collectible within the United States. Without an order from a court of Canada, there can be no assurance that U.S. investors will be able to enforce against us, members of our Board of Directors, officers or certain experts named herein who are residents of Canada or other countries outside the United States, any judgments of courts of the United States in civil and commercial matters, including judgments of courts of the United States under the federal securities laws.
While Canadian courts are permitted to consider and apply United States laws in Canadian legal proceedings, including U.S. federal securities laws, there is uncertainty with respect to whether a Canadian court would take jurisdiction on a matter of liability predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws. Generally, Canadian courts have territorial competence in a legal proceeding if, among other things, there is a real and substantial connection between a Canadian province or territory and the facts on which the proceeding is based. A real and substantial connection between a Canadian province or territory and the facts on which the proceeding based is generally presumed to exist if, among other things, the proceeding concerns a business carried on in Canada, concerns a tort committed in Canada, and/or concerns contractual obligations that, to a substantial extent, were to be performed in Canada. While there is uncertainty with respect to whether a Canadian court would enforce a foreign judgment on liabilities predicated upon the securities laws of the United States, each Canadian province has enacted a statutory regime that allows a person to apply to enforce a foreign judgment obtained from a U.S. court, including on liabilities predicated upon the securities laws of the United States. Further, certain U.S. states have reciprocal agreements with Canadian provinces and territories regarding the enforcement of foreign judgments, which simplifies the process by which a person can seek to enforce a foreign judgment in Canada. In British Columbia, for example, the U.S. states of Washington, Alaska, California, Oregon, Colorado and Idaho are jurisdictions declared to be reciprocating states for the purposes of judgment enforcement under the Court Order Enforcement Act, R.S.B.C. 1996, C. 78. Other Canadian provinces have similar reciprocal relationships with certain U.S. states, which has the effect of simplifying foreign order enforcement, including with respect to liabilities predicated upon the securities laws of the United States.
146
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1, including relevant exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act with respect to the common shares to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. You should read the registration statement on Form F-1 and its exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to us and the common shares. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.
Immediately upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.
As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.
147
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
| Page | ||||
| Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended September 30, 2024 and 2023 (Expressed in Canadian Dollars) |
||||
| Report of Davidson & Company LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
F-2 | |||
| Report of Smythe LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
F-4 | |||
| Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of September 30, 2024 and 2023 |
F-7 | |||
| F-8 | ||||
| Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30, 2024 and 2023 |
F-9 | |||
| F-10 | ||||
| F-11 | ||||
| Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 (Expressed in Canadian Dollars) |
||||
| Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of June 30, 2025 and 2024 |
F-34 | |||
| F-35 | ||||
| Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2025 and 2024. |
F-36 | |||
| F-37 | ||||
| F-38 | ||||
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and Directors of
Optimi Health Corp.
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Optimi Health Corp. (the “Company”), as of September 30, 2024, and the related consolidated statements of loss and comprehensive loss, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of September 30, 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2024 in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
Going Concern
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has a net capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatements of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures
1200 - 609 Granville Street, P.O. Box 10372, Pacific Centre, Vancouver, B.C., Canada V7Y 1G6
Telephone (604) 687-0947 Davidson-co.com
F-2
included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2024.
| /s/ DAVIDSON & COMPANY LLP | ||
| Vancouver, Canada | Chartered Professional Accountants | |
May 26, 2025
F-3
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Optimi Health Corp.
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of Optimi Health Corp. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of September 30, 2023, the related consolidated statements of loss and comprehensive loss, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity for the year then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as at September 30, 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS Accounting Standards).
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Going Concern Uncertainty
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 in the consolidated financial statements, the Company suffered recurring
| VANCOUVER | LANGLEY | NANAIMO | ||||
| SMYTHE LLP | smythecpa.com |
1700–475 Howe St Vancouver, BC V6C 2B3 T: 604 687 1231 F: 604 688 4675 |
600–19933 88 Ave Langley, BC V2Y 4K5 T: 604 282 3600 F: 604 357 1376 |
201–1825 Bowen Rd Nanaimo, BC V9S 1H1 T: 250 755 2111 F: 250 984 0886 | |||
F-4
losses from operations and will be required to raise additional funding to fund its operations that raises significant doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Fair value of biological assets
As disclosed in Notes 3 and 6 of the consolidated financial statements. During the year ended September 30, 2023, the Company harvested certain biological assets, which are required to be measured at fair value less costs to sell at the point of harvest in accordance with IAS 41 Agriculture.
The Company recognized an unrealized gain in fair value of biological assets of $168,071 and transferred $621,595 to inventory at the point of harvest. We identified the assessment of valuation of biological assets as a critical audit matter. Auditing management’s biological asset fair values involved significant judgement and estimates because the estimates are based on several factors including:
| • | The estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business; and |
| • | The estimated costs necessary to make the sale. |
The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included:
| • | Compared the Company’s estimated selling price per gram to actual sales transactions and contracted supply and sales agreements of the Company; |
| • | Tested the weighted average effective yield and psilocybin potency by tracing a selection of harvested biological assets to Company processing records and external laboratory test reports; |
| • | Tested the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used in the costing calculation, including selecting a sample of direct costs and tracing to source documents and assessing the allocation methods of overhead applied; |
| • | Tested the estimated costs to complete production by comparing a selection of production costs incurred and grams produced to source documents; and |
| • | Performed sensitivity analyses over significant assumptions. |
| VANCOUVER | LANGLEY | NANAIMO | ||||
| SMYTHE LLP | smythecpa.com |
1700–475 Howe St Vancouver, BC V6C 2B3 T: 604 687 1231 F: 604 688 4675 |
600–19933 88 Ave Langley, BC V2Y 4K5 T: 604 282 3600 F: 604 357 1376 |
201–1825 Bowen Rd Nanaimo, BC V9S 1H1 T: 250 755 2111 F: 250 984 0886 | |||
F-5
Chartered Professional Accountants
We have served as the Company’s auditor from 2020 to 2024.
Vancouver, Canada
May 26, 2025
| VANCOUVER | LANGLEY | NANAIMO | ||||
| SMYTHE LLP | smythecpa.com |
1700–475 Howe St Vancouver, BC V6C 2B3 T: 604 687 1231 F: 604 688 4675 |
600–19933 88 Ave Langley, BC V2Y 4K5 T: 604 282 3600 F: 604 357 1376 |
201–1825 Bowen Rd Nanaimo, BC V9S 1H1 T: 250 755 2111 F: 250 984 0886 | |||
F-6
Optimi Health Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| Note | September 30, 2024 $ |
September 30, 2023 $ |
||||||||||
| ASSETS |
||||||||||||
| Current |
||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
4 | 103,660 | 1,344,778 | |||||||||
| Accounts receivable |
124,147 | 165,738 | ||||||||||
| Inventory |
5 | 894,820 | 779,274 | |||||||||
| Prepaids and advances |
7 | 109,960 | 138,665 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total current assets |
1,232,587 | 2,428,455 | ||||||||||
| Deposits |
17,548 | 15,910 | ||||||||||
| Plant and equipment |
8 | 13,278,883 | 13,995,990 | |||||||||
| Right-of-use assets |
9 | 22,017 | 51,374 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total assets |
14,551,035 | 16,491,729 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
||||||||||||
| Current |
||||||||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
10 | 922,383 | 1,062,211 | |||||||||
| Due to related parties |
14 | 1,185,268 | 398,890 | |||||||||
| Deferred revenue |
11 | 116,391 | 112,500 | |||||||||
| Current portion of lease liabilities |
9 | 32,781 | 36,704 | |||||||||
| Current portion of loans payable |
12 | 960,000 | — | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total current liabilities |
3,216,823 | 1,610,305 | ||||||||||
| Long-term lease liabilities |
9 | — | 32,781 | |||||||||
| Long-term loans payable |
12 | 1,758,500 | 1,637,750 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total liabilities |
4,975,323 | 3,280,836 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Shareholders’ equity |
||||||||||||
| Share capital |
13 | 31,158,441 | 28,698,155 | |||||||||
| Reserves |
13 | 2,028,102 | 2,157,756 | |||||||||
| Accumulated deficit |
(23,610,831 | ) | (17,645,018 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total shareholders’ equity |
9,575,712 | 13,210,893 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity |
14,551,035 | 16,491,729 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Approved and authorized by the Board on May 26, 2025
| “Jon Schintler” | Director | “John James Wilson” | Director | |||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7
Optimi Health Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| Note | Year Ended September 30, $ |
Year Ended September 30, $ |
||||||||||
| Revenue |
389,850 | 181,087 | ||||||||||
| Cost of sales |
5 | (238,388 | ) | (148,927 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Gross margin before fair value adjustments |
151,462 | 32,160 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Fair value adjustment of biological assets and inventory, net |
5, 6 | 119,448 | 168,071 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Gross margin |
270,910 | 200,231 | ||||||||||
| Expenses |
||||||||||||
| Advertising, promotion and public relations |
216,135 | 237,699 | ||||||||||
| Amortization and depreciation |
6, 8, 9 | 867,947 | 729,560 | |||||||||
| Bank charges and interest |
9, 12 | 429,339 | 43,707 | |||||||||
| Consulting |
14 | 1,122,812 | 1,003,023 | |||||||||
| Insurance |
325,369 | 350,023 | ||||||||||
| Investor relations |
104,086 | — | ||||||||||
| Marketing |
— | 21,213 | ||||||||||
| Office, rent and administration |
295,654 | 240,023 | ||||||||||
| Production costs |
551,089 | 357,268 | ||||||||||
| Professional fees |
160,551 | 298,638 | ||||||||||
| Research and development |
5 | 144,473 | 152,146 | |||||||||
| Share-based compensation |
13, 14 | 60,079 | 163,463 | |||||||||
| Shipping |
144,368 | 115,258 | ||||||||||
| Transfer agent and filing fees |
156,955 | 162,116 | ||||||||||
| Travel and accommodation |
63,425 | 137,945 | ||||||||||
| Wages and benefits |
14 | 1,667,152 | 1,504,151 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| (6,309,434 | ) | (5,516,233 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Interest and other income |
4 | 2,665 | 136,410 | |||||||||
| Loss on sale of equipment |
8 | — | (14,956 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Loss and comprehensive loss for the year |
6,035,859 | 5,194,548 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Loss per share |
||||||||||||
| Basic and diluted |
$ | (0.07 | ) | $ | (0.06 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Weighted average number of common shares outstanding |
||||||||||||
| Basic and diluted |
89,539,166 | 86,983,020 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-8
Optimi Health Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| Note | Year Ended September 30, 2024 $ |
Year Ended September 30, 2023 $ |
||||||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||||||
| Net loss for the year |
(6,035,859 | ) | (5,194,548 | ) | ||||||||
| Add back non-cash items |
||||||||||||
| Amortization and depreciation |
867,947 | 729,560 | ||||||||||
| Unrealized gain in fair value of biological assets |
(119,448 | ) | (168,071 | ) | ||||||||
| Share-based compensation |
60,079 | 163,463 | ||||||||||
| Loan accretion |
184,750 | 15,750 | ||||||||||
| Lease interest |
5,296 | 10,773 | ||||||||||
| Loss on sale of equipment |
— | 14,956 | ||||||||||
| Changes in non-cash working capital items |
||||||||||||
| Accounts receivable |
41,591 | (67,036 | ) | |||||||||
| Inventory |
279,054 | 107,045 | ||||||||||
| Biological assets |
(255,152 | ) | (320,191 | ) | ||||||||
| Prepaids and advances |
28,705 | 36,857 | ||||||||||
| Deferred revenue |
3,891 | 112,500 | ||||||||||
| Due to related parties |
786,378 | 314,839 | ||||||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
(128,925 | ) | 642,566 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Cash used in operating activities |
(4,281,693 | ) | (3,601,537 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||||||
| Deposits |
(1,638 | ) | (5,245 | ) | ||||||||
| Proceeds from sale of equipment |
— | 15,000 | ||||||||||
| Plant and equipment expenditures |
(152,386 | ) | (804,231 | ) | ||||||||
| Grants received |
— | 88,460 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Cash used in investing activities |
(154,024 | ) | (706,016 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||||||
| Private placements, net of share issue costs |
2,036,599 | 1,843,872 | ||||||||||
| Proceeds from loans |
1,000,000 | 2,000,000 | ||||||||||
| Exercise of warrants |
200,000 | — | ||||||||||
| Payment of lease obligations |
(42,000 | ) | (80,119 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Cash provided by financing activities |
3,194,599 | 3,763,753 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Change in cash and cash equivalents during the year |
(1,241,118 | ) | (543,800 | ) | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year |
1,344,778 | 1,888,578 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, end of year |
4 | 103,660 | 1,344,778 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION |
||||||||||||
| Cash paid for interest |
$ | 131,250 | — | |||||||||
| Plant and equipment costs included in accounts payable |
$ | 82,631 | $ | 93,534 | ||||||||
| Transfer from reserves to share capital on exercise of RSRs |
$ | 208,687 | $ | 227,438 | ||||||||
| Amortization and depreciation capitalized to biological assets |
$ | 20,000 | $ | 133,333 | ||||||||
| Transfer from biological assets to inventory on harvest |
$ | 275,152 | $ | 621,595 | ||||||||
| Transfer from reserves to deficit on expiry of options |
$ | 70,046 | $ | 976,608 | ||||||||
| Derecognition of right-of-use asset and lease liability |
— | $ | 18,746 | |||||||||
| Equity component of loans payable |
$ | 104,000 | $ | 378,000 | ||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-9
Optimi Health Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| Numbers of Shares |
Share Capital $ |
Reserves $ |
Deficit $ |
Total Equity $ |
||||||||||||||||
| Balance, September 30, 2022 |
80,942,883 | 26,614,345 | 2,832,839 | (13,427,078 | ) | 16,020,106 | ||||||||||||||
| Shares issued pursuant to private placement |
5,692,308 | 1,850,000 | — | — | 1,850,000 | |||||||||||||||
| Share issuance costs |
— | (6,128 | ) | — | — | (6,128 | ) | |||||||||||||
| Shares issued on conversion of RSRs |
353,250 | 227,438 | (227,438 | ) | — | — | ||||||||||||||
| Share-based compensation |
50,000 | 12,500 | 150,963 | — | 163,463 | |||||||||||||||
| Transfer from reserves to deficit on expiry of options |
— | — | (976,608 | ) | 976,608 | — | ||||||||||||||
| Equity component of loans payable |
— | 378,000 | — | 378,000 | ||||||||||||||||
| Loss and comprehensive loss for the year |
— | — | — | (5,194,548 | ) | (5,194,548 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Balance, September 30, 2023 |
87,038,441 | 28,698,155 | 2,157,756 | (17,645,018 | ) | 13,210,893 | ||||||||||||||
| Shares issued pursuant to private placement |
6,796,666 | 2,039,000 | — | — | 2,039,000 | |||||||||||||||
| Share issuance costs |
— | (2,401 | ) | — | — | (2,401 | ) | |||||||||||||
| Shares issued on exercise of warrants |
499,999 | 200,000 | — | — | 200,000 | |||||||||||||||
| Shares issued on conversion of RSRs |
278,250 | 208,687 | (208,687 | ) | — | — | ||||||||||||||
| Share-based compensation |
50,000 | 15,000 | 45,079 | — | 60,079 | |||||||||||||||
| Transfer from reserves to deficit on expiry of options |
— | — | (70,046 | ) | 70,046 | — | ||||||||||||||
| Equity component of loans payable |
— | — | 104,000 | — | 104,000 | |||||||||||||||
| Loss and comprehensive loss for the year |
— | — | — | (6,035,859 | ) | (6,035,859 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Balance, September 30, 2024 |
94,663,356 | 31,158,441 | 2,028,102 | (23,610,831 | ) | 9,575,712 | ||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-10
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| 1. | Nature of Operations and Going Concern |
Optimi Health Corp. (the “Company”) was incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) on May 27, 2020, under the name 1251417 B.C. Ltd. The Company changed its name from 1251417 B.C. Ltd. to Optimi Health Corp. on August 17, 2020.
The Company is licensed by Health Canada to produce and supply natural GMP-grade psilocybin, psilocin, and other psychedelic substances, some being synthetically formulated, as well as functional mushrooms that focus on domestic and international health and wellness markets. Built with the purpose of producing scalable psychedelic and functional mushroom products for transformational human experiences, the Company’s products are grown at its two facilities comprising a total of 20,000 square feet in Princeton, British Columbia. Focused on being a compassionate supplier of safe drug and nutraceutical products, the Company currently works with consumers, health food distributors, and drug developers and patients regulated by Health Canada and the Therapeutic Goods Administration of Australia.
The registered and records office is located at 40440 Thunderbird Ridge, Garibaldi Highlands, British Columbia, Canada, V0N 1T0.
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which assumes that the Company will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business for the foreseeable future. During the year ended September 30, 2024, the Company incurred a net loss of $6,035,859 (2023 - $5,194,548) and has not yet achieved profitable operations. The Company has an accumulated deficit of $23,610,831 since its inception (2023 - $17,645,018). Without additional financing, the Company may not be able to fund its ongoing operations. The Company intends to finance its future requirements through a combination of debt and/or equity issuances. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain such financings or obtain them on favorable terms. These uncertainties may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability of assets and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. Such adjustments could be material. Subsequent to the year ended September 30, 2024, the Company raised $395,000 through issuance of 1,316,668 units and directors forgave $903,951 in debt, reported as amounts owing to related parties as at September 30, 2024 (Note 20).
| 2. | Basis of Presentation |
| a) | Statement of compliance |
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).
The consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on May 26, 2025.
| b) | Basis of presentation |
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for certain financial instruments and biological assets, which are measured at fair value. These consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the Company and its subsidiaries’ functional currency.
F-11
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
In addition, these consolidated financial statements have been prepared using the accrual basis of accounting, except for cash flow information.
| c) | Basis of consolidation |
These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries with intercompany balances and transactions eliminated on consolidation. Subsidiaries are those entities over which the Company has the power over the investee, is exposed, or has rights to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to use its power. As at September 30, 2024 and 2023, the Company owns 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of Optimi Nutraceuticals Corp. and Optimi Labs Inc.
| d) | Significant accounting judgments and estimates |
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported revenues and expenses during the year. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
Significant estimates and judgments are evaluations and assumptions about the future and other sources of estimation uncertainty that management has made, which could result in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities. Significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, the following:
Going concern
The assessment of whether the concern assumption is appropriate requires management to take into account all available information about the future, which is at least, but not limited to, twelve months from the end of the reporting period.
Provisions and contingencies
The amount recognized as a provision, including legal, contractual, constructive, and other exposures or obligations, is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the related liability, including any related interest charges, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. In addition, contingencies will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. Therefore, assessment of contingencies inherently involves the exercise of significant judgment and estimates of the outcome of future events. The Company assesses its liabilities and contingencies based upon the best information available.
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
Management considers both external and internal sources of information in determining if there are any indications that the Company’s property, plant and equipment is impaired. Management considers the market, economic and legal environment in which the Company operates that are not within its control and affect the recoverable amount of its plant. Management considers the manner in which the property, plant and equipment is being used or is expected to be used an indication of economic performance of the assets.
F-12
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
Valuation of inventory
Inventories are valued at the lower cost and net realizable value except for biological inventory which includes a fair value component. Purchased inventory is accounted for using the weighted average purchase cost of the components that comprise finished goods inventory. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs to sell.
Valuation of share-based payments
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model for valuation of share-based compensation. Option pricing models require the input of subjective assumptions including expected price volatility, interest rate and forfeiture rate. Changes in the input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate and the Company’s earnings and equity reserves. The Company estimates volatility based on the Company’s historical share prices, excluding specific time frames in which volatility was affected by specific transactions that are not considered to be indicative of the entities’ expected share price volatility.
Biological assets and inventory
In calculating the value of the biological assets, management is required to make a number of estimates, including estimating the stage of growth of the mushrooms up to the point of harvest, harvesting costs, selling costs, sales price, wastage and expected yields for the mushrooms. In calculating final inventory values, management is required to determine an estimate of spoiled or expired inventory and compare the inventory cost versus net realizable value. The cost and fair value of biological assets are capitalized to the extent that their cost and fair value will be recoverable.
Loans payable
The identification of loan components is based on interpretation of the substance of the contractual arrangement and therefore requires judgment from management. The separation of the components affects the initial recognition of the loans payable at issuance and the subsequent recognition of interest on the liability component. The determination of the fair value of the liability component is also based on a number of assumptions, including contractual future cash flows and discount rate.
Estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is dependent upon estimates of useful lives which are determined through the exercise of judgment.
| 3. | Material Accounting Policies |
| a) | Property Plant and equipment |
Expenditures for plant are capitalized to the consolidated statements of financial position and will be depreciated over the life of the asset commencing at the time the asset is ready for its intended use.
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. The cost of an item of property and equipment consists of the purchase price, any costs directly attributable to bringing the
F-13
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
asset to the location and condition necessary for its intended use, and an initial estimate of the costs of dismantling and removing the item and restoring the site on which it is located.
Depreciation commences when an item of property and equipment is available for use and is provided at rates calculated to write-off the cost of property and equipment over their estimated useful lives as follows:
| Equipment |
20% straight-line | |
| Plant |
4% straight-line |
Property and equipment are derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising from disposal of the asset, determined as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset, is recognized in profit or loss.
| b) | Revenue |
Revenue is recognized when performance obligations under the terms of a contract with a customer are satisfied, which is upon the transfer of control of the contracted goods. Control is transferred when title and physical possession of the product has transferred to the customer, which is determined by respective shipping terms and certain additional considerations. The Company offers a 30-day satisfaction guarantee for its nutraceutical supplements products which are subject to refunds. Other than refunds, the Company does not have performance obligations subsequent to delivery on the sale of goods to customers and revenues from sale of goods are recognized at a “point in time”, which is upon passing of control to the customer.
| c) | Inventory |
Inventory is valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Purchased inventory is carried at cost and is determined using the weighted average method. The capitalized cost for produced inventory includes the direct and indirect costs initially capitalized to biological assets before the transfer to inventory. The capitalized cost also includes subsequent costs, such as materials, labour, and depreciation expense on equipment involved in packaging, labelling, and inspection. The total cost of inventory also includes a fair value adjustment, which represents the fair value of the biological asset at the time of harvest. All direct and indirect costs related to inventory are capitalized as they are incurred, and they are subsequently recorded within production costs on the consolidated statements of loss and comprehensive loss. At the time the mushrooms are sold, the realized fair value amounts included in inventory sold are recorded as a separate line on the consolidated statements of loss and comprehensive loss.
| d) | Biological assets |
The Company’s biological assets consist of mushrooms that are not yet harvested. These biological assets are measured at fair value less costs to sell. The Company capitalizes all related direct costs of growing materials, as well as other indirect costs of production, such as utilities and supplies used in the growing process. Indirect labour for individuals involved in the growing and quality control process
F-14
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
is also included, as well as depreciation on production equipment and overhead costs to the extent it is associated with the growing space. All direct and indirect costs of biological assets are capitalized as they are incurred, and subsequently transferred to inventory at the point of harvest. Unrealized fair value gains on growth of biological assets are recorded in a separate line on the face of the consolidated statements of loss and comprehensive loss, and subsequently transferred to inventory at the point of harvest.
| e) | Share-based compensation |
Stock options
Share-based compensation to employees is measured at the fair value of the instruments issued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and amortized over the vesting periods. Share-based compensation to non-employees is measured at the fair value of the goods or services received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, if it is determined the fair value of the goods or services cannot be reliably measured, and are recorded at the date the goods or services are received. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the number of awards expected to vest. The offset to the recorded cost is to reserves. Consideration received on the exercise of stock options is recorded as share capital and the related amount originally recorded in reserves is transferred to share capital. For those unexercised options that expire, are cancelled or forfeited, the recorded value is transferred from reserves to deficit.
Warrants issued in connection with debt financing are considered financing costs and are valued based on the fair value of the goods or services received, unless such an amount cannot be determined, in which case the fair value is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Financing costs associated with debt are expensed over time as interest expense using the effective interest rate method.
Restricted share rights
The Company grants restricted share rights (the “RSRs”) to certain directors, officers, employees, and consultants to receive shares of the Company. The Company classifies RSRs as equity instruments since the Company has the ability and intent to settle the awards in common shares. The fair value of RSRs granted is recognized as an expense over the vesting period with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured at grant date and recognized over the period during which the RSRs vest. The vesting of RSRs and issuance of common shares in the Company is recorded as share capital and the related value in reserves is transferred to issued capital.
| f) | Unit issuance |
Proceeds from the issuance of units are allocated between common shares and common share purchase warrants based on the residual value method. Under this method, the proceeds are allocated to common shares based on the fair value of a common share at the announcement date of the unit offering and any residual remaining is allocated to common share purchase warrants.
| g) | Loss per share |
Loss per share is calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. The Company uses the treasury stock method to compute the dilutive effect of options, warrants and similar
F-15
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
instruments. The calculation of diluted earnings per share assumes that outstanding options and warrants are exercised and the proceeds are used to repurchase shares of the Company at the average market price of the shares for the year. Diluted loss per share is not presented if the effects are anti-dilutive.
| h) | Income taxes |
Income tax expense consisting of current and deferred tax expense is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss. Current tax expense is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at year-end, adjusted for amendments to tax payable with regard to previous years.
Deferred tax is calculated using the financial position method on all temporary differences at the consolidated statement of financial position date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.
Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are generally recognized for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilized. Such deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognized if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilized.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on the tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.
Deferred income tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities are offset if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current income tax liabilities and the deferred income taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.
| i) | Impairment of non-financial assets |
The carrying amount of the Company’s assets is reviewed for an indication of impairment at the end of each reporting period. If an indication of impairment exists, the Company makes an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount. Individual assets are grouped for impairment assessment purposes at the lowest level at which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets. The recoverable amount of an asset group is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are adjusted for the risks specific to the asset group and are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money.
F-16
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
Where the carrying amount of an asset group exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset group is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss.
An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognized impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized.
| j) | Financial instruments |
Financial assets
(a) Recognition and measurement of financial assets
The Company recognizes a financial asset when it becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
(b) Classification of financial assets
The Company classifies financial assets at initial recognition as financial assets: measured at amortized cost, measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, or measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Financial assets measured at amortized cost
A financial asset that meets both of the following conditions is classified as a financial asset measured at amortized cost.
| • | The Company’s business model for such financial assets is to hold the assets in order to collect contractual cash flows. |
| • | The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the amount outstanding. |
A financial asset measured at amortized cost is initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs directly attributable to the asset. After initial recognition, the carrying amount of the financial asset measured at amortized cost is determined using the effective interest method, net of impairment loss, if necessary. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents and receivables (excluding goods and services taxes) are classified as amortized cost.
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”)
A financial asset measured at fair value through other comprehensive income is recognized initially at fair value plus transaction costs directly attributable to the asset. After initial recognition, the asset is measured at fair value with changes in fair value in other comprehensive income.
F-17
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”)
A financial asset measured at fair value through profit or loss is recognized initially at fair value with any associated transaction costs being recognized in profit or loss when incurred. Subsequently, the financial asset is re-measured at fair value, and a gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss in the reporting period in which it arises.
(c) Derecognition of financial assets
The Company derecognizes a financial asset if the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or the Company transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset. Any interest in transferred financial assets that are created or retained by the Company are recognized as a separate asset or liability. Gains and losses on derecognition are generally recognized in profit or loss. However, gains and losses on derecognition of financial assets classified as FVTOCI remain within accumulated other comprehensive income.
Financial liabilities
(a) Recognition and measurement of financial liabilities
The Company recognizes financial liabilities when it becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instruments.
(b) Classification of financial liabilities
The Company classifies financial liabilities at initial recognition as financial liabilities: measured at amortized cost or measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost
A financial liability at amortized cost is initially measured at fair value less transaction costs directly attributable to the issuance of the financial liability. Subsequently, the financial liability is measured at amortized cost based on the effective interest rate method. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities, due to related parties, deferred revenue, loans payable and lease liability are measured at amortized cost.
Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss
A financial liability measured at fair value through profit or loss is initially measured at fair value with any associated transaction costs being recognized in profit or loss when incurred. Subsequently, the financial liability is re-measured at fair value, and a gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss in the reporting period in which it arises.
(c) Derecognition of financial liabilities
The Company derecognizes a financial liability when the financial liability is discharged, cancelled, or expired. Generally, the difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability derecognized and the consideration paid and payable, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognized in the consolidated statement of loss and comprehensive loss.
F-18
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
Offsetting financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is presented in the consolidated statement of financial position only when the Company has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
Impairment of financial assets at amortized cost
The Company recognizes a loss allowance for expected credit losses on financial assets that are measured at amortized cost. At each reporting date, the Company measures the loss allowance for the financial asset at an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses if the credit risk on the financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition. If at the reporting date, the financial asset has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the Company measures the loss allowance for the financial asset at an amount equal to the twelve month expected credit losses. The Company shall recognize in profit or loss an impairment gain or loss equal to the amount of expected credit losses (or reversal) that is required to adjust the loss allowance at the reporting date to the amount that is required to be recognized.
Fair value hierarchy
Fair value measurements of financial instruments are required to be classified using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of inputs used in making the measurements. The levels of the fair value hierarchy are defined as follows:
| Level 1 | – | Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. | ||
| Level 2 | – | Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. | ||
| Level 3 | – | Inputs for assets or liabilities that are not based on observable market data. | ||
| k) | Grants and Rebates |
Grants and rebates are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and all attached conditions have been complied with. When the grant relates to an expense item, it is recognized as income on a systematic basis over the period the expense cost, for which it is intended to compensate, are expensed. When the grant relates to an asset, the cost of the asset is reduced by the amount of the grant.
| l) | Loans Payable |
The loans payable are separated into their liability and equity components on the consolidated statements of financial position. The liability component is initially recognized at fair value, calculated as the net present value of the liability based on market rates for comparable debt and accounted for at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. The residual value is then allocated to the equity component.
F-19
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| m) | New accounting policies |
Certain pronouncements have been issued by the IASB or IFRIC that are effective for the Company’s accounting period beginning on October 1, 2023. The Company has reviewed these updates and determined that none are applicable or consequential to the Company and have been excluded from discussion within these material accounting policies. Additionally, the Company did not adopt any new accounting policies during the year ended September 30, 2024.
| n) | Standards issued but not yet effective |
IFRS 18, Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (“IFRS 18”), which will replace IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements aims to improve how companies communicate in their financial statements, with a focus on information about financial performance in the statement of profit or loss, in particular additional defined subtotals, disclosures about management-defined performance measures and new principles for aggregation and disaggregation of information. IFRS 18 is accompanied by limited amendments to the requirements in IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows. IFRS 18 is effective from January 1, 2027. Companies are permitted to apply IFRS 18 before that date.
The Company has not yet determined the impact of these amendments on its consolidated financial statements.
| 4. | Cash and Cash Equivalents |
Cash and cash equivalents consist of the following:
| Maturity | Classification | September 30, 2024 $ |
September 30, 2023 $ |
|||||||||||||
| Cash |
N/A | Cash | 8,660 | 1,249,778 | ||||||||||||
| Term deposit – 3.0% |
Demand | Cash equivalent | 70,000 | 70,000 | ||||||||||||
| Term deposit – 4.25% |
Demand | Cash equivalent | 25,000 | 25,000 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| 103,660 | 1,344,778 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
During the year ended September 30, 2024, the Company earned $2,665 (2023 - $57,936) in interest income.
| 5. | Inventory and Cost of Sales |
Inventory consists of the Company’s finished goods functional mushroom nutraceutical products, drug products, harvested mushrooms and raw materials.
| September 30, 2024 $ |
September 30, 2023 $ |
|||||||
| Finished goods drug products |
21,838 | — | ||||||
| Finished goods nutraceutical products |
66,807 | 97,366 | ||||||
| Mushroom biomass |
770,143 | 621,595 | ||||||
| Raw materials |
36,032 | 60,313 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 894,820 | 779,274 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
F-20
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
As at September 30, 2024, the Company holds 210kg (2023 - 170kg) in harvested mushroom biomass.
Cost of sales consists of the following:
| September 30, 2024 $ |
September 30, 2023 $ |
|||||||
| Finished goods drug products |
4,986 | — | ||||||
| Finished goods nutraceutical products |
226,426 | 138,760 | ||||||
| Other |
6,976 | 10,167 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 238,388 | 148,927 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
During the year ended September 30, 2024, the Company recorded $108,953 (2023 - $nil) of inventory costs to research and development and a reduction in the fair value adjustment of biological assets and inventory of $36,697 (2023 - $nil) related to the development of saleable mushroom biomass and drug products.
| 6. | Biological Assets |
The Company grows psilocybin containing mushrooms at its plant located in Princeton, British Columbia. Biological assets consist of psilocybin mushrooms.
| Total $ |
||||
| Balance, September 30, 2022 |
— | |||
| Production costs capitalized |
453,524 | |||
| Unrealized gain in fair value of biological assets, less cost to sell |
168,071 | |||
| Transfer to inventory upon harvest |
(621,595 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Balance, September 30, 2023 |
— | |||
| Production costs capitalized |
119,007 | |||
| Unrealized gain in fair value of biological assets, less cost to sell |
156,145 | |||
| Transfer to inventory upon harvest |
(275,152 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Balance, September 30, 2024 |
— | |||
|
|
|
|||
During the year ended September 30, 2023, the Company commenced production and harvest of psilocybin mushrooms to be used for commercial purposes. As at September 30, 2024 (2023 - nil), the Company had no mushrooms in the growth stage due to the timing of harvests. Although the Company can sell its raw mushroom biomass, it will further process the raw mushroom biomass into psilocybin extract. The cost to process and extract psilocybin are considered costs to sell and are deducted from the fair value of mushroom biomass.
Determination of fair value of the biological assets requires the Company to make various estimates and assumptions. The fair value of biological assets is considered a Level 3 category in the IFRS fair value hierarchy. When applying IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement to non-financial assets, in this case the biological asset and produce, the fair value considers a market participant’s ability to use that asset in its
F-21
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
highest and best use. The highest and best use considers the use of the asset that is physically possible, legally permissible, and financially feasible, either in combination with other assets or on a standalone basis. The significant estimates and inputs used to assess the fair value of biological assets include the following assumptions for September 30, 2024 and 2023:
| • | Selling price – calculated based on the expected selling price of psilocybin extract derived from processing the raw mushroom biomass, based on the Company’s purchase orders received to date. |
| • | Post-harvest costs – calculated as the cost per gram required to convert the raw mushroom biomass into psilocybin extract, consisting of labour, raw materials, and laboratory testing. |
| • | Psilocybin potency of raw mushroom inputs – calculated based on the percent psilocybin as a function of raw mushroom input biomass. |
| • | Recovery efficiency of psilocybin extract – calculated based on the weight of psilocybin extracted from raw mushroom biomass as a function of the input psilocybin weight. |
| September 30, 2024 $ |
September 30, 2023 $ |
|||||||
| Selling Price (per gram of psilocybin extract) |
$ | 1,000 | $ | 1,000 | ||||
| Post harvest costs (per gram of psilocybin extract) |
$ | 451 | $ | 451 | ||||
| Psilocybin potency (mg/g) |
12 | 12 | ||||||
| Recovery efficiency of psilocybin (%) |
55.24 | 55.24 | ||||||
During the year ended September 30, 2024, $20,000 (2023 - $133,333) in depreciation was capitalized to biological assets (Note 8).
| 7. | Prepaids and Advances |
Prepaids and advances consist of the following:
| September 30, 2024 $ |
September 30, 2023 $ |
|||||||
| Deposits for inventory raw materials |
— | 17,752 | ||||||
| Prepaid insurance |
104,166 | 112,401 | ||||||
| Prepaid transfer agent and filing fees |
5,794 | 8,512 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 109,960 | 138,665 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 8. | Plant and Equipment |
During the year ended September 30, 2020, construction began on the Company’s two cultivation and processing facilities located in Princeton, British Columbia (the “Princeton Facilities”). The Princeton Facilities were considered substantially complete on June 27, 2022 and depreciation commenced on the plant. During the year ended September 30, 2023, the Company moved out of its Vancouver office and sold office furniture for gross proceeds of $15,000 resulting in a loss on sale of equipment of $14,956. During the
F-22
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
year ended September 30, 2023, the Company received $88,460 in grants from FortisBC for energy efficient fixtures installed in the facilities.
| Equipment $ |
Plant $ |
Total $ |
||||||||||
| Cost |
||||||||||||
| September 30, 2022 |
1,139,684 | 13,303,489 | 14,443,173 | |||||||||
| Additions |
511,783 | 154,520 | 666,303 | |||||||||
| Grants received |
— | (88,460 | ) | (88,460 | ) | |||||||
| Disposals |
(42,505 | ) | — | (42,505 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| September 30, 2023 |
1,608,962 | 13,369,549 | 14,978,511 | |||||||||
| Additions |
140,791 | 697 | 141,488 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| September 30, 2024 |
1,749,753 | 13,370,246 | 15,119,999 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Accumulated depreciation |
||||||||||||
| September 30, 2022 |
60,504 | 135,450 | 195,954 | |||||||||
| Additions |
267,088 | 532,028 | 799,116 | |||||||||
| Disposals |
(12,549 | ) | — | (12,549 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| September 30, 2023 |
315,043 | 667,478 | 982,521 | |||||||||
| Additions |
322,394 | 536,256 | 858,650 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| September 30, 2024 |
637,437 | 1,203,734 | 1,841,171 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net book value |
||||||||||||
| September 30, 2023 |
1,293,919 | 12,702,071 | 13,995,990 | |||||||||
| September 30, 2024 |
1,112,316 | 12,166,512 | 13,278,828 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
During the year ended September 30, 2024, $20,000 (2023 - $133,333) in depreciation was capitalized to biological assets (Note 6).
| 9. | Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities |
The Company has a lease agreement with BC Green Pharmaceuticals Inc. (“BC Green”), a company related by a common director and common officers, whereby the Company has leased industrial land from BC Green on which to build its Princeton Facilities. Upon signing of the lease agreement, the Company recognized $158,683 for a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and $158,683 for a lease liability representing the present value of the future lease payments discounted using an effective interest rate of 10%. The lease payments are $3,500 per month.
During the year ended September 30, 2021, the Company entered into a lease agreement for office space in Vancouver, British Columbia, with monthly payments of $6,353 for a period of two years. During the year ended September 30, 2023, the Company moved out of its Vancouver office and derecognized the right-of-use asset and lease liability resulting in a gain on derecognition of $1,536, included in interest and other income in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.
F-23
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
The continuity of the ROU assets and lease liability are as follows:
| ROU asset |
Princeton $ |
Office $ |
Total $ |
|||||||||
| ROU asset as at September 30, 2022 |
80,731 | 51,630 | 132,361 | |||||||||
| Depreciation |
(29,357 | ) | (34,420 | ) | (63,777 | ) | ||||||
| Derecognition |
— | (17,210 | ) | (17,210 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| ROU asset as at September 30, 2023 |
51,374 | — | 51,374 | |||||||||
| Depreciation |
(29,357 | ) | — | (29,357 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| ROU asset as at September 30, 2024 |
22,017 | — | 22,017 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Lease liability |
Princeton $ |
Office $ |
Total $ |
|||||||||
| Lease liability as at September 30, 2022 |
102,709 | 54,868 | 157,577 | |||||||||
| Lease payments |
(42,000 | ) | (38,119 | ) | (80,119 | ) | ||||||
| Lease interest |
8,776 | 1,997 | 10,773 | |||||||||
| Derecognition |
— | (18,746 | ) | (18,746 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Lease liability as at September 30, 2023 |
69,485 | — | 69,485 | |||||||||
| Lease payments |
(42,000 | ) | — | (42,000 | ) | |||||||
| Lease interest |
5,296 | — | 5,296 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Lease liability as at September 30, 2024 |
32,781 | — | 32,781 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| September 30, 2024 $ |
September 30, 2023 $ |
|||||||
| Current portion |
32,781 | 36,704 | ||||||
| Long-term portion |
— | 32,781 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 32,781 | 69,485 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 10. | Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities are composed of the following:
| September 30, 2024 $ |
September 30, 2023 $ |
|||||||
| Accounts payable |
749,376 | 901,852 | ||||||
| Accrued liabilities |
173,007 | 160,359 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 922,383 | 1,062,211 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 11. | Deferred Revenue |
During the year ended September 30, 2023, the Company received a non-refundable deposit of $112,500 pursuant to a supply agreement for gross proceeds of $450,000. The purchaser has the option to purchase additional products for proceeds of up to an additional $450,000. During the year ended September 30,
F-24
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
2024, the Company received an additional $9,968 in deposits recorded as deferred revenue and recorded a reduction in deferred revenue of $6,077 as it commenced fulfilling its obligations under the supply agreement.
| Deferred revenue |
$ | |||
| Deferred revenue as at September 30, 2022 |
— | |||
| Deposits received |
112,500 | |||
| Deferred revenue as at September 30, 2023 |
112,500 | |||
| Deposits received |
9,968 | |||
| Revenue fulfilled |
(6,077 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Deferred revenue as at September 30, 2024 |
116,391 | |||
During the year ended September 30, 2023, the Company received a deposit of $365,966 (USD$270,000) pursuant to a supply agreement for gross proceeds of $1,200,000 (USD$900,000). During the year ended September 30, 2023, the customer terminated the supply agreement, and the deferred revenue was reclassified to accounts payable and accrued liabilities. During the year ended September 30, 2024, the Company repaid $343,225 (USD$250,000) in relation to this agreement.
| 12. | Loans payable |
During the year ended September 30, 2024, the Company received gross proceeds of $1,000,000 (2023 - $2,000,000) from loans with an interest rate of 7.5% (2023 - 7.5%) and a term of one and a half years (2023 - three years) secured against the assets of the Company. In connection with this financing, the Company issued 100,000 (2023 - 200,000) common share purchase warrants with an exercise price of $0.50 and a term of one and a half years (2023 - three years) (note 12).
The interest rate of 7.5% was determined to be a below market rate of interest. The loans were recorded at fair value on initial recognition, which was determined to be $896,000 (2023 - $1,639,000) using a discount rate of 15%, resulting in a total discount of $100,000 (2023 - $361,000). As the loans were provided by shareholders of the Company, the discount was considered to a component of equity. The warrants were valued at $4,000 (2023 - $17,000) using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and were accounted for as debt issuance costs. The inputs to the Black-Scholes pricing model were as follows: stock price – $0.17 (2023 - $0.20), exercise price – $0.50 (2023 - $0.50), expected life – 1.5 years (2023 - 3 years), volatility – 100% (2023 - 100%), and discount rate – 3.79% (2023 - 0.41%).
F-25
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
During the year ended September 30, 2024, the Company recorded $225,000 (2023 - $12,500) in interest expense of which $93,750 (2023 - $12,500) was accrued interest payable recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and recorded loan accretion of $184,750 (2023 - $15,750) in relation to these loans.
| Loans |
$ | |||
| Loans as at September 30, 2022 |
— | |||
| Loan proceeds received |
2,000,000 | |||
| Equity component of loans |
(378,000 | ) | ||
| Loan accretion |
15,750 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Loans as at September 30, 2023 |
1,637,750 | |||
| Loan proceeds received |
1,000,000 | |||
| Equity component of loans |
(104,000 | ) | ||
| Loan accretion |
184,750 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Loans as at September 30, 2024 |
2,718,500 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Classified as current |
960,000 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Classified as long-term |
1,758,500 | |||
|
|
|
|||
The maturity dates of these loans are as follows:
| Maturity date |
$ | |||
| May 1, 2025 |
1,000,000 | |||
| August 4, 2026 |
1,000,000 | |||
| August 31, 2026 |
1,000,000 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| 3,000,000 | ||||
|
|
|
|||
| 13. | Share Capital |
| a) | Authorized |
Unlimited number of common shares without par value.
| b) | Issued and outstanding |
The total issued and outstanding share capital as at September 30, 2024 consisted of 94,663,356 common shares without par value.
During the year ended September 30, 2024, the Company:
| • | Issued 6,796,666 units pursuant to private placements for gross proceeds of $2,039,000. Each unit is composed of one common share and one-half common share purchase warrant. In connection with these private placements, the Company issued 3,398,332 warrants valued at $nil using the residual value method. Each warrant is exercisable at a price of $0.50 for a period of two years. The common shares issued on exercise are subject to a statutory hold period of four months. The Company incurred share issuance costs of $2,401 in connection with this private placement. |
| • | Issued 499,999 common shares on exercise of warrants for gross proceeds of $200,000. |
F-26
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| • | Issued 278,250 common shares valued at $208,688 on exercise of RSRs. |
| • | Issued 50,000 common shares valued at $15,000 as share-based compensation for advisory services. |
During the year ended September 30, 2023, the Company:
| • | Issued 5,692,308 units pursuant to a private placement for gross proceeds of $1,850,000. Each unit is composed of one common share and one-half common share purchase warrant. Each warrant is exercisable at a price of $0.50 for a period of two years. The common shares issued on exercise are subject to a statutory hold period of four months. The Company incurred share issuance costs of $6,128 in connection with this private placement. |
| • | Issued 353,250 common shares valued at $227,438 on exercise of RSRs. |
| • | Issued 50,000 common shares valued at $12,500 as share-based compensation for advisory services. |
Warrants
Warrant transactions are summarized as follows:
| Number of warrants |
Weighted average exercise price |
|||||||
| Balance, September 30, 2022 |
13,800,000 | $ | 1.25 | |||||
| Issued |
3,046,154 | $ | 0.50 | |||||
| Expired |
(13,800,000 | ) | $ | 1.25 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Balance, September 30, 2023 |
3,046,154 | $ | 0.50 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Issued |
3,498,332 | $ | 0.40 | |||||
| Exercised |
(499,999 | ) | $ | 0.40 | ||||
| Expired |
(2,846,154 | ) | $ | 0.50 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Balance, September 30, 2024 |
3,198,333 | $ | 0.41 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The following is a summary of warrants outstanding and exercisable as at September 30, 2024:
| Expiry date |
Exercise price |
Number of warrants |
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years) |
|||||||||
| August 4, 2026 |
$ | 0.50 | 100,000 | 1.84 | ||||||||
| August 29, 2026 |
$ | 0.50 | 100,000 | 1.91 | ||||||||
| November 1, 2026 |
$ | 0.50 | 100,000 | 2.09 | ||||||||
| February 23, 2026 |
$ | 0.40 | 758,350 | 1.40 | ||||||||
| May 10, 2026 |
$ | 0.40 | 333,334 | 1.61 | ||||||||
| May 29, 2026 |
$ | 0.40 | 908,316 | 1.66 | ||||||||
| August 15, 2026 |
$ | 0.40 | 898,333 | 1.87 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| $ | 0.41 | 3,198,333 | 1.68 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
F-27
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| c) | Equity incentive plan |
The Company has an equity incentive plan (“EIP”) under which the Board may, from time to time in its discretion, grant stock options, RSRs or deferred share units of the Company to its directors, officers, employees, consultants, and advisors.
The aggregate number of common shares that may be subject to issuance under the EIP, together with any other securities-based compensation arrangements of the Company, shall not exceed 15% of the Company’s issued and outstanding share capital.
Stock options
The EIP authorizes the Board to grant options to eligible directors and employees (including officers). The number of options, the exercise price per option, the vesting period, and any other terms and conditions of options granted from time to time pursuant to the EIP, are determined by the Board at the time of the grant, subject to the defined parameters of the EIP. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, stock options will have a term of five years and 25% of the options granted will vest immediately, and 25% will vest each six-month period thereafter.
During the year ended September 30, 2024, the Company granted stock options as follows:
| • | 100,000 stock options with an exercise price of $0.65 per option with a term of five years. The options vest 25% six months after grant date and 25% every six months thereafter. |
| • | 15,000 stock options with an exercise price of $0.35 per option with a term of five years. The options vest 25% six months after grant date and 25% every six months thereafter. |
| • | The weighted average inputs to the Black-Scholes pricing model for the options issued above were as follows: stock price – $0.24, exercise price – $0.61, expected life – 5 years, volatility – 100%, and discount rate – 3.79%. |
During the year ended September 30, 2023, the Company granted stock options as follows:
| • | 10,000 stock options with an exercise price of $0.65 per option with a term of five years. The options vest 25% six months after grant date and 25% every six months thereafter. |
| • | 100,000 stock options with an exercise price of $0.65 per option with a term of five years. The options vest 25% six months after grant date and 25% every six months thereafter. |
| • | The weighted average inputs to the Black-Scholes pricing model for the options issued above were as follows: stock price – $0.23, exercise price – $0.65, expected life – 5 years, volatility – 100%, and discount rate – 2.99%. |
During the year ended September 30, 2024, the Company recorded $20,005 (2023—$54,460) in share-based compensation expense due to the vesting of options.
F-28
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
Options transactions are summarized as follows:
| Number of options |
Weighted average exercise price |
|||||||
| Balance, September 30, 2022 |
5,779,500 | $ | 1.16 | |||||
| Expired |
(1,939,500 | ) | $ | 0.75 | ||||
| Granted |
110,000 | $ | 0.65 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Balance, September 30, 2023 |
3,950,000 | $ | 1.32 | |||||
| Expired |
(150,000 | ) | $ | 1.50 | ||||
| Granted |
115,000 | $ | 0.61 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Balance, September 30, 2024 |
3,915,000 | $ | 1.31 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The following is a summary of stock options as at September 30, 2024:
| Expiry date |
Exercise price |
Number of options |
Options exercisable |
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years) |
||||||||||||
| October 9, 2025 |
$ | 0.50 | 500,000 | 500,000 | 1.02 | |||||||||||
| January 26, 2026 |
$ | 0.60 | 40,000 | 40,000 | 1.32 | |||||||||||
| May 6, 2026 |
$ | 1.50 | 2,025,000 | 2,025,000 | 1.60 | |||||||||||
| May 25, 2026 |
$ | 1.50 | 75,000 | 75,000 | 1.65 | |||||||||||
| June 14, 2026 |
$ | 1.50 | 50,000 | 50,000 | 1.70 | |||||||||||
| August 30, 2026 |
$ | 1.50 | 1,000,000 | 1,000,000 | 1.92 | |||||||||||
| March 29, 2028 |
$ | 0.65 | 10,000 | 5,000 | 3.50 | |||||||||||
| April 26, 2028 |
$ | 0.65 | 100,000 | 50,000 | 3.57 | |||||||||||
| November 1, 2028 |
$ | 0.65 | 100,000 | 25,000 | 4.09 | |||||||||||
| April 29, 2029 |
$ | 0.35 | 15,000 | — | 4.58 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| $ | 1.31 | 3,915,000 | 3,770,000 | 1.74 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
During the year ended September 30, 2024, 150,000 (2023 - 1,939,500) options were forfeited unexercised resulting in a transfer of $225,000 (2023 - $976,608) from reserves to deficit.
Restricted share rights
The EIP authorizes the Board to grant RSRs, in its sole and absolute discretion, to any eligible employee or director. Each RSR provides the recipient with the right to receive common shares of the Company for no additional consideration as compensation for past services or as an incentive for future services. The terms, including the vesting period of the RSRs, are determined at the sole discretion of the Board.
During the year ended September 30, 2021, the Company granted 927,500 RSRs to directors, officers, consultants, and advisors valued at $695,625. These RSRs vest as follows: 10% on the grant date and 15% every six months thereafter. During the year ended September 30, 2024, the Company recorded $25,074 (2023 - $114,612) in share-based compensation related to the vesting of these RSRs. During
F-29
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
the year ended September 30, 2024, 278,250 (2023 - 278,250) RSRs vested and were converted into common shares.
| 14. | Key Management Compensation and Related Party Transactions |
During the years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, the Company incurred the following amounts charged by officers and directors (being key management personnel) and companies controlled and/or owned by officers and directors of the Company in addition to the related party transactions disclosed elsewhere in these consolidated financial statements:
| September 30, 2024 $ |
September 30, 2023 $ |
|||||||
| Consulting fees |
748,689 | 371,000 | ||||||
| Share-based compensation |
14,193 | 117,547 | ||||||
| Wages and benefits |
185,417 | 475,000 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 948,299 | 963,547 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The Company has entered into a lease agreement with BC Green, as described in Note 9.
As at September 30, 2024, there was $1,185,268 (2023 - $398,890) owing to key management related to accrued consulting and directors fees, which is included in amounts due to related parties. The amounts are unsecured, without interest and due on demand. Subsequent to September 30, 2024, certain directors forgave $903,951 in amounts due to related parties (Note 20).
During the year ended September 30, 2024, the Company received $1,000,000 in loan proceeds from a company controlled by a director (Note 11). As at September 30, 2024, the Company owed $1,000,000 (2023 - $1,000,000) in principal and $56,250 (2023 - $6,250) in accrued interest in relation to this loan.
| 15. | Financial Instruments |
| a) | Categories of financial instruments |
The classification of the financial instruments, as well as their carrying values, is shown below:
Fair value
The fair value recorded on initial recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities at amortized cost is determined in accordance with generally accepted pricing models based on discounted cash flow analysis or using prices from observable current market transactions.
Financial instruments measured at fair value are classified into one of three levels in the fair value hierarchy according to the relative reliability of the inputs used to estimate the fair values. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are:
| Level 1 – | Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; |
| Level 2 – | Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly; and |
| Level 3 – | Inputs that are not based on observable market data. |
F-30
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, due to related parties, lease liabilities and loans payable. The fair values of these financial instruments approximate their carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments, with the exception of lease liabilities and loans payable which are measured using Level 2 inputs.
| b) | Management of financial risks |
The Company examines the various financial instrument risks to which it is exposed and assesses the impact and likelihood of these risks. These risks arise from the normal course of operations and all transactions undertaken are to support the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management manages and monitors these exposures to ensure appropriate measures are implemented in a timely and effective manner. The risks associated with these financial instruments and the policies on how to mitigate these risks are set out below.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. Interest rate risk is limited to potential decreases in the interest rate offered on cash held with chartered Canadian financial institutions. The Company considers this risk to be limited, as it holds no assets or liabilities subject to variable rates of interest.
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations. The financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company limits exposure by maintaining its cash with major Canadian commercial banks and credit unions.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will be unable to meet its financial obligations as they become due. The Company is reliant upon equity issuances and loans as its main sources of cash. The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining an adequate level of cash to meet its ongoing obligations. The Company continuously reviews its actual expenditures, forecasts cash flows and matches the maturity dates of its cash to capital and operating needs. All of the Company’s existing commitments are budgeted and funded as at the date of the consolidated financial statements. All financial liabilities have contractual maturities of less than one year and are subject to normal trade terms with the exception of the Company’s lease liabilities, which matures based on the lease agreement, and loans payable, which have terms ranging from one and a half to three years.
Currency risk
The Company is not exposed to financial risk related to the fluctuation of foreign exchange rates.
F-31
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| 16. | Capital Disclosure |
The capital structure of the Company consists of equity attributable to common shareholders comprising share capital, reserves, and deficit. The Company’s objectives when managing capital are to: (i) preserve capital; (ii) obtain the best available net return; and (iii) maintain liquidity. The Company manages the capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may attempt to issue new shares, issue new debt, or acquire or dispose of assets. The Company is not subject to externally imposed capital restrictions. There have been no changes in the Company’s capital management during the year ended September 30, 2024.
| 17. | Segment Reporting |
For the year ended September 30, 2024, the Company has one reportable operating segment, being that of farming, processing and distribution of raw mushroom biomass, mushroom extracts, manufacturing of drug products, and mushroom supplements. The Company’s non-current assets at September 30, 2024 are all in Canada.
| 18. | Commitments |
The Company has lease commitments for the Princeton Facilities (Note 9). Cash commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to the Industrial Land leases as at September 30, 2024, are payable as follows:
| $ | ||||
| Within 1 year |
35,000 | |||
| Between 1 year and 5 years |
— | |||
|
|
|
|||
| 35,000 | ||||
|
|
|
|||
| 19. | Income taxes |
The following table reconciles the amount of income tax expense on application of the combined statutory Canadian federal and provincial income tax rates for the years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023:
| September 30, 2024 |
September 30, 2023 |
|||||||
| Net loss for the period |
$ | (6,035,859 | ) | $ | (5,194,548 | ) | ||
| Statutory rate |
27.00 | % | 27.00 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Income tax recovery at statutory rate |
(1,630,000 | ) | (1,403,000 | ) | ||||
| Items not deductible for tax purpose |
(14,000 | ) | (99,000 | ) | ||||
| Adjustment to prior year versus statutory tax return |
28,000 | (23,000 | ) | |||||
| Benefit of tax losses not recognized |
1,616,000 | 1,525,000 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Income tax expense |
$ | — | $ | — | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The Company recognizes tax benefits on losses or other deductible amounts generated where it is probable the Company will generate future taxable income to be able to utilize those tax assets. The Company has unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset is recognized that amounted to $6,442,000.
F-32
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Year ended September 30, 2024
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
The Company has non-capital losses for Canadian tax purposes of approximately $21,794,000 available for carry-forward to reduce future years’ taxable income and will start to expire in 2039.
| 20. | Events after the Reporting Period |
Subsequent to September 30, 2024, the Company:
| • | Issued 1,316,668 units pursuant to private placements for gross proceeds of $395,000. Each unit is composed of one common share and one-half common share purchase warrant. Each warrant is exercisable at $0.40 per warrant for a period of two years. |
| • | Settled debt of $98,126 through issuance of 458,145 common shares. |
| • | Settled $903,951 in the form of debt forgiveness for amounts due to related parties (Note 14) |
F-33
Optimi Health Corp.
Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| Note | June 30, 2025 $ |
September 30, 2024 $ |
||||||||||
| ASSETS |
||||||||||||
| Current |
||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
3 | 88,533 | 103,660 | |||||||||
| Accounts receivable |
254,773 | 124,147 | ||||||||||
| Inventory |
4 | 658,939 | 894,820 | |||||||||
| Prepaids and advances |
6 | 50,262 | 109,960 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total current assets |
1,052,507 | 1,232,587 | ||||||||||
| Deposits |
17,548 | 17,548 | ||||||||||
| Deferred financing costs |
428,981 | — | ||||||||||
| Property, plant and equipment |
7 | 12,636,829 | 13,278,883 | |||||||||
| Right-of-use assets |
8 | — | 22,017 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total assets |
14,135,865 | 14,551,035 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
||||||||||||
| Current |
||||||||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
9 | 1,538,883 | 922,383 | |||||||||
| Due to related parties |
13 | 788,738 | 1,185,268 | |||||||||
| Deferred revenue |
10 | 292,001 | 116,391 | |||||||||
| Current portion of lease liabilities |
8 | 2,753 | 32,781 | |||||||||
| Current portion of loans payable |
11 | 1,000,000 | 960,000 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total current liabilities |
3,622,375 | 3,216,823 | ||||||||||
| Loans payable |
11 | 1,853,000 | 1,758,500 | |||||||||
| Subscriptions received in advance |
11, 18 | 908,000 | — | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total liabilities |
6,383,375 | 4,975,323 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Shareholders’ equity |
||||||||||||
| Share capital |
12 | 31,691,943 | 31,158,441 | |||||||||
| Reserves |
12 | 1,999,613 | 2,028,102 | |||||||||
| Accumulated deficit |
(25,939,066 | ) | (23,610,831 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total shareholders’ equity |
7,752,490 | 9,575,712 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity |
14,135,865 | 14,551,035 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Approved and authorized by the Board on August 29, 2025
| “Jon Schintler” | Director | “John James Wilson” | Director | |||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements.
F-34
Optimi Health Corp.
Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| Note | 9 – month $ |
9 – month $ |
3 – month $ |
3 – month 2024 |
||||||||||||||||
| Revenue |
490,330 | 311,991 | 196,389 | 124,027 | ||||||||||||||||
| Cost of sales |
4 | (94,227 | ) | (176,660 | ) | (14,456 | ) | (62,106 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Gross margin before fair value adjustments |
396,103 | 135,331 | 181,933 | 61,921 | ||||||||||||||||
| Unrealized gain in fair value of biological assets |
— | 141,162 | — | — | ||||||||||||||||
| Fair value change on sale of inventory |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Gross margin |
396,103 | 276,493 | 181,933 | 61,921 | ||||||||||||||||
| Expenses |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Advertising, promotion and public relations |
41,148 | 179,383 | 1,729 | 80,340 | ||||||||||||||||
| Amortization and depreciation |
7, 8 | 679,622 | 609,173 | 226,601 | 220,790 | |||||||||||||||
| Bank charges and interest |
8, 11 | 329,192 | 295,392 | 109,744 | 99,905 | |||||||||||||||
| Consulting |
13 | 614,887 | 814,459 | 198,383 | 313,130 | |||||||||||||||
| Insurance |
149,736 | 246,593 | 17,572 | 123,825 | ||||||||||||||||
| Investor relations |
— | 12,000 | — | 12,000 | ||||||||||||||||
| Office, rent and administration |
136,430 | 234,063 | 38,036 | — | ||||||||||||||||
| Professional fees |
97,305 | 62,205 | 18,348 | 65,319 | ||||||||||||||||
| Production costs |
309,977 | 452,431 | 171,871 | (5,255 | ) | |||||||||||||||
| Research and development |
203,498 | 14,663 | 1,500 | 176,587 | ||||||||||||||||
| Share-based compensation |
12, 13 | 45,940 | 55,878 | 1,120 | 6,050 | |||||||||||||||
| Shipping |
62,189 | 120,105 | 16,765 | 8,322 | ||||||||||||||||
| Transfer agent and filing fees |
115,184 | 117,750 | 40,450 | 51,676 | ||||||||||||||||
| Travel and accommodation |
26,305 | 56,740 | 7,408 | 36,256 | ||||||||||||||||
| Wages and benefits |
13 | 858,934 | 1,322,633 | 239,931 | 28,591 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| (3,670,347 | ) | (4,593,468 | ) | (1,089,458 | ) | (1,680,181 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Interest and other income |
3 | 7,629 | 4,299 | 207 | (8,497 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Debt forgiveness |
13 | 903,951 | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Loss and comprehensive loss for the period |
(2,362,664 | ) | (4,312,676 | ) | (907,318 | ) | (1,626,757 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Loss per share |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Basic and diluted |
$ | (0.02 | ) | $ | (0.05 | ) | $ | (0.01 | ) | $ | (0.02 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Weighted average number of common shares outstanding |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Basic and diluted |
95,763,524 | 88,515,112 | 96,638,169 | 89,588,530 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements.
F-35
Optimi Health Corp.
Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| 9-month 2025 $ |
9-month 2024 $ |
|||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
| Net loss for the period |
(2,362,664 | ) | (4,312,676 | ) | ||||
| Add back non-cash items |
||||||||
| Amortization and depreciation |
679,622 | 609,173 | ||||||
| Share-based compensation |
45,940 | 55,878 | ||||||
| Unrealized gain in fair value of biological assets |
— | (141,162 | ) | |||||
| Loan accretion |
134,500 | 117,500 | ||||||
| Lease interest |
1,472 | 4,318 | ||||||
| Debt forgiveness |
(903,951 | ) | — | |||||
| Changes in non-cash working capital items |
||||||||
| Accounts receivable |
130,626 | 54,013 | ||||||
| Inventory |
235,881 | 146,983 | ||||||
| Biological assets |
— | (211,005 | ) | |||||
| Prepaids and advances |
59,698 | (57,484 | ) | |||||
| Deferred revenue |
175,610 | 9,968 | ||||||
| Due to related party |
507,421 | 362,391 | ||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
307,231 | (233,945 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Cash used in operating activities |
(1,249,866 | ) | (3,596,048 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
| Deposits |
— | (33,211 | ) | |||||
| Plant and equipment expenditures |
(15,551 | ) | (44,848 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Cash used in investing activities |
(15,551 | ) | (78,059 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
| Private placements, net of share issue costs |
395,000 | 1,500,000 | ||||||
| Subscriptions received in advance |
908,000 | — | ||||||
| Proceeds from exercise of warrants |
— | 106,666 | ||||||
| Proceeds from loans |
— | 1,000,000 | ||||||
| Payment of lease obligations |
(31,500 | ) | (31,500 | ) | ||||
| Deferred financing costs |
(21,210 | ) | — | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Cash provided by financing activities |
1,250,290 | 2,575,166 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Change in cash and cash equivalents during the period |
(15,127 | ) | (1,098,941 | ) | ||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period |
103,660 | 1,344,778 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, end of period |
88,533 | 245,837 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION |
||||||||
| Property, plant and equipment costs included in accounts payable |
$ | 82,631 | $ | 68,496 | ||||
| Transfer from reserves to share capital on exercise of RSRs |
— | $ | 208,688 | |||||
| Shares issued for settlement of debt |
$ | 98,502 | — | |||||
| Transfer from reserves to deficit on cancellation of options |
$ | 34,429 | — | |||||
| Equity component of loans payable |
— | $ | 104,000 | |||||
| Residual value of warrants |
— | $ | 303,163 | |||||
| Transfer from reserves to share capital on exercise of warrants |
— | $ | 6,667 | |||||
| Deferred financing costs included in accounts payable |
$ | 407,771 | — | |||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements.
F-36
Optimi Health Corp.
Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| Common Shares |
Share Capital $ |
Reserves $ |
Deficit $ |
Total Equity $ |
||||||||||||||||
| Balance, October 1, 2023 |
87,038,441 | 28,698,155 | 2,157,756 | (17,645,018 | ) | 13,210,893 | ||||||||||||||
| Shares issued pursuant to private placement |
5,000,000 | 1,500,000 | — | — | 1,500,000 | |||||||||||||||
| Residual value of warrants |
— | (303,163 | ) | 303,163 | — | — | ||||||||||||||
| Shares issued on exercise of warrants |
266,666 | 106,666 | — | — | 106,666 | |||||||||||||||
| Transfer to share capital on exercise of warrants |
— | 6,667 | (6,667 | ) | — | — | ||||||||||||||
| Shares issued on conversion of RSRs |
278,250 | 208,688 | (208,688 | ) | — | — | ||||||||||||||
| Share-based compensation |
50,000 | 15,000 | 40,878 | — | 55,878 | |||||||||||||||
| Equity component of mortgages payable |
— | — | 104,000 | — | 104,000 | |||||||||||||||
| Loss and comprehensive loss for the period |
— | — | — | (4,312,676 | ) | (4,312,676 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Balance, June 30, 2024 |
92,633,357 | 30,232,013 | 2,390,442 | (21,957,694 | ) | 10,664,761 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Balance, October 1, 2024 |
94,663,356 | 31,158,441 | 2,028,102 | (23,610,831 | ) | 9,575,712 | ||||||||||||||
| Shares issued pursuant to private placement |
1,316,668 | 395,000 | — | — | 395,000 | |||||||||||||||
| Shares issued for settlement of debt |
458,145 | 98,502 | — | — | 98,502 | |||||||||||||||
| Transfer from reserves to deficit on cancellation of options |
— | — | (34,429 | ) | 34,429 | — | ||||||||||||||
| Share-based compensation |
200,000 | 40,000 | 5,940 | — | 45,940 | |||||||||||||||
| Loss and comprehensive loss for the period |
— | — | — | (2,362,664 | ) | (2,362,664 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Balance, June 30, 2025 |
96,638,169 | 31,691,943 | 1,999,613 | (25,939,066 | ) | 7,752,490 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements.
F-37
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Condensed interim consolidated financial statements
Period ended June 30, 2025
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| 1. | Nature of Operations and Going Concern |
Optimi Health Corp. (the “Company”) was incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) on May 27, 2020, under the name 1251417 B.C. Ltd. The Company changed its name from 1251417 B.C. Ltd. to Optimi Health Corp. on August 17, 2020.
The Company is licensed by Health Canada to produce and supply natural GMP-grade psilocybin, psilocin, and other psychedelic substances, some being synthetically formulated, as well as functional mushrooms that focus on domestic and international health and wellness markets. Built with the purpose of producing scalable psychedelic and functional mushroom products for transformational human experiences, the Company’s products are grown at its two facilities comprising a total of 20,000 square feet in Princeton, British Columbia. Focused on being a compassionate supplier of safe drug and nutraceutical products, the Company works with consumers, health food distributors, and drug developers and patients regulated by Health Canada.
The registered and records office is located at 2054 Dowad Drive, Squamish, British Columbia, Canada, V8B 0Y8.
These condensed interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which assumes that the Company will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business for the foreseeable future. Subsequent to the period ended June 30, 2025, the Company raised proceeds of $3,450,000 through issuance of convertible debt (Note 18). Management estimates it will have sufficient funds to operate for the upcoming twelve months.
| 2. | Basis of Presentation |
| a) | Statement of compliance |
These condensed interim consolidated financial statements, including comparatives, have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34, Interim Financial Reporting, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and the interpretations of the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC“s). They do not include all disclosures required by IFRS Accounting Standards (“IFRS”) for annual financial statements, and, therefore, should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended September 30, 2024, prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Material accounting policies not included in the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended September 30, 2024 are described below.
These condensed interim consolidated financial statements were authorized by the Audit Committee and Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) on August 29, 2025.
| b) | Basis of presentation |
These condensed interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for certain financial instruments, which are measured at fair value. These condensed Interim consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the Company and its subsidiaries’ functional currency.
F-38
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Condensed interim consolidated financial statements
Period ended June 30, 2025
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| c) | Basis of consolidation |
These condensed interim consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries’ with intercompany balances and transactions eliminated on consolidation. Subsidiaries are those entities over which the Company has the power over the investee, is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to use its power to affect its returns. As of June 30, 2025, the Company has 100% ownership interest in Optimi Labs Inc. and Optimi Nutraceuticals Corp.
| d) | Significant accounting judgments and estimates |
The preparation of condensed interim consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed interim consolidated financial statements and the reported revenues and expenses during the year. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
Significant estimates and judgments are evaluations and assumptions about the future and other sources of estimation uncertainty that management has made, which could result in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities. Significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, the following:
Going concern
The assessment of whether the concern assumption is appropriate requires management to take into account all available information about the future, which is at least, but not limited to, twelve months from the end of the reporting period.
Provisions and contingencies
The amount recognized as a provision, including legal, contractual, constructive, and other exposures or obligations, is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the related liability, including any related interest charges, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. In addition, contingencies will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. Therefore, assessment of contingencies inherently involves the exercise of significant judgment and estimates of the outcome of future events. The Company assesses its liabilities and contingencies based upon the best information available.
Impairment of plant and equipment
Management considers both external and internal sources of information in determining if there are any indications that the Company’s Plant and equipment is impaired. Management considers the market, economic and legal environment in which the Company operates that are not within its control and affect the recoverable amount of its plant. Management considers the manner in which the Plant and equipment is being used or is expected to be used an indication of economic performance of the assets.
F-39
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Condensed interim consolidated financial statements
Period ended June 30, 2025
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
Valuation of inventory
Inventories are valued at the lower cost and net realizable value except for biological inventory which includes a fair value component. Purchased inventory is accounted for using the weighted average purchase cost of the components that comprise finished goods inventory. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs to sell.
Valuation of share-based payments
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model for valuation of share-based compensation. Option pricing models require the input of subjective assumptions including expected price volatility, interest rate and forfeiture rate. Changes in the input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate and the Company’s earnings and equity reserves. The Company estimates volatility based on the Company’s historical share prices, excluding specific time frames in which volatility was affected by specific transactions that are not considered to be indicative of the entities’ expected share price volatility.
Biological assets and inventory
In calculating the value of the biological assets, management is required to make a number of estimates, including estimating the stage of growth of the mushrooms up to the point of harvest, harvesting costs, selling costs, sales price, wastage and expected yields for the mushrooms. In calculating final inventory values, management is required to determine an estimate of spoiled or expired inventory and compare the inventory cost versus net realizable value. The cost and fair value of biological assets are capitalized to the extent that their cost and fair value will be recoverable.
Estimated useful lives of Plant and equipment
Depreciation of plant and equipment is dependent upon estimates of useful lives which are determined through the exercise of judgment.
| 3. | Cash and Cash Equivalents |
Cash and cash equivalents consist of the following:
| Maturity | Classification | June 30, 2025 $ |
September 30, 2024 $ |
|||||||||
| Cash |
N/A | Cash | 78,533 | 8,660 | ||||||||
| Term deposit – 3.0% |
Demand | Cash equivalent | — | 70,000 | ||||||||
| Term deposit – 4.25% |
Demand | Cash equivalent | 25,000 | |||||||||
| Term deposit – prime – 2.45% |
Demand | Cash equivalent | 10,000 | — | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| 88,533 | 103,660 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
During the period ended June 30, 2025, the Company earned $7,629 (2024 – $13,786) in interest income.
F-40
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Condensed interim consolidated financial statements
Period ended June 30, 2025
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| 4. | Inventory |
Inventory consists of the Company’s finished goods functional mushroom nutraceutical products, harvested mushrooms and raw materials.
| June 30, 2025 $ |
September 30, 2024 $ |
|||||||
| Finished goods drug products |
47,812 | 21,838 | ||||||
| Finished goods nutraceutical products |
1,066 | 66,807 | ||||||
| Mushroom biomass |
574,029 | 770,143 | ||||||
| Raw materials |
36,032 | 36,032 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 658,939 | 894,820 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
As at June 30, 2025, the Company holds 157kg (2024 – 243kg) in harvested mushroom biomass.
Cost of sales consists of the following:
| June 30, 2025 $ |
June 30, 2024 $ |
|||||||
| Finished goods drug products |
24,318 | — | ||||||
| Finished goods nutraceutical products |
65,741 | 176,660 | ||||||
| Other |
4,168 | — | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 94,227 | 176,660 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 5. | Biological Assets |
The Company grows psilocybin containing mushrooms at its plant located in Princeton, British Columbia. Biological assets consist of psilocybin mushrooms.
| Total $ |
||||
| Balance, September 30, 2023 |
— | |||
| Production costs capitalized |
119,007 | |||
| Unrealized gain in fair value of biological assets, less cost to sell |
156,145 | |||
| Transfer to inventory upon harvest |
(275,152 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Balance, September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2025 |
— | |||
During the year ended September 30, 2023, the Company commenced production and harvest of psilocybin mushrooms to be used for commercial purposes. As at June 30, 2025 (September 30, 2024 – $nil), the Company had no mushrooms in the growth stage due to the timing of harvests. Although the Company can sell its raw mushroom biomass, it will further process the raw mushroom biomass into psilocybin extract. The cost to process and extract psilocybin are considered costs to sell and are deducted from the fair value of mushroom biomass.
Determination of fair value of the biological assets requires the Company to make various estimates and assumptions. The fair value of biological assets is considered a Level 3 category in the IFRS fair value
F-41
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Condensed interim consolidated financial statements
Period ended June 30, 2025
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
hierarchy. When applying IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement to non-financial assets, in this case the biological asset and produce, the fair value considers a market participant’s ability to use that asset in its highest and best use. The highest and best use considers the use of the asset that is physically possible, legally permissible, and financially feasible, either in combination with other assets or on a standalone basis. The significant estimates and inputs used to assess the fair value of biological assets include the following assumptions for the year ended September 30, 2024.
| • | Selling price – calculated based on the expected selling price of psilocybin extract derived from processing the raw mushroom biomass, based on the Company’s purchase orders received to date. |
| • | Post-harvest costs – calculated as the cost per gram required to convert the raw mushroom biomass into psilocybin extract, consisting of labour, raw materials, and laboratory testing. |
| • | Psilocybin potency of raw mushroom inputs – calculated based on the percent psilocybin as a function of raw mushroom input biomass. |
| • | Recovery efficiency of psilocybin extract – calculated based on the weight of psilocybin extracted from raw mushroom biomass as a function of the input psilocybin weight. |
| September 30, 2024 $ |
||||
| Selling Price (per gram of psilocybin extract) |
$ | 1,000 | ||
| Post harvest costs (per gram of psilocybin extract) |
$ | 451 | ||
| Psilocybin potency (mg/g) |
12 | |||
| Recovery efficiency of psilocybin (%) |
55.24 | |||
During the period ended June 30, 2025, $nil (September 30, 2024 – $53,611) in depreciation was capitalized to biological assets (Note 7).
| 6. | Prepaids and Advances |
Prepaids and advances consist of the following:
| June 30, 2025 $ |
September 30, 2024 $ |
|||||||
| Prepaid consulting fees |
17,708 | — | ||||||
| Prepaid insurance |
— | 104,166 | ||||||
| Prepaid licensing fees |
20,123 | — | ||||||
| Prepaid transfer agent and filing fees |
12,431 | 5,794 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 50,262 | 109,960 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
F-42
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Condensed interim consolidated financial statements
Period ended June 30, 2025
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| 7. | Plant and equipment |
Plant and equipment includes two cultivation and processing facilities located in Princeton, British Columbia (the “Princeton Facilities”). The Princeton Facilities were considered substantially complete on June 27, 2022 and depreciation commenced thereafter on the plant.
| Equipment $ |
Plant $ |
Total $ |
||||||||||
| Cost |
||||||||||||
| September 30, 2024 |
1,749,753 | 13,370,246 | 15,119,999 | |||||||||
| Additions |
15,551 | — | 15,551 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| June 30, 2025 |
1,765,304 | 13,370,246 | 15,135,550 | |||||||||
| Accumulated depreciation |
||||||||||||
| September 30, 2024 |
637,382 | 1,203,734 | 1,841,116 | |||||||||
| Additions |
257,596 | 400,009 | 657,605 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| June 30, 2025 |
894,978 | 1,603,743 | 2,498,721 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net book value |
||||||||||||
| September 30, 2024 |
1,112,371 | 12,166,512 | 13,278,883 | |||||||||
| June 30, 2025 |
870,326 | 11,766,503 | 12,636,829 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
During the period ended June 30, 2025, $nil (September 30, 2024 – $53,611) in depreciation was capitalized to biological assets (Note 5).
| 8. | Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities |
The Company has a lease agreement with BC Green Pharmaceuticals Inc. (“BC Green”), a company related by a common director and common officers, whereby the Company has leased industrial land from BC Green on which to build its Princeton Facilities. Upon signing of the lease agreement, the Company recognized $158,683 for a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and $158,683 for a lease liability representing the present value of the future lease payments discounted using an effective interest rate of 10%. The lease payments are $3,500 per month.
F-43
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Condensed interim consolidated financial statements
Period ended June 30, 2025
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
The continuity of the ROU assets and lease liability are as follows:
| ROU asset |
Total $ |
|||
| ROU asset as at September 30, 2023 |
51,374 | |||
| Amortization |
(29,357 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| ROU asset as at September 30, 2024 |
22,017 | |||
| Amortization |
(22,017 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| ROU asset as at June 30, 2025 |
— | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Lease liability |
Total $ |
|||
| Lease liability as at September 30, 2023 |
69,485 | |||
| Lease payments |
(42,000 | ) | ||
| Lease interest |
5,296 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Lease liability as at September 30, 2024 |
32,781 | |||
| Lease payments |
(31,500 | ) | ||
| Lease interest |
1,472 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Lease liability as at June 30, 2025 |
2,753 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| June 30, 2025 $ |
September 30, 2024 $ |
|||||||
| Current portion |
2,753 | 32,781 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 2,753 | 32,781 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 9. | Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities are composed of the following:
| June 30, 2025 $ |
September 30, 2024 $ |
|||||||
| Accounts payable |
1,493,883 | 749,376 | ||||||
| Accrued liabilities |
45,000 | 173,007 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 1,538,883 | 922,383 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
F-44
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Condensed interim consolidated financial statements
Period ended June 30, 2025
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| 10. | Deferred Revenue |
Deferred revenue relates to deposits received pursuant to various supply agreements:
During the year ended September 30, 2023, the Company received a non-refundable deposit of $112,500 pursuant to a supply agreement for gross proceeds of $450,000. The purchaser has the option to purchase additional products for proceeds of up to an additional $450,000. During the year ended September 30, 2024, the Company received an additional $9,968 in deposits recorded as deferred revenue and recorded a reduction in deferred revenue of $6,077 as it commenced fulfilling its obligations under the supply agreement. During the period ended June 30, 2025, the Company received an additional $236,878 in deposits recorded as deferred revenue and recorded a reduction in deferred revenue of $61,268 as it commenced fulfilling its obligations under the supply agreement.
| Deferred revenue |
$ | |||
| Deferred revenue as at September 30, 2023 |
112,500 | |||
| Deposits received |
9,968 | |||
| Revenue fulfilled |
(6,077 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Deferred revenue as at September 30, 2024 |
116,391 | |||
| Deposits received |
236,878 | |||
| Revenue fulfilled |
(61,268 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Deferred revenue as at June 30, 2025 |
292,001 | |||
| 11. | Loans payable |
During the year ended September 30, 2024, the Company received gross proceeds of $1,000,000 from loans with an interest rate of 7.5% and a term of one and a half years secured against the assets of the Company. In connection with this financing, the Company issued 100,000 common share purchase warrants with an exercise price of $0.50 and a term of one and a half years (note 12).
The interest rate of 7.5% was determined to be a below market rate of interest. The loans were recorded at fair value on initial recognition, which was determined to be $896,000 using a discount rate of 15%, resulting in a total discount of $100,000. As the loans were provided by shareholders of the Company, the discount was considered to a component of equity. The warrants were valued at $4,000 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and were accounted for as debt issuance costs. The inputs to the Black-Scholes pricing model were as follows: stock price – $0.17, exercise price – $0.50, expected life – 1.5 years , volatility – 100% , and discount rate – 3.79%.
During the period ended June 30, 2025, the Company recorded $168,750 (2024 – $168,750) in interest expense of which $168,750 (2024 – $nil) was accrued interest payable recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and recorded loan accretion of $134,500 (2024 – $117,500) in relation to these loans. As
F-45
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Condensed interim consolidated financial statements
Period ended June 30, 2025
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
at June 30, 2025, the Company has accrued $262,500 (2024- $nil) in interest payable recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
| Loans |
$ | |||
| Loans as at September 30, 2023 |
1,637,750 | |||
| Loan proceeds received |
1,000,000 | |||
| Equity component of loans |
(104,000 | ) | ||
| Loan accretion |
184,750 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Loans as at September 30, 2024 |
2,718,500 | |||
| Loan accretion |
134,500 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Loans as at June 30, 2025 |
2,853,000 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Classified as current |
1,000,000 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Classified as long-term |
1,853,000 | |||
|
|
|
|||
The maturity dates of these loans are as follows:
| Maturity date |
$ | |||
| April 30, 2026 (1) |
1,000,000 | |||
| August 4, 2026 |
1,000,000 | |||
| August 31, 2026 |
1,000,000 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| 3,000,000 | ||||
|
|
|
|||
| (1) | Subsequent to June 30, 2025, the Company issued 400,000 common share purchase warrants to extend the maturity date of this loan to April 30, 2026 (Note 18). |
During the period ended June 30, 2025, the Company received $908,000 in proceeds in advance of issuance of convertible debentures (Note 18).
| 12. | Share Capital |
| a) | Authorized |
Unlimited number of common shares without par value.
| b) | Issued and outstanding |
The total issued and outstanding share capital as at June 30, 2025 consisted of 96,638,169 common shares without par value.
During the period ended June 30, 2025, the Company:
| • | Issued 1,316,668 units pursuant to a private placement for gross proceeds of $395,000. Each Unit is comprised of one common share in the capital of the Company and one-half of one transferable Common Share purchase warrant (”Warrant”). Each Warrant entitles the holder to acquire one Common Share at $0.40 for two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry |
F-46
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Condensed interim consolidated financial statements
Period ended June 30, 2025
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| provision, whereby in the event the closing price of the Company’s Common Shares on the Canadian Securities Exchange exceeds $0.50 for a period of 20 consecutive trading days, at the Company’s election, the period within which the Warrants are exercisable, will be reduced and the holders of the Warrants will be entitled to exercise their Warrants for a period of 30 days commencing on the day the Company provides notice, any outstanding Warrants not exercised during the 30 day period will expire. |
| • | Issued 458,145 common shares valued at $98,502 for settlement of debt. |
| • | Issued 200,000 common shares valued at $40,000 for consulting services recorded as share-based compensation. |
During the period ended June 30, 2024, the Company:
| • | Issued 278,250 common shares valued at $208,688 on exercise of restricted share rights (“RSRs”). |
| • | Issued 5,000,000 units pursuant to a private placement for gross proceeds of $1,500,000. Each Unit is comprised of one common share in the capital of the Company and one-half of one transferable Common Share purchase warrant (”Warrant”). Each Warrant entitles the holder to acquire one Common Share at $0.40 for two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision, whereby in the event the closing price of the Company’s Common Shares on the Canadian Securities Exchange exceeds $0.50 for a period of 20 consecutive trading days, at the Company’s election, the period within which the Warrants are exercisable, will be reduced and the holders of the Warrants will be entitled to exercise their Warrants for a period of 30 days commencing on the day the Company provides notice, any outstanding Warrants not exercised during the 30 day period will expire. The Company recorded a value of $303,163 related to the warrants in accordance with the residual value method. |
| • | Issued 266,666 common shares on exercise of warrants for gross proceeds of $106,666. |
| • | Issued 50,000 common shares valued at $15,000 as share-based compensation. |
Warrants
Warrant transactions are summarized as follows:
| Number of warrants |
Weighted average exercise price |
|||||||
| Balance, September 30, 2023 |
3,046,154 | $ | 0.50 | |||||
| Issued |
3,498,332 | $ | 0.40 | |||||
| Exercised |
(499,999 | ) | $ | 0.40 | ||||
| Expired |
(2,846,154 | ) | $ | 0.50 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Balance, September 30, 2024 |
3,198,333 | $ | 0.41 | |||||
| Issued |
658,334 | $ | 0.40 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Balance, June 30, 2025 |
3,856,667 | $ | 0.41 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
F-47
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Condensed interim consolidated financial statements
Period ended June 30, 2025
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
The following is a summary of warrants as at June 30, 2025:
| Expiry date |
Exercise price |
Number of warrants |
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years) |
|||||||||
| August 4, 2026 |
$ | 0.50 | 100,000 | 1.10 | ||||||||
| August 29, 2026 |
$ | 0.50 | 100,000 | 1.16 | ||||||||
| November 1, 2026 |
$ | 0.50 | 100,000 | 1.34 | ||||||||
| February 23, 2026 |
$ | 0.40 | 758,350 | 0.65 | ||||||||
| May 10, 2026 |
$ | 0.40 | 333,334 | 0.86 | ||||||||
| May 29, 2026 |
$ | 0.40 | 908,316 | 0.91 | ||||||||
| August 15, 2026 |
$ | 0.40 | 898,333 | 1.13 | ||||||||
| January 24, 2027 |
$ | 0.40 | 658,334 | 1.57 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| $0.41 | 3,856,667 | 1.04 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| c) | Equity incentive plan |
The Company has an equity incentive plan (“EIP”) under which the Board may, from time to time in its discretion, grant stock options, RSRs or deferred share units of the Company to its directors, officers, employees, consultants, and advisors. The aggregate number of common shares that may be subject to issuance under the EIP, together with any other securities-based compensation arrangements of the Company, shall not exceed 15% of the Company’s issued and outstanding share capital.
Stock options
The EIP authorizes the Board to grant options to eligible directors and employees (including officers). The number of options, the exercise price per option, the vesting period, and any other terms and conditions of options granted from time to time pursuant to the EIP, are determined by the Board at the time of the grant, subject to the defined parameters of the EIP. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, stock options will have a term of five years and 25% of the options granted will vest immediately, and 25% will vest each six-month period thereafter.
During the period ended June 30, 2025, the Company granted no stock options.
During the period ended June 30, 2024, the Company
| • | granted 100,000 stock options with an exercise price of $0.65 and a term of five years. |
| • | granted 15,000 stock options with an exercise price of $0.65 and a term of five years. |
F-48
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Condensed interim consolidated financial statements
Period ended June 30, 2025
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
Options transactions are summarized as follows:
| Number of options | Weighted average exercise price |
|||||||
| Balance, September 30, 2023 |
3,950,000 | $ | 1.32 | |||||
| Expired |
(150,000 | ) | $ | 1.50 | ||||
| Granted |
115,000 | $ | 0.61 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Balance, September 30, 2024 |
3,915,000 | $ | 1.31 | |||||
| Cancelled |
(75,000 | ) | $ | 1.50 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Balance, June 30, 2025 |
3,840,000 | $ | 1.31 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The following is a summary of stock options as at June 30, 2025:
| Expiry date |
Exercise price |
Number of options |
Options exercisable |
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years) |
||||||||||||
| October 9, 2025 |
$ | 0.50 | 500,000 | 500,000 | 0.28 | |||||||||||
| January 26, 2026 |
$ | 0.60 | 40,000 | 40,000 | 0.58 | |||||||||||
| May 6, 2026 |
$ | 1.50 | 2,025,000 | (1) | 2,025,000 | 0.85 | ||||||||||
| June 14, 2026 |
$ | 1.50 | 50,000 | 50,000 | 0.96 | |||||||||||
| August 30, 2026 |
$ | 1.50 | 1,000,000 | 1,000,000 | 1.17 | |||||||||||
| March 29, 2028 |
$ | 0.65 | 10,000 | 10,000 | 2.75 | |||||||||||
| April 26, 2028 |
$ | 0.65 | 100,000 | 100,000 | 2.82 | |||||||||||
| November 1, 2028 |
$ | 0.65 | 100,000 | 75,000 | 3.34 | |||||||||||
| April 29, 2029 |
$ | 0.35 | 15,000 | 7,500 | 3.83 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| $ | 1.31 | 3,840,000 | 3,807,500 | 0.99 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| (1) | 100,000 stock options terminated subsequent to the period ended June 30, 2025. |
Restricted share rights
The EIP authorizes the Board to grant RSRs, in its sole and absolute discretion, to any eligible employee or director. Each RSR provides the recipient with the right to receive common shares of the Company for no additional consideration as compensation for past services or as an incentive for future services. The terms, including the vesting period of the RSRs, are determined at the sole discretion of the Board.
During the year ended September 30, 2021, the Company granted 927,500 RSRs to directors, officers, consultants, and advisors valued at $695,625. These RSRs vest as follows: 10% on the grant date and 15% every six months thereafter. During the period ended June 30, 2025, the Company recorded $nil (June 30, 2024 – $25,074) in share-based compensation related to the vesting of these RSRs. During the period ended June 30, 2025, $nil (June 30, 2024 – 278,250) RSRs vested and were converted into common shares.
F-49
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Condensed interim consolidated financial statements
Period ended June 30, 2025
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| 13. | Key Management Compensation and Related Party Transactions |
During the period ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, the Company incurred the following amounts charged by officers and directors (being key management personnel) and companies controlled and/or owned by officers and directors of the Company in addition to the related party transactions disclosed elsewhere in these condensed interim consolidated financial statements:
| June 30, 2025 $ |
June 30, 2024 $ |
|||||||
| Consulting fees |
449,234 | 378,750 | ||||||
| Share-based compensation |
— | 14,193 | ||||||
| Wages and benefits |
— | 297,986 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 449,234 | 690,929 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The Company has entered into a lease agreement with BC Green, as described in Note 8.
During the period ended June 30, 2025, certain directors forgave $903,951 in accounts payable recorded as debt forgiveness.
As at June 30, 2025, there was $788,738 (September 30, 2024 – $1,185,268) owing to key management, which is included in due to related parties. The amounts are unsecured, without interest and due on demand.
During the year ended September 30, 2023, the Company received $1,000,000 in loan proceeds from a company controlled by a director (Note 11). As at June 30, 2025, the Company owed $1,000,000 (September 30, 2024 – $1,000,000) in principal and $112,500 in accrued interest in relation to this loan.
| 14. | Financial Instruments |
| a) | Categories of financial instruments |
The classification of the financial instruments, as well as their carrying values, is shown below:
Fair value
The fair value recorded on initial recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities at amortized cost is determined in accordance with generally accepted pricing models based on discounted cash flow analysis or using prices from observable current market transactions.
Financial instruments measured at fair value are classified into one of three levels in the fair value hierarchy according to the relative reliability of the inputs used to estimate the fair values. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are:
Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly; and
Level 3 – Inputs that are not based on observable market data.
The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, due to related parties, lease liabilities and loans payable. The
F-50
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Condensed interim consolidated financial statements
Period ended June 30, 2025
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
fair values of these financial instruments approximate their carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments, with the exception of lease liabilities and loans payable which are measured using Level 2 inputs.
| b) | Management of financial risks |
The Company examines the various financial instrument risks to which it is exposed and assesses the impact and likelihood of these risks. These risks arise from the normal course of operations and all transactions undertaken are to support the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management manages and monitors these exposures to ensure appropriate measures are implemented in a timely and effective manner. The risks associated with these financial instruments and the policies on how to mitigate these risks are set out below.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. Interest rate risk is limited to potential decreases in the interest rate offered on cash held with chartered Canadian financial institutions. The Company considers this risk to be limited, as it holds no assets or liabilities subject to variable rates of interest.
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations. The financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company limits exposure by maintaining its cash with major Canadian commercial banks and credit unions.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will be unable to meet its financial obligations as they become due. The Company is reliant upon equity issuances and loans as its main sources of cash. The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining an adequate level of cash to meet its ongoing obligations. The Company continuously reviews its actual expenditures, forecasts cash flows and matches the maturity dates of its cash to capital and operating needs. All of the Company’s existing commitments are budgeted and funded as at the date of the condensed interim consolidated financial statements. All financial liabilities have contractual maturities of less than one year and are subject to normal trade terms with the exception of the Company’s lease liabilities, which matures based on the lease agreement, and loans payable, which have terms ranging from one and a half to three years.
Currency risk
The Company is not exposed to financial risk related to the fluctuation of foreign exchange rates.
F-51
Optimi Health Corp.
Notes to the Condensed interim consolidated financial statements
Period ended June 30, 2025
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)
| 15. | Capital Disclosure |
The capital structure of the Company consists of equity attributable to common shareholders comprising share capital, reserves, and deficit. The Company’s objectives when managing capital are to: (i) preserve capital; (ii) obtain the best available net return; and (iii) maintain liquidity. The Company manages the capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may attempt to issue new shares, issue new debt, or acquire or dispose of assets. The Company is not subject to externally imposed capital restrictions. There have been no changes in the Company’s capital management during the period ended June 30, 2025.
| 16. | Segment Reporting |
For the period ended June 30, 2025, the Company has one reportable operating segment, being that of farming, processing and distribution of raw mushroom biomass, mushroom extracts, manufacturing of drug products, and mushroom supplements. The Company’s non-current assets at June 30, 2025 are all in Canada.
| 17. | Commitments |
The Company has lease commitments for the Princeton Facilities (Note 8). Cash commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to the facility leases as at June 30, 2025, are payable as follows:
| $ | ||||
| Within 1 year |
3,500 | |||
| Between 1 year and 5 years |
— | |||
|
|
|
|||
| 3,500 | ||||
|
|
|
|||
| 18. | Events after the Reporting Period |
Subsequent to June 30, 2025, the Company
| • | Received cash proceeds of $3,450,000 through the issuance of convertible debentures bearing an interest rate of 15% per annum, maturing July 24, 2026. The principal amount of the debt is convertible into common shares of the Company at a conversion price of $0.15 per share. During the period ended June 30, 2025, the Company received $908,000 in proceeds in advance of issuance of the convertible debt. (Note 11). |
| • | Issued 400,000 common share purchase warrants exercisable at $0.25 per warrant for a period of two years in relation to extension of the maturity date of a loan (Note 11). |
| • | Granted 1,900,000 stock options to a consultant. 700,000 stock options are exercisable at $0.165 per option vesting immediately on date of grant, 600,000 stock options are exercisable at CDN$0.20 vesting December 18, 2025 and 600,000 stock options are exercisable at CDN$0.30 vesting April 18, 2026. All unexercised stock options expire August 19, 2028. |
F-52
Common Shares
PROSPECTUS
Sole Bookrunner
Titan Partners Group
a division of American Capital Partners
, 2025
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Division 5 of Part 5 of the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) provides that a corporation may (a) indemnify an eligible party against all eligible penalties to which the eligible party is or may be liable and (b) after the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, pay the expenses (not including judgments, penalties, fines or amounts paid in settlement of a proceeding) actually and reasonably incurred by an eligible party in respect of that proceeding.
An “eligible party” means an individual who (a) is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (b) is or was a director or officer of another corporation (i) at a time when the corporation is or was an affiliate of the corporation, or (ii) at the request of the corporation, or (c) at the request of the corporation, is or was, or holds or held a position equivalent to that of, a director or officer of a partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity. An “eligible proceeding” means a proceeding in which an eligible party or any of the heirs and personal or other legal representatives of the eligible party, by reason of the eligible party being or having been a director or officer of, or holding or having held a position equivalent to that of a director or officer of, the corporation or an associated corporation (a) is or may be joined as a party, or (b) is or may be liable for or in respect of a judgment, penalty or fine in, or expenses related to, the proceeding.
A corporation must, after the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, pay the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the eligible party in respect of that proceeding if the eligible party (a) has not been reimbursed for those expenses, and (b) is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the outcome of the proceeding or is substantially successful on the merits in the outcome of the proceeding.
A corporation may pay, as they are incurred in advance of the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by an eligible party in respect of that proceeding, provided the corporation first receives from the eligible party a written undertaking that, if it is ultimately determined that the payment of expenses is prohibited, the eligible party will repay the amounts advanced.
A corporation must not indemnify an eligible party or pay the expenses of an eligible party if any of the following circumstances apply:
| • | if the indemnity or payment is made under an earlier agreement to indemnify or pay expenses and, at the time that the agreement to indemnify or pay expenses was made, the corporation was prohibited from giving the indemnity or paying the expenses by its memorandum or articles; |
| • | if the indemnity or payment is made otherwise than under an earlier agreement to indemnify or pay expenses and, at the time that the indemnity or payment is made, the corporation is prohibited from giving the indemnity or paying the expenses by its memorandum or articles; |
| • | if, in relation to the subject matter of the eligible proceeding, the eligible party did not act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the corporation or the associated corporation, as the case may be; |
| • | in the case of an eligible proceeding other than a civil proceeding, if the eligible party did not have reasonable grounds for believing that the eligible party’s conduct in respect of which the proceeding was brought was lawful. |
If an eligible proceeding is brought against an eligible party by or on behalf of the corporation or by or on behalf of an associated corporation, the corporation must not (a) indemnify the eligible party in respect of the proceeding or (b) pay the expenses of the eligible party in respect of the proceeding.
II-1
A corporation may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of an eligible party or the heirs and personal or other legal representatives of the eligible party against any liability that may be incurred by reason of the eligible party being or having been a director or officer of, or holding or having held a position equivalent to that of a director or officer of, the corporation or an associated corporation.
Our articles provide that our directors must cause our company to indemnify our directors former directors, or alternate directors and their respective heirs and personal or other legal representatives against all eligible penalties to which such person is or may be liable, and the Company must, after the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, pay the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect of that proceeding and each director is deemed to have contracted with our company on this term.
The Underwriting Agreement, the form of which is to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, will also provide for indemnification of us and our officers and directors.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
During the past three years, we have issued the following securities (including options to acquire our common shares) without registering the securities under the Securities Act. We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions, pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering and/or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.
On August 12, 2022, the Company issued 23,000 common shares at C$0.40 per share due to the exercise of warrants. The issuance was not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
On August 23, 2022, the Company issued 75,000 common shares at C$0.29 per share due to the vesting of RSRs.
The issuance was not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
On September 1, 2022, the Company issued 20,000 common shares at C$0.40 per share due to the exercise of warrants. The issuance was not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
On September 7, 2022, the Company issued 40,000 common shares at C$0.40 per share due to the exercise of warrants. The issuance was not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
On September 9, 2022, the Company issued 533,000 common shares at C$0.40 per share due to the exercise of warrants. The issuance was not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
On October 7, 2022, the Company issued 5,692,308 units at a price of C$0.325 per unit, for gross proceeds of C$1,850,000. Each unit consisted of one common share and one half of a common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one common share at C$0.50 for a period of two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision. The offer and sale were not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
II-2
On November 15, 2022, the Company issued 139,125 common shares at C$0.30 per share due to the vesting of RSRs. The issuance was not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
On January 3, 2023, the Company issued 50,000 common shares at C$0.23 per share in connection with an advisory services agreement. The issuance was not made to a person who is in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchaser is outside of the United States.
On February 23, 2023, the Company issued 75,000 common shares at C$0.22 per share due to the vesting of RSRs. The issuance was not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
On March 29, 2023, the Company granted 10,000 stock options, subject to vesting provisions, to an employee of the Company. The stock options are exercisable at a price of C$0.65 per common share until March 29, 2028, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of the Equity Plan. The issuance was not made to a person who is in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchaser is outside of the United States.
On April 26, 2023, the Company granted 10,000 stock options, subject to vesting provisions, to an employee of the Company. The stock options are exercisable at a price of C$0.65 per common share until April 26, 2028, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of the Equity Plan. The issuance was not made to a person who is in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchaser is outside of the United States.
On May 8, 2023, the Company issued 139,125 common shares at C$0.26 per share due to the vesting of RSRs.
The issuance was not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
On November 1, 2023, the Company granted 10,000 stock options, subject to vesting provisions, to an employee of the Company. The stock options are exercisable at a price of C$0.65 per common share until November 1, 2028, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of the Equity Plan. The issuance was not made to a person who is in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchaser is outside of the United States.
On November 6, 2023, the Company issued 139,125 common shares at C$0.16 per share due to the vesting of RSRs. The issuance was not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
On January 2, 2024, the Company issued 50,000 common shares at C$0.245 per share in connection with an advisory services agreement. The issuance was not made to a person who is in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchaser is outside of the United States.
On February 23, 2024, the Company issued 1,850,033 units at a price C$0.30 per unit, for gross proceeds of C$555,010. Each unit consisted of one common share and one-half of a common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one common share at C$0.40 for a period of two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision. Catcher Investments Ltd., a company controlled by John James Wilson and Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 333,333 and 1,000,000 of these units, respectively. The offer and sale were not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
On April 29, 2024, the Company granted 15,000 stock options, subject to vesting provisions, to an employee of the Company. The stock options are exercisable at a price of C$0.35 per common share until April 29, 2029,
II-3
unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of the Equity Plan. The issuance was not made to a person who is in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchaser is outside of the United States.
On May 6, 2024, the Company issued 139,125 common shares at C$0.34 per share due to the vesting of RSRs.
The issuance was not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
On May 10, 2024, the Company issued 1,333,334 units at a price C$0.30 per unit, for gross proceeds of C$400,000. Each unit consisted of one common share and one-half of a common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one common share at C$0.40 for a period of two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision. Catcher Investments Ltd., a company controlled by John James Wilson and Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 666,667 of these units each. The offer and sale were not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
On May 29, 2024, the Company issued 1,816,633 units at a price C$0.30 per unit, for gross proceeds of C$544,990. Each unit consisted of one common share and one-half of a common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Common Share at a price of C$0.40 and is exercisable for two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision. There was no general solicitation or advertising to market the securities and the offer and sale were made to accredited investors.
On June 3, 2024, the Company issued 166,666 common shares at C$0.40 per share due to the exercise of warrants. The issuance was not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
On June 18, 2024, the Company issued 100,000 common shares at C$0.40 per share due to the exercise of warrants. The issuance was not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
On July 9, 2024, the Company issued 233,333 common shares at C$0.40 per share due to the exercise of warrants. The issuance was not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
On August 15, 2024, the Company issued 1,796,666 units at a price of C$0.30 per unit, for gross proceeds of C$539,000. Each unit consisted of one common share and one-half of a common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one common share at C$0.40 for two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision. Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 333,333 of these units. There was no general solicitation or advertising to market the securities and the offer and sale were made to accredited investors.
On January 24, 2025, the Company issued 1,316,668 units at a price of C$0.30 per unit for gross proceeds of C$395,000. Each unit is comprised of one common share and one-half of a common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one common share at C$0.40 for two years from the date of issuance, subject to an accelerated expiry provision. Catcher Investments Ltd., a company controlled by John James Wilson and Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 583,334 and 733,334 of these units, respectively. The offer and sale were not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
On January 24, 2025, the Company issued 458,145 common shares at a price of C$0.215 per share to settle a debt of C$98,126.25 with two creditors. The debt relates to marketing and investor relations services previously rendered. The offer and sale were not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
II-4
On July 24, 2025, the Company issued 3,450 unsecured convertible debentures at a price of C$1,000 per convertible debenture for gross proceeds of C$3,450,000. The convertible debentures bear interest at a rate of 15.0% per annum, calculated and payable quarterly in arrears in cash, maturing July 24, 2026, twelve months from the date of issuance, unless extended by and at the option of the holders for a further twelve months. The principal amount of each convertible debenture is convertible into common shares at a conversion price of C$0.15, being the closing price of common shares on the CSE on July 16, 2025, the date preceding the execution by each holder of the subscription agreement for the convertible debentures. On maturity, any outstanding principal amount of the convertible debentures, plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, will be repaid by the Company in cash or, at the option of the holders, through the issuance of common shares. Catcher Investments Ltd., a company controlled by John James Wilson and Cathay Visions Enterprises Ltd., a company controlled by Dane Stevens, subscribed for 3,000 convertible debentures and 450 convertible debentures, respectively. The offer and sale were not made to persons who are in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchasers are outside of the United States.
On July 24, 2025, the Company issued 400,000 common shares purchase warrants as consideration for the entry into a loan amendment with an independent third party to an original loan agreement dated November 1, 2023. Each warrant is exercisable at C$0.25 for a period of two years from the date of issuance. Under the terms of the loan amendment the maturity date was extended from April 30, 2025 to April 30, 2026. The offer and sale were not made to a person who is in the United States and the Company reasonably believes that the purchaser is outside of the United States.
Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) Exhibits
See Exhibit Index for a complete list of all exhibits filed as part of this registration, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
Item 9. Undertakings.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant under the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
II-5
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
(2) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offerings.
(4) to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act need not be furnished, provided that the issuer includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (a)(4) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements.
(5) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:
(i) if the issuer is relying on Rule 430B:
(A) each prospectus filed by the undersigned issuer pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and
(B) each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offerings described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the
II-6
registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; or
(ii) if the issuer is relying on Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such
first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
(6) that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offerings required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offerings prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offerings containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offerings made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-7
EXHIBIT INDEX
II-8
| Exhibit No. | Description | |
| 23.2 | Consent of Smythe LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm | |
| 23.3* | Consent of Norton Rose Fulbright Canada LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1) | |
| 24.1 | Powers of Attorney (included on signature page) | |
| 99.1 | Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Registrant | |
| 99.2* | Representation pursuant to Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F | |
| 107 | Filing Fee Table | |
| * | To be filed by amendment |
| † | Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted because it is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential |
II-9
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Vancouver, British Columbia, on September 5, 2025.
| Optimi Health Corp. | ||
| By: | /s/ Dane Stevens | |
| Name: | Dane Stevens | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer, Chief Marketing Officer and Director | |
II-10
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Dane Stevens and Jacob Safarik and each of them, individually, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead in any and all capacities, in connection with this registration statement, including to sign in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, this registration statement and any and all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments and registrations filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
| Signature |
Title |
Date | ||
| /s/ Dave Stevens |
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Marketing Officer and Director (principal executive officer) | September 5, 2025 | ||
| Dane Stevens | ||||
| /s/ Jacob Safarik | Interim Chief Financial Officer and Director (principal financial and accounting officer) | September 5, 2025 | ||
| Jacob Safarik | ||||
| /s/ Bryan Safarik | Chief Operating Officer and Director | September 5, 2025 | ||
| Bryan Safarik | ||||
| /s/ John James Wilson | Chairman and Director | September 5, 2025 | ||
| John James Wilson | ||||
| /s/ Jonathan Schintler | Director | September 5, 2025 | ||
| Jonathan Schintler | ||||
II-11
SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES
Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Optimi Health Corp. has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in New York on September 5, 2025.
| Authorized U.S. Representative | ||
| By: | /s/ Colleen A. De Vries | |
| Name: | Colleen A. De Vries | |
| Title: | Sr. Vice President on behalf of Cogency Global Inc. | |
II-12
Exhibit 3.1
Notice of Articles
BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT
This Notice of Articles was issued by the Registrar on: June 13, 2025 12:01 AM Pacific Time
Incorporation Number: BC1251418
Recognition Date and Time: Incorporated on May 27, 2020 09:18 AM Pacific Time
NOTICE OF ARTICLES
| Name of Company: | ||
| OPTIMI HEALTH CORP. | ||
| REGISTERED OFFICE INFORMATION | ||
| Mailing Address: | Delivery Address: | |
| 2054 DOWAD DRIVE | 2054 DOWAD DRIVE | |
| SQUAMISH BC V8B 0Y8 | SQUAMISH BC V8B 0Y8 | |
| CANADA | CANADA | |
| RECORDS OFFICE INFORMATION | ||
| Mailing Address: | Delivery Address: | |
| 2054 DOWAD DRIVE | 2054 DOWAD DRIVE | |
| SQUAMISH BC V8B 0Y8 | SQUAMISH BC V8B 0Y8 | |
| CANADA | CANADA | |
Page: 1 of 2
| DIRECTOR INFORMATION | ||
| Last Name, First Name, Middle Name: | ||
| Schintler, Jon | ||
| Mailing Address: | Delivery Address: | |
| 2703 E. 23RD AVE | 2703 E. 23RD AVE | |
| VANCOUVER BC V5R 1A7 | VANCOUVER BC V5R 1A7 | |
| CANADA | CANADA | |
| Last Name, First Name, Middle Name: | ||
| Stevens, Dane | ||
| Mailing Address: | Delivery Address: | |
| 217 WEST HASTINGS ST. | 217 WEST HASTINGS ST. | |
| VANCOUVER BC V6B 1H7 | VANCOUVER BC V6B 1H7 | |
| CANADA | CANADA | |
| Last Name, First Name, Middle Name: | ||
| Wilson, JJ | ||
| Mailing Address: | Delivery Address: | |
| 600-21 WATER STREET | 600-21 WATER STREET | |
| VANCOUVER BC V6B 1A1 | VANCOUVER BC V6B 1A1 | |
| CANADA | CANADA | |
| Last Name, First Name, Middle Name: | ||
| Safarik, Bryan (formerly Safrik, Bryan) | ||
| Mailing Address: | Delivery Address: | |
| 901-77 WALTER HARDWICK AVENUE | 901-77 WALTER HARDWICK AVENUE | |
| VANCOUVER BC V5Y 0C6 | VANCOUVER BC V5Y 0C6 | |
| CANADA | CANADA | |
| Last Name, First Name, Middle Name: | ||
| Safarik, Jacob Frederick | ||
| Mailing Address: | Delivery Address: | |
| 1905 - 285 10TH AVENUE E | 1905 - 285 10TH AVENUE E | |
| VANCOUVER BC V5T 0H6 | VANCOUVER BC V5T 0H6 | |
| CANADA | CANADA | |
| AUTHORIZED SHARE STRUCTURE | ||||||
| 1. | No Maximum | Common Shares | Without Par Value | |||
| Without Special Rights or Restrictions attached | ||||||
Page: 2 of 2
Exhibit 3.2
OPTIMI HEALTH CORP.
(the “Company”)
The Company has as its articles the following articles.
| Full name and signature of each incorporator |
Date of signing | |||
| /s/ MICHAEL STIER |
May 26, 2020 | |||
| MICHAEL STIER | ||||
| Number: | BC1251418 |
| OPTIMI HEALTH CORP. |
| (the “Company”) |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| Page | ||||||||
| 1. | INTERPRETATION | 1 | ||||||
| 1.1 | Definitions | 1 | ||||||
| 1.2 | Business Corporations Act and Interpretation Act Definitions Applicable | 1 | ||||||
| 2. | SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES | 2 | ||||||
| 2.1 | Authorized Share Structure | 2 | ||||||
| 2.2 | Form of Share Certificate | 2 | ||||||
| 2.3 | Shareholder Entitled to Certificate or Acknowledgment | 2 | ||||||
| 2.4 | Delivery by Mail | 2 | ||||||
| 2.5 | Replacement of Worn Out or Defaced Certificate or Acknowledgement | 2 | ||||||
| 2.6 | Replacement of Lost, Destroyed or Wrongly Taken Certificate | 2 | ||||||
| 2.7 | Recovery of New Share Certificate | 3 | ||||||
| 2.8 | Splitting Share Certificates | 3 | ||||||
| 2.9 | Certificate Fee | 3 | ||||||
| 2.10 | Recognition of Trusts | 3 | ||||||
| 3. | ISSUE OF SHARES | 3 | ||||||
| 3.1 | Directors Authorized | 3 | ||||||
| 3.2 | Commissions and Discounts | 4 | ||||||
| 3.3 | Brokerage | 4 | ||||||
| 3.4 | Conditions of Issue | 4 | ||||||
| 3.5 | Share Purchase Warrants and Rights | 4 | ||||||
| 4. | SHARE REGISTERS | 4 | ||||||
| 4.1 | Central Securities Register | 4 | ||||||
| 4.2 | Closing Register | 5 | ||||||
| 5. | SHARE TRANSFERS | 5 | ||||
| 5.1 | Registering Transfers | 5 | ||||
| 5.2 | Form of Instrument of Transfer | 5 | ||||
| 5.3 | Transferor Remains Shareholder | 5 | ||||
| 5.4 | Signing of Instrument of Transfer | 5 | ||||
| 5.5 | Enquiry as to Title Not Required | 6 | ||||
| 5.6 | Transfer Fee | 6 | ||||
| 6. | TRANSMISSION OF SHARES | 6 | ||||
| 6.1 | Legal Personal Representative Recognized on Death | 6 | ||||
| 6.2 | Rights of Legal Personal Representative | 6 | ||||
| 7. | ACQUISITION OF COMPANY’S SHARES | 6 | ||||
| 7.1 | Company Authorized to Purchase or Otherwise Acquire Shares | 6 | ||||
| 7.2 | No Purchase, Redemption or Other Acquisition When Insolvent | 7 | ||||
| 7.3 | Sale and Voting of Purchased, Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares | 7 | ||||
| 8. | BORROWING POWERS | 7 | ||||
| 9. | ALTERATIONS | 7 | ||||
| 9.1 | Alteration of Authorized Share Structure | 7 | ||||
| 9.2 | Special Rights or Restrictions | 8 | ||||
| 9.3 | Change of Name | 8 | ||||
| 9.4 | Other Alterations | 8 | ||||
| 10. | MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS | 9 | ||||
| 10.1 | Annual General Meetings | 9 | ||||
| 10.2 | Resolution Instead of Annual General Meeting | 9 | ||||
| 10.3 | Calling of Meetings of Shareholders | 9 | ||||
| 10.4 | Notice for Meetings of Shareholders | 9 | ||||
| 10.5 | Notice of Resolution to which Shareholders May Dissent | 9 | ||||
| 10.6 | Record Date for Notice | 10 | ||||
| 10.7 | Record Date for Voting | 10 | ||||
| 10.8 | Failure to Give Notice and Waiver of Notice | 10 | ||||
| 10.9 | Notice of Special Business at Meetings of Shareholders | 10 | ||||
| 11. | PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS | 11 | ||||
| 11.1 | Special Business | 11 | ||||
| 11.2 | Special Majority | 11 | ||||
| 11.3 | Quorum | 11 | ||||
| 11.4 | One Shareholder May Constitute Quorum | 12 | ||||
| 11.5 | Persons Entitled to Attend Meeting | 12 | ||||
| 11.6 | Requirement of Quorum | 12 | ||||
| 11.7 | Lack of Quorum | 12 | ||||
| 11.8 | Lack of Quorum at Succeeding Meeting | 12 | ||||
| 11.9 | Chair | 12 | ||||
| 11.10 Selection of Alternate Chair | 13 | |||||
| 11.11 Adjournments | 13 | |||||
| 11.12 Notice of Adjourned Meeting | 13 | |||||
| 11.13 Decisions by Show of Hands or Poll | 13 | |||||
| 11.14 Declaration of Result | 13 | |||||
| 11.15 Motion Need Not be Seconded | 13 | |||||
| 11.16 Casting Vote | 13 | |||||
| 11.17 Manner of Taking Poll | 14 | |||||
- II -
| 11.18 Demand for Poll on Adjournment | 14 | |||||
| 11.19 Chair Must Resolve Dispute | 14 | |||||
| 11.20 Casting of Votes | 14 | |||||
| 11.21 Demand for Poll | 14 | |||||
| 11.22 Demand for Poll Not to Prevent Continuance of Meeting | 14 | |||||
| 11.23 Retention of Ballots and Proxies | 14 | |||||
| 12. | VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS | 15 | ||||
| 12.1 | Number of Votes by Shareholder or by Shares | 15 | ||||
| 12.2 | Votes of Persons in Representative Capacity | 15 | ||||
| 12.3 | Votes by Joint Holders | 15 | ||||
| 12.4 | Legal Personal Representatives as Joint Shareholders | 15 | ||||
| 12.5 | Representative of a Corporate Shareholder | 15 | ||||
| 12.6 | When Proxy Holder Need Not Be Shareholder | 16 | ||||
| 12.7 | When Proxy Provisions Do Not Apply to All Companies | 16 | ||||
| 12.8 | Appointment of Proxy Holders | 16 | ||||
| 12.9 | Alternate Proxy Holders | 17 | ||||
| 12.10 Deposit of Proxy | 17 | |||||
| 12.11 Validity of Proxy Vote | 17 | |||||
| 12.12 Form of Proxy | 18 | |||||
| 12.13 Revocation of Proxy | 18 | |||||
| 12.14 Revocation of Proxy Must Be Signed | 18 | |||||
| 12.15 Chair May Determine Validity of Proxy | 19 | |||||
| 12.16 Production of Evidence of Authority to Vote | 19 | |||||
| 13. | DIRECTORS | 19 | ||||
| 13.1 | First Directors; Number of Directors | 19 | ||||
| 13.2 | Change in Number of Directors | 19 | ||||
| 13.3 | Directors’ Acts Valid Despite Vacancy | 20 | ||||
| 13.4 | Qualifications of Directors | 20 | ||||
| 13.5 | Remuneration of Directors | 20 | ||||
| 13.6 | Reimbursement of Expenses of Directors | 20 | ||||
| 13.7 | Special Remuneration for Directors | 20 | ||||
| 13.8 | Gratuity, Pension or Allowance on Retirement of Director | 20 | ||||
| 14. | ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS | 20 | ||||
| 14.1 | Election at Annual General Meeting | 20 | ||||
| 14.2 | Consent to be a Director | 21 | ||||
| 14.3 | Failure to Elect or Appoint Directors | 21 | ||||
| 14.4 | Places of Retiring Directors Not Filled | 21 | ||||
| 14.5 | Directors May Fill Casual Vacancies | 21 | ||||
| 14.6 | Remaining Directors’ Power to Act | 22 | ||||
| 14.7 | Shareholders May Fill Vacancies | 22 | ||||
| 14.8 | Additional Directors | 22 | ||||
| 14.9 | Ceasing to be a Director | 22 | ||||
| 14.10 Removal of Director by Shareholders | 22 | |||||
| 14.11 Removal of Director by Directors | 23 | |||||
| 15. | ALTERNATE DIRECTORS | 23 | ||||
| 15.1 | Appointment of Alternate Director | 23 | ||||
| 15.2 | Notice of Meetings | 23 | ||||
| 15.3 | Alternate for More Than One Director Attending Meetings | 23 | ||||
| 15.4 | Consent Resolutions | 23 | ||||
| 15.5 | Alternate Director Not an Agent | 24 | ||||
- III -
| 15.6 | Revocation of Appointment of Alternate Director | 24 | ||||
| 15.7 | Ceasing to be an Alternate Director | 24 | ||||
| 15.8 | Remuneration and Expenses of Alternate Director | 24 | ||||
| 16. | POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS | 24 | ||||
| 16.1 | Powers of Management | 24 | ||||
| 16.2 | Appointment of Attorney of Company | 24 | ||||
| 17. | DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST OF DIRECTORS | 25 | ||||
| 17.1 | Obligation to Account for Profits | 25 | ||||
| 17.2 | Restrictions on Voting by Reason of Interest | 25 | ||||
| 17.3 | Interested Director Counted in Quorum | 25 | ||||
| 17.4 | Disclosure of Conflict of Interest or Property | 25 | ||||
| 17.5 | Director Holding Other Office in the Company | 25 | ||||
| 17.6 | No Disqualification | 25 | ||||
| 17.7 | Professional Services by Director or Officer | 25 | ||||
| 17.8 | Director or Officer in Other Corporations | 26 | ||||
| 18. | PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS | 26 | ||||
| 18.1 | Meetings of Directors | 26 | ||||
| 18.2 | Voting at Meetings | 26 | ||||
| 18.3 | Chair of Meetings | 26 | ||||
| 18.4 | Meetings by Telephone or Other Communications Medium | 26 | ||||
| 18.5 | Calling of Meetings | 27 | ||||
| 18.6 | Notice of Meetings | 27 | ||||
| 18.7 | When Notice Not Required | 27 | ||||
| 18.8 | Meeting Valid Despite Failure to Give Notice | 27 | ||||
| 18.9 | Waiver of Notice of Meetings | 27 | ||||
| 18.10 Quorum | 27 | |||||
| 18.11 Validity of Acts Where Appointment Defective | 28 | |||||
| 18.12 Consent Resolutions in Writing | 28 | |||||
| 19. | EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES | 28 | ||||
| 19.1 | Appointment and Powers of Executive Committee | 28 | ||||
| 19.2 | Appointment and Powers of Other Committees | 29 | ||||
| 19.3 | Obligations of Committees | 29 | ||||
| 19.4 | Powers of Board | 29 | ||||
| 19.5 | Committee Meetings | 29 | ||||
| 20. | OFFICERS | 30 | ||||
| 20.1 | Directors May Appoint Officers | 30 | ||||
| 20.2 | Functions, Duties and Powers of Officers | 30 | ||||
| 20.3 | Qualifications | 30 | ||||
| 20.4 | Remuneration and Terms of Appointment | 30 | ||||
| 21. | INDEMNIFICATION | 30 | ||||
| 21.1 | Definitions | 30 | ||||
| 21.2 | Mandatory Indemnification of Directors | 31 | ||||
| 21.3 | Permitted Indemnification | 31 | ||||
| 21.4 | Non-Compliance with Business Corporations Act | 31 | ||||
| 21.5 | Company May Purchase Insurance | 31 | ||||
| 22. | DIVIDENDS | 32 | ||||
| 22.1 | Payment of Dividends Subject to Special Rights | 32 | ||||
| 22.2 | Declaration of Dividends | 32 | ||||
| 22.3 | No Notice Required | 32 | ||||
- IV -
| 22.4 | Record Date | 32 | ||||
| 22.5 | Manner of Paying Dividend | 32 | ||||
| 22.6 | Settlement of Difficulties | 32 | ||||
| 22.7 | When Dividend Payable | 32 | ||||
| 22.8 | Dividends to be Paid in Accordance with Number of Shares | 32 | ||||
| 22.9 | Receipt by Joint Shareholders | 33 | ||||
| 22.10 Dividend Bears No Interest | 33 | |||||
| 22.11 Fractional Dividends | 33 | |||||
| 22.12 Payment of Dividends | 33 | |||||
| 22.13 Capitalization of Surplus | 33 | |||||
| 23. | ACCOUNTING RECORDS AND AUDITOR | 33 | ||||
| 23.1 | Recording of Financial Affairs | 33 | ||||
| 23.2 | Inspection of Accounting Records | 33 | ||||
| 23.3 | Remuneration of Auditor | 33 | ||||
| 24. | NOTICES | 34 | ||||
| 24.1 | Method of Giving Notice | 34 | ||||
| 24.2 | Deemed Receipt of Mailing | 34 | ||||
| 24.3 | Certificate of Sending | 35 | ||||
| 24.4 | Notice to Joint Shareholders | 35 | ||||
| 24.5 | Notice to Legal Personal Representatives and Trustees | 35 | ||||
| 24.6 | Undelivered Notices | 35 | ||||
| 25. | SEAL | 35 | ||||
| 25.1 | Who May Attest Seal | 35 | ||||
| 25.2 | Sealing Copies | 36 | ||||
| 25.3 | Mechanical Reproduction of Seal | 36 | ||||
| 26. | PROHIBITIONS | 36 | ||||
| 26.1 | Definitions | 36 | ||||
| 26.2 | Application | 37 | ||||
| 26.3 | Consent Required for Transfer of Shares or Transferred Restricted Securities | 37 | ||||
- V -
OPTIMI HEALTH CORP.
(the “Company”)
ARTICLES
| 1. | INTERPRETATION |
| 1.1 | Definitions |
In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires:
| (a) | “appropriate person” has the meaning assigned in the Securities Transfer Act; |
| (b) | “board of directors”, “directors” and “board” mean the directors or sole director of the Company for the time being; |
| (c) | “Business Corporations Act” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) from time to time in force and all amendments thereto and includes all regulations and amendments thereto made pursuant to that Act; |
| (d) | “Interpretation Act” means the Interpretation Act (British Columbia) from time to time in force and all amendments thereto and includes all regulations and amendments thereto made pursuant to that Act; |
| (e) | “legal personal representative” means the personal or other legal representative of the shareholder; |
| (f) | “protected purchaser” has the meaning assigned in the Securities Transfer Act; |
| (g) | “registered address” of a shareholder means the shareholder’s address as recorded in the central securities register; |
| (h) | “seal” means the seal of the Company, if any; |
| (i) | “securities legislation” means statutes concerning the regulation of securities markets and trading in securities and the regulations, rules, forms and schedules under those statutes, all as amended from time to time, and the blanket rulings and orders, as amended from time to time, issued by the securities commissions or similar regulatory authorities appointed under or pursuant to those statutes; “Canadian securities legislation” means the securities legislation in any province or territory of Canada and includes the Securities Act (British Columbia); and “U.S. securities legislation” means the securities legislation in the federal jurisdiction of the United States and in any state of the United States and includes the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; |
| (j) | “Securities Transfer Act” means the Securities Transfer Act (British Columbia) from time to time in force and all amendments thereto and includes all regulations and amendments thereto made pursuant to that Act. |
| 1.2 | Business Corporations Act and Interpretation Act Definitions Applicable |
The definitions in the Business Corporations Act and the definitions and rules of construction in the Interpretation Act, with the necessary changes, so far as applicable, and unless the context requires otherwise, apply to these Articles as if they were an enactment. If there is a conflict between a definition in the Business Corporations Act and a definition or rule in the Interpretation Act relating to a term used in these Articles, the definition in the Business Corporations Act will prevail in relation to the use of the term in these Articles. If there is a conflict between these Articles and the Business Corporations Act, the Business Corporations Act will prevail.
| 2. | SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES |
| 2.1 | Authorized Share Structure |
The authorized share structure of the Company consists of shares of the class or classes and series, if any, described in the Notice of Articles of the Company.
| 2.2 | Form of Share Certificate |
Each share certificate issued by the Company must comply with, and be signed as required by, the Business Corporations Act.
| 2.3 | Shareholder Entitled to Certificate or Acknowledgment |
Unless the shares of which the shareholder is the registered owner are uncertificated shares, each shareholder is entitled, without charge, to (a) one share certificate representing the shares of each class or series of shares registered in the shareholder’s name or (b) a non-transferable written acknowledgment of the shareholder’s right to obtain such a share certificate, provided that in respect of a share held jointly by several persons, the Company is not bound to issue more than one share certificate and delivery of a share certificate for a share to one of several joint shareholders or to one of the shareholders’ duly authorized agents will be sufficient delivery to all.
| 2.4 | Delivery by Mail |
Any share certificate or non-transferable written acknowledgment of a shareholder’s right to obtain a share certificate may be sent to the shareholder by mail at the shareholder’s registered address and neither the Company nor any director, officer or agent of the Company is liable for any loss to the shareholder because the share certificate or acknowledgement is lost in the mail or stolen.
| 2.5 | Replacement of Worn Out or Defaced Certificate or Acknowledgement |
If the directors are satisfied that a share certificate or a non-transferable written acknowledgment of the shareholder’s right to obtain a share certificate is worn out or defaced, they must, on production to them of the share certificate or acknowledgment, as the case may be, and on such other terms, if any, as they think fit:
| (a) | order the share certificate or acknowledgment, as the case may be, to be cancelled; and |
| (b) | issue a replacement share certificate or acknowledgment, as the case may be. |
| 2.6 | Replacement of Lost, Destroyed or Wrongly Taken Certificate |
If a person entitled to a share certificate claims that the share certificate has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company must issue a new share certificate, if that person:
- 2 -
| (a) | so requests before the Company has notice that the share certificate has been acquired by a protected purchaser; |
| (b) | provides the Company with an indemnity bond sufficient in the Company’s judgment to protect the Company from any loss that the Company may suffer by issuing a new certificate; and |
| (c) | satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the directors. |
A person entitled to a share certificate may not assert against the Company a claim for a new share certificate where a share certificate has been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken if that person fails to notify the Company of that fact within a reasonable time after that person has notice of it and the Company registers a transfer of the shares represented by the certificate before receiving a notice of the loss, apparent destruction or wrongful taking of the share certificate.
| 2.7 | Recovery of New Share Certificate |
If, after the issue of a new share certificate, a protected purchaser of the original share certificate presents the original share certificate for the registration of transfer, then in addition to any rights on the indemnity bond, the Company may recover the new share certificate from a person to whom it was issued or any person taking under that person other than a protected purchaser.
| 2.8 | Splitting Share Certificates |
If a shareholder surrenders a share certificate to the Company with a written request that the Company issue in the shareholder’s name two or more share certificates, each representing a specified number of shares and in the aggregate representing the same number of shares as represented by the share certificate so surrendered, the Company must cancel the surrendered share certificate and issue replacement share certificates in accordance with that request.
| 2.9 | Certificate Fee |
There must be paid to the Company, in relation to the issue of any share certificate under Articles 2.5, 2.6 or 2.8, the amount, if any and which must not exceed the amount prescribed under the Business Corporations Act, determined by the directors.
| 2.10 | Recognition of Trusts |
Except as required by law or statute or these Articles, no person will be recognized by the Company as holding any share upon any trust, and the Company is not bound by or compelled in any way to recognize (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or fraction of a share or (except as by law or statute or these Articles provided or as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the shareholder.
| 3. | ISSUE OF SHARES |
| 3.1 | Directors Authorized |
Subject to the Business Corporations Act and the rights of the holders of issued shares of the Company, the Company may issue, allot, sell or otherwise dispose of the unissued shares, and issued shares held by the Company, at the times, to the persons, including directors, in the manner, on the terms and conditions and for the issue prices (including any premium at which shares with par value may be issued) that the directors may determine. The issue price for a share with par value must be equal to or greater than the par value of the share.
- 3 -
| 3.2 | Commissions and Discounts |
The Company may at any time pay a reasonable commission or allow a reasonable discount to any person in consideration of that person purchasing or agreeing to purchase shares of the Company from the Company or any other person or procuring or agreeing to procure purchasers for shares of the Company.
| 3.3 | Brokerage |
The Company may pay such brokerage fee or other consideration as may be lawful for or in connection with the sale or placement of its securities.
| 3.4 | Conditions of Issue |
Except as provided for by the Business Corporations Act, no share may be issued until it is fully paid. A share is fully paid when:
| (a) | consideration is provided to the Company for the issue of the share by one or more of the following: |
| (i) | past services performed for the Company; |
| (ii) | property; |
| (iii) | money; and |
| (b) | the value of the consideration received by the Company equals or exceeds the issue price set for the share under Article 3.1. |
| 3.5 | Share Purchase Warrants and Rights |
Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company may issue share purchase warrants, options and rights upon such terms and conditions as the directors determine, which share purchase warrants, options and rights may be issued alone or in conjunction with debentures, debenture stock, bonds, shares or any other securities issued or created by the Company from time to time.
| 4. | SHARE REGISTERS |
| 4.1 | Central Securities Register |
As required by and subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company must maintain a central securities register. The directors may, subject to the Business Corporations Act, appoint an agent to maintain the central securities register. The directors may also appoint one or more agents, including the agent which keeps the central securities register, as transfer agent for its shares or any class or series of its shares, as the case may be, and the same or another agent as registrar for its shares or such class or series of its shares, as the case may be. The directors may terminate such appointment of any agent at any time and may appoint another agent in its place.
- 4 -
| 4.2 | Closing Register |
The Company must not at any time close its central securities register.
| 5. | SHARE TRANSFERS |
| 5.1 | Registering Transfers |
Subject to the Business Corporations Act, a transfer of a share of the Company must not be registered unless the Company or the transfer agent or registrar for the class or series of share to be transferred has received:
| (a) | in the case of a share certificate that has been issued by the Company in respect of the share to be transferred, that share certificate and a written instrument of transfer (which may be on a separate document or endorsed on the share certificate) made by the shareholder or other appropriate person or by an agent who has actual authority to act on behalf of that person; |
| (b) | in the case of a non-transferable written acknowledgment of the shareholder’s right to obtain a share certificate that has been issued by the Company in respect of the share to be transferred, a written instrument of transfer that directs that the transfer of the shares be registered, made by the shareholder or other appropriate person or by an agent who has actual authority to act on behalf of that person; |
| (c) | in the case of a share that is an uncertificated share, a written instrument of transfer that directs that the transfer of the share be registered, made by the shareholder or other appropriate person or by an agent who has actual authority to act on behalf of that person; and |
| (d) | such other evidence, if any, as the Company or the transfer agent or registrar for the class or series of share to be transferred may require to prove the title of the transferor or the transferor’s right to transfer the share, that the written instrument of transfer is genuine and authorized and that the transfer is rightful or to a protected purchaser. |
| 5.2 | Form of Instrument of Transfer |
The instrument of transfer in respect of any share of the Company must be either in the form, if any, on the back of the Company’s share certificates or in any other form that may be approved by the directors or the transfer agent for the class or series of shares to be transferred.
| 5.3 | Transferor Remains Shareholder |
Except to the extent that the Business Corporations Act otherwise provides, the transferor of shares is deemed to remain the holder of the shares until the name of the transferee is entered in a securities register of the Company in respect of the transfer.
| 5.4 | Signing of Instrument of Transfer |
If a shareholder, or his or her duly authorized attorney, signs an instrument of transfer in respect of shares registered in the name of the shareholder, the signed instrument of transfer constitutes a complete and sufficient authority to the Company and its directors, officers and agents to register the number of shares specified in the instrument of transfer or specified in any other manner, or, if no number is specified, all the shares represented by the share certificates or set out in the written acknowledgments deposited with the instrument of transfer:
- 5 -
| (a) | in the name of the person named as transferee in that instrument of transfer; or |
| (b) | if no person is named as transferee in that instrument of transfer, in the name of the person on whose behalf the instrument is deposited for the purpose of having the transfer registered. |
| 5.5 | Enquiry as to Title Not Required |
Neither the Company nor any director, officer or agent of the Company is bound to inquire into the title of the person named in the instrument of transfer as transferee or, if no person is named as transferee in the instrument of transfer, of the person on whose behalf the instrument is deposited for the purpose of having the transfer registered or is liable for any claim related to registering the transfer by the shareholder or by any intermediate owner or holder of the shares, of any interest in the shares, of any share certificate representing such shares or of any written acknowledgment of a right to obtain a share certificate for such shares.
| 5.6 | Transfer Fee |
There must be paid to the Company, in relation to the registration of any transfer, the amount, if any, determined by the directors.
| 6. | TRANSMISSION OF SHARES |
| 6.1 | Legal Personal Representative Recognized on Death |
In the case of the death of a shareholder, the legal personal representative of the shareholder, or in the case of shares registered in the shareholder’s name and the name of another person in joint tenancy, the surviving joint holder, will be the only person recognized by the Company as having any title to the shareholder’s interest in the shares. Before recognizing a person as a legal personal representative, the directors may require the original grant of probate or letters of administration or a court certified copy of them or the original or a court certified or authenticated copy of the grant of representation, will, order or other instrument or other evidence of the death under which title to the shares or securities is claimed to vest.
| 6.2 | Rights of Legal Personal Representative |
The legal personal representative of a shareholder has the same rights, privileges and obligations that attach to the shares held by the shareholder, including the right to transfer the shares in accordance with these Articles, if appropriate evidence of appointment or incumbency within the meaning of s. 87 of the Securities Transfer Act has been deposited with the Company. This Article 6.2 does not apply in the case of the death of a shareholder with respect to shares registered in the shareholder’s name and the name of another person in joint tenancy.
| 7. | ACQUISITION OF COMPANY’S SHARES |
| 7.1 | Company Authorized to Purchase or Otherwise Acquire Shares |
Subject to Article 7.2, the special rights or restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares and the Business Corporations Act, the Company may, if authorized by the directors, purchase or otherwise acquire any of its shares at the price and upon the terms determined by the directors.
- 6 -
| 7.2 | No Purchase, Redemption or Other Acquisition When Insolvent |
The Company must not make a payment or provide any other consideration to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its shares if there are reasonable grounds for believing that:
| (a) | the Company is insolvent; or |
| (b) | making the payment or providing the consideration would render the Company insolvent. |
| 7.3 | Sale and Voting of Purchased, Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares |
If the Company retains a share redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by it, the Company may sell, gift or otherwise dispose of the share, but, while such share is held by the Company, it:
| (a) | is not entitled to vote the share at a meeting of its shareholders; |
| (b) | must not pay a dividend in respect of the share; and |
| (c) | must not make any other distribution in respect of the share. |
| 8. | BORROWING POWERS |
The Company, if authorized by the directors, may:
| (a) | borrow money in the manner and amount, on the security, from the sources and on the terms and conditions that the directors consider appropriate; |
| (b) | issue bonds, debentures and other debt obligations either outright or as security for any liability or obligation of the Company or any other person and at such discounts or premiums and on such other terms as the directors consider appropriate; |
| (c) | guarantee the repayment of money by any other person or the performance of any obligation of any other person; and |
| (d) | mortgage, charge, whether by way of specific or floating charge, grant a security interest in, or give other security on, the whole or any part of the present and future assets and undertaking of the Company. |
| 9. | ALTERATIONS |
| 9.1 | Alteration of Authorized Share Structure |
Subject to Article 9.2 and the Business Corporations Act, the Company may:
By directors’ resolution or by ordinary resolution, in each case determined by the directors:
| (a) | create one or more classes or series of shares or, if none of the shares of a class or series of shares are allotted or issued, eliminate that class or series of shares; |
| (b) | increase, reduce or eliminate the maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue out of any class or series of shares or establish a maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue out of any class or series of shares for which no maximum is established; |
- 7 -
| (c) | subdivide or consolidate all or any of its unissued, or fully paid issued, shares; |
| (d) | if the Company is authorized to issue shares of a class of shares with par value: |
| (i) | decrease the par value of those shares; or |
| (ii) | if none of the shares of that class of shares are allotted or issued, increase the par value of those shares; |
| (e) | change all or any of its unissued, or fully paid issued, shares with par value into shares without par value or any of its unissued shares without par value into shares with par value; |
| (f) | alter the identifying name of any of its shares; or |
| (g) | by ordinary resolution otherwise alter its shares or authorized share structure when required or permitted to do so by the Business Corporations Act; |
and, if applicable, alter its Notice of Articles and, if applicable, its Articles, accordingly.
| 9.2 | Special Rights or Restrictions |
Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company may:
By directors’ resolution or by ordinary resolution, in each case as determined by the directors:
| (a) | create special rights or restrictions for, and attach those special rights or restrictions to, the shares of any class or series of shares, whether or not any or all of those shares have been issued; or |
| (b) | vary or delete any special rights or restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares, whether or not any or all of those shares have been issued. |
| (c) | by special resolution of the shareholders of the class or series affected, do any of the acts in (a) and (b) above, if any of the shares of the class or series of shares have been issued. |
| 9.3 | Change of Name |
The Company may by resolution of the board of directors authorize an alteration to its Notice of Articles in order to change its name and may, by ordinary resolution or directors’ resolution, adopt or change any translation of that name.
| 9.4 | Other Alterations |
The Company, save as otherwise provided by these articles and subject to the Business Corporations Act, may:
| (a) | by directors’ resolution or by ordinary resolution, in each case as determined by the directors, authorize alterations to the Articles that are procedural or administrative in nature or are matters that pursuant to these Articles are solely within the directors’ powers, control or authority; and |
- 8 -
| (b) | if the Business Corporations Act does not specify the type of resolution and these Articles do not specify another type of resolution, the Company may by ordinary resolution alter these Articles. |
| 10. | MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS |
| 10.1 | Annual General Meetings |
Unless an annual general meeting is deferred or waived in accordance with the Business Corporations Act, the Company must hold its first annual general meeting within 18 months after the date on which it was incorporated or otherwise recognized, and after that must hold an annual general meeting at least once in each calendar year and not more than 15 months after the last annual reference date at such time and place as may be determined by the directors.
| 10.2 | Resolution Instead of Annual General Meeting |
If all the shareholders who are entitled to vote at an annual general meeting consent by a unanimous resolution under the Business Corporations Act to all of the business that is required to be transacted at that annual general meeting, the annual general meeting is deemed to have been held on the date of the unanimous resolution. The shareholders must, in any unanimous resolution passed under this Article 10.2, select as the Company’s annual reference date a date that would be appropriate for the holding of the applicable annual general meeting.
| 10.3 | Calling of Meetings of Shareholders |
The directors may, at any time, call a meeting of shareholders to be held at such time and place as may be determined by the directors.
| 10.4 | Notice for Meetings of Shareholders |
The Company must send notice of the date, time and location of any meeting of shareholders (including, without limitation, any notice specifying the intention to propose a resolution as an exceptional resolution, a special resolution or a special separate resolution and any notice to consider approving an amalgamation into a foreign jurisdiction, an arrangement or the adoption of an amalgamation agreement, and any notice of a general meeting, class meeting or series meeting), in the manner provided in these Articles, or in such other manner, if any, as may be prescribed by ordinary resolution (whether previous notice of the resolution has been given or not), to each shareholder entitled to attend the meeting, to each director and to the auditor of the Company, unless these Articles otherwise provide, at least the following number of days before the meeting:
| (a) | if and for so long as the Company is a public company, 21 days; |
| (b) | otherwise, 10 days. |
| 10.5 | Notice of Resolution to which Shareholders May Dissent |
The Company must send to each of its shareholders, whether or not their shares carry the right to vote, a notice of any meeting of shareholders at which a resolution entitling shareholders to dissent is to be considered specifying the date of the meeting and containing a statement advising of the right to send a notice of dissent together with a copy of the proposed resolution at least the following number of days before the meeting:
- 9 -
| (a) | if and for so long as the Company is a public company, 21 days; |
| (b) | otherwise, 10 days. |
| 10.6 | Record Date for Notice |
The directors may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting of shareholders. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is to be held by more than two months or, in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders under the Business Corporations Act, by more than four months. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is held by fewer than:
| (a) | if and for so long as the Company is a public company, 21 days; |
| (b) | otherwise, 10 days. |
If no record date is set, the record date is 5 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the first date on which the notice is sent or, if no notice is sent, the beginning of the meeting.
| 10.7 | Record Date for Voting |
The directors may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is to be held by more than two months or, in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders under the Business Corporations Act, by more than four months. If no record date is set, the record date is 5 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the first date on which the notice is sent or, if no notice is sent, the beginning of the meeting.
| 10.8 | Failure to Give Notice and Waiver of Notice |
The accidental omission to send notice of any meeting to, or the non-receipt of any notice by, any of the persons entitled to notice does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting. Any person entitled to notice of a meeting of shareholders may, in writing or otherwise, waive that entitlement or agree to reduce the period of that notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting of shareholders is a waiver of entitlement to notice of the meeting unless that person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called.
| 10.9 | Notice of Special Business at Meetings of Shareholders |
If a meeting of shareholders is to consider special business within the meaning of Article 11.1, the notice of meeting must:
| (a) | state the general nature of the special business; and |
| (b) | if the special business includes considering, approving, ratifying, adopting or authorizing any document or the signing of or giving of effect to any document, have attached to it a copy of the document or state that a copy of the document will be available for inspection by shareholders: |
- 10 -
| (i) | at the Company’s records office, or at such other reasonably accessible location in British Columbia as is specified in the notice; and |
| (ii) | during statutory business hours on any one or more specified days before the day set for the holding of the meeting. |
| 11. | PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS |
| 11.1 | Special Business |
At a meeting of shareholders, the following business is special business:
| (a) | at a meeting of shareholders that is not an annual general meeting, all business is special business except business relating to the conduct of or voting at the meeting; |
| (b) | at an annual general meeting, all business is special business except for the following: |
| (i) | business relating to the conduct of or voting at the meeting; |
| (ii) | consideration of any financial statements of the Company presented to the meeting; |
| (iii) | consideration of any reports of the directors or auditor; |
| (iv) | the setting or changing of the number of directors; |
| (v) | the election or appointment of directors; |
| (vi) | the appointment of an auditor; |
| (vii) | the setting of the remuneration of an auditor; |
| (viii) | business arising out of a report of the directors not requiring the passing of a special resolution or an exceptional resolution; |
| (ix) | any other business which, under these Articles or the Business Corporations Act, may be transacted at a meeting of shareholders without prior notice of the business being given to the shareholders. |
| 11.2 | Special Majority |
The majority of votes required for the Company to pass a special resolution at a meeting of shareholders is two-thirds of the votes cast on the resolution.
| 11.3 | Quorum |
Subject to the special rights or restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares and to Article 11.4, the quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders is two persons who are, or who represent by proxy, shareholders who, in the aggregate, hold at least 5% of the issued shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.
- 11 -
| 11.4 | One Shareholder May Constitute Quorum |
If there is only one shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders:
| (a) | the quorum is one person who is, or who represents by proxy, that shareholder, and |
| (b) | that shareholder, present in person or by proxy, may constitute the meeting. |
| 11.5 | Persons Entitled to Attend Meeting |
In addition to those persons who are entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders, the only other persons entitled to be present at the meeting are the directors, the president (if any), the secretary (if any), the assistant secretary (if any), any lawyer for the Company, the auditor of the Company, any other persons invited to be present at the meeting by the directors or by the chair of the meeting and any persons entitled or required under the Business Corporations Act or these Articles to be present at the meeting, but if any of those persons does attend the meeting , that person is not to be counted in the quorum and is not entitled to vote at the meeting unless that person is a shareholder or proxy holder entitled to vote at the meeting.
| 11.6 | Requirement of Quorum |
No business, other than the election of a chair of the meeting and the adjournment of the meeting, may be transacted at any meeting of shareholders unless a quorum of shareholders entitled to vote is present at the commencement of the meeting, but such quorum need not be present throughout the meeting.
| 11.7 | Lack of Quorum |
If, within one-half hour from the time set for the holding of a meeting of shareholders, a quorum is not present:
| (a) | in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders, the meeting is dissolved, and |
| (b) | in the case of any other meeting of shareholders, the meeting stands adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place. |
| 11.8 | Lack of Quorum at Succeeding Meeting |
If, at the meeting to which the meeting referred to in Article 11.7(b) was adjourned, a quorum is not present within one-half hour from the time set for the holding of the meeting, the person or persons present and being, or representing by proxy, one or more shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting constitute a quorum.
| 11.9 | Chair |
The following individual is entitled to preside as chair at a meeting of shareholders:
| (a) | the chair of the board, if any; or |
| (b) | if the chair of the board is absent or unwilling to act as chair of the meeting, the president, if any. |
- 12 -
| 11.10 | Selection of Alternate Chair |
If, at any meeting of shareholders, there is no chair of the board or president present within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting, or if the chair of the board and the president are unwilling to act as chair of the meeting, or if the chair of the board and the president have advised the secretary, if any, or any director present at the meeting, that they will not be present at the meeting, the directors present must choose one of their number to be chair of the meeting or if all of the directors present decline to take the chair or fail to so choose or if no director is present, the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting who are present in person or by proxy may choose any person present at the meeting to chair the meeting.
| 11.11 | Adjournments |
The chair of a meeting of shareholders may, and if so directed by the meeting must, adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business may be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.
| 11.12 | Notice of Adjourned Meeting |
It is not necessary to give any notice of an adjourned meeting of shareholders or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting of shareholders except that, when a meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given as in the case of the original meeting.
| 11.13 | Decisions by Show of Hands or Poll |
Subject to the Business Corporations Act, every motion put to a vote at a meeting of shareholders will be decided on a show of hands unless a poll, before or on the declaration of the result of the vote by show of hands, is directed by the chair or demanded by at least one shareholder entitled to vote who is present in person or by proxy.
| 11.14 | Declaration of Result |
The chair of a meeting of shareholders must declare to the meeting the decision on every question in accordance with the result of the show of hands or the poll, as the case may be, and that decision must be entered in the minutes of the meeting. A declaration of the chair that a resolution is carried by the necessary majority or is defeated is, unless a poll is directed by the chair or demanded under Article 11.13, conclusive evidence without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.
| 11.15 | Motion Need Not be Seconded |
No motion proposed at a meeting of shareholders need be seconded unless the chair of the meeting rules otherwise, and the chair of any meeting of shareholders is entitled to propose or second a motion.
| 11.16 | Casting Vote |
In the case of an equality of votes, the chair of a meeting of shareholders does not, either on a show of hands or on a poll, have a second or casting vote in addition to the vote or votes to which the chair may be entitled as a shareholder.
- 13 -
| 11.17 | Manner of Taking Poll |
Subject to Article 11.18, if a poll is duly demanded at a meeting of shareholders:
| (a) | the poll must be taken: |
| (i) | at the meeting, or within seven days after the date of the meeting, as the chair of the meeting directs; and |
| (ii) | in the manner, at the time and at the place that the chair of the meeting directs; |
| (b) | the result of the poll is deemed to be the decision of the meeting at which the poll is demanded; and |
| (c) | the demand for the poll may be withdrawn by the person who demanded it. |
| 11.18 | Demand for Poll on Adjournment |
A poll demanded at a meeting of shareholders on a question of adjournment must be taken immediately at the meeting.
| 11.19 | Chair Must Resolve Dispute |
In the case of any dispute as to the admission or rejection of a vote given on a poll, the chair of the meeting must determine the dispute, and his or her determination made in good faith is final and conclusive.
| 11.20 | Casting of Votes |
On a poll, a shareholder entitled to more than one vote need not cast all the votes in the same way.
| 11.21 | Demand for Poll |
No poll may be demanded in respect of the vote by which a chair of a meeting of shareholders is elected.
| 11.22 | Demand for Poll Not to Prevent Continuance of Meeting |
The demand for a poll at a meeting of shareholders does not, unless the chair of the meeting so rules, prevent the continuation of the meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which a poll has been demanded.
| 11.23 | Retention of Ballots and Proxies |
The Company must, for at least three months after a meeting of shareholders, keep each ballot cast on a poll and each proxy voted at the meeting, and, during that period, make them available for inspection during normal business hours by any shareholder or proxyholder entitled to vote at the meeting. At the end of such three month period, the Company may destroy such ballots and proxies.
- 14 -
| 12. | VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS |
| 12.1 | Number of Votes by Shareholder or by Shares |
Subject to any special rights or restrictions attached to any shares and to the restrictions imposed on joint shareholders under Article 12.3:
| (a) | on a vote by show of hands, every person present who is a shareholder or proxy holder and entitled to vote on the matter has one vote; and |
| (b) | on a poll, every shareholder entitled to vote on the matter has one vote in respect of each share entitled to be voted on the matter and held by that shareholder and may exercise that vote either in person or by proxy. |
| 12.2 | Votes of Persons in Representative Capacity |
A person who is not a shareholder may vote at a meeting of shareholders, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, and may appoint a proxy holder to act at the meeting, if, before doing so, the person satisfies the chair of the meeting, or the directors, that the person is a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy for a shareholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting.
| 12.3 | Votes by Joint Holders |
If there are joint shareholders registered in respect of any share:
| (a) | any one of the joint shareholders may vote at any meeting, personally or by proxy, in respect of the share as if that joint shareholder were solely entitled to it; or |
| (b) | if more than one of the joint shareholders is present at any meeting, personally or by proxy, and more than one of them votes in respect of that share, then only the vote of the joint shareholder present whose name stands first on the central securities register in respect of the share will be counted. |
| 12.4 | Legal Personal Representatives as Joint Shareholders |
Two or more legal personal representatives of a shareholder in whose sole name any share is registered are, for the purposes of Article 12.3, deemed to be joint shareholders.
| 12.5 | Representative of a Corporate Shareholder |
If a corporation that is not a subsidiary of the Company is a shareholder, that corporation may appoint a person to act as its representative at any meeting of shareholders of the Company, and:
| (a) | for that purpose, the instrument appointing a representative must be received: |
| (i) | at the registered office of the Company or at any other place specified, in the notice calling the meeting, for the receipt of proxies, at least the number of business days specified in the notice for the receipt of proxies, or if no number of days is specified, two business days before the day set for the holding of the meeting; or |
- 15 -
| (ii) | at the meeting or any adjourned meeting, by the chair of the meeting or adjourned meeting or by a person designated by the chair of the meeting or adjourned meeting; |
| (b) | if a representative is appointed under this Article 12.5: |
| (i) | the representative is entitled to exercise in respect of and at that meeting the same rights on behalf of the corporation that the representative represents as that corporation could exercise if it were a shareholder who is an individual, including, without limitation, the right to appoint a proxy holder; and |
| (ii) | the representative, if present at the meeting, is to be counted for the purpose of forming a quorum and is deemed to be a shareholder present in person at the meeting. |
Evidence of the appointment of any such representative may be sent to the Company by written instrument, fax or any other method of transmitting legibly recorded messages.
| 12.6 | When Proxy Holder Need Not Be Shareholder |
A person must not be appointed as a proxy holder unless the person is a shareholder, although a person who is not a shareholder may be appointed as a proxy holder if:
| (a) | the person appointing the proxy holder is a corporation or a representative of a corporation appointed under Article 12.5; |
| (b) | the Company has at the time of the meeting for which the proxy holder is to be appointed only one shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting; |
| (c) | the shareholders present in person or by proxy at and entitled to vote at the meeting for which the proxy holder is to be appointed, by a resolution on which the proxy holder is not entitled to vote but in respect of which the proxy holder is to be counted in the quorum, permit the proxy holder to attend and vote at the meeting; or |
| (d) | the Company is a public company or is a pre-existing reporting company which has the Statutory Reporting Company Provisions as part of these Articles or to which the Statutory Reporting Company Provisions apply. |
| 12.7 | When Proxy Provisions Do Not Apply to All Companies |
If and for so long as the Company is a public company or is a pre-existing reporting company which has the Statutory Reporting Company Provisions as part of these Articles or to which the Statutory Reporting Company Provisions apply, Articles 12.8 to 12.16 apply only insofar as they are not inconsistent with any Canadian securities legislation applicable to the Company or any rules of an exchange on which securities of the Company are listed.
| 12.8 | Appointment of Proxy Holders |
Every shareholder of the Company, including a corporation that is a shareholder but not a subsidiary of the Company, entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders of the Company may, by proxy, appoint one or more proxy holders to attend and act at the meeting in the manner, to the extent and with the powers conferred by the proxy.
- 16 -
| 12.9 | Alternate Proxy Holders |
A shareholder may appoint one or more alternate proxy holders to act in the place of an absent proxy holder.
| 12.10 | Deposit of Proxy |
A proxy for a meeting of shareholders must:
| (a) | be received at the registered office of the Company or at any other place specified, in the notice calling the meeting, for the receipt of proxies, at least the number of business days specified in the notice, or if no number of days is specified, two business days before the day set for the holding of the meeting or any adjourned meeting; or |
| (b) | unless the notice provides otherwise, be received at the meeting, by the chair of the meeting or adjourned meeting or to a person designated by the chair of the meeting or adjourned meeting. |
A proxy may be sent to the Company by written instrument, fax or any other method of transmitting legibly recorded messages.
| 12.11 | Validity of Proxy Vote |
A vote given in accordance with the terms of a proxy is valid notwithstanding the death or incapacity of the shareholder giving the proxy and despite the revocation of the proxy or the revocation of the authority under which the proxy is given, unless notice in writing of that death, incapacity or revocation is received:
| (a) | at the registered office of the Company, at any time up to and including the last business day before the day set for the holding of the meeting or any adjourned meeting at which the proxy is to be used; or |
| (b) | at the meeting or any adjourned meeting, by the chair of the meeting or adjourned meeting, before any vote in respect of which the proxy has been given has been taken. |
- 17 -
| 12.12 | Form of Proxy |
A proxy, whether for a specified meeting or otherwise, must be either in the following form or in any other form approved by the directors or the chair of the meeting:
[name of company]
(the “Company”)
The undersigned, being a shareholder of the Company, hereby appoints [name] or, failing that person, [name], as proxy holder for the undersigned to attend, act and vote for and on behalf of the undersigned at the meeting of shareholders of the Company to be held on [month, day, year] and at any adjournment of that meeting.
Number of shares in respect of which this proxy is given (if no number is specified, then this proxy if given in respect of all shares registered in the name of the shareholder): _____________________
| Signed [month, day, year]
|
| [Signature of shareholder]
|
| [Name of shareholder—printed] |
| 12.13 | Revocation of Proxy |
Subject to Article 12.14, every proxy may be revoked by an instrument in writing that is received:
| (a) | at the registered office of the Company at any time up to and including the last business day before the day set for the holding of the meeting or any adjourned meeting at which the proxy is to be used; or |
| (b) | at the meeting or any adjourned meeting by the chair of the meeting or adjourned meeting, before any vote in respect of which the proxy has been given has been taken. |
| 12.14 | Revocation of Proxy Must Be Signed |
An instrument referred to in Article 12.13 must be signed as follows:
| (a) | if the shareholder for whom the proxy holder is appointed is an individual, the instrument must be signed by the shareholder or his or her legal personal representative or trustee in bankruptcy; |
| (b) | if the shareholder for whom the proxy holder is appointed is a corporation, the instrument must be signed by the corporation or by a representative appointed for the corporation under Article 12.5. |
- 18 -
| 12.15 | Chair May Determine Validity of Proxy |
The chair of any meeting of shareholders may determine whether or not a proxy deposited for use at the meeting, which may not strictly comply with the requirements of this Part 12 as to form, execution, accompanying documentation, time of filing or otherwise, shall be valid for use at such meeting and any such determination made in good faith shall be final, conclusive and binding upon such meeting.
| 12.16 | Production of Evidence of Authority to Vote |
The chair of any meeting of shareholders may, but need not, inquire into the authority of any person to vote at the meeting and may, but need not, demand from that person production of evidence as to the existence of the authority to vote.
| 13. | DIRECTORS |
| 13.1 | First Directors; Number of Directors |
The first directors are the persons designated as directors of the Company in the Notice of Articles that applies to the Company when it is recognized under the Business Corporations Act. The number of directors, excluding additional directors appointed under Article 14.8, is set at:
| (a) | subject to paragraphs (b) and (c), the number of directors that is equal to the number of the Company’s first directors; |
| (b) | if the Company is a public company, the greater of three and the most recently set of: |
| (i) | the number of directors set by ordinary resolution (whether or not previous notice of the resolution was given); and |
| (ii) | the number of directors set under Article 14.4; |
| (c) | if the Company is not a public company, the most recently set of: |
| (i) | the number of directors set by ordinary resolution (whether or not previous notice of the resolution was given); and |
| (ii) | the number of directors set under Article 14.4. |
| 13.2 | Change in Number of Directors |
If the number of directors is set under Articles 13.1(b)(i) or 13.1(c)(i):
| (a) | the shareholders may elect or appoint the directors needed to fill any vacancies in the board of directors up to that number; |
| (b) | if the shareholders do not elect or appoint the directors needed to fill any vacancies in the board of directors up to that number contemporaneously with the setting of that number, then the directors may appoint, or the shareholders may elect or appoint, directors to fill those vacancies. |
- 19 -
| 13.3 | Directors’ Acts Valid Despite Vacancy |
An act or proceeding of the directors is not invalid merely because fewer than the number of directors set or otherwise required under these Articles is in office.
| 13.4 | Qualifications of Directors |
A director is not required to hold a share of the Company as qualification for his or her office but must be qualified as required by the Business Corporations Act to become, act or continue to act as a director.
| 13.5 | Remuneration of Directors |
The directors are entitled to the remuneration for acting as directors, if any, as the directors may from time to time determine. If the directors so decide, the remuneration of the directors, if any, will be determined by the shareholders. That remuneration may be in addition to any salary or other remuneration paid to any officer or employee of the Company as such, who is also a director.
| 13.6 | Reimbursement of Expenses of Directors |
The Company must reimburse each director for the reasonable expenses that he or she may incur in and about the business of the Company.
| 13.7 | Special Remuneration for Directors |
If any director performs any professional or other services for the Company that in the opinion of the directors are outside the ordinary duties of a director, or if any director is otherwise specially occupied in or about the Company’s business, he or she may be paid remuneration fixed by the directors, or, at the option of that director, fixed by ordinary resolution, and such remuneration may be either in addition to, or in substitution for, any other remuneration that he or she may be entitled to receive.
| 13.8 | Gratuity, Pension or Allowance on Retirement of Director |
Unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution, the directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any director who has held any salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his or her spouse or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.
| 14. | ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS |
| 14.1 | Election at Annual General Meeting |
At every annual general meeting and in every unanimous resolution contemplated by Article 10.2:
| (a) | the shareholders entitled to vote at the annual general meeting for the election of directors must elect, or in the unanimous resolution appoint, a board of directors consisting of the number of directors for the time being set under these Articles; and |
- 20 -
| (b) | all the directors cease to hold office immediately before the election or appointment of directors under paragraph (a), but are eligible for re-election or re-appointment. |
| 14.2 | Consent to be a Director |
No election, appointment or designation of an individual as a director is valid unless:
| (a) | that individual consents to be a director in the manner provided for in the Business Corporations Act; |
| (b) | that individual is elected or appointed at a meeting at which the individual is present and the individual does not refuse, at the meeting, to be a director; or |
| (c) | with respect to first directors, the designation is otherwise valid under the Business Corporations Act. |
| 14.3 | Failure to Elect or Appoint Directors |
If:
| (a) | the Company fails to hold an annual general meeting, and all the shareholders who are entitled to vote at an annual general meeting fail to pass the unanimous resolution contemplated by Article 10.2, on or before the date by which the annual general meeting is required to be held under the Business Corporations Act; or |
| (b) | the shareholders fail, at the annual general meeting or in the unanimous resolution contemplated by Article 10.2, to elect or appoint any directors; |
then each director then in office continues to hold office until the earlier of:
| (c) | when his or her successor is elected or appointed; and |
| (d) | when he or she otherwise ceases to hold office under the Business Corporations Act or these Articles. |
| 14.4 | Places of Retiring Directors Not Filled |
If, at any meeting of shareholders at which there should be an election of directors, the places of any of the retiring directors are not filled by that election, those retiring directors who are not re-elected and who are asked by the newly elected directors to continue in office will, if willing to do so, continue in office to complete the number of directors for the time being set pursuant to these Articles until further new directors are elected at a meeting of shareholders convened for that purpose. If any such election or continuance of directors does not result in the election or continuance of the number of directors for the time being set pursuant to these Articles, the number of directors of the Company is deemed to be set at the number of directors actually elected or continued in office.
| 14.5 | Directors May Fill Casual Vacancies |
Any casual vacancy occurring in the board of directors may be filled by the directors.
- 21 -
| 14.6 | Remaining Directors’ Power to Act |
The directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the board of directors, but if the Company has fewer directors in office than the number set pursuant to these Articles as the quorum of directors, the directors may only act for the purpose of appointing directors up to that number or of summoning a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of filling any vacancies on the board of directors or, subject to the Business Corporations Act, for any other purpose.
| 14.7 | Shareholders May Fill Vacancies |
If the Company has no directors or fewer directors in office than the number set pursuant to these Articles as the quorum of directors, the shareholders may elect or appoint directors to fill any vacancies on the board of directors.
| 14.8 | Additional Directors |
Notwithstanding Articles 13.1 and 13.2, between annual general meetings or unanimous resolutions contemplated by Article 10.2, the directors may appoint one or more additional directors, but the number of additional directors appointed under this Article 14.8 must not at any time exceed:
| (a) | one-third of the number of first directors, if, at the time of the appointments, one or more of the first directors have not yet completed their first term of office; or |
| (b) | in any other case, one-third of the number of the current directors who were elected or appointed as directors other than under this Article 14.8. |
Any director so appointed ceases to hold office immediately before the next election or appointment of directors under Article 14.1(a), but is eligible for re-election or re-appointment.
| 14.9 | Ceasing to be a Director |
A director ceases to be a director when:
| (a) | the term of office of the director expires; |
| (b) | the director dies; |
| (c) | the director resigns as a director by notice in writing provided to the Company or a lawyer for the Company; or |
| (d) | the director is removed from office pursuant to Articles 14.10 or 14.11. |
| 14.10 | Removal of Director by Shareholders |
The Company may remove any director before the expiration of his or her term of office by special resolution. In that event, the shareholders may elect, or appoint by ordinary resolution, a director to fill the resulting vacancy. If the shareholders do not elect or appoint a director to fill the resulting vacancy contemporaneously with the removal, then the directors may appoint or the shareholders may elect, or appoint by ordinary resolution, a director to fill that vacancy.
- 22 -
| 14.11 | Removal of Director by Directors |
The directors may remove any director before the expiration of his or her term of office if the director is convicted of an indictable offence, or if the director ceases to be qualified to act as a director of a company and does not promptly resign, and the directors may appoint a director to fill the resulting vacancy.
| 15. | ALTERNATE DIRECTORS |
| 15.1 | Appointment of Alternate Director |
Any director (an “appointor”) may by notice in writing received by the Company appoint any person (an “appointee”) who is qualified to act as a director to be his or her alternate to act in his or her place at meetings of the directors or committees of the directors at which the appointor is not present unless (in the case of an appointee who is not a director) the directors have reasonably disapproved the appointment of such person as an alternate director and have given notice to that effect to his or her appointor within a reasonable time after the notice of appointment is received by the Company.
| 15.2 | Notice of Meetings |
Every alternate director so appointed is entitled to notice of meetings of the directors and of committees of the directors of which his or her appointor is a member and to attend and vote as a director at any such meetings at which his or her appointor is not present.
| 15.3 | Alternate for More Than One Director Attending Meetings |
A person may be appointed as an alternate director by more than one director, and an alternate director:
| (a) | will be counted in determining the quorum for a meeting of directors once for each of his or her appointors and, in the case of an appointee who is also a director, once more in that capacity; |
| (b) | has a separate vote at a meeting of directors for each of his or her appointors and, in the case of an appointee who is also a director, an additional vote in that capacity; |
| (c) | will be counted in determining the quorum for a meeting of a committee of directors once for each of his or her appointors who is a member of that committee and, in the case of an appointee who is also a member of that committee as a director, once more in that capacity; |
| (d) | has a separate vote at a meeting of a committee of directors for each of his or her appointors who is a member of that committee and, in the case of an appointee who is also a member of that committee as a director, an additional vote in that capacity. |
| 15.4 | Consent Resolutions |
Every alternate director, if authorized by the notice appointing him or her, may sign in place of his or her appointor any resolutions to be consented to in writing.
- 23 -
| 15.5 | Alternate Director Not an Agent |
Every alternate director is deemed not to be the agent of his or her appointor.
| 15.6 | Revocation of Appointment of Alternate Director |
An appointor may at any time, by notice in writing received by the Company, revoke the appointment of an alternate director appointed by him or her.
| 15.7 | Ceasing to be an Alternate Director |
The appointment of an alternate director ceases when:
| (a) | his or her appointor ceases to be a director and is not promptly re-elected or re-appointed; |
| (b) | the alternate director dies; |
| (c) | the alternate director resigns as an alternate director by notice in writing provided to the Company or a lawyer for the Company; |
| (d) | the alternate director ceases to be qualified to act as a director; or |
| (e) | his or her appointor revokes the appointment of the alternate director. |
| 15.8 | Remuneration and Expenses of Alternate Director |
The Company may reimburse an alternate director for the reasonable expenses that would be properly reimbursed if he or she were a director, and the alternate director is entitled to receive from the Company such proportion, if any, of the remuneration otherwise payable to the appointor as the appointor may from time to time direct.
| 16. | POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS |
| 16.1 | Powers of Management |
The directors must, subject to the Business Corporations Act and these Articles, manage or supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Company and have the authority to exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Business Corporations Act or by these Articles, required to be exercised by the shareholders of the Company.
| 16.2 | Appointment of Attorney of Company |
The directors may from time to time, by power of attorney or other instrument, under seal if so required by law, appoint any person to be the attorney of the Company for such purposes, and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the directors under these Articles and excepting the power to fill vacancies in the board of directors, to remove a director, to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the directors, to appoint or remove officers appointed by the directors and to declare dividends) and for such period, and with such remuneration and subject to such conditions as the directors may think fit. Any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection or convenience of persons dealing with such attorney as the directors think fit. Any such attorney may be authorized by the directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in him or her.
- 24 -
| 17. | DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST OF DIRECTORS |
| 17.1 | Obligation to Account for Profits |
A director or senior officer who holds a disclosable interest (as that term is used in the Business Corporations Act) in a contract or transaction into which the Company has entered or proposes to enter is liable to account to the Company for any profit that accrues to the director or senior officer under or as a result of the contract or transaction only if and to the extent provided in the Business Corporations Act.
| 17.2 | Restrictions on Voting by Reason of Interest |
A director who holds a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction into which the Company has entered or proposes to enter is not entitled to vote on any directors’ resolution to approve that contract or transaction, unless all the directors have a disclosable interest in that contract or transaction, in which case any or all of those directors may vote on such resolution.
| 17.3 | Interested Director Counted in Quorum |
A director who holds a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction into which the Company has entered or proposes to enter and who is present at the meeting of directors at which the contract or transaction is considered for approval may be counted in the quorum at the meeting whether or not the director votes on any or all of the resolutions considered at the meeting.
| 17.4 | Disclosure of Conflict of Interest or Property |
A director or senior officer who holds any office or possesses any property, right or interest that could result, directly or indirectly, in the creation of a duty or interest that materially conflicts with that individual’s duty or interest as a director or senior officer, must disclose the nature and extent of the conflict as required by the Business Corporations Act.
| 17.5 | Director Holding Other Office in the Company |
A director may hold any office or place of profit with the Company, other than the office of auditor of the Company, in addition to his or her office of director for the period and on the terms (as to remuneration or otherwise) that the directors may determine.
| 17.6 | No Disqualification |
No director or intended director is disqualified by his or her office from contracting with the Company either with regard to the holding of any office or place of profit the director holds with the Company or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, and no contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which a director is in any way interested is liable to be voided for that reason.
| 17.7 | Professional Services by Director or Officer |
Subject to the Business Corporations Act, a director or officer, or any person in which a director or officer has an interest, may act in a professional capacity for the Company, except as auditor of the Company, and the director or officer or such person is entitled to remuneration for professional services as if that director or officer were not a director or officer.
- 25 -
| 17.8 | Director or Officer in Other Corporations |
A director or officer may be or become a director, officer or employee of, or otherwise interested in, any person in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder or otherwise, and, subject to the Business Corporations Act, the director or officer is not accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him or her as director, officer or employee of, or from his or her interest in, such other person.
| 18. | PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS |
| 18.1 | Meetings of Directors |
The directors may meet together for the conduct of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit, and meetings of the directors held at regular intervals may be held at the place, at the time and on the notice, if any, as the directors may from time to time determine.
| 18.2 | Voting at Meetings |
Questions arising at any meeting of directors are to be decided by a majority of votes and, in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting does not have a second or casting vote.
| 18.3 | Chair of Meetings |
The following individual is entitled to preside as chair at a meeting of directors:
| (a) | the chair of the board, if any; |
| (b) | in the absence of the chair of the board, the president, if any, if the president is a director; or |
| (c) | any other director chosen by the directors if: |
| (i) | neither the chair of the board nor the president, if a director, is present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting; |
| (ii) | neither the chair of the board nor the president, if a director, is willing to chair the meeting; or |
| (iii) | the chair of the board and the president, if a director, have advised the secretary, if any, or any other director, that they will not be present at the meeting. |
| 18.4 | Meetings by Telephone or Other Communications Medium |
A director may participate in a meeting of the directors or of any committee of the directors:
| (a) | in person; |
| (b) | by telephone; or |
| (c) | with the consent of all directors who wish to participate in the meeting, by other communications medium; |
- 26 -
if all directors participating in the meeting, whether in person or by telephone or other communications medium, are able to communicate with each other. A director who participates in a meeting in a manner contemplated by this Article 18.4 is deemed for all purposes of the Business Corporations Act and these Articles to be present at the meeting and to have agreed to participate in that manner.
| 18.5 | Calling of Meetings |
A director may, and the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company, if any, on the request of a director must, call a meeting of the directors at any time.
| 18.6 | Notice of Meetings |
Other than for meetings held at regular intervals as determined by the directors pursuant to Article 18.1, or as provided in Article 18.7, reasonable notice of each meeting of the directors, specifying the place, day and time of that meeting must be given to each of the directors and the alternate directors by any method set out in Article 24.1 or orally or by telephone.
| 18.7 | When Notice Not Required |
It is not necessary to give notice of a meeting of the directors to a director or an alternate director if:
| (a) | the meeting is to be held immediately following a meeting of shareholders at which that director was elected or appointed, or is the meeting of the directors at which that director is appointed; or |
| (b) | the director or alternate director, as the case may be, has waived notice of the meeting. |
| 18.8 | Meeting Valid Despite Failure to Give Notice |
The accidental omission to give notice of any meeting of directors to, or the non-receipt of any notice by, any director or alternate director, does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting.
| 18.9 | Waiver of Notice of Meetings |
Any director or alternate director may send to the Company a document signed by him or her waiving notice of any past, present or future meeting or meetings of the directors and may at any time withdraw that waiver with respect to meetings held after that withdrawal. After sending a waiver with respect to all future meetings and until that waiver is withdrawn, no notice of any meeting of the directors need be given to that director or unless the director otherwise requires by notice in writing to the Company, to his or her alternate director, and all meetings of the directors so held are deemed not to be improperly called or constituted by reason of notice not having been given to such director or alternate director. Attendance of a director or alternate director at a meeting of the directors is a waiver of notice of the meeting unless that director or alternate director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called.
| 18.10 | Quorum |
The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the directors may be set by the directors and, if not so set, is deemed to be set at two directors or, if the number of directors is set at one, is deemed to be set at one director, and that director may constitute a meeting.
- 27 -
| 18.11 | Validity of Acts Where Appointment Defective |
Subject to the Business Corporations Act, an act of a director or officer is not invalid merely because of an irregularity in the election or appointment or a defect in the qualification of that director or officer.
| 18.12 | Consent Resolutions in Writing |
A resolution of the directors or of any committee of the directors may be passed without a meeting:
| (1) | in all cases, if each of the directors entitled to vote on the resolution consents to it in writing; or |
| (2) | in the case of a resolution to approve a contract or transaction in respect of which a director has disclosed that he or she has or may have a disclosable interest, if each of the other directors who are entitled to vote on the resolution consents in writing to the resolution. |
A consent in writing under this Article 18.12 may be by any written instrument, fax, email or any other method of transmitting legibly recorded messages in which the consent of the director is evidenced, whether or not the signature of the director is included in the record. A consent in writing may be in two or more counterparts which together are deemed to constitute one consent in writing. A resolution of the directors or of any committee of the directors passed in accordance with this Article 18.12 is effective on the date stated in the consent in writing or on the latest date stated on any counterpart and is deemed to be a proceeding at a meeting of the directors or of the committee of the directors and to be as valid and effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the directors or of the committee of the directors that satisfies all the requirements of the Business Corporations Act and all the requirements of these Articles relating to meetings of the directors or of a committee of the directors.
| 19. | EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES |
| 19.1 | Appointment and Powers of Executive Committee |
The directors may, by resolution, appoint an executive committee consisting of the director or directors that they consider appropriate, and, during the intervals between meetings of the board of directors all of the directors’ powers are delegated to the executive committee, except:
| (a) | the power to fill vacancies in the board of directors; |
| (b) | the power to remove a director; |
| (c) | the power to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the directors; and |
| (d) | such other powers, if any, as may be set out in the resolution or any subsequent directors’ resolution. |
- 28 -
| 19.2 | Appointment and Powers of Other Committees |
The directors may, by resolution:
| (a) | appoint one or more committees (other than the executive committee) consisting of the director or directors that they consider appropriate; |
| (b) | delegate to a committee appointed under paragraph (a) any of the directors’ powers, except: |
| (i) | the power to fill vacancies in the board of directors; |
| (ii) | the power to remove a director; |
| (iii) | the power to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the directors; and |
| (iv) | the power to appoint or remove officers appointed by the directors; and |
| (c) | make any delegation referred to in paragraph (b) subject to the conditions set out in the resolution or any subsequent directors’ resolution. |
| 19.3 | Obligations of Committees |
Any committee appointed under Articles 19.1 or 19.2, in the exercise of the powers delegated to it, must:
| (a) | conform to any rules that may from time to time be imposed on it by the directors; and |
| (b) | report every act or thing done in exercise of those powers at such times as the directors may require. |
| 19.4 | Powers of Board |
The directors may, at any time, with respect to a committee appointed under Articles 19.1 or 19.2:
| (a) | revoke or alter the authority given to the committee, or override a decision made by the committee, except as to acts done before such revocation, alteration or overriding; |
| (b) | terminate the appointment of, or change the membership of, the committee; and |
| (c) | fill vacancies in the committee. |
| 19.5 | Committee Meetings |
Subject to Article 19.3(a) and unless the directors otherwise provide in the resolution appointing the committee or in any subsequent resolution, with respect to a committee appointed under Articles 19.1 or 19.2:
| (a) | the committee may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper; |
- 29 -
| (b) | the committee may elect a chair of its meetings but, if no chair of a meeting is elected, or if at a meeting the chair of the meeting is not present within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting, the directors present who are members of the committee may choose one of their number to chair the meeting; |
| (c) | a majority of the members of the committee constitutes a quorum of the committee; and |
| (d) | questions arising at any meeting of the committee are determined by a majority of votes of the members present, and in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting does not have a second or casting vote. |
| 20. | OFFICERS |
| 20.1 | Directors May Appoint Officers |
The directors may, from time to time, appoint such officers, if any, as the directors determine and the directors may, at any time, terminate any such appointment.
20.2 Functions, Duties and Powers of Officers
The directors may, for each officer:
| (a) | determine the functions and duties of the officer; |
| (b) | delegate to the officer any of the powers exercisable by the directors on such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as the directors think fit; and |
| (c) | revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of the functions, duties and powers of the officer. |
| 20.3 | Qualifications |
No officer may be appointed unless that officer is qualified in accordance with the Business Corporations Act. One person may hold more than one position as an officer of the Company. Any person appointed as the chair of the board or as a managing director must be a director. Any other officer need not be a director.
| 20.4 | Remuneration and Terms of Appointment |
All appointments of officers are to be made on the terms and conditions and at the remuneration (whether by way of salary, fee, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) that the directors think fit and are subject to termination at the pleasure of the directors, and an officer may in addition to such remuneration be entitled to receive, after he or she ceases to hold such office or leaves the employment of the Company, a pension or gratuity.
| 21. | INDEMNIFICATION |
| 21.1 | Definitions |
In this Article 21:
| (a) | “eligible penalty” means a judgment, penalty or fine awarded or imposed in, or an amount paid in settlement of, an eligible proceeding; |
- 30 -
| (b) | “eligible proceeding” means a legal proceeding or investigative action, whether current, threatened, pending or completed, in which a director, former director or alternate director of the Company (an “eligible party”) or any of the heirs and legal personal representatives of the eligible party, by reason of the eligible party being or having been a director or alternate director of the Company: |
| (i) | is or may be joined as a party; or |
| (ii) | is or may be liable for or in respect of a judgment, penalty or fine in, or expenses related to, the proceeding; |
| (c) | “expenses” has the meaning set out in the Business Corporations Act. |
| 21.2 | Mandatory Indemnification of Directors |
Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company must indemnify a director, former director or alternate director of the Company and his or her heirs and legal personal representatives against all eligible penalties to which such person is or may be liable, and the Company must, after the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, pay the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect of that proceeding. Each director and alternate director is deemed to have contracted with the Company on the terms of the indemnity contained in this Article 21.2.
| 21.3 | Permitted Indemnification |
Subject to any restrictions in the Business Corporations Act, the Company may indemnify any person.
| 21.4 | Non-Compliance with Business Corporations Act |
The failure of a director, alternate director or officer of the Company to comply with the Business Corporations Act or these Articles or, if applicable, any former Companies Act, does not invalidate any indemnity to which he or she is entitled under this Part 21.
| 21.5 | Company May Purchase Insurance |
The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any person (or his or her heirs or legal personal representatives) who:
| (a) | is or was a director, alternate director, officer, employee or agent of the Company; |
| (b) | is or was a director, alternate director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation at a time when the corporation is or was an affiliate of the Company; |
| (c) | at the request of the Company, is or was a director, alternate director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation or of a partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity; |
| (d) | at the request of the Company, holds or held a position equivalent to that of a director, alternate director or officer of a partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity; |
- 31 -
against any liability incurred by him or her as such director, alternate director, officer, employee or agent or person who holds or held such equivalent position.
| 22. | DIVIDENDS |
| 22.1 | Payment of Dividends Subject to Special Rights |
The provisions of this Part 22 are subject to the rights, if any, of shareholders holding shares with special rights as to dividends.
| 22.2 | Declaration of Dividends |
Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the directors may from time to time declare and authorize payment of such dividends as they may consider appropriate.
| 22.3 | No Notice Required |
The directors need not give notice to any shareholder of any declaration under Article 22.2.
| 22.4 | Record Date |
The directors may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend. The record date must not precede the date on which the dividend is to be paid by more than two months. If no record date is set, the record date is 5 p.m. on the date on which the directors pass the resolution declaring the dividend.
| 22.5 | Manner of Paying Dividend |
A resolution declaring a dividend may direct payment of the dividend wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets or of fully paid shares or of bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company or any other corporation, or in any one or more of those ways.
| 22.6 | Settlement of Difficulties |
If any difficulty arises in regard to a distribution under Article 22.5, the directors may settle the difficulty as they deem advisable, and, in particular, may:
| (a) | set the value for distribution of specific assets; |
| (b) | determine that cash payments in substitution for all or any part of the specific assets to which any shareholders are entitled may be made to any shareholders on the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties; and |
| (c) | vest any such specific assets in trustees for the persons entitled to the dividend. |
| 22.7 | When Dividend Payable |
Any dividend may be made payable on such date as is fixed by the directors.
| 22.8 | Dividends to be Paid in Accordance with Number of Shares |
All dividends on shares of any class or series of shares must be declared and paid according to the number of such shares held.
- 32 -
| 22.9 | Receipt by Joint Shareholders |
If several persons are joint shareholders of any share, any one of them may give an effective receipt for any dividend, bonus or other money payable in respect of the share.
| 22.10 | Dividend Bears No Interest |
No dividend bears interest against the Company.
| 22.11 | Fractional Dividends |
If a dividend to which a shareholder is entitled includes a fraction of the smallest monetary unit of the currency of the dividend, that fraction may be disregarded in making payment of the dividend and that payment represents full payment of the dividend.
| 22.12 | Payment of Dividends |
Any dividend or other distribution payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque, made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent, and mailed to the address of the shareholder, or in the case of joint shareholders, to the address of the joint shareholder who is first named on the central securities register, or to the person and to the address the shareholder or joint shareholders may direct in writing. The mailing of such cheque will, to the extent of the sum represented by the cheque (plus the amount of the tax required by law to be deducted), discharge all liability for the dividend unless such cheque is not paid on presentation or the amount of tax so deducted is not paid to the appropriate taxing authority.
| 22.13 | Capitalization of Surplus |
Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, the directors may from time to time capitalize any surplus of the Company and may from time to time issue, as fully paid, shares or any bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company as a dividend representing the retained earnings or surplus so capitalized or any part thereof.
| 23. | ACCOUNTING RECORDS AND AUDITOR |
| 23.1 | Recording of Financial Affairs |
The directors must cause adequate accounting records to be kept to record properly the financial affairs and condition of the Company and to comply with the Business Corporations Act.
| 23.2 | Inspection of Accounting Records |
Unless the directors determine otherwise, or unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution, no shareholder of the Company is entitled to inspect or obtain a copy of any accounting records of the Company.
| 23.3 | Remuneration of Auditor |
The directors may set the remuneration of the auditor of the Company.
- 33 -
| 24. | NOTICES |
| 24.1 | Method of Giving Notice |
Unless the Business Corporations Act or these Articles provide otherwise, a notice, statement, report or other record required or permitted by the Business Corporations Act or these Articles to be sent by or to a person may be sent by any one of the following methods:
| (a) | mail addressed to the person at the applicable address for that person as follows: |
| (i) | for a record mailed to a shareholder, the shareholder’s registered address; |
| (ii) | for a record mailed to a director or officer, the prescribed address for mailing shown for the director or officer in the records kept by the Company or the mailing address provided by the recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class; |
| (iii) | in any other case, the mailing address of the intended recipient; |
| (b) | delivery at the applicable address for that person as follows, addressed to the person: |
| (i) | for a record delivered to a shareholder, the shareholder’s registered address; |
| (ii) | for a record delivered to a director or officer, the prescribed address for delivery shown for the director or officer in the records kept by the Company or the delivery address provided by the recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class; |
| (iii) | in any other case, the delivery address of the intended recipient; |
| (c) | unless the intended recipient is the auditor of the Company, sending the record by fax to the fax number provided by the intended recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class; |
| (d) | unless the intended recipient is the auditor of the Company, sending the record by email to the email address provided by the intended recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class; |
| (e) | physical delivery to the intended recipient. |
| 24.2 | Deemed Receipt of Mailing |
A notice, statement, report or other record that is:
| (a) | mailed to a person by ordinary mail to the applicable address for that person referred to in Article 24.1 is deemed to be received by the person to whom it was mailed on the day (Saturdays, Sundays and holidays excepted) following the date of mailing; |
- 34 -
| (b) | faxed to a person to the fax number provided by that person referred to in Article 24.1 is deemed to be received by the person to whom it was faxed on the day it was faxed; and |
| (c) | e-mailed to a person to the e-mail address provided by that person referred to in Article 24.1 is deemed to be received by the person to whom it was e-mailed on the day it was e-mailed. |
| 24.3 | Certificate of Sending |
A certificate signed by the secretary, if any, or other officer of the Company or of any other corporation acting in that behalf of the Company stating that a notice, statement, report or other record was sent in accordance with Article 24.1 is conclusive evidence of that fact.
| 24.4 | Notice to Joint Shareholders |
A notice, statement, report or other record may be provided by the Company to the joint shareholders of a share by providing such records to the joint shareholder first named in the central securities register in respect of the share.
| 24.5 | Notice to Legal Personal Representatives and Trustees |
A notice, statement, report or other record may be provided by the Company to the persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of a shareholder by:
| (a) | mailing the record, addressed to them: |
| (i) | by name, by the title of the legal personal representative of the deceased or incapacitated shareholder, by the title of trustee of the bankrupt shareholder or by any similar description; and |
| (ii) | at the address, if any, supplied to the Company for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled; or |
| (b) | if an address referred to in paragraph (a)(ii) has not been supplied to the Company, by giving the notice in a manner in which it might have been given if the death, bankruptcy or incapacity had not occurred. |
| 24.6 | Undelivered Notices |
If on two consecutive occasions, a notice, statement, report or other record is sent to a shareholder pursuant to Article 24.1 and on each of those occasions any such record is returned because the shareholder cannot be located, the Company shall not be required to send any further records to the shareholder until the shareholder informs the Company in writing of his or her new address.
| 25. | SEAL |
| 25.1 | Who May Attest Seal |
Except as provided in Articles 25.2 and 25.3, the Company’s seal, if any, must not be impressed on any record except when that impression is attested by the signatures of:
| (a) | any two directors; |
- 35 -
| (b) | any officer, together with any director; |
| (c) | if the Company only has one director, that director; or |
| (d) | any one or more directors or officers or persons as may be determined by the directors. |
| 25.2 | Sealing Copies |
For the purpose of certifying under seal a certificate of incumbency of the directors or officers of the Company or a true copy of any resolution or other document, despite Article 25.1, the impression of the seal may be attested by the signature of any director or officer or the signature of any other person as may be determined by the directors.
| 25.3 | Mechanical Reproduction of Seal |
The directors may authorize the seal to be impressed by third parties on share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company as they may determine appropriate from time to time. To enable the seal to be impressed on any share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company, whether in definitive or interim form, on which facsimiles of any of the signatures of the directors or officers of the Company are, in accordance with the Business Corporations Act or these Articles, printed or otherwise mechanically reproduced, there may be delivered to the person employed to engrave, lithograph or print such definitive or interim share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities one or more unmounted dies reproducing the seal and such persons as are authorized under Article 25.1 to attest the Company’s seal may in writing authorize such person to cause the seal to be impressed on such definitive or interim share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities by the use of such dies. Share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities to which the seal has been so impressed are for all purposes deemed to be under and to bear the seal impressed on them.
| 26. | PROHIBITIONS |
| 26.1 | Definitions |
In this Part 26:
| (a) | “security” has the meaning assigned in the Securities Act (British Columbia); |
| (b) | “transfer restricted security” means: |
| (i) | a share of the Company; |
| (ii) | a security of the Company convertible into shares of the Company; |
| (iii) | any other security of the Company which must be subject to restrictions on transfer in order for the Company to satisfy the requirement for restrictions on transfer under the “private issuer” exemption of Canadian securities legislation or under any other exemption from prospectus or registration requirements of Canadian securities legislation similar in scope and purpose to the “private issuer” exemption. |
- 36 -
| 26.2 | Application |
Article 26.3 does not apply to the Company if and for so long as it is a public company or a pre-existing reporting company which has the Statutory Reporting Company Provisions as part of these Articles or to which the Statutory Reporting Company Provisions apply.
| 26.3 | Consent Required for Transfer of Shares or Transferred Restricted Securities |
No share or other transfer restricted security may be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of without the consent of the directors and the directors are not required to give any reason for refusing to consent to any such sale, transfer or other disposition.
- 37 -
| 27. | ADVANCE NOTICE PROVISIONS |
| 27.1 | Nomination of Directors |
| (1) | Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at any Annual Meeting of shareholders or at any Special Meeting of shareholders if one of the purposes for which the Special Meeting was called was the election of directors. In order to be eligible for election to the Board at any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting of shareholders, persons must be nominated in accordance with one of the following procedures: |
| (a) | by or at the direction of the Board or an authorized officer, including pursuant to a notice of meeting; |
| (b) | by or at the direction or request of one or more shareholders pursuant to a proposal made in accordance with the provisions of the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (the “BCA”), or a requisition of the shareholders made in accordance with the provisions of the BCA; or |
| (c) | by any person (a “Nominating Shareholder”): (A) who, at the close of business on the date of the giving by the Nominating Shareholder of the notice provided for below in this Article 27.1 and at the close of business on the record date for notice of such meeting, is entered in the central securities register of the Company as a holder of one or more shares carrying the right to vote at such meeting or who beneficially owns shares that are entitled to be voted at such meeting; and (B) who complies with the notice procedures set forth below in this Article 27.1. |
| (2) | In addition to any other requirements under applicable laws, for a nomination to be made by a Nominating Shareholder, the Nominating Shareholder must give notice which is both timely (in accordance with paragraph (3) below) and in proper written form (in accordance with paragraph (4) below) to the Secretary of the Company at the principal executive offices of the Company. |
| (3) | A Nominating Shareholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Company will be deemed to be timely if: |
| (a) | in the case of an Annual Meeting of shareholders, such notice is made not less than 30 nor more than 65 days prior to the date of the Annual Meeting of Shareholders; provided, however, that in the event that the Annual Meeting of Shareholders is to be held on a date that is less than 50 days after the date (the “Notice Date”) on which the first public announcement of the date of the Annual Meeting is made, notice by the Nominating Shareholder is made not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the Notice Date; and |
| (b) | in the case of a Special Meeting (which is not also an Annual Meeting) of Shareholders called for the purpose of electing directors (whether or not called for other purposes), such notice is made not later than the close of business on the fifteenth (15th) day following the day on which the first public announcement of the date of the Special Meeting of Shareholders was made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may, in its sole discretion, waive any requirement of this paragraph (3). |
For greater certainty, the time periods for the giving of notice by a Nominating Shareholder as aforesaid shall, in all cases, be determined based on the original date of the applicable Annual Meeting or Special Meeting, and in no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of such notice.
| (4) | A Nominating Shareholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Company will be deemed to be in proper form if: |
| (a) | as to each person whom the Nominating Shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, such notice sets forth: (A) the name, age, business address and residential address of the person; (B) the principal occupation or employment of the person; (C) the class or series and number of shares in the capital of the Company which are controlled or which are owned beneficially or of record by the person as of the record date for the meeting of shareholders (if such date shall then have been made publicly available and shall have occurred) and as of the date of such notice; and (D) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a dissident’s proxy circular in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to the BCA and Applicable Securities Laws (as defined in paragraph 7 below); and |
| (b) | as to the Nominating Shareholder giving the notice, such notice sets forth any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such Nominating Shareholder has a right to vote any shares of the Company and any other information relating to such Nominating Shareholder that would be required to be made in a dissident’s proxy circular in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to the Business Corporations Act and Applicable Securities Laws (as defined in paragraph 7 below). |
| (5) | The Company may require any proposed nominee for election as a Director to furnish such additional information as may reasonably be requested by the Company to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Company or that could be material to a reasonable shareholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee. |
| (6) | No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Company unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Article 27.1; provided, however, that nothing in this Article 27.1 shall be deemed to restrict or preclude discussion by a shareholder (as distinct from the nomination of directors) at an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting of any matter that is properly brought before such meeting pursuant to the provisions of the BCA or at the discretion of the Chairman of the meeting. The Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether any nomination for election of a director was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article 27.1 and, if any proposed nomination is not in compliance with such procedures, to declare such nomination defective and that it be disregarded. |
| (7) | For purposes of this Article 27: |
| (a) | “Annual Meeting” means any annual meeting of Shareholders; |
| (b) | “Applicable Securities Laws” means the applicable securities legislation of each relevant province and territory of Canada, as amended from time to time, the rules, regulations and forms made or promulgated under any such laws and the published national instruments, multilateral instruments, policies, bulletins and notices of the securities commission or similar securities regulatory authority of each province and territory of Canada; |
- 5 -
| (c) | “BCA” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), as amended; |
| (d) | “Board” means the board of directors of the Company as constituted from time to time; |
| (e) | “Common Shares” means common shares in the capital of the Company; |
| (f) | “Public Announcement” means disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service in Canada, or in a document publicly filed by the Company under its profile on the System of Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (SEDAR) at www.sedar.com; |
| (g) | “Shareholder” means a holder of Commons Shares; and |
| (h) | “Special Meeting” means any special meeting of Shareholders if one of the purposes for which such meeting is called is the election of directors. |
| (8) | Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 27.1, notice given to the Secretary of the Company pursuant to this Article 27.1 may only be given by personal delivery, facsimile transmission or by email (at such email address as may be stipulated from time to time by the Secretary of the Company for purposes of this Article 27.1), and shall be deemed to have been given and made only at the time it is served by personal delivery to the Secretary at the address of the principal executive offices of the Company, email (at the address as aforesaid) or sent by facsimile transmission (provided that receipt of confirmation of such transmission has been received); provided that if such delivery or electronic communication is made on a day which is a not a business day or later than 5:00 p.m. (Vancouver time) on a day which is a business day, then such delivery or electronic communication shall be deemed to have been made on the next following day that is a business day. |
| 27.2 | Application |
| (1) | Article 27.1 does not apply to the Company in the following circumstances: |
| (a) | if and for so long as the Company is not a public company or a pre-existing reporting company which has the Statutory Reporting Company Provisions as part of its Articles or to which the Statutory Reporting Company Provisions apply; or |
| (b) | to the election or appointment of a director or directors in the circumstances set forth in Article 14.7. |
| (2) | Any director or officer of the Company is hereby authorized and directed for and in the name of and on behalf of the Company to execute or cause to be executed, whether under corporate seal of the Company or otherwise, and to deliver or make or cause to be delivered or made all such filings and documents, and to do or cause to be done all such acts and things, as in the opinion of such director or officer may be necessary or desirable in connection with the foregoing. |
- 6 -
Exhibit 10.1
OPTIMI HEALTH CORP.
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
October 9, 2020
PART 1
PURPOSE
| 1.1 | Purpose |
The purpose of this Plan is to secure for Optimi Health Corp. (the “Company”) and its shareholders the benefits inherent in share ownership by the employees and directors of the Company and its affiliates who, in the judgment of the board of directors (the “Board”), will be largely responsible for its future growth and success. It is generally recognized that equity incentive plans of the nature provided for herein aid in retaining and encouraging employees and directors of exceptional ability because of the opportunity offered them to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.
| 1.2 | Available Awards |
Awards that may be granted under this Plan include:
| (a) | stock options; |
| (b) | deferred share units; and |
| (c) | restricted share rights. |
PART 2
INTERPRETATION
| 2.1 | Definitions |
| (a) | “Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in the BCA. |
| (b) | “Award” means any right granted under this Plan, including Options, Deferred Share Units and Restricted Share Rights. |
| (c) | “BCA” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia). |
| (d) | “Blackout Period” means a period in which the trading of Shares or other securities of the Company is restricted under any policy of the Company then in effect. |
| (e) | “Board” means the board of directors of the Company. |
| (f) | “Cashless Exercise Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5 of this Plan. |
1
| (g) | “Change of Control” means the occurrence and completion of any one or more of the following events: |
| (A) | the Company shall not be the surviving entity in a merger, amalgamation or other reorganization (or survives only as a subsidiary of an entity other than a previously wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company); |
| (B) | the Company shall sell or otherwise transfer, including by way of the grant of a leasehold interest or joint venture interest (or one or more subsidiaries of the Company shall sell or otherwise transfer, including without limitation by way of the grant of a leasehold interest or joint venture interest) property or assets (i) aggregating more than 50% of the consolidated assets (measured by either book value or fair market value) of the Company and its subsidiaries as at the end of the most recently completed financial year of the Company or (ii) which during the most recently completed financial year of the Company generated, or during the then current financial year of the Company are expected to generate, more than 50% of the consolidated operating income or cash flow of the Company and its subsidiaries, to any other person or persons (other than one or more Designated Affiliates of the Company), in which case the Change of Control shall be deemed to occur on the date of transfer of the assets representing one dollar more than 50% of the consolidated assets in the case of clause (i) or 50% of the consolidated operating income or cash flow in the case of clause (ii), as the case may be; |
| (C) | the Company is to be dissolved and liquidated; |
| (D) | any person, entity or group of persons or entities acting jointly or in concert acquires or gains ownership or control (including, without limitation, the power to vote) more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding voting securities; or |
| (E) | as a result of or in connection with: (i) the contested election of directors, or (ii) a transaction referred to in subparagraph (i) above, the persons who were directors of the Company before such election or transaction shall cease to constitute a majority of the directors. |
For the purposes of the foregoing, “voting securities” means Shares and any other shares entitled to vote for the election of directors and shall include any securities, whether or not issued by the Company, which are not shares entitled to vote for the election of directors but are convertible into or exchangeable for shares which are entitled to vote for the election of directors, including any options or rights to purchase such shares or securities.
| (h) | “Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable United States Treasury Regulations and other binding guidance thereunder. |
| (i) | “Company” means Optimi Health Corp., a company incorporated under the laws of British Columbia. |
2
| (j) | “Deferred Payment Date” for a Participant means the date after the Restricted Period which is the earlier of (i) the date which the Participant has elected to defer receipt of Restricted Shares in accordance with Section 4.4 of this Restricted Share Plan; and (ii) the Participant’s Separation Date. |
| (k) | “Deferred Share Unit” means the agreement by the Company to pay, and the right of the Participant to receive, a Deferred Share Unit Payment for each Deferred Share Unit held, evidenced by way of book-keeping entry in the books of the Company and administered pursuant to this Plan. |
| (l) | “Deferred Share Unit Grant Letter” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.2 of this Plan. |
| (m) | “Deferred Share Unit Payment” means, subject to any adjustment in accordance with Section 5.5 of this Plan, the issuance to a Participant of one previously unissued Share for each whole Deferred Share Unit credited to such Participant. |
| (n) | “Designated Affiliate” means subsidiaries of the Company designated by the Board from time to time for purposes of this Plan. |
| (o) | “Director Retirement” in respect of a Participant, means the Participant ceasing to hold any directorships with the Company, any Designated Affiliate and any entity related to the Company for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) after attaining a stipulated age in accordance with the Company’s normal retirement policy, or earlier with the Company’s consent. |
| (p) | “Director Separation Date” means the date that a Participant ceases to hold any directorships with the Company and any Designated Affiliate due to a Director Retirement or Director Termination and also ceases to serve as an employee or consultant with the Company, any Designated Affiliate and any entity related to the Company for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada). |
| (q) | “Director Termination” means the removal of, resignation or failure to re-elect the Eligible Director (excluding a Director Retirement) as a director of the Company, a Designated Affiliate and any entity related to the Company for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada). |
| (r) | “Effective Date” means October 9, 2020, being the date upon which this Plan was adopted by the Board. |
| (s) | “Eligible Directors” means the directors of the Company or any Designated Affiliate who are, as such, eligible for participation in this Plan. |
| (t) | “Eligible Employees” means employees (including employees who are officers and directors) of the Company or any Designated Affiliate thereof, whether or not they have a written employment contract with the Company, determined by the Board, as employees eligible for participation in this Plan. Eligible Employees shall include Service Providers eligible for participation in this Plan as determined by the Board. |
| (u) | “Exchange” means such stock exchange or other organized market on which the Shares are principally listed or posted for trading from time to time, as applicable, which such stock exchange may include the Canadian Securities Exchange, the TSX Venture Exchange or any successor entity thereto. |
3
| (v) | “Fair Market Value” with respect to the Shares as of any date, means the closing market price of the Shares on the trading day prior to such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of establishing the exercise price per Share of any Option, or the value of any Share underlying a Restricted Share Right or Deferred Share Unit on the grant date, the Fair Market Value means the greater of the closing market price of the Shares on (a) the trading day prior to the date of grant of the applicable Award; and (b) the date of grant of the applicable Award. |
| (w) | “Option” means an option granted under the terms of this Plan. |
| (x) | “Option Period” means the period during which an Option is outstanding. |
| (y) | “Option Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5 of this Plan. |
| (z) | “Optionee” means an Eligible Employee or Eligible Director to whom an Option has been granted under the terms of this Plan. |
| (aa) | “Participant” means an Eligible Employee or Eligible Director who participates in this Plan. |
| (bb) | “Plan” means this Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended and restated from time to time. |
| (cc) | “Restricted Period” means any period of time that a Restricted Share Right is not vested and the Participant holding such Restricted Share Right remains ineligible to receive the relevant Shares, determined by the Board in its absolute discretion, however, such period of time may be reduced or eliminated from time to time and at any time and for any reason as determined by the Board, including, but not limited to, circumstances involving death or disability of a Participant. |
| (dd) | “Retirement” in respect of an Eligible Employee, means the Eligible Employee ceasing to hold any employment with the Company or any Designated Affiliate after attaining a stipulated age in accordance with the Company’s normal retirement policy, or earlier with the Company’s consent. |
| (ee) | “Restricted Share Right” has such meaning as ascribed to such term at Section 4.1 of this Plan. |
| (ff) | “Restricted Share Right Grant Letter” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.2 of this Plan. |
| (gg) | “Separation Date” means the date that a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee. |
| (hh) | “Service Provider” means any person or company engaged by the Company or a Designated Affiliate to provide services for an initial, renewable or extended period of 12 months or more. |
4
| (ii) | “Shares” means the common shares of the Company. |
| (jj) | “Specified Employee” means a U.S. Taxpayer who meets the definition of “specified employee”, as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. |
| (kk) | “Termination” means the termination of the employment (or consulting services) of an Eligible Employee with or without cause by the Company or a Designated Affiliate or the cessation of employment (or consulting services) of the Eligible Employee with the Company or a Designated Affiliate as a result of resignation or otherwise, other than the Retirement of the Eligible Employee. |
| (ll) | “US Taxpayer” means a Participant who is a US citizen, US permanent resident or other person who is subject to taxation on their income under the Code. |
| 2.2 | Interpretation |
| (a) | This Plan is created under and is to be governed, construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein. |
| (b) | Whenever the Board (or Board committee, as the case may be) is to exercise discretion in the administration of the terms and conditions of this Plan, the term “discretion” means the sole and absolute discretion of the Board (or Board committee, as the case may be). |
| (c) | As used herein, the terms “Part” or “Section” mean and refer to the specified Part or Section of this Plan, respectively. |
| (d) | Where the word “including” or “includes” is used in this Plan, it means “including (or includes) without limitation”. |
| (e) | Words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing any gender include any other gender. |
| (f) | Unless otherwise specified, all references to money amounts are to Canadian dollars. |
PART 3
STOCK OPTIONS
| 3.1 | Participation |
The Company may from time to time grant Options to Participants pursuant to this Plan.
| 3.2 | Price |
The exercise price per Share of any Option shall be not less than one hundred per cent (100%) of the Fair Market Value.
5
| 3.3 | Grant of Options |
The Board may at any time authorize the granting of Options to such Participants as it may select for the number of Shares that it shall designate, subject to the provisions of this Plan. The date of grant of an Option shall be the date such grant was approved by the Board.
Each Option granted to a Participant shall be evidenced by a stock option agreement with terms and conditions consistent with this Plan and as approved by the Board (and in all cases which terms and conditions need not be the same in each case and may be changed from time to time, subject to Section 7.7 of this Plan, and any required approval of the Exchange or any other exchange or exchanges on which the Shares are then traded, if applicable).
| 3.4 | Terms of Options |
The Option Period shall be five years from the date such Option is granted, or such greater or lesser duration as the Board may determine at the date of grant, and may thereafter be reduced with respect to any such Option as provided in Section 3.6 hereof covering termination of employment or death of the Optionee; provided, however, that at any time the expiry date of the Option Period in respect of any outstanding Option under this Plan should be determined to occur either during a Blackout Period or within ten business days following the expiry of the Blackout Period, the expiry date of such Option Period shall be deemed to be the date that is the tenth business day following the expiry of the Blackout Period.
Unless otherwise determined from time to time by the Board, Options shall vest and may be exercised (in each case to the nearest full Share) during the Option Period as follows:
| (a) | at any time during the first six months of the Option Period, the Optionee may purchase up to 25% of the total number of Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to his or her Option; and |
| (b) | at any time during each additional six-month period of the Option Period the Optionee may purchase an additional 25% of the total number of Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to his or her Option plus any Shares not purchased in accordance with the preceding subsection (a) and this subsection (b) until, after the 18th month of the Option Period, 100% of the Option will be exercisable. |
Except as set forth in Section 3.6, no Option may be exercised unless the Optionee is at the time of such exercise:
| (a) | in the case of an Eligible Employee, in the employ (or retained as a Service Provider) of the Company or a Designated Affiliate and shall have been continuously so employed or retained since the grant of the Option; or |
| (b) | in the case of an Eligible Director, a director of the Company or a Designated Affiliate and shall have been such a director continuously since the grant of the Option. |
The exercise of any Option will be contingent upon the Optionee having entered into an Option agreement with the Company on such terms and conditions as have been approved by the Board and which incorporates by reference the terms of this Plan. The exercise of any Option will, subject to Section 3.5, also be contingent upon receipt by the Company of cash payment of the full purchase price of the Shares being purchased.
6
| 3.5 | Cashless Exercise Right |
Participants have the right (the “Cashless Exercise Right”), in lieu of the right to exercise an Option, to terminate such Option in whole or in part by notice in writing delivered by the Participant to the Company electing to exercise the Cashless Exercise Right and, in lieu of receiving the Shares (the “Option Shares”) to which such Terminated Option relates, to receive the number of Shares, disregarding fractions, which is equal to the quotient obtained by:
| (a) | subtracting the applicable Option exercise price per Share from the Fair Market Value per Share on the business day immediately prior to the exercise of the Cashless Exercise Right and multiplying the remainder by the number of Option Shares; and |
| (b) | dividing the product obtained under subsection 3.5(a) by the Fair Market Value per Share on the business day immediately prior to the exercise of the Cashless Exercise Right. |
If a Participant exercises a Cashless Exercise Right in connection with an Option, it is exercisable only to the extent and on the same conditions that the related Option is exercisable under this Plan.
| 3.6 | Effect of Termination of Employment or Death |
If an Optionee:
| (a) | dies while employed by a Service Provider to or while a director of the Company or a Designated Affiliate, any Option held by him or her at the date of death shall become exercisable in whole or in part, but only by the person or persons to whom the Optionee’s rights under the Option shall pass by the Optionee’s will or applicable laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, all such Options shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option at the date of his or her death and only for 12 months after the date of death or prior to the expiration of the Option Period in respect thereof, whichever is sooner; and |
| (b) | ceases to be employed by, a Service Provider to, or act as a director of, the Company or a Designated Affiliate for cause, no Option held by such Optionee will, unless otherwise determined by the Board, be exercisable following the date on which such Optionee ceases to be so engaged; provided, however, that if an Optionee ceases to be employed by, a Service Provider to, or act as a director of, the Company or a Designated Affiliate for any reason other than cause then, unless otherwise determined by the Board, any Option held by such Optionee at the effective date thereof shall become exercisable for a period of up to 12 months thereafter or prior to the expiration of the Option Period in respect thereof, whichever is sooner. |
7
| 3.7 | Effect of Takeover Bid |
In the event of a Change of Control, unless otherwise determined by the Board, (i) all Options outstanding shall immediately vest and be exercisable; and (ii) all Options that are not otherwise exercised contemporaneously with the completion of the Change of Control will terminate and expire immediately thereafter.
| 3.8 | Effect of Amalgamation or Merger |
Subject to Section 3.7, if the Company amalgamates or otherwise completes a plan of arrangement or merges with or into another corporation, any Shares receivable on the exercise of an Option shall be converted into the securities, property or cash which the Participant would have received upon such amalgamation, arrangement or merger if the Participant had exercised his or her Option immediately prior to the record date applicable to such amalgamation, arrangement or merger, and the option price shall be adjusted appropriately by the Board and such adjustment shall be binding for all purposes of this Plan.
PART 4
RESTRICTED SHARE RIGHTS
| 4.1 | Participants |
The Company has the right to grant, in its sole and absolute discretion, to any Participant, rights to receive any number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares (“Restricted Share Rights”) as a discretionary payment in consideration of past services to the Company or as an incentive for future services, subject to this Plan and with such additional provisions and restrictions as the Board may determine. For purposes of calculating the number of Restricted Share Rights to be granted, the Company shall be obligated to value the Shares underlying such Restricted Share Rights at not less than one hundred per cent (100%) of the Fair Market Value.
| 4.2 | Restricted Share Right Grant Letter |
Each grant of a Restricted Share Right under this Plan shall be evidenced by a grant letter (a “Restricted Share Right Grant Letter”) issued to the Participant by the Company. Such Restricted Share Right Grant Letter shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of this Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions (including without limitation any recoupment, reimbursement or claw-back compensation policy as may be adopted by the Board from time to time) which are not inconsistent with this Plan and which the Board deems appropriate for inclusion in a Restricted Share Right Grant Letter. The provisions of the various Restricted Share Right Grant Letters issued under this Plan need not be identical.
| 4.3 | Restricted Period |
Concurrent with the determination to grant Restricted Share Rights to a Participant, the Board shall determine the Restricted Period applicable to such Restricted Share Rights. In addition, at the sole discretion of the Board, at the time of grant, the Restricted Share Rights may be subject to performance conditions to be achieved by the Company or a class of Participants or by a particular Participant on an individual basis, within a Restricted Period, for such Restricted Share Rights to entitle the holder thereof to receive the underlying Shares. Upon expiry of the applicable Restricted Period (or on the Deferred Payment Date, as applicable), a Restricted Share Right shall be automatically settled, and without the payment of additional consideration or any other further action on the part of the holder of the Restricted Share Right, the underlying Shares shall be issued to the holder of such Restricted Share Rights, which Restricted Share Rights shall then be cancelled.
8
| 4.4 | Deferred Payment Date |
Participants who are residents of Canada for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (and for greater certainty, who are not US Taxpayers), may elect to defer to receive all or any part of the Shares underlying Restricted Share Rights until one or more Deferred Payment Dates. Any other Participants may not elect a Deferred Payment Date.
| 4.5 | Prior Notice of Deferred Payment Date |
Participants who elect to set a Deferred Payment Date must, in respect of each such Deferred Payment Date, give the Company written notice of the Deferred Payment Date(s) not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period. For certainty, Participants shall not be permitted to give any such notice after the day which is thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period and a notice once given may not be changed or revoked. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not prevent a Participant from electing an additional Deferred Payment Date, provided, however that notice of such election is given by the Participant to the Company not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the subject Restricted Period.
| 4.6 | Retirement or Termination during Restricted Period |
In the event and to the extent of the Retirement or Termination and/or, as applicable, the Director Retirement or Director Termination of a Participant from all such roles with the Company during the Restricted Period, any Restricted Share Rights held by the Participant shall immediately terminate and be of no further force or effect; provided, however, that the Board shall have the absolute discretion to modify the grant of the Restricted Share Rights to provide that the Restricted Period shall terminate immediately prior to the date of such occurrence.
| 4.7 | Retirement or Termination after Restricted Period |
In the event and to the extent of the Retirement or Termination and/or, as applicable, the Director Retirement or Director Termination of the Participant from all such roles with the Company following the Restricted Period and prior to a Deferred Payment Date, the Participant shall be entitled to receive, and the Company shall issue forthwith, Shares in satisfaction of the Restricted Share Rights then held by the Participant.
| 4.8 | Death or Disability of Participant |
In the event of the death or total disability of a Participant, any Shares represented by Restricted Share Rights held by the Participant shall be immediately issued by the Company to the Participant or legal representative of the Participant.
| 4.9 | Payment of Dividends |
Subject to the absolute discretion of the Board, in the event that a dividend (other than a stock dividend) is declared and paid by the Company on the Shares, a Participant may be credited with additional Restricted Share Rights. The number of such additional Restricted Share Rights, if any, will be calculated by dividing (a) the total amount of the dividends that would have been paid to the Participant if the Restricted Share Rights (including Restricted Share Rights in which the Restricted Period has expired but the Shares have not been issued due to a Deferred Payment Date) in the Participant’s account on the dividend record date had been outstanding Shares (and the Participant held no other Shares) by (b) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date on which such dividends were paid.
9
| 4.10 | Change of Control |
In the event of a Change of Control, all Restricted Share Rights outstanding shall vest immediately and be settled by the issuance of Shares notwithstanding the Restricted Period and any Deferred Payment Date.
PART 5
DEFERRED SHARE UNITS
| 5.1 | Deferred Share Unit Grants |
The Board may from time to time determine to grant Deferred Share Units to one or more Eligible Directors in a lump sum amount or on regular intervals, based on such formulas or criteria as the Board may from time to time determine. Deferred Share Units will be credited to the Eligible Director’s account when designated by the Board. For purposes of calculating the number of Deferred Share Units to be granted, the Company shall be obligated to value the Shares underlying such Deferred Share Units at not less than one hundred per cent (100%) of the Fair Market Value.
| 5.2 | Deferred Share Unit Grant Letter |
Each grant of a Deferred Share Unit under this Plan shall be evidenced by a grant letter (a “Deferred Share Unit Grant Letter”) issued to the Eligible Director by the Company. Such Deferred Share Unit Grant Letter shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of this Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions (including without limitation any recoupment, reimbursement or claw-back compensation policy as may be adopted by the Board from time to time) which are not inconsistent with this Plan and which the Board deems appropriate for inclusion in a Deferred Share Unit Grant Letter. The provisions of Deferred Share Unit Grant Letters issued under this Plan need not be identical.
| 5.3 | Redemption of Deferred Share Units and Issuance of Deferred Shares |
The Deferred Share Units held by each Eligible Director who is not a US Taxpayer shall be redeemed automatically and with no further action by the Eligible Director on the 20th business day following the Separation Date for that Eligible Director. For US Taxpayers, Deferred Share Units held by an Eligible Director who is a Specified Employee will be automatically redeemed with no further action by the Eligible Director on the date that is six months following the Separation Date for the Eligible Director, or if earlier, upon such Eligible Director’s death. Upon redemption, the former Eligible Director shall be entitled to receive and the Company shall issue, the number of Shares issued from treasury equal to the number of Deferred Share Units in the Eligible Director’s account, subject to any applicable deductions and withholdings. In the event a Separation Date occurs during a year and Deferred Share Units have been granted to such Eligible Director for that entire year, the Eligible Director will only be entitled to a pro-rated Deferred Share Unit Payment in respect of such Deferred Share Units based on the number of days that he or she was an Eligible Director in such year.
No amount will be paid to, or in respect of, an Eligible Director under this Plan or pursuant to any other arrangement, and no other additional Deferred Share Units will be granted to compensate for a downward fluctuation in the value of the Shares of the Company nor will any other benefit be conferred upon, or in respect of, an Eligible Director for such purpose.
10
| 5.4 | Death of Participant |
In the event of the death of an Eligible Director, the Deferred Share Units shall be redeemed automatically and with no further action on the 20th business day following the death of an Eligible Director.
| 5.5 | Payment of Dividends |
Subject to the absolute discretion of the Board, in the event that a dividend (other than a stock dividend) is declared and paid by the Company on the Shares, an Eligible Director may be credited with additional Deferred Share Units. The number of such additional Deferred Share Units, if any, will be calculated by dividing (a) the total amount of the dividends that would have been paid to the Eligible Director if the Deferred Share Units in the Eligible Director’s account on the dividend record date had been outstanding Shares (and the Eligible Director held no other Shares), by (b) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date on which such dividends were paid.
PART 6
WITHHOLDING TAXES
| 6.1 | Withholding Taxes |
The Company or any Designated Affiliate may take such steps as are considered necessary or appropriate for the withholding of any taxes or other amounts which the Company or any Designated Affiliate is required by any law or regulation of any governmental authority whatsoever to withhold in connection with any Award including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the withholding of all or any portion of any payment or the withholding of the issue of any Shares to be issued under this Plan, until such time as the Participant has paid the Company or any Designated Affiliate for any amount which the Company or Designated Affiliate is required to withhold by law with respect to such taxes or other amounts. Without limitation to the foregoing, the Board may adopt administrative rules under this Plan, which provide for the automatic sale of Shares (or a portion thereof) in the market upon the issuance of such Shares under this Plan on behalf of the Participant to satisfy withholding obligations under an Award.
PART 7
GENERAL
| 7.1 | Number of Shares |
The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under this Plan (together with any other securities-based compensation arrangements of the Company in effect from time to time), shall not exceed 15% of the outstanding issue from time to time, such Shares to be allocated among Awards and Participants in amounts and at such times as may be determined by the Board from time to time.
For the purposes of this Section 7.1, “outstanding issue” means the total number of Shares, on a non-diluted basis, that are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the date that any Shares are issued or reserved for issuance pursuant to an Award.
11
| 7.2 | Lapsed Awards |
If Awards are surrendered, terminated or expire without being exercised in whole or in part, new Awards may be granted covering the Shares not issued under such lapsed Awards, subject to any restrictions that may be imposed by the Exchange, including, without limitation, the restriction that if an Option is cancelled prior to its expiry date, the Company shall post notice of the cancellation and shall not grant new Options to the same Participant until 30 days have elapsed from the date of cancellation.
| 7.3 | Adjustment in Shares Subject to this Plan |
If there is any change in the Shares through the declaration of stock dividends of Shares, through any consolidations, subdivisions or reclassification of Shares, or otherwise, the number of Shares available under this Plan, the Shares subject to any Award, and the exercise price of any Option shall be adjusted as determined to be appropriate by the Board, and such adjustment shall be effective and binding for all purposes of this Plan.
| 7.4 | Transferability |
Any Awards accruing to any Participant in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be transferable unless specifically provided herein. During the lifetime of a Participant all Awards may only be exercised by the Participant. Awards are non-transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
| 7.5 | Employment |
Nothing contained in this Plan shall confer upon any Participant any right with respect to employment or continuance of employment with the Company or any Affiliate, or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time. Participation in this Plan by a Participant is voluntary.
| 7.6 | Record Keeping |
The Company shall maintain a register in which shall be recorded:
| (a) | the name and address of each Participant; |
| (b) | the number of Awards granted to each Participant and relevant details regarding such Awards; and |
| (c) | such other information as the Board may determine. |
| 7.7 | Amendments to Plan |
The Board shall have the power to, at any time and from time to time, either prospectively or retrospectively, amend, suspend or terminate this Plan or any Award granted under this Plan without shareholder approval, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing: changes of a clerical or grammatical nature, changes regarding the persons eligible to participate in this Plan, changes to the exercise price, vesting, term and termination provisions of the Award, changes to the cashless exercise right provisions, changes to the authority and role of the Board under this Plan, and any other matter relating to this Plan and the Awards that may be granted hereunder, provided however that:
| (a) | such amendment, suspension or termination is in accordance with applicable laws and the rules of any stock exchange on which the Shares may be listed; |
12
| (b) | no amendment to this Plan or to an Award granted hereunder will have the effect of impairing, derogating from or otherwise adversely affecting the terms of an Award which is outstanding at the time of such amendment without the written consent of the holder of such Award; |
| (c) | the terms of an Option will not be amended once issued; and |
| (d) | the expiry date of an Option Period in respect of an Option shall not be more than ten years from the date of grant of an Option except as expressly provided in Section 3.4. |
If this Plan is terminated, the provisions of this Plan and any administrative guidelines and other rules and regulations adopted by the Board and in force on the date of termination will continue in effect as long as any Award or any rights pursuant thereto remain outstanding and, notwithstanding the termination of this Plan, the Board shall remain able to make such amendments to this Plan or the Award as they would have been entitled to make if this Plan were still in effect.
| 7.8 | No Representation or Warranty |
The Company makes no representation or warranty as to the future market value of any Shares issued in accordance with the provisions of this Plan.
| 7.9 | Section 409A |
It is intended that any payments under this Plan to US Taxpayers shall be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code.
| 7.10 | Compliance with Applicable Law, etc. |
If any provision of this Plan or any agreement entered into pursuant to this Plan contravenes any law or any order, policy, by-law or regulation of any regulatory body or stock exchange having authority over the Company or this Plan, then such provision shall be deemed to be amended to the extent required to bring such provision into compliance therewith.
| 7.11 | Term of the Plan |
This Plan shall remain in effect until it is terminated by the Board.
13
PART 8
ADMINISTRATION OF THIS PLAN
| 8.1 | Administration by the Board |
| (a) | Unless otherwise determined by the Board, this Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Board committee designated by the Board. |
| (b) | The Board (or Board committee, as the case may be) shall have the power, where consistent with the general purpose and intent of this Plan and subject to the specific provisions of this Plan, to: |
| (i) | adopt and amend rules and regulations relating to the administration of this Plan and make all other determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of this Plan. The interpretation and construction of the provisions of this Plan and related agreements by the Board (or Board committee, as the case may be) shall be final and conclusive. The Board (or Board committee, as the case may be) may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan or in any related agreement in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to carry this Plan into effect and it shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency; |
| (ii) | determine and designate from time to time the individuals to whom Awards shall be made, the amounts of the Awards and the other terms and conditions of the Awards; |
| (iii) | delegate any of its responsibilities or powers under this Plan to a Board committee; and |
| (iv) | otherwise exercise the powers under this Plan as set forth herein. |
14
Exhibit 10.2
Certain identified information has been excluded from the exhibit by means of marking such information with brackets and asterisks because such information is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
INDUSTRIAL LEASE
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE is dated for reference September 1, 2021
BETWEEN:
BC Green Pharmaceuticals Inc.
(the “Landlord”)
AND:
Optimi Health Corp.
(the “Tenant”)
CONTEXT:
| A. | The Landlord and Tenant entered into a lease dated July 23, 2020 (the “Original Lease”) in respect of lands and premises municipally known as 261 and 269 David Brown Way, Princeton, British Columbia and legally described as: |
| a. | Parcel Identifier: [***]; and |
| b. | Parcel Identifier: [***]. |
| B. | The Landlord and Tenant are entering into this Amended and Restated Lease Agreement to amend and restate the Original Lease to provide for certain amended terms, underlined for ease of reference. |
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the rents and covenants herein contained, the Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
BASIC TERMS, DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
| 1.1 | Basic Terms |
The basic terms of this Lease are as follows:
| (a) | (i) | Landlord: | BC Green Pharmaceuticals Inc. | |||
| (ii) | Address of Landlord: | [***] | ||||
| (iii) | E-mail: | [***] | ||||
| (b) | (i) | Tenant: | Optimi Health Corp. | |||
| (ii) | Address of Tenant: | [***] | ||||
| (iii) | E-mail: | [***] | ||||
| (c) | Premises: | The Land and the Building (once constructed) | ||||
| (d) | Term: | Five years less 22 days | ||||
| (e) | Commencement Date: | July 23, 2020 | ||||
| (f) | Expiry Date: | June 30, 2025 | ||||
| (g) | Annual Basic Rent: | |||||
| Rental Period |
Monthly Instalments of Annual Basic Rent |
|||
| Commencement Date to the date prior to the date of Substantial Completion |
$ | 2,500.00 | ||
| The Date of Substantial Completion to the last day of the Lease Year in which Substantial Completion occurs |
$ | 3,500.00 | ||
|
|
|
|||
| For each Lease Year after the Lease Year in which Substantial Completion occurs |
|
Annual Basic Rent for the immediately |
| |
| (h) | Permitted Use: | The Premises are to only be used for the purposes of producing, researching, storing, packaging and shipping agri-foods, with the only exclusion being cannabis and hemp products provided that such uses are permitted by applicable federal, provincial and municipal laws, rules and regulations and further provided that the Tenant has obtained all necessary permits and approvals, including, without limitation, those set out in Section 2 of Schedule B. |
| (i) | Deposits: | Nil. | ||
| (j) | Option to Renew: | Nil, unless set forth in Schedule B | ||
| (k) | Indemnifier: | N/A | ||
The foregoing Basic Terms are agreed to by the parties and each reference in this Lease to any of the Basic Terms will be construed to include the foregoing provisions and all of the additional applicable sections of this Lease where such Basic Terms are more fully set forth.
| 1.2 | Definitions |
The Landlord and the Tenant agree that, in this Lease, the words or phrases set out in Schedule A will, unless there is something in the context inconsistent therewith, have the meanings set out in Schedule A.
| 1.3 | Schedules |
The Schedules attached to this Lease are incorporated into and form an integral part of this Lease and are as follows:
| Schedule A | Definitions | |
| Schedule B | Special Provisions |
ARTICLE 2
DEMISE, TERM AND CONSTRUCTION
| 2.1 | Demise |
The Landlord hereby leases the Premises to the Tenant and the Tenant leases the Premises from the Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions set out in this Lease, for the Term. The Tenant acknowledges that it is leasing the Premises from the Landlord on an “as is” basis, and that the Landlord will not be required to perform any work or provide any materials or services in respect of the Premises whatsoever except as expressly provided herein.
| 2.2 | Tenant to Construct Building |
Prior to the commencement of any construction on the Premises and as soon as is reasonably practical after the Commencement Date, the Tenant will apply to the appropriate governmental authority for any permits necessary to construct the Building, and at the same time deliver to the Landlord drawings, elevations (where applicable), specifications (including the materials to be used), locations (where applicable), and exterior decoration and design of the proposed Building for the Landlord’s approval, which approval the Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold, delay or condition. Upon receipt of the Landlord’s approval and a building permit, the Tenant will construct the Building, together with other facilities ancillary to and connected with the Building on the Premises, expeditiously and in a good and workmanlike manner and in substantial accordance with the drawings, elevations, specifications (including materials to be
3
used), location on the Premises, and exterior decoration and design all upon which the issuance of the building permits by the appropriate governmental authority having jurisdiction are based. Any changes to the drawings, specifications, location, exterior decoration, design, or exterior appearance of the Building or the appearance of the Premises will first be approved by the Landlord.
| 2.3 | Substantial Completion of Building |
The Building will be deemed to have been substantially completed (the “Date of Substantial Completion”) when the architect or engineer of the Tenant has issued a certificate to the Landlord, signed and sealed by the architect or engineer, certifying that:
| (a) | the Building is “completed” in accordance with the Builders Lien Act (British Columbia) and substantially complete in all material respects in a proper and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the applicable plans, specifications, and supporting documents submitted to and accepted by the Landlord upon which the issuance by the appropriate governmental authority of any development permit and building permits for the Building has been based, except for deficiencies the correction of which, in the opinion of the Tenant’s architect or engineer, is adequately ensured; |
| (b) | all building bylaws and regulations of the appropriate governmental authority have been complied with by the Tenant except for deficiencies the correction of which, in the opinion of the Tenant’s architect or engineer, is adequately ensured; |
| (c) | all permits for occupancy of the Building have been obtained; and |
| (d) | the Building is ready for occupancy. |
| 2.4 | Tenant’s Covenants Regarding Construction |
The Tenant hereby covenants to allow, and provide priority to, easements, rights of way and other similar covenants as may be required by the Landlord from time to time over any part of the Land together with a full, free, and uninterrupted right, licence, liberty, privilege, permission, and right of way forever at all times and from time to time to install, construct, and maintain utility services of any kind whatsoever, including, without limitation, sewage works, water works, drainage works, natural gas works, hydroelectric works, cable works, and telephone works together with the right of uninterrupted ingress, egress, and regress for the owners of the adjoining lands, their servants, agents, workmen, licensees, assigns, successors, customers, guests, and tenants with or without vehicles, supplies, or equipment for the purposes aforesaid and for any purposes whatsoever.
| 2.5 | Ownership |
The Tenant shall not assign, encumber or otherwise deal with its interest in the Building separately from dealing with its interest in the Land, to the intent that no person shall hold or enjoy any interest in this Lease acquired from the Tenant who does not at the same time hold a like interest in the Building. The Landlord and the Tenant agree that during the Term as
4
extended and renewed from time to time, the title to and ownership of the Building and all alterations, additions, changes, substitutions or improvements thereto shall be vested in the Tenant and shall automatically vest in the Landlord at the expiry or earlier termination of the Term. Notwithstanding that the definition of the Premises includes the Building, the Tenant and the Landlord acknowledge that the Building will be owned by the Tenant during the Term and any renewals or extensions thereof.
ARTICLE 3
RENT AND OTHER PAYMENTS
| 3.1 | Annual Basic Rent and Additional Rent |
Commencing on the Commencement Date, the Tenant will pay to the Landlord or as the Landlord may in writing direct, in lawful money of Canada without any abatement, set-off, compensation or deduction whatsoever, the aggregate of:
| (a) | Annual Basic Rent for each Lease Year, payable in advance in equal consecutive monthly instalments on the first day of each month in each year of the Term; |
| (b) | the Licensing Fee, payable in accordance with Schedule B, Section 3; |
| (c) | Operating Costs and Taxes, payable in accordance with Section 3.2; and |
| (d) | the cost of all utilities consumed on the Premises, in accordance with Section 3.4. |
Rent will be payable at the Landlord’s address specified in Section 1.1(a)(ii) or at such other place as the Landlord may from time to time direct in writing. The Landlord may, at its option, apply all sums received from or due to the Tenant against any amounts due and payable under this Lease in such manner as the Landlord sees fit.
| 3.2 | Operating Costs and Taxes |
Additional Rent (including, without limitation, Operating Costs and Taxes) payable by the Tenant will be estimated by the Landlord for each Lease Year or such period as is reasonably designated by the Landlord from time to time. Subject to Section 9.2, the Tenant will pay the Landlord the estimated amount in equal monthly instalments in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the designated period. Within a reasonable period of time following the designated period the Landlord will furnish to the Tenant a statement setting out the Operating Costs and Taxes for such period. If the amount payable by the Tenant as shown on any such statement is greater or less than the aggregate of amounts paid by the Tenant under this Section 3.2, the proper adjusting credit or payment will be made between the parties within 14 days after delivery of the statement. Any credit made by the Landlord or payment made by the Tenant and accepted by the Landlord in respect of any adjustment made hereunder, will be without prejudice to the Landlord’s or Tenant’s right to claim a readjustment provided such claim is made within 12 months from the date of delivery of the statement referred to in this Section 3.2.
5
| 3.3 | Tenant’s Taxes |
The Tenant will promptly pay the Tenant’s Taxes as they become due. The Tenant will provide to the Landlord, upon request, the official receipt for each payment made by the Tenant in respect of the Tenant’s Taxes.
| 3.4 | Utilities |
The Tenant will pay for all electricity, gas, other fuel, water, sewer and other utilities consumed at the Premises. For all utilities billed directly to the Tenant, the Tenant shall pay such utility costs directly to the applicable authorities and upon request, provide the Landlord the official receipt for each payment made by the Tenant in respect of such utilities. For all utilities billed by the supplying utility to the Landlord, such utilities will form part of the Operating Costs.
| 3.5 | Post-Dated Cheques or Pre-Authorized Withdrawal |
The Tenant will provide the Landlord with a series of 12 post-dated cheques for monthly Annual Basic Rent and Additional Rent on the Commencement Date and on each yearly anniversary thereafter during the Term and any extension or renewal thereof. If requested by the Landlord, the Tenant will instead supply the Landlord with an automatic debiting authorization by which payments in respect of the monthly instalments due under this Lease are automatically deducted from the Tenant’s bank account and credited to the Landlord’s bank account.
| 3.6 | Irregular Periods |
If, for any reason, it becomes necessary to calculate Annual Basic Rent or Additional Rent for irregular periods, an appropriate pro rata adjustment will be made on a daily basis in order to compute such rent for such irregular periods, unless otherwise expressly set out in this Lease.
| 3.7 | Prepaid Rent Deposit |
Intentionally Deleted.
| 3.8 | Security Deposit |
Intentionally Deleted.
| 3.9 | Net Lease |
This Lease will be absolutely net to the Landlord such that, without limitation, except as specifically set out in this Lease, all costs, expenses and obligations of every kind and nature whatsoever relating to the Premises, whether or not referred to in this Lease and whether or not of a kind now existing or within the contemplation of the parties hereto, will be paid by the Tenant.
| 3.10 | Administration Fee |
Intentionally Deleted.
6
| 3.11 | Management Fee |
Intentionally Deleted.
ARTICLE 4
TENANT’S OPERATING COVENANTS
| 4.1 | Use of Premises |
The Tenant will not:
| (a) | use the Premises nor allow the Premises to be used for any purpose other than that specified in Section 1.1(h) without the prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent may withheld at the Landlord’s sole discretion. For greater certainty, the Tenant acknowledges and agrees with the Landlord that the purpose specified in Section 1.1(h) does not allow the Tenant to use the Premises for the purposes of producing, researching, storing, packaging or shipping cannabis, hemp or any related products and the Tenant covenants and agrees with the Landlord to not undertake any such activities at the Premises; |
| (b) | commit or suffer to be committed any waste upon the Premises; |
| (c) | use, exercise, or carry on, or permit or suffer to be used, exercised or carried on, in, upon or about the Premises, or any part thereof, any noxious, illegal, noisome or offensive act, trade, business, occupation or calling, nor do or permit to be done on the Premises anything which damages the Premises or injures the business of the Tenant, nor keep, sell, use handle or dispose of any merchandise, goods or things which are objectionable, or by which the Premises or any part thereof may be damaged; |
| (d) | do or permit to be done any act, matter or thing whatsoever in or upon the Premises, or any part thereof, which may result in nuisance, grievance, damage or disturbance to any occupiers or owners of any other lands or premises or to the holders of any registered easement, right of way or other encumbrance charging the whole or part of the Premises; or |
| (e) | permit any sale by auction or any fire sale, bankruptcy sale, moving sale, going-out-of business sale or bulk sale to be held upon the Premises or any part thereof, other than annual warehouse sales in the ordinary course of business. |
In any of the foregoing events, the Tenant will forthwith remedy the same and if not so remedied, the Landlord may, after 15 days’ notice to the Tenant of such event, correct such situation at the Tenant’s expense, without prejudice to any other remedy available to the Landlord.
7
| 4.2 | Signs |
The Tenant will not, at any time, affix or exhibit or permit to be affixed or exhibited upon any part of the Premises any sign, except a sign or signs that have been approved in writing by the Landlord (which approval may be withheld in the Landlord’s sole discretion except for signage required under the Tenant’s Permits or applicable law) and which comply at all times with the requirements of any lawful authority having jurisdiction over signs, provided that if any such sign no longer complies with the terms of the approval given by the Landlord or the requirements of any lawful authority having jurisdiction over signs then the Landlord, after giving the Tenant 30 days’ notice, may remove any such sign at the Tenant’s expense and the costs of such removal will be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord forthwith. The design and installation of the Tenant’s signage will be at the Tenant’s sole cost. The Landlord and the Tenant agree that at all times during the Term or any extension or renewal thereof, all signage will remain the property of the Landlord. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, the Tenant will be responsible for the costs of restoring the signage to the condition it was in immediately prior to the installation of the Tenant’s identification on the signage such that the signage is in a condition to accept the identity of a new tenant.
| 4.3 | Parking and Obstruction of Roads |
The Tenant will not permit any vehicles owned by or under the control of the Tenant to park in any areas not permitted by municipal bylaws, rules or regulations.
| 4.4 | Rubbish |
The Tenant will keep the Premises clean and tidy and in good order and will not permit waste, garbage or cardboard to be placed or accumulate outside of the Building or any waste disposal or storage areas designated or permitted by the Landlord. The Tenant will dispose of waste, garbage or cardboard in the manner designated by the Landlord from time to time. The Tenant will not leave or permit to be left or stack or permit to be stacked any material on the Land, other than in the Building or such designated waste disposal or storage areas.
| 4.5 | Compliance with Laws |
The Tenant will do, observe and perform all of its obligations and all matters and things necessary or expedient to be done, observed or performed by the Tenant, in compliance with its Permits and by virtue of any law, statute, by-law, ordinance, regulation or lawful requirements of any governmental authority or any public utility lawfully acting under statutory authority. The Tenant will immediately advise the Landlord of the presence of and will do all things necessary to remove any dangerous condition from time to time existing on the Premises.
| 4.6 | Rules and Regulations |
[Intentionally Deleted]
8
| 4.7 | Vacate on Termination |
At the termination of this Lease, whether by the passage of time or otherwise, the Tenant will vacate and deliver up possession of the Premises in the condition required by this Lease and will inform the Landlord of all combinations of locks, safes and vaults, if any, in the Premises.
ARTICLE 5
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
| 5.1 | Hazardous Substances |
The Tenant will not bring or permit to be brought into the Premises, and will not use in any way, or permit the use of the Premises or any part thereof to either directly or indirectly prepare, produce, use, generate, manufacture, refine, treat, transport, store, maintain, handle, dispose of, transfer, process, release or permit any other dealing with, any Hazardous Substances unless it has received the prior written consent of the Landlord, which may be withheld in the Landlord’s sole discretion, provided that the Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or condition its approval for any Hazardous Substances customarily used in the Tenant’s business for which the Tenant has all necessary Permits. Any substance which the Landlord permits the Tenant to treat, store, transfer or dispose of will be dealt with in strict compliance with all applicable laws and environmental permits and the Tenant will be fully responsible for same in accordance with this Article 5. The Tenant will not release nor permit the release of any Hazardous Substances into any soil, water courses, culverts, drains or sewers except in accordance with all applicable laws and environmental permits. At its own cost, risk and expense, the Tenant will comply with all applicable laws and environmental permits from time to time in force regulating any dealing with Hazardous Substances by the Tenant to which the Landlord has consented.
| 5.2 | Hazardous Substances Property of Tenant |
If any Hazardous Substance is brought onto the Premises or created upon the Premises during the Term or any extension or renewal thereof, such Hazardous Substance will be the sole and exclusive property of the Tenant and not of the Landlord, notwithstanding the degree of affixation of the Hazardous Substances or the goods containing the Hazardous Substances to the Premises and notwithstanding the expiry or sooner termination of this Lease.
| 5.3 | Removal of Hazardous Substances |
On or before the expiry or sooner termination of this Lease, the Tenant will remove all Hazardous Substances which have been brought onto or created upon the Premises during the Term or any extension or renewal thereof, whether by the Tenant or any other person, other than the Landlord and those for whom it is legally responsible, including without limitation any Hazardous Substances which may have been released or deposited into the soil.
| 5.4 | Notice of Hazardous Substances |
The Tenant will advise the Landlord forthwith after becoming aware of any release of any Hazardous Substances on the Premises any adjacent property and will provide the Landlord with all information, notices, reports and other documents it has regarding such release and the remediation steps being undertaken by the Tenant with respect to the release or as may reasonably be required by the Landlord of the Tenant.
9
| 5.5 | Restoration After Contamination |
If the presence of any Hazardous Substance or any other substance released in or upon the Premises during the Term and any extension or renewal thereof results in any contamination of the Premises, the Tenant will promptly take all actions at its sole risk and expense as are necessary to return the Premises to the condition existing prior to the introduction of any such Hazardous Substance or other substance on the Premises.
| 5.6 | Records |
The Landlord may at any time and from time to time, on five days’ prior written notice to the Tenant, have the Premises, any records reasonably considered to be relevant for the purpose of identifying the existence, nature and extent of any Hazardous Substance on the Premises and the Tenant’s use, storage and disposal of such Hazardous Substance, inspected by a duly qualified independent environmental auditor, and the Tenant agrees to cooperate with the auditor in its performance of each such inspection. In exercising such right of inspection, neither the Landlord nor its auditor will unreasonably interfere with the Tenant’s use and occupation of the Premises. If the auditor, acting reasonably, determines following any such inspection that further testing or investigation is required in order to monitor the Tenant’s compliance with all applicable law relating to the use, storage and disposal of any Hazardous Substance, the Landlord may at its option require the Tenant, at the Tenant’s expense, to arrange for such testing or investigation or may make such arrangements itself, in which case the Landlord’s reasonable costs of any such testing or investigation will be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord within 30 days after receipt of any invoice on account thereof.
| 5.7 | Clean Up Plans |
If any government authority requires the clean-up of any Hazardous Substance held, released, spilled, abandoned or placed upon the Premises or any other lands or released, spilled, leaked, pumped, poured, emitted, emptied, discharged, injected, escaped, leached, disposed or dumped into the environment by the Tenant in the course of the Tenant’s business or as a result of the Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, the Tenant will, at its own risk and expense:
| (a) | prepare all necessary studies, plans and proposals and submit them for approval; |
| (b) | provide all bonds and other security required by any governmental authority; |
| (c) | carry out the work required and keep the Landlord fully informed; and |
| (d) | provide to the Landlord full information with respect to proposed plans and comply with the Landlord’s reasonable requirements with respect to such plans. |
10
The Tenant further agrees that if the Landlord determines, acting reasonably, that the Premises, the Landlord or the Landlord’s reputation is placed in any jeopardy by the requirements for any such work, the Landlord may itself undertake such work or any part thereof at the reasonable cost and expense of the Tenant which cost will be paid by the Tenant within 30 days after receipt of an invoice on account thereof.
| 5.8 | Indemnity to Landlord |
Except to the extent attributable to the negligence or wilful misconduct of the Landlord or those for whom it is responsible in law, the Tenant will indemnify and save harmless the Landlord, its directors, officers, shareholders, employees and agents and the successors and assigns of the Landlord from and against all loss and expense and from and against all claims, demands, actions, suits or other proceedings, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs and liabilities, including, without limitation, any reduction in the market value of the Premises , damages for loss or restriction in use of leasable or useable space or of any amenity of the Premises, damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space and sums paid in settlement of claims, legal fees, consultants’ fees and experts’ fees which arise during or after the Term and are in any manner based upon, arise out of or are connected with the presence of any Hazardous Substance released by the Tenant or those for whom it is legally responsible in, upon, above or under the Premises or which has escaped from the Premises including, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any clean up, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any governmental authority including that resulting from waste, unhealthful, hazardous or dangerous conditions caused by, contributed to or aggravated by the Tenant or any permitted transferees, or any violation of any applicable law or environmental permits pertaining to Hazardous Substances by the Tenant or those for whom it is legally responsible. In addition, without limitation, the Tenant further expressly agrees to compensate the Landlord for any and all costs incurred for the removal of any such Hazardous Substance from the Premises even in the absence of an order requiring such removal and notwithstanding that such Hazardous Substance may be stored on the Premises in compliance with all applicable law or environmental permits. The Tenant hereby expressly agrees that this indemnification will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and that any statutory limitation periods on actions to enforce these obligations will not be deemed to commence until the Landlord actually discovers any such circumstances as may give rise to their enforcement and the Tenant hereby knowingly and voluntarily waives the benefits of any shorter limitation period. Upon the default of the Tenant under this Article 5, the Landlord may terminate this Lease and/or recover from the Tenant any and all loss and expense associated with the default, in addition to any other rights and remedies of the Landlord.
ARTICLE 6
TENANT’S REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS
| 6.1 | Repair |
The Tenant will examine the Land before taking possession and such taking of possession will be conclusive evidence as against the Tenant that at the Commencement Date the Land was in good order and repair. Excepting reasonable wear and tear, the Tenant will, at its own expense, repair, replace and maintain the Premises (including, without limitation, the Roof and
11
the structural elements of the Building), the mechanical and structural works, all equipment, fixtures and improvements (including all electrical, plumbing and sprinkler equipment and all heating, ventilating and air-conditioning equipment) and the roads, driveways, drive aisles and parking areas on the Land in a first class condition. At the end or sooner termination of the Term or any extension or renewal thereof the Tenant will deliver to the Landlord the Premises repaired and maintained in the condition required by this Section 6.1, and this obligation will survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term or any extension thereof.
| 6.2 | Repair on Notice |
Upon 24 hours’ prior written notice (except in any emergency when no notice is required), the Landlord and its duly authorized agents or nominees may, with or without workers and others, enter upon the Premises for the purpose of examining the state of repair, condition and use thereof, and in every case the Tenant will cooperate with and assist the Landlord in such entry and examination and upon notice in writing of any defect or want of repair being given by the Landlord the Tenant will cause the same to be repaired, as required by Section 6.1, within 30 days from the date of the giving of such notice by the Landlord, or if such repairs cannot reasonably be completed within 30 days, the Tenant shall commence such repairs within 30 days and diligently proceed to complete such repairs as soon as possible using commercially reasonable efforts. In exercising the foregoing rights the Landlord will make reasonable efforts to minimize any disruption of the Tenant’s business. If the Tenant, at any time, defaults in the performance or observance of any of the covenants in this Lease for or relating to the repair or maintenance of the Premises or any part thereof and (a) such default continues for 15 days after notice in writing from the Landlord of default in respect of repair or maintenance of the Premises; or (b) if the repair or maintenance cannot reasonably be completed within 15 days, then the Tenant has failed to commence such repairs or maintenance within 15 days and diligently continue such repairs or maintenance until completion, then the Tenant will permit the Landlord and its duly authorized agents and nominees, with or without workers and others, and without prejudice to the Landlord’s right of re-entry, to enter into and upon the Premises and repair and maintain the same at the expense of the Tenant and the Tenant will afford the Landlord all aid and facilities in doing or causing the same to be done, and will repay to the Landlord on demand all reasonable costs and expenses in respect of such repairs and maintenance as aforesaid.
| 6.3 | Business and Trade Fixtures |
The Tenant may install its usual business and trade fixtures, provided that:
| (a) | the installation does not damage the Premises; and |
| (b) | the Tenant has, if requested by the Landlord, submitted plans and specifications for such business and trade fixtures to the Landlord and obtained its prior written consent thereto, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. |
12
All business and trade fixtures owned or installed by the Tenant in or on the Premises will remain the property of the Tenant and will be removed by the Tenant, at the Tenant’s cost, at the expiration of the Term or any renewal thereof or at the sooner termination thereof, provided that:
| (c) | the Tenant at its expense will repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal; and |
| (d) | the Tenant is not in default under any covenant or agreement contained in this Lease at the time of such removal. |
If the Tenant is in default as contemplated in Section 6.3(d), the Landlord may elect to require the Tenant to remove all or any part of the business and trade fixtures owned or installed by or on behalf of the Tenant at the expiration or termination of the Term or any renewal thereof, in which event such removal will be done at the Tenant’s expense and the Tenant will at its expense, repair any damage to the Premises caused by the removal. If the Tenant does not remove its business and trade fixtures forthwith after written demand by the Landlord or if the Landlord makes no such demand, such property will, if the Landlord elects, be deemed to become the Landlord’s property without compensation to the Tenant or the Landlord may remove the same and the cost of such removal will be paid by the Tenant forthwith to the Landlord on written demand, provided that the Landlord will not be responsible for any loss or damage to such property as a result of the removal.
| 6.4 | Alterations and Additions |
The Tenant will not make any change to the Premises without having first submitted plans and specifications of the proposed change to the Landlord and having obtained the prior written consent of the Landlord to the proposed change, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. All work will be done in a good and workmanlike manner, at such times, in such manner and by contractors or workers as the Landlord, acting reasonably, may approve in writing. The Tenant will reimburse the Landlord on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord in the review and approval of any plans and specifications by the Landlord’s architects and engineers. The Tenant will obtain and pay for all required building and occupancy permits in respect of its work. The Tenant will, at its own cost and expense, take out any additional insurance coverage reasonably required by the Landlord to protect the respective interests of the Landlord and the Tenant during all periods when any such work is being performed. Subject to Section 2.5, any and all installations, alterations, additions, partitions, improvements or fixtures other than the Tenant’s business and trade fixtures in or upon the Premises, whether placed there by the Tenant or the Landlord will, immediately upon such placement, become and remain the property of the Landlord without compensation to the Tenant. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease, the Landlord will not be obligated to repair, maintain, replace or insure such installations, alterations, additions, partitions and fixtures or anything in the nature of a leasehold improvement made or installed by or on behalf of the Tenant.
| 6.5 | Liens |
If any claim of lien is filed against the Premises by any person claiming against the Tenant, the Tenant will take all necessary steps to have the claim of lien cancelled and discharged from title to the Premises within five days of the date the Tenant or the Landlord has knowledge of such filing and the Tenant will indemnify and save the Landlord harmless from any and all loss, cost, expense, damage and liability relating to such claim of lien. The Landlord, in addition to any
13
other right or remedy, will have the right, but will not be obligated, to discharge any claim of lien filed against the Premises by paying the amount claimed to be due or by procuring a discharge of such lien by posting security in the appropriate court and in any such event the Landlord may, if it so elects, expedite the prosecution of any action for the enforcement of such claim of lien by the lien claimant and pay the amount of the judgement, if any, in favour of the lien claimant with interest and costs. In any such event, the Tenant will forthwith pay to and reimburse the Landlord for all money expended by the Landlord and all costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord.
ARTICLE 7
INSURANCE/INDEMNIFICATION
| 7.1 | Tenant’s Insurance |
| (a) | The Tenant will, at its sole cost, during any period that the Tenant occupies the Premises, take out and maintain in full force and effect, the following: |
| (i) | “all risks” insurance (or its equivalent), including earthquake, flood and sewer backup perils, upon all merchandise, stock-in-trade, furniture, fixtures, equipment, leasehold improvements and other property of every kind and description located at the Premises, owned by the Tenant or for which the Tenant is responsible or legally liable, in an amount at least equal to the full insurable value thereof, calculated on a full replacement cost basis; |
| (ii) | “comprehensive form” boiler and machinery insurance (or its equivalent) upon any boilers, pressure vessels or mechanical equipment located at the Premises in such amount as the Landlord may reasonably require from time to time; |
| (iii) | automobile liability insurance to a limit of liability of not less than $2,000,000.00 in any one accident, covering all licensed motor vehicles owned by the Tenant and used in connection with its business carried on, in and from the Premises; |
| (iv) | commercial bodily injury and property damage liability insurance (or its equivalent) applying to the operations of the Tenant carried on, in and from the Premises and which will include, without limitation, personal injury liability, product liability, contractual liability, non-owned automobile liability, protective liability and Tenant’s legal liability with respect to the occupancy by the Tenant of the Premises; and such insurance will be written for an amount of not less than $5,000,000.00; |
| (v) | business interruption insurance (or its equivalent) for a minimum period of 12 months in the amount which will reimburse the Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings and extra expenses attributable to all perils insured against under Section 7.1(a)(i) or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises due to any such perils; |
14
| (vi) | insurance against all risks of physical loss or damage to the Building, including the perils of fire, flood and earthquake, in amounts equal to the full insurable value thereof calculated on a replacement cost basis, and subject to deductibles typically arranged by and available to reasonably prudent owners of properties similar to the Building at the time such coverage is placed; and |
| (vii) | any other form or forms of insurance as the Landlord or the Landlord’s Mortgagees may reasonably require from time to time in amounts and for perils against which a prudent tenant would protect itself in similar circumstances. |
| (b) | All policies of insurance referred to in this Section 7.1 will include the following provisions: |
| (i) | all property damage policies will contain a waiver of any subrogation rights which the Tenant’s insurer(s) may have against the Landlord and against those for whom the Landlord is, in law, responsible, whether any insured loss or damage is caused by the act, omission or negligence of the Landlord or by those for whose acts the Landlord is, in law, responsible or otherwise; |
| (ii) | all policies of liability and Building insurance will name the Landlord and any persons or corporations designated by the Landlord and having an interest in the Premises as additional insureds and provide that each person, firm or corporation insured under such policies will be insured in the same manner and to the same extent as if separate policies had been issued to each; and |
| (iii) | all policies will contain an undertaking by the insurers to notify the Landlord and the Landlord’s Mortgagees, in writing, not less than 30 days prior to any cancellation or other termination of any policy. |
| (c) | All policies of insurance referred to in this Section 7.1 will be underwritten by insurers acceptable to the Landlord and on policy forms satisfactory to the Landlord. The Tenant will deliver to the Landlord certificates of insurance as soon as possible after the placing of each policy and thereafter annually. Whenever required by the Landlord, the Tenant will provide the Landlord with evidence that all premiums for all insurance policies have been paid. |
| (d) | The Tenant will not do or permit anything to be done upon the Premises which might cause any policy of insurance against loss or damage to the Premises or against legal liability for damage to persons or property caused by the ownership, maintenance, use or occupancy of the Premises, or by reason of the conduct of any business carried on thereon, to be invalidated, and, for such purpose, upon receipt of notice in writing from any insurer of the Premises requiring the execution of works or a discontinuance of any operations in order to correct such situation, the Tenant will immediately comply with the notice. |
15
| (e) | The Tenant will not do or permit anything to be done or exist upon the Premises that would cause an increase in the cost of the Landlord’s insurance or subject any such insurance to cancellation. The Tenant will pay to the Landlord, on demand, the amount of any such increase of cost due to the Tenant’s breach of this Section 7.1(e). |
| (f) | If the Tenant fails to take out or keep in force any insurance coverage referred to in this Section 7.1, or if any such insurance is not approved by the Landlord and the Landlord’s Mortgagees, and the Tenant does not correct the situation within 72 hours after written notice by the Landlord setting forth the Landlord’s objections, the Landlord, without assuming any obligation in connection therewith, may effect such insurance coverage and recover all costs and premiums incurred in effecting such insurance coverage from the Tenant. |
| 7.2 | Landlord’s Insurance |
Except as may be otherwise provided in this Lease and to the extent that such insurance coverage is available at a reasonable cost acceptable to the Landlord and is without duplication of the Tenant’s insurance under Section 7.1, the Landlord may take out and maintain in force such insurance as the Landlord as a prudent owner deems appropriate including, without limitation, fire insurance with extended coverage on the Building (other than the machinery, equipment, furniture, trade fixtures and property of the Tenant) to the full insurable value thereof, liability insurance and, at the Landlord’s option, insurance against loss of rental income and earthquake insurance in respect of the Building. Notwithstanding any contribution by the Tenant to any insurance costs as provided for herein, no insurable interest will be conferred upon the Tenant under policies carried by the Landlord.
| 7.3 | Indemnify Landlord |
Except to the extent attributable to the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Landlord or those for whom it is responsible in law, the Tenant will indemnify and save the Landlord harmless from and against any actions or causes of action, damages, costs, loss or expenses of whatever kind which the Landlord may sustain, incur or be put to by reason of or arising out of this Lease, or any act or omission of the Tenant or any persons for whom the Tenant is, at law, responsible, or from the use or occupation of the Premises in whole or in part and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, from the non-observance or non-performance by the Tenant, or any persons for whom the Tenant is, at law, responsible, of any of the obligations imposed under the provisions of any laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements of any federal, provincial, municipal or other authorities, or any of the covenants and agreements contained in this Lease and such liability to indemnify and save harmless will survive any termination of this Lease, and the expiry of the Term or any extension or renewal thereof, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary.
16
| 7.4 | Damage or Injury |
Except to the extent attributable to the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Landlord or those for whom it is responsible in law, the Landlord will not be liable for any personal injury, death or property loss or damage sustained by the Tenant, or its employees, agents, assignees, subtenants, licensees or those doing business with it in the Premises and the Tenant hereby releases the Landlord and its directors, officers, shareholders, agents and employees from all claims for damages or other expenses arising out of such personal injury, death or property loss or damage and will indemnify the Landlord and its directors, officers, shareholders, agents and employees against all actions or liabilities arising out of such personal injury, death or property damage or loss. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the Landlord be liable for any personal injury, death or property loss or damage sustained by the Tenant or its employees, agents, assignees, subtenants, licensees or invitees in the Premises caused by theft or breakage or by steam, water, rain, snow, Hazardous Substances or any other materials or substances which may leak into, issue or flow from any part of the Premises or any adjacent or neighbouring lands and premises or from the water, steam or drainage pipes or plumbing works of the same or from any place, or any loss or damage caused by or attributable to the condition or arrangements of any electric or other wiring, and the Tenant will indemnify the Landlord against all actions or liabilities arising out of such personal injury, death or property damage or loss.
| 7.5 | Tenant Responsible for Damages |
Without limiting any other provision of this Lease, the Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it will be solely responsible, at its own cost, for repairing any and all damage, including, without limitation, replacement of broken windows, dock doors, dock levellers, dock seals, and bumpers, caused to the Premises by the Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, customers, invitees or other persons for whom the Tenant is responsible at law. The Landlord, at its sole option, may elect to repair any such damage which occurs and will be entitled to recover all costs incurred in completing such repairs from the Tenant. The Tenant will pay to the Landlord the cost of such repairs, forthwith upon demand by the Landlord and the Landlord will have the same remedies available to it if the Tenant fails to pay such amounts as it has for rent in arrears.
ARTICLE 8
DISPOSITIONS
| 8.1 | Assignment and Subletting |
| (a) | The Tenant will not assign this Lease, nor sublet the Premises or any part thereof, nor part with or share possession of all or any part of the Premises, without the prior written consent of the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, or except as provided in subsection (g) below. |
17
| (b) | If the Tenant wishes to assign, sublet or part with or share possession of all or any part of the Premises, or to transfer this Lease in any other manner, in whole or in part, or to transfer any estate or interest in this Lease or the Premises, then the Tenant will give prior written notice to the Landlord, specifying the proposed assignee, transferee, subtenant or occupier and provide to the Landlord such information on the nature of the business of the proposed assignee, transferee, subtenant or occupier and its financial responsibility and standing as the Landlord may reasonably require and the terms and conditions of the proposed assignment, transfer, sublease or change in possession and will deliver to the Landlord a copy of the assignment, transfer or sublease intended to be executed by the Tenant and the assignee, transferee or subtenant. Within 30 days after receipt of such notice, the Landlord will notify the Tenant in writing whether it consents or does not consent to the assignment, transfer, subletting or parting with or sharing possession as the case may be. |
| (c) | No assignment, transfer, subletting or parting with or sharing possession will in any manner release the Tenant from its obligations for the payment of the Rent and the observance and performance of the covenants, terms and conditions of this Lease. |
| (d) | The Tenant will, at the request of the Landlord, require any assignee of the interest of the Tenant under this Lease or any subtenant of the Tenant, at the time of such assignment, to enter into a written agreement with the Landlord in which the assignee or subtenant covenants and agrees with the Landlord to observe and perform all of the covenants, agreements, provisos, terms and conditions of this Lease (as they pertain to the portion of the Premises in question), provided that if the Tenant fails to require the assignee or subtenant to enter into such a written agreement the Landlord may refuse to grant its consent to the assignment or sublet. Without in any way restricting the generality of the Landlord’s right to refuse to consent to an assignment or subletting, the Landlord may refuse to grant its consent to an assignment or subletting if this Lease is not in good standing. |
| (e) | The Tenant will pay or reimburse to the Landlord upon demand all reasonable solicitors’ fees and all other costs, charges, and expenses reasonably incurred by the Landlord in connection with the Tenant’s request for consent to any assignment, subletting or parting with or sharing of possession. |
| (f) | If the Tenant is a private company, any Change of Control of the Tenant will be deemed to be an assignment of this Lease for the purposes of this Section 8.1. “Change of Control” means the direct or indirect acquisition by any Person (or a group of Persons not acting at arm’s length) of the voting shares of the Tenant representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting shares of the Tenant’s then outstanding voting shares or the amalgamation of the Tenant with another Person whereby the shareholders of the Tenant prior to amalgamation (other than shareholders that are the controlling shareholders of the other amalgamating company) do not directly or indirectly own 50% or more of the total voting shares of the amalgamated company. |
18
| (g) | The Tenant shall be entitled to assign this Lease or share occupation with or sublet all or part of the Premises without the Landlord’s consent, but upon written notice to the Landlord, to: |
| (i) | any affiliated corporation, partnership, trust or other entity that is wholly owned or controlled by the Tenant or under common control with the Tenant (including any corporation which is an “affiliate” of the Tenant within the meaning of the Canada Business Corporations Act or the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia)); |
| (ii) | an entity formed as a result of a merger or amalgamation of the Tenant with another entity if the merger or amalgamation does not result in a Change of Control, |
(collectively, the “Permitted Transfers”).
In no event shall any Permitted Transfer relieve the Tenant from its obligations, covenants and liabilities under this Lease.
| 8.2 | Tenant’s Charges |
The Tenant shall make timely payment of all money owed by it under any agreement or other charge registered against its leasehold interest in the Premises. Immediately upon the earlier of the repayment of such security or the expiry or earlier termination of this Lease, the Tenant will obtain a memorandum of satisfaction or other appropriate document of discharge and register the same at its own expense in the proper land title office or other appropriate office of public record as the Landlord may require to discharge the same from the title to the Premises.
| 8.3 | Subordination |
This Lease is and will be subject, subordinate and postponed to all mortgages, including any debentures and any deeds of trust and mortgages securing bonds and all indentures supplemental thereto (collectively called the “Mortgages”) which may now or hereafter charge the Premises or any part thereof and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of the Mortgages, without execution of any document other than this Lease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Tenant agrees to execute promptly any document in confirmation of such subordination, postponement and priority which the Landlord may request, provided that, upon request by the Tenant, the Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for the holder of the applicable Mortgage to execute a non-disturbance agreement in favour of the Tenant.
| 8.4 | Attornment |
Whenever required by any of the Landlord’s Mortgagees under any of the Mortgages the Tenant will attorn to and become a tenant or licensee of such Landlord’s Mortgagee or a tenant of any purchaser from such Landlord’s Mortgagee in the event of an exercise by such Landlord’s Mortgagees of the power of sale in any of the Mortgages set out, for the then unexpired residue of the Term on all of the terms and conditions of this Lease.
19
| 8.5 | Estoppel Certificate |
Each party will, at any time and from time to time, upon ten days’ prior written notice from the other party, execute and deliver to the requesting party (or if requested by the Landlord, to the Landlord’s Mortgagees or a prospective purchaser of the Premises, a statement in writing as to the then status of this Lease, including as to whether it is in full force and effect, is modified or unmodified, confirming the Rent payable hereunder and the state of accounts between the Landlord and the Tenant, the existence or non-existence of defaults, and any other matters pertaining to this Lease as reasonably required by the requesting party.
| 8.6 | Exhibit Premises |
Subject to the conditions of the Tenant’s Permits and any restrictions by Health Canada, or other applicable regulatory authorities, the Landlord may, on at least 24 hours’ notice to the Tenant, enter and exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants or subtenants during the six month period prior to the expiry of the Term or any extension thereof (or at any time when the Tenant is in arrears of Rent equal to an amount greater than one month’s Annual Basic Rent for more than 30 days), and to the Landlord’s Mortgagees or prospective mortgagees or purchasers at any time during the Term or any extension thereof. The Landlord will make commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any disruption of the Tenant’s business caused thereby. Further, the Landlord may install “for lease” signage on the exterior of the Premises during the six month period prior to the expiry of the Term or any extension thereof (or at any time when the Tenant is in arrears of Rent equal to an amount greater than one month’s Annual Basic Rent for more than 30 days) and “for sale” signage on the exterior of the Premises and on the Land at any time during the Term.
ARTICLE 9
LANDLORD’S COVENANTS
| 9.1 | Quiet Enjoyment |
If the Tenant pays the Rent and performs the covenants contained in this Lease, the Tenant will be entitled to quiet enjoyment of the Premises, subject to the rights of owners or occupiers of the easements and rights-of-way, if any, now or hereafter registered against title to the Land.
| 9.2 | Payment of Taxes |
Subject to the Tenant’s obligation to pay Taxes to the Landlord, the Landlord will remit the Taxes in respect of the Premises to the applicable governmental authority. If the Landlord is obligated to pay Taxes in advance for or during the year or other period in which the Taxes are or are to become due, the Landlord may establish a reserve from which to pay the Taxes when due, and if it does so, the Tenant will, notwithstanding Section 3.2, pay Taxes in equal monthly instalments in advance on the first day of each month, in amounts sufficient to fund such reserve so as to enable the Landlord to pay the Taxes in advance, when due.
20
ARTICLE 10
DEFAULT
| 10.1 | Re-entry on Default |
If at any time during the Term or any extension or renewal thereof:
| (a) | any payments of the Rent or any part thereof, are not paid within seven days after written notice from the Landlord that they are overdue; however, the Landlord will no longer be required to deliver such written notices of non-payment after the third time the Tenant is late in any calendar year; |
| (b) | the Tenant breaches or fails to observe or perform any covenant, agreement, stipulation, proviso, condition, rule or regulation contained in this Lease and the breach, non-observance or non-performance continues for 15 days after written notice thereof to the Tenant (or such longer period as may be reasonably necessary in the circumstances in order to rectify such breach or failure); |
| (c) | the Premises are abandoned; |
| (d) | the Term or any extension thereof or any of the goods and chattels of the Tenant is seized or taken in attachment by any creditor of the Tenant; |
| (e) | the Tenant becomes bankrupt or insolvent or takes the benefit of any statute at the time in force for bankrupt or insolvent debtors; or |
| (f) | the Tenant assigns, sublets or parts with possession of all or any part of the Premises without the Landlord’s consent as herein required, |
then:
| (i) | the Landlord, in addition to any other remedy available to it, may re-enter and take possession immediately of the Premises or any part thereof by force if necessary, without any previous notice of intention to re-enter and may remove all persons and property from the Premises and may use such force and assistance in removing such persons and property as the Landlord may deem advisable to recover at once full and exclusive possession of the Premises and such re-entry will not operate as a waiver or satisfaction in whole or in part of any right, claim or demand arising out of or connected with any breach, non-observance or non-performance of any covenant or agreement by the Tenant; and |
| (ii) | in the event of a default under Section 10.1(e), the next three months’ Annual Basic Rent and Additional Rent (to be determined at rates estimated by the Landlord acting reasonably) and any additional amounts owing under the Lease will immediately become due and payable and will be recoverable by the Landlord as if it were Rent in arrears, but the Tenant will remain liable under this Lease. |
21
| 10.2 | Waiver with Respect to Re-entry |
The Tenant hereby waives any present or future requirement that notice of the Landlord’s intention to re-enter be served or that the Landlord commence legal proceedings in order to re-enter.
| 10.3 | Sale and Reletting |
Upon the Landlord becoming entitled to re-enter the Premises under any of the provisions of this Lease, the Landlord, in addition to all other rights and remedies, may enter the Premises as the agent of the Tenant either by force or otherwise, without being liable for any prosecution therefor and relet the Premises as the agent of the Tenant, and receive all rent therefor. The Landlord may also, as agent of the Tenant, take possession of any business and trade fixtures of the Tenant and any goods and property whatsoever on the Premises, sell them at public or private sale without notice and apply the proceeds of such sale and any rent derived from reletting the Premises, after deducting its costs of conducting such sale and its costs of reletting, in payment of the Rent due under this Lease, and the Tenant will be liable to the Landlord for any deficiency.
| 10.4 | Termination |
Upon the Landlord becoming entitled to re-enter upon the Premises under any of the provisions of this Lease, the Landlord, in addition to all other rights and remedies, may immediately terminate this Lease by giving notice in writing addressed to the Tenant of its intention so to do. Upon such termination Rent will be computed, apportioned and paid in full to the date of such termination, the Tenant will pay any other amounts for which it is liable pursuant to Section 10.7, the Tenant will forthwith deliver up possession of the Premises to the Landlord and the Landlord may re-enter and take possession of the Premises.
| 10.5 | Distress |
[Intentionally Deleted]
| 10.6 | Payments by Landlord Regarded as Rent |
If the Tenant fails to observe or perform any of the covenants or obligations of the Tenant under or in respect of this Lease, the Landlord may at its discretion perform any of such covenants or obligations or any part thereof and for such purpose may do such things as may be necessary and may enter upon the Premises to do such things and all costs and expenses incurred and expenditures made by or on behalf of the Landlord will be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord on demand. If the Tenant fails to pay, the Landlord may add such charges to the Rent and recover the same by all remedies available to the Landlord for the recovery of Rent in arrears, provided that if the Landlord commences or completes the performance of any of such covenants or obligations or any part thereof, the Landlord will not be obliged to complete such performance or causing to be performed or be later obligated to do so again. If the Landlord suffers or incurs any damage, loss, cost or expense whatsoever for which the Tenant is in any way liable hereunder, by reason of any failure of the Tenant to observe or comply with any of the covenants or agreements of the Tenant contained in this Lease, then in every such case the
22
amount of any such damage, loss, cost or expense will be due and payable by the Tenant to the Landlord on demand and the Landlord may at its option add the cost or amount of any such damage, loss, cost or expense to the Rent hereby reserved and any such amount will immediately be due and payable as Rent and recoverable by the Landlord by all remedies available to the Landlord for the recovery of Rent in arrears.
| 10.7 | Landlord’s Expenses Enforcing Lease |
If it is necessary for the Landlord to retain the services of any person for the purpose of assisting the Landlord in enforcing any of its rights under this Lease or otherwise available at law, the Landlord may collect from the Tenant the cost of all such services including, but not limited to, all reasonable legal fees and disbursements in connection with all necessary court proceedings at trial or on appeal on a solicitor and own client basis, as if the same were Rent in arrears.
| 10.8 | Remedies Cumulative |
No remedy conferred upon or reserved to the Landlord under this Lease, by statute or otherwise, will be considered exclusive of any other remedy, but the same will be cumulative and in addition to every other remedy available to the Landlord and all such remedies and powers of the Landlord may be exercised concurrently and from time to time and as often as the Landlord deems expedient.
| 10.9 | No Waiver |
| (a) | The failure of the Landlord to exercise any right or option in connection with any breach or violation of any term, covenant or condition herein contained will not be deemed to be a waiver or relinquishment of such term, covenant, or condition or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of the Rent or any portion hereunder by the Landlord will not be deemed to be a waiver of a preceding breach by the Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease other than the failure of the Tenant to pay the particular amount of the Rent so accepted, regardless of the Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such amount of the Rent. |
| (b) | The acceptance of any of the Rent from, or the performance of any obligation under this Lease by, a person other than the Tenant will not be construed as an admission by the Landlord of any right, title or interest of such person as a subtenant, assignee, transferee or otherwise in the place of the Tenant. |
| (c) | The acceptance by the Landlord of a part payment of any money required to be paid under this Lease will not constitute waiver or release of the right of the Landlord to payment in full of such money. |
23
| 10.10 | Interest |
The Tenant will pay to the Landlord interest at a rate equal to 5% per annum over the prime rate charged by the Landlord’s principal banker to the Landlord, calculated and compounded monthly, upon all Rent required to be paid hereunder from the due date for payment thereof until the same is fully paid and satisfied. The Tenant will indemnify the Landlord against all costs and charges lawfully and reasonably incurred in enforcing payment thereof, and in obtaining possession of the Premises after default of the Tenant or upon expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease, or in enforcing any covenant, provision or agreement of the Tenant herein contained.
ARTICLE 11
DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION AND EXPROPRIATION
| 11.1 | Damage and Destruction |
The Landlord and the Tenant agree that:
| (a) | in the event of damage to the Premises such that the Premises or any substantial part thereof is rendered not reasonably capable of use and occupancy by the Tenant for the purposes of its business for any period of time in excess of 30 days, then: |
| (i) | from and after the date of occurrence of the damage and until the Premises are again reasonably capable of use and occupancy as aforesaid, Annual Basic Rent will abate from time to time in proportion to the part or parts of the Premises not reasonably capable of use and occupancy, provided that the Tenant will not be entitled to any such abatement of Annual Basic Rent if the damage was caused by the fault or negligence of the Tenant or its employees, invitees or others under its control; and |
| (ii) | unless this Lease is terminated as hereinafter provided, the Tenant will endeavour to repair such damage with all reasonable diligence, but to the extent that any part of the Premises is not reasonably capable of such use and occupancy by reason of damage which the Tenant is obligated to repair hereunder, any abatement of Annual Basic Rent to which the Tenant is otherwise entitled hereunder will not extend later than the time by which, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord’s architect, repairs by the Tenant ought to have been completed with reasonable diligence; and |
| (b) | in the event of substantial damage or destruction to the Premises by any cause such that in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord the Premises cannot be repaired or rebuilt within 180 days after the occurrence of the damage or destruction, then the Landlord or the Tenant may, at its option, exercisable by written notice to the other party, terminate this Lease, and in such event the Tenant will not be bound to repair and the Tenant will instead deliver up |
24
| possession of the Premises to the Landlord promptly and in any event within 60 days after delivery of such notice of termination and will assign the benefit of all insurance proceeds with respect to the Premises to the Landlord, and all Rent will be apportioned and paid to the date upon which possession is so delivered up (but subject to any abatement to which the Tenant may be entitled under Section 11.1(a) by reason of the Premises having been rendered in whole or in part not reasonably capable of use and occupancy), but otherwise the Tenant will endeavour to repair such damage or destruction with such reasonable diligence. |
| 11.2 | Expropriation |
If the whole or any portion of the Premises will be acquired or condemned by an authority having the power for such acquisition or condemnation then, except where condemnation is a result of the actions or inactions of the Tenant, the Term and any extension thereof will cease from the date of entry by such authority. Nothing in this Lease will prevent the Landlord or the Tenant or both from recovering damages from such authority for the value of their respective interests or for such other damages and expenses allowed by law.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
| 12.1 | No Warranties |
No representations, warranties, agreements or conditions have been made to or for the Tenant other than those expressed herein, and no agreement collateral to this Lease will be binding upon the Landlord unless it is made in writing and duly executed on behalf of the Landlord.
| 12.2 | Notices |
Any notice, demand, request, consent, invoice, objection or other instrument which may be or is required to be given under this Lease will be in writing and delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, or by e-mail, if permitted (except that cheques and other documents requiring an original signature by law may not be sent by e-mail, if permitted), and will be addressed, if to the Landlord, to the address set out in Section 1.1(a)(ii) and, if sent by e-mail, to the e-mail address set out in Section 1.1(a)(iii) and, if to the Tenant, to the Premises or, at the Landlord’s option, to the address set out in Section 1.1(b)(ii) (if different) or to the Tenant’s registered office in British Columbia or in any other jurisdiction and, if sent by e-mail, to the e-mail address set out in Section 1.1(b)(iii). In the event of a postal disruption, any notice will only be delivered personally or sent by e-mail, if permitted.
Any such notice will be conclusively deemed to have been given or made on the day on which such notice is delivered or, if sent by registered mail, then 72 hours following the date of mailing or, if sent by e-mail, on the date the e-mail was sent by the Landlord to the Tenant.
If at any time there is more than one Tenant or more than one person comprising the Tenant hereunder, any notice given to any one of them will be deemed to have been given to all of them.
25
Either party may from time to time give written notice to the other (in the manner provided in this Section 12.2) of any change of address, fax number or e-mail address of the party giving such notice and, from and after the giving of such notice, the address, fax number or e-mail address therein specified will be deemed to be the address, fax number or e-mail address of such party for the purpose of giving notice hereunder.
| 12.3 | Overholding |
If the Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Term or any extension thereof and the Landlord accepts Rent or any portion thereof, the new tenancy thereby created will be deemed a monthly tenancy and not a yearly tenancy and will be subject to the covenants and conditions contained in this Lease insofar as they are applicable to a monthly tenancy, except that the monthly instalments of Annual Basic Rent will be 150% of the monthly instalments of Annual Basic Rent payable for the last month of the Term or any extension thereof and, in addition, the Tenant will be liable for all costs, expenses, losses and damages resulting or arising from the failure of the Tenant to deliver up possession of the Premises to the Landlord.
| 12.4 | Inability to Perform |
Whenever and to the extent that Landlord is unable to fulfil, or is delayed or restricted in the fulfilment of any obligation under this Lease by reason of being unable to obtain the material, goods, equipment, service, utility or labour required to enable it to fulfil any such obligation or by reason of any statute, law or order-in-council or any regulation or order passed or made pursuant thereto or by reason of the order or direction of any administrator, controller or board, or any governmental department or officer or other authority, or by reason of not being able to obtain any permission or authority required thereby, or by reason of any other cause beyond its control whether of the foregoing character or not, the Landlord may extend the time for fulfilment of such obligation by a time equal to the duration of such delay or restriction, and the Tenant will not be entitled to compensation for any inconvenience, nuisance or discomfort or damage thereby occasioned, and will not be entitled to terminate this Lease.
| 12.5 | Joint and Several Liability |
If the Tenant is more than one person, all covenants, liabilities and obligations of the Tenant set out in this Lease are joint and several.
| 12.6 | Continuation of Obligations |
This Lease and the obligations of the Tenant under it will continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any change in the person or persons comprising the Landlord.
| 12.7 | Assignment by Landlord |
If there is a sale, lease or other disposition by the Landlord of the Premises or any part thereof, or the assignment by the Landlord of this Lease or any interest of the Landlord hereunder, the Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for the purchaser or assignee to assume the Landlord’s covenants and obligations under this Lease. To the extent that the purchaser or assignee assumes the covenants and obligations of the Landlord hereunder, the Landlord will, thereupon and without further agreement, be relieved of all further liability with respect to its covenants and obligations.
26
| 12.8 | Registration of Lease |
The Landlord will not be obligated to execute or deliver this Lease in form registrable under the Land Title Act (British Columbia) or any other statute and the Tenant will not register this Lease or any claim based thereon; provided, however, that the Tenant may, at its sole expense, register a short form of this lease in a form acceptable to the Landlord, acting reasonably, and which does not disclose the financial terms hereof. All costs and expenses in connection with such registration and any plans required for registration will be paid by the Tenant.
ARTICLE 13
INTERPRETATION
| 13.1 | Interpretation |
The parties agree that:
| (a) | This Lease will be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of British Columbia. |
| (b) | All of the provisions of this Lease are to be construed as covenants and agreements as though the words importing such covenants and agreements were used in each separate provision hereof. |
| (c) | If any provision or provisions of this Lease is found to be illegal or not enforceable it or they will be considered separate and severable from this Lease and its remaining provisions will remain in force and be binding upon the parties hereto as though the said provision or provisions had never been included. |
| (d) | Time is of the essence of this Lease. |
| (e) | The headings of the Articles and Sections in this Lease are inserted for convenience only and in no way define, limit, construe or describe the scope or intent of such Articles or Sections nor in any way affect this Lease. |
| (f) | This Lease will extend to, be binding upon and enure to the benefit of the Landlord and the Tenant and their respective successors and permitted assigns. |
27
| (g) | This Lease sets out the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Lease and will not be modified, amended or waived except by an instrument in writing duly executed and delivered by the parties or by their successors and permitted assigns. |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Lease as of the day and year first above written.
By the Landlord:
| BC GREEN PHARMACEUTICALS INC. | ||
| Per: | “/s/ Jacob Safarik” | |
| Authorized Signatory | ||
| Per | “/s/ Nick Miller” | |
| Authorized Signatory | ||
| By the Tenant: | ||
| OPTIMI HEALTH CORP. | ||
| Per: | “/s/ JJ Wilson” | |
| Authorized Signatory | ||
| Per: | “/s/ Dane Stevens” | |
| Authorized Signatory | ||
28
SCHEDULE A
DEFINITIONS
| (a) | “Additional Rent” means all sums, other than Annual Basic Rent, payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this Lease, whether or not designated as Additional Rent; |
| (b) | “Annual Basic Rent” means the annual basic rent set out in Section 1.1(g); |
| (c) | “Buildings” means all buildings and improvements erected or to be erected on the Land; |
| (d) | “Commencement Date” means the date set out in Section 1.1(e); |
| (e) | “CPI Increase” means an annual increase to the Annual Basic Rent effective the first day of each Lease Year, calculated as the total increase during the immediately preceding Lease Year recorded in the Consumer Price Index (all items) for Vancouver, British Columbia issued by Statistics Canada multiplied by the Annual Basic Rent payable on the last day of the immediately preceding Lease Year, provided that if such Consumer Price Index is not available from Statistics Canada, the Landlord may utilize any reasonable measure of changes in consumer price levels; |
| (f) | “Hazardous Substance” means any contaminant, pollutant, dangerous or potentially dangerous or noxious or toxic substance, hazardous waste, flammable or explosive or radioactive material, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos, PCBs and substances or any other materials declared or defined to be hazardous, toxic, contaminants or pollutants, or which at any time during the Term are regulated as a threat or are capable of posing a threat to public health or the environment under or pursuant to, any applicable laws, regulations, requirements or guidelines in British Columbia, including any applicable laws, regulations, requirements or guidelines of the Government of Canada, the Government of British Columbia, the applicable municipality or of any other lawful governmental authority having jurisdiction; |
| (g) | “Land” means the lands legally described as |
| (a) | Parcel Identifier: [***]; and |
| (b) | Parcel Identifier: [***]; |
| (h) | “Landlord’s Mortgagees” means the mortgagees, debentureholders and trustees on behalf of a mortgagee holding Mortgages; |
| (i) | “Landlord’s Work” means the work (if any) to be completed in the Premises by the Landlord in accordance with this Lease; |
| (j) | “Lease Year” means, in the case of the first Lease Year, the period beginning on the Commencement Date and ending 12 months from the last day of the calendar month in which the Commencement Date occurs (except that if the Commencement Date occurs on the first day of a calendar month, the first Lease Year will terminate on the day prior to the first anniversary of the Commencement Date) and, in the case of each subsequent Lease Year, will mean each 12 month period after the first Lease Year; |
| (k) | “Mortgages” has the meaning set out in Section 8.3; |
| (l) | “Operating Costs” means, without duplication, all costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord in the operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Premises in each Lease Year, including without limitation, the cost of providing cleaning, garbage removal, supervisory and maintenance services; the cost of hot and cold water, electricity, telephone and other utilities and services in respect of the Building; the cost of heating, cooling and ventilating all space; the cost of all repairs and replacements to the Premises; the cost of snow clearance, security and supervision, the cost of repairing and restriping parking areas and roadways; the cost of landscaping and maintaining any landscaped areas on the Premises; the cost of all insurance maintained by the Landlord in respect of the Premises or any part thereof; reasonable accounting costs incurred in connection with maintenance and operation of the Building including computations required for the imposition of charges and audit charges for the reporting of charges hereunder; the amount of that portion of salaries, wages and reasonable fringe benefits paid to employees which is attributable to the operation and maintenance of the Premises and amounts paid to independent contractors for any services in connection with such operation and maintenance; provided however that Operating Costs shall not include interest on the Landlord’s debt, capital retirement of the Landlord’s debt, costs incurred in leasing or procuring new tenants, administration or management fees, any costs in respect of which the Landlord is reimbursed by insurance (but only to the extent of the amount actually received by the Landlord), or capital costs incurred by the Landlord except the portion of such capital costs applicable to the designated Operating Costs period when amortized over the useful life of that capital item |
| (m) | “Permits” means, collectively, all authorizations, registrations, permits, certificates of approval, approvals, grants, licences, quotas, consents, commitments, rights or privileges issued or granted to the Tenant or its agents, employees or nominees by Health Canada, the Canadian Food Inspection Agency, or any other Canadian governmental authority in relation to the production, processing, possession, distribution or other dealing with agri-food products at the Premises. |
| (n) | “Premises” means the Land and the Buildings thereon; |
| (o) | “Rent” means, collectively, Annual Basic Rent and Additional Rent; |
| (p) | “Roof” means the roof of the Building including the roof membrane, insulation and deck and all structural components of the roof; |
| (q) | “Sales Tax” means all sales, goods and services, value-added or other taxes assessed or imposed on the Tenant or the Landlord, including harmonized sales tax, whether or not in existence on the Commencement Date, in respect of the Rent payable to the Landlord by the Tenant under this Lease, the rental of the Premises by the Landlord to the Tenant or the provision of any goods, services or utilities whatsoever by the Landlord to the Tenant under this Lease; |
2
| (r) | “Taxes” means the total of all taxes, local improvements or similar rates, duties, assessments and/or charges, municipal realty taxes, water taxes, school taxes, or any other taxes, rates, duties, assessments both general or special or any rate, duty, assessment, charge or tax levied, charged or assessed in lieu thereof now or at any time hereafter levied or imposed upon or in respect of the Premises or any part thereof and corporate, income, profits or excess profit taxes assessed on the income of the Landlord and any other taxes assessed or levied on the Landlord, including any corporation capital tax payable by the Landlord, by any governmental authority whether federal, provincial, municipal or otherwise, together with all costs and expenses (including legal and other professional fees and interest and penalties on deferred payments) incurred by the Landlord in good faith contesting or appealing any such taxes, levies, rates, assessments or charges levied in lieu thereof, but excluding Tenant’s Taxes; |
| (s) | “Tenant’s Taxes” means all taxes, license and permit fees, rates, duties and assessments imposed or levied by any lawful authority covering any period during the Term and any renewal thereof and relating to or in respect of the business of the Tenant or relating to or in respect of personal property and all business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, cabinet work, furniture and movable partitions owned or installed by the Tenant at the expense of the Tenant or being the property of the Tenant, or relating to or in respect of improvements to the Premises built, made or installed by the Tenant, on behalf of the Tenant or at the Tenant’s request whether any such taxes are payable by law by the Tenant or by the Landlord and whether such taxes are included by the taxing authority in the taxes, licenses, rates, duties and assessments imposed or levied on or with respect to the Premises and Sales Tax; |
| (t) | “Tenant’s Work” means the work to be completed in the Premises by the Tenant in accordance with this Lease; and |
| (u) | “Term” means the term of this Lease set out in Section 1.1(d), commencing on the Commencement Date. |
3
SCHEDULE B
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
| 1. | Landlord’s Work and Tenant’s Work |
There is no Landlord’s Work. All work required for the Premises, including those items set out in Section 2.2 will be provided and installed by the Tenant, at the Tenant’s sole cost and expense. It is hereby agreed that the Land is leased on an “as is, where is” basis and there are no representations or warranties concerning the Land or the services available thereto except as contained in this Lease. For clarity, the Tenant will be responsible for any services which are required in respect of the Premises, including, without limitation, water, electricity, natural gas and sewage and/or septic services.
| 2. | Permits |
The Tenant will, at its expense make application for and diligently pursue a valid business license to be issued by the Town of Princeton, permitting the Tenant to use and operate the Premises for the permitted uses set out in Section 1.1(h) (the “Business License”) and provide to the Landlord a copy of the Business Licence when same is issued.
The Tenant will, at its expense make application for and diligently pursue all Permits required for the Tenant to use and operate the Premises for the permitted uses set out in Section 1.1(h) and provide to the Landlord a copy of such Permits when same is issued.
At all times during the Term and any renewal or extension thereof, the Tenant will, at its expense, keep, or cause to be kept, the Business Licence and the Permits in good standing and obtain, or cause to be obtained, any applicable renewals thereof. Upon obtaining such renewals, the Tenant will forthwith provide a copy of the renewed Business Licence and Permits to the Landlord. If the Business Licence or any of the Permits is suspended, cancelled or revoked for any reason and such change could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on the Tenant’s use of the Premises for the permitted uses set out in Section 1.1(h), then the Tenant will notify the Landlord in writing within five days of such suspension, cancellation or revocation. If the suspension, cancellation or revocation is not corrected by the Tenant within one year, the Landlord may, at its sole discretion terminate this Lease.
The Landlord acknowledges that the Tenant may be required to take reasonable precautions to ensure that only authorized individuals have access to certain portions of the Premises during certain times to comply with its Permits or applicable law. The Landlord agrees to use all commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate with the Tenant prior to exercising its rights of distraint or rights of entry pursuant to Sections 5.7 [Clean Up Plans], 6.2 [Repair on Notice], 7.5 [Tenant Responsible for Damages], 8.6 [Exhibit Premises], 10.1 [Re-entry on Default], 10.3 [Sale and Reletting] and 10.6 [Payments by Landlord Regarded as Rent] of this Lease to ensure compliance with the Permits and applicable law.
The Landlord will, from time to time at the Tenant’s expense, upon request from the Tenant or a governmental authority, promptly provide to the Tenant and if applicable the requesting governmental authority, all documentation, consents and approvals necessary for the Tenant’s use of the Premises in compliance with the Permits in a form acceptable to the Landlord and the Tenant, each acting reasonably.
| 3. | License to Use Storage Area |
Provided that the Tenant is in occupancy of the Premises and the Tenant is not then in default under this Lease, the Landlord hereby grants to the Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees, and other persons transacting business with the Tenant, a non-exclusive license (the “Storage License”) to use the entirety of the adjacent lands and premises municipally known as 257 David Brown Way, Princeton, British Columbia and legally described as [***] (the “Storage Area”) from the Commencement Date to the end of the third clear calendar month after the month in which Substantial Completion occurs (the “Storage License Term”) solely for the purpose of storing equipment, inventory and other personal property and providing minor repairs, maintenance, modifications and staging work on the Tenant’s property stored upon the Storage Area. The Tenant’s rights under this Section shall be subject to the following conditions:
| (a) | the Tenant’s use of the Storage Area shall be subject to all covenants and provisions under this Lease, except to the extent modified by this Section; |
| (b) | the Tenant shall pay a licensing fee (the “License Fee”) for use of the Storage Area at the following rates: |
| (i) | $1,250 per month for each month commencing July 1, 2021 to the Date of Substantial Completion; and |
| (ii) | $1,750 per month for each month commencing on or after to the Date of Substantial Completion; and |
| (c) | The Tenant will remove all property of the Tenant and those for whom it is legally responsible from the Storage Area and deliver the Storage Area to the Landlord in good working condition and substantially the same condition as at the Commencement Date, reasonable wear and tear exception, at the expiry of the Storage License Term or sooner termination of the Term, and this obligation will survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. |
| 4. | Option to Renew |
Provided that the Tenant is in occupancy of the Premises, the Tenant is not then in default and has not been in habitual default under this Lease and the Tenant gives the Landlord not less than nine months’ written notice prior to the expiry of the Term, or the applicable Renewal Term, of its intention to renew this Lease, then the Tenant will have the option to renew this Lease for four further terms of five years each (each a “Renewal Term”) upon the same terms and conditions as are set out in this Lease, except that:
| (a) | there will be no further right to renew this Lease after the expiry of the fourth Renewal Term; |
2
| (b) | Annual Basic Rent for the first Renewal Term will be the Annual Basic Rent applicable in the last Lease Year of the initial Term, plus the CPI Increase; |
| (c) | Annual Basic Rent for all subsequent Renewal Terms will be the then fair market rent which could reasonably be obtained by the Landlord for renting the Premises (including improvements in the Premises) to an arm’s length, third party tenant on terms not materially more favourable than those included in this Lease minus fifteen percent (15%) as consideration for the Tenant’s construction and ownership of the Building. For further clarity, fair market value will not be determined by solicited offers received from or made to a direct or indirect competitor of Optimi Health Corp. If the Landlord and the Tenant have not mutually agreed on the amount of such Annual Basic Rent prior to the commencement of the Renewal Term, then such Annual Basic Rent will be decided by binding arbitration pursuant to the Arbitration Act (British Columbia), with the costs of such arbitration split equally between the Landlord and the Tenant; and |
| (d) | the Annual Basic Rent in each Lease Year after the first Lease Year of the Renewal Term will increase by the CPI Increase; and |
| (e) | any incentive or inducement, including any free or reduced rent periods, or any requirement on the Landlord’s part to do any Landlord’s work in connection with this Lease, will not apply to any Renewal Term. |
| 5. | Right of First Offer to Lease |
The Landlord shall provide the Tenant with a right of first offer (the “ROFO”) to lease Premises after the expiry of the last Renewal Term. If the Landlord intends to lease the Premises within six months after the expiry of the last Renewal Term, the Landlord shall give the Tenant written notice of its intention to lease the Premises and a summary of its proposed lease terms and the Tenant shall have 30 days (the “ROFO Exercise Period”) to give the Landlord written notice (the “ROFO Notice”) of its intent to exercise its ROFO and enter negotiations for a new lease for the Premises. If:
| (a) | the Tenant does not provide the ROFO Notice within the ROFO Exercise Period, or; |
| (b) | the Landlord and Tenant, both acting reasonably, are not able to reach a mutually agreeable lease agreement with respect to the Premises within 30 days of the Landlord’s receipt of the ROFO Notice, |
then:
| (c) | the Landlord shall be permitted to lease the Premises to an arm’s length third party provided that lease is on terms not substantially more favourable, from a tenant’s perspective, than the most favourable terms offered to the Tenant during ROFO negotiations; and |
3
| (d) | notwithstanding Section 12.3, the Tenant shall at its option be permitted to hold over and remain in the Premises after the expiration of the Lease and the new tenancy thereby created will be deemed a monthly tenancy and will be subject to the covenants and conditions contained in this Lease insofar as they are applicable to a monthly tenancy, at the same Annual Basic Rent as payable for the last month of the last Renewal Term, to terminate automatically 30 days after the Tenant receives written notice from the Landlord confirming that the Landlord and a subsequent third-party tenant have executed a binding lease for the Premises on terms that are not substantially more favourable than offered to the Tenant during ROFO negotiations. |
| 6. | Right of First Refusal to Purchase |
Provided the Tenant is not then in default, the Landlord shall provide the Tenant the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises during the Term on the terms and conditions of any arm’s length, bona fide third party offer to purchase acceptable in all respects to the Landlord (an “Offer”). If the Landlord receives an Offer:
| (a) | it shall not accept that Offer without first giving the Tenant written notice of its intention to accept that Offer (the “ROFR Notice”), which shall include a complete copy of the Offer and details of any material collateral agreements not included in the written Offer; |
| (b) | the Tenant shall have 14 days from its receipt of the ROFR Notice to exercise this right of first refusal (the “ROFR Notice Period”); |
| (c) | during the ROFR Notice Period, the Landlord shall provide the Tenant with access to all service contracts and other records of the Landlord pertaining to the Premises delivered to the potential purchaser pursuant to the Offer, provided that the Tenant agrees in writing to be bound by any confidentiality obligations under the Offer during the ROFR Notice Period; |
| (d) | the Tenant may exercise its right of first refusal by written notice to the Landlord of its intention to exercise this right of first refusal (the “ROFR Acceptance Notice”) before the expiry of the ROFR Notice Period. |
Upon delivery of a ROFR Acceptance Notice, a binding agreement to purchase the Premises shall exist between the Landlord and the Tenant on the terms and conditions contained in the Offer. If the Landlord does not receive a ROFR Acceptance Notice within the ROFR Notice Period, then the Landlord shall be permitted to sell the Premises to accept the Offer, and:
| (e) | if the Premises are sold and transferred on the same terms and conditions as are set out in the Offer, this clause shall expire and have no further effect; but |
| (f) | if the sale of the Premises to the third party is not consummated on the same terms and conditions as are set out in the Offer, this right of first refusal shall be reinstated and shall continue in force and effect for the balance of the Term and any extensions thereof. |
4
The parties agree that any short-form of this Lease registered on title to the Premises shall not include this Special Provision 6.
5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| ARTICLE 1 BASIC TERMS, DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION |
1 | |||||
| 1.1 |
Basic Terms |
1 | ||||
| 1.2 |
Definitions |
3 | ||||
| 1.3 |
Schedules |
3 | ||||
| ARTICLE 2 DEMISE, TERM AND CONSTRUCTION |
3 | |||||
| 2.1 |
Demise |
3 | ||||
| 2.2 |
Tenant to Construct Building |
3 | ||||
| 2.3 |
Substantial Completion of Building |
4 | ||||
| 2.4 |
Tenant’s Covenants Regarding Construction |
4 | ||||
| 2.5 |
Ownership |
4 | ||||
| ARTICLE 3 RENT AND OTHER PAYMENTS |
5 | |||||
| 3.1 |
Annual Basic Rent and Additional Rent |
5 | ||||
| 3.2 |
Operating Costs and Taxes |
5 | ||||
| 3.3 |
Tenant’s Taxes |
6 | ||||
| 3.4 |
Utilities |
6 | ||||
| 3.5 |
Post-Dated Cheques or Pre-Authorized Withdrawal |
6 | ||||
| 3.6 |
Irregular Periods |
6 | ||||
| 3.7 |
Prepaid Rent Deposit |
6 | ||||
| 3.8 |
Security Deposit |
6 | ||||
| 3.9 |
Net Lease |
6 | ||||
| 3.10 |
Administration Fee |
6 | ||||
| 3.11 |
Management Fee |
7 | ||||
| ARTICLE 4 TENANT’S OPERATING COVENANTS |
7 | |||||
| 4.1 |
Use of Premises |
7 | ||||
| 4.2 |
Signs |
8 | ||||
| 4.3 |
Parking and Obstruction of Roads |
8 | ||||
| 4.4 |
Rubbish |
8 | ||||
| 4.5 |
Compliance with Laws |
8 | ||||
| 4.6 |
Rules and Regulations |
8 | ||||
| 4.7 |
Vacate on Termination |
9 | ||||
| ARTICLE 5 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES |
9 | |||||
| 5.1 |
Hazardous Substances |
9 | ||||
| 5.2 |
Hazardous Substances Property of Tenant |
9 | ||||
| 5.3 |
Removal of Hazardous Substances |
9 | ||||
| 5.4 |
Notice of Hazardous Substances |
9 | ||||
| 5.5 |
Restoration After Contamination |
10 | ||||
| 5.6 |
Records |
10 | ||||
| 5.7 |
Clean Up Plans |
10 | ||||
| 5.8 |
Indemnity to Landlord |
11 | ||||
Table of Contents (continued)
| ARTICLE 6 TENANT’S REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS |
11 | |||||
| 6.1 |
Repair |
11 | ||||
| 6.2 |
Repair on Notice |
12 | ||||
| 6.3 |
Business and Trade Fixtures |
12 | ||||
| 6.4 |
Alterations and Additions |
13 | ||||
| 6.5 |
Liens |
13 | ||||
| ARTICLE 7 INSURANCE/INDEMNIFICATION |
14 | |||||
| 7.1 |
Tenant’s Insurance |
14 | ||||
| 7.2 |
Landlord’s Insurance |
16 | ||||
| 7.3 |
Indemnify Landlord |
16 | ||||
| 7.4 |
Damage or Injury |
17 | ||||
| 7.5 |
Tenant Responsible for Damages |
17 | ||||
| ARTICLE 8 DISPOSITIONS |
17 | |||||
| 8.1 |
Assignment and Subletting |
17 | ||||
| 8.2 |
Tenant’s Charges |
19 | ||||
| 8.3 |
Subordination |
19 | ||||
| 8.4 |
Attornment |
19 | ||||
| 8.5 |
Estoppel Certificate |
20 | ||||
| 8.6 |
Exhibit Premises |
20 | ||||
| ARTICLE 9 LANDLORD’S COVENANTS |
20 | |||||
| 9.1 |
Quiet Enjoyment |
20 | ||||
| 9.2 |
Payment of Taxes |
20 | ||||
| ARTICLE 10 DEFAULT |
21 | |||||
| 10.1 |
Re-entry on Default |
21 | ||||
| 10.2 |
Waiver with Respect to Re-entry |
22 | ||||
| 10.3 |
Sale and Reletting |
22 | ||||
| 10.4 |
Termination |
22 | ||||
| 10.5 |
Distress |
22 | ||||
| 10.6 |
Payments by Landlord Regarded as Rent |
22 | ||||
| 10.7 |
Landlord’s Expenses Enforcing Lease |
23 | ||||
| 10.8 |
Remedies Cumulative |
23 | ||||
| 10.9 |
No Waiver |
23 | ||||
| 10.10 |
Interest |
24 | ||||
| ARTICLE 11 DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION AND EXPROPRIATION |
24 | |||||
| 11.1 |
Damage and Destruction |
24 | ||||
| 11.2 |
Expropriation |
25 | ||||
| ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS |
25 | |||||
| 12.1 |
No Warranties |
25 | ||||
| 12.2 |
Notices |
25 | ||||
| 12.3 |
Overholding |
26 | ||||
| 12.4 |
Inability to Perform |
26 | ||||
ii
Table of Contents (continued)
| 12.5 |
Joint and Several Liability |
26 | ||
| 12.6 |
Continuation of Obligations |
26 | ||
| 12.7 |
Assignment by Landlord |
26 | ||
| 12.8 |
Registration of Lease |
27 | ||
| ARTICLE 13 INTERPRETATION |
27 | |||
| 13.1 |
Interpretation |
27 | ||
| SCHEDULES: | ||
| SCHEDULE A | DEFINITIONS | |
| SCHEDULE B | SPECIAL PROVISIONS | |
iii
Exhibit 10.3
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Industrial Lease
This First Amendment to Amended and Restated Industrial Lease (this “Amendment”) is hereby entered into and effective as of July 1, 2025 (the “Effective Date”), by and between BC Green Pharmaceuticals Inc., a British Columbia corporation (“Landlord”), and Optimi Health Corp., a British Columbia corporation (“Tenant”).
RECITALS
A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Industrial Lease dated as of September 1, 2021 (the “Original Lease”), with respect to certain Premises (as defined in the Original Lease).
B. The Original Lease was set to expire June 30th, 2025 and the parties hereto desire to extend the Original Lease as set forth herein.
C. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Original Lease.
D. The Original Lease, as amended by this Amendment, shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Lease”.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Term and Rent
a) Term: The Lease term is hereby extended for an additional term commencing on July 1, 2025, and expiring on June 30, 2030 (the “Initial Extended Term”), upon all the terms and condition of the Lease.
b) Base Rent: Tenant shall pay to Landlord Monthly Installments of Annual Basic Rent in the amount of $4,300.00 per month for the first twelve (12) months of the Initial Extended Term, subject to annual CPI-based adjustments beginning July 1, 2026 and escalating each year thereafter as set forth in the Lease.
c) Payment Upon Execution: Upon execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (i) $4,300 if executed on or before July 31, 2025, or (ii) $8,300 if executed on or after August 1, 2025, representing Monthly Rent for July and, if applicable, August 2025.
d) Renewal Options: Article 4 of the Original Lease is hereby amended such that Tenant shall have three (3) additional options to renew the Lease for successive terms of five (5) years each commencing July 1, 2030; provided, Tenant shall have complied with all of the terms and conditions for exercising such renewal as otherwise set forth in Article 4, with no further extensions thereafter. The Annual Basic Rent for each Renewal Term shall be determined in accordance with Article 4(c).
2. Termination of License to Use Storage Area:
| • | a) Termination: Subject to the terms herein, the separate license for use of the storage area under Section 3 of the Lease (the “Storage Area License”) is hereby terminated as of the Effective Date. |
| • | b) Mutual Release: Landlord has inspected the Storage Area and accepts it in its as-is where-is condition and state of repair and Tenant hereby surrenders the Storage Area in such condition, except for the provisions expressly surviving such termination, the parties hereby release one another from and against any and all claims, liabilities, or obligations related to the Storage Area License. |
| • | c) No Security Deposit. Tenant confirms there is no security deposit related to the storage area, and no portion of any existing deposit applies to such area. |
| • | e) Surviving Obligations: Tenant’s obligations under the Lease to maintain insurance coverage and indemnify Landlord shall survive termination with respect to any claims arising from or relating to Tenant’s use of the Storage Area, Tenant’s negligence, or any personal injury or other claim arising from or related to Tenant’s use of the storage area. |
| • | f) Section 3 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety. |
3. Estoppel Certificate
Tenant hereby certifies and confirms to Landlord and to any existing or prospective lender, purchaser, or other party with an interest in the Premises, as follows:
| • | a) The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented, or amended except as set forth herein. |
| • | b) There exists no default by Landlord under the Lease, and no condition exists which, with the passage of time or giving of notice or both, would constitute a default. |
| • | c) Landlord has completed all construction, repair, maintenance, or other obligations required under the Lease, and Tenant has accepted the Premises in its current condition. |
| • | d) No Tenant improvement allowance, rent abatement, or other sums are owed to Tenant by Landlord. |
| • | e) Tenant has no claims, offsets, or defenses against the enforcement of the Lease. |
| • | f) Tenant hereby certifies it has paid all taxes, utilities, and other charges due any governmental authority or other entity having jurisdiction thereof as required by the Lease. |
4. Miscellaneous
| • | a) Except as expressly modified by this Amendment, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Each party represents and warrants to the other it has all necessary approvals to consummate the terms of this transaction. Each party acknowledges and agrees that it has had the right and opportunity to retain independent legal counsel of its own choosing in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Amendment and is not relying on counsel for any other party for legal advice. |
| • | b) This Amendment may be executed in counterparts and electronically. |
[Signature Page Follows]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment as of the date first set forth above.
| LANDLORD: |
| BC Green Pharmaceuticals Inc. |
| By: /s/ Jacob Safarik |
| Name: Jacob Safarik |
| Title: Authorized Signatory |
| TENANT: |
| Optimi Health Corp. |
| By: /s/ John James Wilson |
| Name: John James Wilson |
| Title: Authorized Signatory |
Exhibit 10.4
Certain identified information has been excluded from the exhibit by means of marking such information with brackets and asterisks because such information is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.
LOAN AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is dated for reference August 4, 2023
BETWEEN:
OPTIMI HEALTH CORP., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the “Borrower”)
AND:
CATCHER INVESTMENTS LIMITED, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the “Lender”)
WHEREAS the Borrower wishes to obtain a term loan from the Lender on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual premises, covenants and agreements set forth herein and all other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged), the parties agree as follows:
| 1. | DEFINITIONS |
Whenever used in this Agreement, unless there is something in the subject matter or context that is inconsistent therewith, the following words and terms will have the respective meanings set out below:
| (a) | “$” means lawful money in Canada. |
| (b) | “Additional Lenders” has the meaning set out in Section 4.2. |
| (c) | “Additional Loans” has the meaning set out in Section 4.2. |
| (d) | “Agreement” means this loan agreement, as may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time. |
| (e) | “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, a statutory holiday in British Columbia or a day on which banks generally are closed in Vancouver, British Columbia. |
| (f) | “Change of Control” means: (i) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any person or combination of persons acting jointly or in concert with each other of shares representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding shares of the Borrower, or (ii) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by persons who were neither: (A) nominated by the board of directors of the Borrower nor (B) appointed by directors so nominated. |
| (g) | “Fiscal Quarter” means a fiscal quarter of the Borrower, ending on the last day of December, March, June and September. |
| (h) | “Loan” has the meaning set out in Section 2.1. |
| (i) | “Loan Amount” means at any time the aggregate of: |
| (1) | the principal balance of the Loan then outstanding; |
| (2) | all interest accrued on the Loan; and |
| (3) | all other amounts then due and owing under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. |
| (j) | “Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Security Documents, and all other certificates, instruments, agreements and documents issued or delivered pursuant to the Loan Documents. |
| (k) | “Maturity Date” means August 4, 2026. |
| (l) | “Permitted Encumbrances” means: |
| (1) | the security agreement(s) charging the personal property of the Borrower, in respect of which a financing statement has been filed in the Personal Property Registry of British Columbia (the “PPR”) under base registration number [***] in favour of Royal Bank of Canada (the “RBC Financing Statement”); |
| (2) | subject to Section 4.2, the security interests securing the Loan and any Additional Loans; and |
| (3) | any other charges, security interests or encumbrances as the Lender may expressly permit in writing from time to time. |
| (m) | “Permitted Indebtedness” means |
| (1) | indebtedness to Royal Bank of Canada in connection with which the RBC Financing Statement has been filed in the PPR; |
| (2) | the Loan and any Additional Loans; and |
| (3) | any other indebtedness as the Lender may expressly permit in writing from time to time. |
| (n) | “Security Documents” means the documents listed in Section 4, as they may be amended, supplemented, replaced and restated from time to time from time to time. |
| (o) | “Warrant Share” has the meaning set out in Section 3. |
2
| (p) | “Warrants” has the meaning set out in Section 3. |
| 2. | LOAN |
| 2.1 | Term Loan |
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lender agrees to make available to the Borrower a non-revolving, term loan in the principal amount of $1,000,000 (the “Loan”),which will be funded in a single advance on the date of this Agreement (the “Funding Date”).
| 2.2 | Purposes |
The Loan will be used by the Borrower to finance: (a) the procurement of manufacturing equipment, (b) expenditures related to production ramp up, and (c) general working capital.
| 2.3 | Interest |
Interest shall accrue on the outstanding balance of the Loan from the Funding Date at a rate of seven and a half percent (7.5%) per annum, calculated monthly, not in advance, from the Funding Date until the date when the Loan Amount is paid in full, both before and after default, demand, maturity and judgment. Interest shall accrue on overdue interest at the same rate and in the same manner.
| 2.4 | Repayment |
| (a) | The Borrower shall pay interest accrued on the then outstanding balance of the Loan in quarterly payments, commencing on September 30, 2023, and continuing thereafter on the last business day of each Fiscal Quarter, until the Loan Amount is paid in full. |
| (b) | The outstanding Loan Amount shall be repaid in full on the Maturity Date. |
| 2.5 | Prepayment |
The Borrower may prepay the Loan, in full or in part, at any time, provided that:
| (a) | the Borrower has provided to the Lender not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice, nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior written notice, of its intention to make a prepayment; and |
| (b) | the Borrower pays to the Lender a prepayment fee which is equal to: |
| (1) | four percent (4%) of the principal balance of the Loan prepaid, if the repayment is made at any time prior to the first anniversary of the Funding Date; |
| (2) | two percent (2%) of the principal balance of the Loan prepaid, if the repayment is made at any time on or after the first anniversary of the Funding Date and prior to the second anniversary of the Funding Date; and |
3
| (3) | one percent (1%) of the principal balance of the Loan prepaid, if the repayment is made at any time on or after the second anniversary of the Funding Date and prior to the Maturity Date. |
| 2.6 | Payments |
| (a) | Payments made on account of the Loan Amount will be applied when received first in payment of outstanding fees, interest and other costs which have accrued to the date such payment is received, and secondly (but subject to Section 2.5) in payment of the principal balance of the Loan then outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is an Event of Default (as defined below), then any payment received by the Lender on account of the Loan Amount may be applied in such order and in such manner as the Lender, in its sole discretion, may determine. |
| (b) | If a payment under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is due on a day other than a Business Day, then such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. |
| (c) | Unless otherwise specified herein, payments on account of the principal amount of the Loan and the interest thereon shall be made by the Borrower in Canadian dollars to or to the order of the Lender, by a bank draft, certified cheque or electronic funds transfer to an account specified in writing by the Lender. |
| 3. | WARRANTS |
In consideration for the Lender making the Loan available to the Borrower, the Borrower shall issue to the Lender, or its designated assignees, 100,000 common share purchase warrants (the “Warrants”). Each Warrant will be exercisable to acquire one common share of the Borrower (each, a “Warrant Share”) at an exercise price of CAD$0.50 per Warrant Share for a period of three (3) years from the Funding Date, subject to adjustment in certain events as set out in the certificate representing the Warrants.
| 4. | SECURITY |
| 4.1 | Security |
As security for the repayment of the Loan Amount and performance of the obligations of the Borrower to the Lender, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender the following documents, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender (collectively, the “Security Documents”):
| (a) | a general security agreement granted by the Borrower in favour of the Lender creating a security interest in all of its present and after-acquired personal property; and |
| (b) | such other agreements, pledges, instruments, notes, certificates and documents and third party consents as the Lender may reasonably request from time to time. |
4
| 4.2 | Additional Loans |
The Lender acknowledges and agrees that the Borrower may obtain additional loans from other lenders (the “Additional Lenders”) up to a maximum additional principal amount of $2,000,000.00 (the “Additional Loans”) on terms substantially similar to those contained herein. The Lender acknowledges and agrees that the payment obligations in respect of the Loan and any Additional Loans shall rank at all times, pari passu, and the security granted by the Borrower to any Additional Lenders as security for any Additional Loans shall rank at all times, pari passu, with the security created by the Security Documents, subject to and in accordance with an intercreditor agreement to be entered into among the Lender and the Additional Lenders, in a form acceptable to the Borrower and the Lender, each acting reasonably.
| 5. | REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
The representations and warranties set out in this Section 5 shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement. No investigation at any time made by or on behalf of the Lender shall diminish in any respect whatsoever the Lender’s rights to rely on such representations and warranties.
| 5.1 | Standard Representations |
The Borrower hereby represents and warrants as follows to the Lender and acknowledges and agrees that the Lender is relying on such representations and warranties in connection with the Loan:
| (a) | the Borrower is a company duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), and it has all requisite power and authority to own its assets, to carry on its business as now being conducted, to borrow, and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents and the Warrants; |
| (b) | the borrowing of the Loan by the Borrower and the provision of security therefor, as contemplated by the Loan Documents, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of the Loan Documents and the Warrants: |
| (1) | have been duly authorized by all necessary proceedings of the Borrower; |
| (2) | do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of: |
| (A) | the constating documents of the Borrower; |
| (B) | any law applicable to or binding on or affecting the Borrower or its assets; or |
| (C) | any agreement or other document to which the Borrower is a party; |
| (3) | do not and will not, result in, or require or permit: |
| (A) | the imposition of any encumbrances on any properties now owned by the Borrower; or |
5
| (B) | the acceleration of the maturity of any debts owing by the Borrower; |
| (c) | the Borrower has obtained all material consents, authorizations and approvals required to carry on its business as now being conducted and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents and the Warrants; |
| (d) | the Borrower is not in default, and no event or circumstance has occurred which would, with notice, lapse of time or both, result in a default or an event of default, under (i) any indenture, mortgage or deed of trust, or (ii) any agreement or other instrument to which the Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its assets may be bound; |
| (e) | the Borrower has filed all material tax returns which are required to be filed by it and it has paid or remitted when due all taxes, assessments and government charges imposed upon it which if unpaid could result in any charge or other encumbrance on its properties; |
| (f) | no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, and there exists no state of facts or circumstances, which after notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default; |
| (g) | the operations of the Borrower have been carried out at all times in compliance with applicable laws in all material respects; and |
| (h) | there is no material action, suit, litigation or other proceeding (regulatory or otherwise) commenced or threatened against the Borrower or any of its assets. |
| 6. | CONDITIONS PRECEDENT |
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Lender shall not be obligated to advance the Loan unless and until the following conditions have been satisfied to the satisfaction of the Lender (or waived by the Lender in its sole discretion):
| (a) | the Lender shall have received the following documents, each in form and substance to its satisfaction: |
| (1) | this Agreement, the Warrants and the Security Documents, duly executed by the Borrower; |
| (2) | a promissory note in the form as attached in Schedule A hereto (a “Promissory Note”) in respect of the Loan; |
| (3) | a certified copy of resolutions of the board of directors of the Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents, the issuance of the Warrants and the issuance of the warrant shares upon exercise of the Warrants in accordance with the terms thereof; |
| (4) | an irrevocable and unconditional direction as to the application of the proceeds of the Loan signed by the Borrower, including payment of expenses (pursuant to Section 12.2 below); |
6
| (b) | all governmental, regulatory, corporate, shareholder and third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with entry into this Agreement and transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect; |
| (c) | all registrations and filings in connection with the Security Documents have been made to the satisfaction of the Lender; and |
| (d) | no event shall have occurred which constitutes, or which, with notice, the lapse of time, or both, would constitute, an Event of Default. |
| 7. | COVENANTS |
| 7.1 | Positive Covenants |
The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that it will, and will cause its subsidiaries to:
| (a) | pay all amounts of principal, interest and fees on the dates, times and place specified in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; |
| (b) | advise the Lender promptly after the happening of any event which will result in a material adverse change in the financial condition, business, operations, or prospects of the Borrower and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the occurrence of any Event of Default or any default under any other agreement for borrowed money; |
| (c) | do all things necessary to maintain in good standing its and its subsidiaries corporate existence and preserve and keep all material agreements, rights, franchises, licenses, operations, contracts or other arrangements in full force and effect; |
| (d) | pay all taxes, assessments and government charges unless such taxes, assessments, or charges are being contested in good faith and appropriate reserves shall be made with funds set aside in a separate trust fund; |
| (e) | take all necessary actions to ensure that the Security Documents and its obligations thereunder will rank ahead of all other indebtedness of and all other security granted by the Borrower or its subsidiaries, other than Permitted Encumbrances; |
| (f) | maintain adequate insurance on all of its assets, undertakings, and business risks; |
| (g) | permit the Lender or its authorized representatives reasonable access to its premises, and records for purposes of auditing or enforcing its security interests; |
| (h) | comply in all material respects with applicable laws; |
| (i) | promptly notify the Lender on becoming aware of the occurrence of any litigation, dispute, arbitration or other proceeding which would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Borrower and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and which if adversely determined, and from time to time provide the Lender with all reasonable information requested by the Lender concerning the status of any such proceedings; |
7
| (j) | deliver to the Lender: |
| (1) | annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower within one-hundred and twenty (120) days of each year end, accompanied by a management discussion and analysis (in the form required under applicable securities laws); and |
| (2) | quarterly consolidated unaudited financial statements of the Borrower within sixty (60) days of the end of each fiscal quarter, |
provided that, for the purposes of this Section 7.1(j), the Borrower shall be deemed to have complied with this covenant for so long as the foregoing financial statements are disclosed under the Borrower’s profile on SEDAR+;
| (k) | maintain its assets, property, plant and equipment in good repair and working condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted; and |
| (l) | continue to carry on the business currently being carried on by the Borrower and its subsidiaries at the date hereof. |
| 7.2 | Negative Covenants |
The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that it will not and will cause its subsidiaries to not:
| (a) | create, assume, incur or permit the existence of any security interest, mortgage, lien, charge, or other encumbrance whatsoever upon any of its property or assets, other than Permitted Encumbrances; |
| (b) | borrow, create, incur or assume any indebtedness, other than Permitted Indebtedness; |
| (c) | merge or consolidate with any other person, or acquire all or substantially all of the shares, assets or business of any other person or form any subsidiaries; |
| (d) | sell, lease, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of any of its now owned or hereafter acquired assets (including, without limitation, shares of stock and indebtedness of subsidiaries, receivables and leasehold interests), except for inventory disposed of in the ordinary course of business; or |
| (e) | terminate or enter into a surrender of any material lease, license or contractual rights charged under the Security Documents. |
| 8. | DEFAULT |
| 8.1 | Event of Default |
Each of the following events will constitute an “Event of Default” in respect of the Borrower under this Agreement:
| (a) | the Borrower fails to pay the principal amount of the Loan when due or fails to pay interest or fees outstanding under this Agreement within five (5) Business Days of when due; |
8
| (b) | if there is a breach or non-performance or non-observance of any term or condition of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and, if such default is capable to being remedied, the default continues unremedied for ten (10) Business Days after the occurrence thereof; |
| (c) | if the Borrower or any one of its subsidiaries makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, files or presents a petition, makes a proposal or commits any act of bankruptcy, or if any action is taken for the winding up, liquidation or the appointment of a liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy, custodian, curator, sequestrator, receiver or any other officer with similar powers or if a judgment or order shall be entered by any court approving a petition for reorganization, arrangement or composition of or in respect of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries or if the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries is insolvent or declared bankrupt; |
| (d) | if there exists a voluntary or involuntary suspension of business of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries; |
| (e) | if action is taken by an encumbrancer against the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries to take possession of property or enforce proceedings against any assets; |
| (f) | if any final judgment for the payment of monies is made against the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries and it is not discharged within thirty (30) days from the imposition of such judgment; |
| (g) | if there exists an event, the effect of which with lapse of time or the giving of notice, will constitute an event of default or a default under any other agreement for borrowed money entered into by the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries; |
| (h) | if the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries is in default under any other present or future agreement with the Lender or any of the Lender’s subsidiaries, including any other loan agreement, forward foreign exchange transactions, interest rate and currency and/or commodity swaps; |
| (i) | if any of the Loan Documents is not enforceable or if any party to the Loan Documents shall dispute or deny any liability or any of its obligations under the Loan Documents; or |
| (j) | a Change of Control occurs. |
| 8.2 | Remedies |
Upon an Event of Default, the Lender may do all or any of the following:
| (a) | declare the then outstanding balance of the Loan Amount to be immediately due and payable; and |
| (b) | exercise any and all rights, powers, remedies and recourses available to the Lender under this Agreement, the Security Documents, at law, in equity or otherwise. |
9
| 9. | RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PARTIES |
The relationship between the Borrower on one part and the Lender on the other part is that of debtor and creditor, and not of a partnership or joint venture.
| 10. | CRIMINAL INTEREST RATE |
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, the parties hereto agree that no “interest” shall be paid or payable to the Lender in connection with the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan at an annual rate of interest greater than that rate which is one (1%) percent per annum less than the “criminal rate” of interest (the “Maximum Rate”). The Borrower will not pay, and the Lender will not demand from the Borrower, “interest” on the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan which is in excess of the Maximum Rate (any such excess, “Excess Interest”). The parties hereto agree that any “interest” received by the Lender on the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan which could, but for this Section, be construed as Excess Interest, will be automatically applied to the Loan Amount as a repayment on account of the principal balance of the Loan then outstanding. If it is at any time determined that, at the time any Excess Interest was received by the Lender, and there were no, or insufficient, principal monies owing under the Loan to allow for an automatic reduction of the principal balance of the Loan as contemplated above, then the parties hereto agree to reduce the “interest” paid by the Borrower on the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan to the Maximum Rate by either one or a combination of the following:
| (a) | if the Loan Amount has not then been repaid in full, by reducing the “interest” payable thereafter on the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan, if necessary, by reducing the monies payable thereafter on account of interest, until the Excess Interest is repaid to the Borrower in full; or |
| (b) | if the Loan Amount has been repaid in full, or there are insufficient monies due and owing in account of the Loan Amount to allow for a repayment of the Excess Interest in accordance with subparagraph (a) above, by repaying to the Borrower, on demand, that amount which would repay the outstanding Excess Interest in its entirety. |
In this section words or phrases in quotations and which are defined in Section 347 of the Criminal Code of Canada have the meaning set out in that section.
| 11. | GENERAL INDEMNITY |
In addition to any liability of the Borrower to the Lender under any other provision hereof or the other Loan Documents, the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender and hold the Lender harmless against any losses, claims, costs, damages or liabilities (including, without limitation, any loss of profits or fees anticipated hereunder, any expense or cost incurred in the liquidation and re-deployment of funds acquired to fund or maintain any portion of an advance under the Loan and reasonable out of pocket expenses and legal fees on a solicitor-and-his-own-client basis) incurred by the Lender as a result of or in connection with the Loan or the Loan Documents, including as a result of or in connection with:
| (a) | the failure of the Borrower to pay any interest, fee or any other amounts due hereunder on its due date (including, without limitation, a payment pursuant to a Prepayment Notice); or |
10
| (b) | the failure to give any notice required to be given by the Borrower to the Lender hereunder, |
provided that this Section 11 shall not apply to any losses, claims, costs, damages or liabilities suffered by the Lender which arise by reason of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Lender. The provisions of this Section 11 shall survive repayment of the Loan Amount and any other obligations in connection herewith.
| 12. | GENERAL |
| 12.1 | Evidence of Indebtedness |
The Lender shall maintain its books, accounts and records in respect of the Loan, which shall constitute, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lender under the Loan, provided that any failure of the Lender to maintain the books, accounts and records under this Section shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower to pay such amounts to the Lender.
| 12.2 | Lender’s Expenses |
The Borrower shall pay all reasonable expenses (including all applicable taxes thereon) incurred by or on behalf of the Lender in carrying out or attempting to carry out the transaction(s) contemplated hereby to completion (including, without limitations, all legal fees and other costs incurred for the preparation, completion, registration and enforcement of the Loan Documents) up to a maximum of $12,500, and in collecting the Loan Amount or enforcing its rights and remedies under the Loan Documents. Each such expense shall accrue interest in accordance with Section 2.3 from the date it is incurred by or on behalf of the Lender until such expense and the interest thereon are fully paid upon demand.
| 12.3 | Gross-Up; Withholding |
All amounts payable by the Borrower under this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall, unless otherwise required by applicable laws, be made free and clear of, and without deduction for, any amount in respect of withholding taxes. If the Borrower is required to deduct or withhold any amount in respect of taxes from or in respect of any amount payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, then:
| (a) | the Borrower shall pay to the applicable payee an additional amount as may be necessary so that the net amount received by that payee after such deduction or withholding shall not be less than the amount such payee would have received if no such deduction or withholding had been made; |
| (b) | the Borrower shall make such deductions or withholdings; and |
| (c) | the Borrower shall remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing authority in accordance with applicable laws, and provide evidence thereof to the Lender. |
| 12.4 | Governing Law |
This Agreement shall in all respects be governed by and be construed in accordance with the laws of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein, without giving effect to any choice of Law or conflict of Law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the Province of British Columbia.
11
| 12.5 | Currency |
Unless otherwise specified, all references to money herein and in any other Loan Documents mean the lawful money of Canada.
| 12.6 | Judgment Currency |
If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or under any other Loan Documents to the Lender in one currency (the “Original Currency”) into another currency (the “Judgment Currency”), the parties agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures Royal Bank of Canada (or such other Canadian chartered banks as the Lender may designate in its sole discretion) could purchase the Original Currency with the Judgment Currency on the Business Day preceding that on which the judgment is paid or satisfied in full. The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due in the Original Currency from it to the Lender under any Loan Document shall, notwithstanding any judgment in any Judgment Currency, be discharged only to the extent that, on the Business Day following receipt by the Lender of any sum adjudged to be so due in such Judgment Currency, the Lender may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Original Currency with such Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Original Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Lender in the Original Currency, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Lender against such loss and, if the amount of the Original Currency so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to the Lender in the Original Currency, the Lender agrees to remit such excess to the Borrower.
| 12.7 | Severability |
If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction from which no further appeal lies or is taken, that provision shall be deemed to be severed herefrom, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby and shall remain valid and enforceable.
| 12.8 | Entire Agreement |
This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are intended by the Borrower and the Lender to be the final, complete, and exclusive expression of the agreement between the Borrower on one part and the Lender on the other part relating to the Loan, and they supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, among the parties relating to the same subject matter.
| 12.9 | Non-Merger |
All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution, delivery and the registration of the Security Documents and other Loan Documents and the advance made on account of the Loan.
12
| 12.10 | Notice |
Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement or the Loan Documents shall be in writing and delivered in person, or sent by e-mail transmission, or by mail, as follows:
| (a) | in the case of the Borrower: |
[***]
Attention: Jacob Safarik
e-mail: [***]
with a copy to:
Norton Rose Fulbright Canada LLP
[***]
Attention: Kristopher Miks
e-mail: [***]
| (b) | in the case of the Lender: |
[***]
Attention: JJ Wilson
E-mail: [***]
Any notice so given will be deemed to have been given and received at the time of delivery in person, or on the next Business Day following the day of fax or e-mail transmission of the same, or on five (5) Business Days after the date of posting. Any party hereto may from time to time by notice in writing change its address or the designated recipient for the purposes of this Section.
| 12.11 | Further Assurance |
The Borrower will perform, execute and deliver all such further acts, documents, instruments and matters as the Lender may reasonably require from time to time to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
| 12.12 | Assignment by the Borrower |
The Borrower may not assign or transfer its rights, interests in and obligations under this Agreement to another person, without the Lender’s prior written consent.
13
| 12.13 | Enurement |
This Agreement shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of the Borrower and the Lender and their respective personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.
| 12.14 | Counterparts |
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument, and all such counterparts may be delivered by way of facsimile transmission or in PDF by e-mail to the other party.
| 12.15 | Conflict |
In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement will prevail to the extent of such conflict or inconsistency.
[Signature Pages Follow.]
14
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto execute this Agreement on the date first above written.
| Lender: | ||
| CATCHER INVESTMENTS LIMITED | ||
| Per: | “/s/ JJ Wilson” | |
| JJ Wilson | ||
| Borrower: | ||
| OPTIMI HEALTH CORP. | ||
| Per: | “/s/ Jacob Safarik” | |
| Jacob Safarik | ||
SCHEDULE A
FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE
| Principal: Canadian $1,000,000 | August 4, 2023 |
For value received, the undersigned, OPTIMI HEALTH CORP. (the Borrower) hereby promises to pay to CATCHER INVESTMENTS LIMITED (the Lender), or to its order, the principal amount of ONE MILLION DOLLARS in lawful money of Canada ($1,000,000) on the Maturity Date.
This promissory note is made subject to the terms of the Loan Agreement dated August 4, 2023 (the Loan Agreement) between the Borrower and the Lender. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this promissory note have the meanings given in the Loan Agreement. Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of this promissory note in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement.
The undersigned waives any grace period, presentment for payment, notice of non-payment, protest, notice of protest and notice of dishonour. This promissory note will be governed by, and is to be construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.
| OPTIMI HEALTH CORP. | ||
| Per: |
| |
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
Exhibit 10.5
Certain identified information has been excluded from the exhibit by means of marking such information with brackets and asterisks because such information is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.
GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT (the “Security Agreement”) is dated for reference August 4, 2023.
| BETWEEN: | |
OPTIMI HEALTH CORP., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the “Debtor”)
| AND: | |
CATCHER INVESTMENTS LIMITED, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the “Secured Party”)
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the Debtor hereby covenants, agrees, warrants, represents, acknowledges and confirms to and with the Secured Party and creates and grants the mortgages, charges and security interests hereinafter set forth, as follows:
| 1. | SECURITY INTEREST |
| 1.1 | Grant of Security Interest |
For the consideration aforesaid and as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations (as hereinafter defined), the Debtor, subject to the exceptions set out in Section 2 hereof, does hereby:
| (a) | mortgage and charge as and by way of a fixed and specific charge to and in favour of the Secured Party and assign and transfer to the Secured Party and grant to the Secured Party, by way of mortgage, charge, assignment and transfer, a security interest in all the Debtor’s right, title and interest, both present and future, in and to all of its presently owned or held and after acquired or held personal property, of whatever nature or kind and wheresoever situate and all proceeds and renewals thereof and therefrom, accretions thereto and substitutions therefor, including, without limitation, all of the following now owned or hereafter owned or acquired by or on behalf of the Debtor: |
| (1) | all inventory of whatever kind and wherever situate, including, without limitation, goods acquired or held for sale or lease or furnished or to be furnished under contracts of rental or service, all raw materials, work in process, finished goods, returned goods, repossessed goods, and all packaging materials, supplies and containers relating to or used or consumed in connection with any of the foregoing (all of which is hereinafter collectively called the “Inventory”); |
| (2) | all equipment (other than Inventory) of whatever kind and wherever situate, including, without limitation, all machinery, tools, apparatus, plant, fixtures, furniture, furnishings, chattels, motor vehicles, vessels and other tangible personal property of whatsoever nature or kind that is not Inventory, and all parts, components, attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions and improvements to any of the foregoing (all of which is hereinafter collectively called the “Equipment”); |
| (3) | all book accounts and book debts and generally all accounts, debts, dues, claims, choses in action and demands of every nature and kind howsoever arising or secured including letters of credit and advices of credit, which are now due, owing or accruing or growing due to or owned by or which may hereafter become due, owing or accruing or growing due to or owned by the Debtor (all of which is hereinafter collectively called the “Accounts”); |
| (4) | all deeds, documents, writings, papers, books of account and other books and electronically recorded data relating to or being records of Accounts, Chattel Paper or Documents of Title or by which such are or may hereafter be secured, evidenced, acknowledged or made payable; |
| (5) | all contractual rights, insurance claims, licences, goodwill, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights and other industrial or intellectual property of the Debtor, all other choses in action of the Debtor of every kind which now are, or which may at any time hereafter be, due or owing to or owned by the Debtor, and all other intangible property of the Debtor which is not Accounts, Chattel Paper, Instruments, Documents of Title, Investment Property or Money; |
| (6) | all Money; |
| (7) | all property described in Schedule A attached hereto, if so attached, or in any schedule now or at any time hereafter annexed hereto or agreed to form part hereof; |
| (8) | the undertaking of the Debtor; and |
| (9) | all Chattel Paper, Documents of Title (whether negotiable or not), Instruments, Intangibles and Investment Property now owned or hereafter owned or acquired by or on behalf of the Debtor (including such as may be returned to or repossessed by the Debtor), and all other goods of the Debtor which are not Equipment, Inventory or Accounts; |
| (b) | charge as and by way of a floating charge to and in favour of the Secured Party, and grant to the Secured Party a security interest in and to: |
| (1) | all the Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to all its presently owned or held and after acquired or held real, immovable and leasehold property and all interests therein, and all easements, rights-of-way, privileges, benefits, licences, improvements and rights whether connected therewith or appurtenant thereto or separately owned or held, including all structures, plant and other fixtures (all of which is hereinafter collectively called “Real Property”); and |
| (2) | all property, assets and undertakings of the Debtor, both present and future, of whatsoever nature or kind and wheresoever situate, and all Proceeds thereof and therefrom, other than such of its property, assets and undertakings as are otherwise validly and effectively subject to the charges and security interests in favour of the Secured Party created pursuant to Section 1.1(a) hereof; and |
| (c) | mortgage and charge as and by way of a fixed and specific charge to and in favour of the Secured Party, and assign and transfer to the Secured Party and grant to the Secured Party, by way of mortgage, charge, assignment and transfer, a security interest in all of the Debtor’s right, title and interest, both present and future, in and to all of its presently owned or held and after acquired or held property which: |
| (1) | is or hereafter becomes a fixture; or |
Page 2
| (2) | constitutes a licence, quota, permit or other similar right or benefit or crops. |
The mortgages, charges, assignments and transfers and security interests created or granted pursuant to Sections 1.1 (a), (b) and (c) hereof are hereinafter collectively called the “Security Interest”, and all property, assets, interests and undertakings (including Proceeds) subject to the Security Interest or otherwise charged or secured hereby or expressed to be charged, assigned or transferred or secured by any instruments supplemental hereto or in implementation hereof are hereinafter collectively called the “Collateral”.
| 2. | EXCEPTIONS |
The Security Interest granted hereby shall not extend or apply to and the Collateral shall not extend to or include:
| (a) | Consumer Goods; or |
| (b) | the last day of the term of any lease or agreement therefor but upon the enforcement of the Security Interest the Debtor shall stand possessed of such last day in trust to assign and dispose thereof as the Secured Party shall direct. |
| 3. | SECURED OBLIGATIONS |
This Security Agreement and the Security Interest are in addition to and not in substitution for any other security interest now or hereafter held by the Secured Party from the Debtor or from any other person whomsoever and shall be general and continuing security for the payment, performance and satisfaction of the Secured Obligations.
| 4. | PROHIBITIONS |
Without the prior written consent of the Secured Party, the Debtor shall not and shall not have power to:
| (a) | grant, create or permit to be created any security interest in, charge, encumbrance or lien over, or claim against any of its property, assets, or undertakings which ranks or could in any event rank in priority to or pari passu with the Security Interest; |
| (b) | grant, sell, or otherwise assign its Chattel Paper; or |
| (c) | issue or have outstanding at any time any secured or unsecured bonds, debentures, debenture stock or other evidences of indebtedness of the Debtor or of any predecessor in title of the Debtor issued under a trust deed or other instrument running in favour of a trustee. |
| 5. | ATTACHMENT |
The Debtor acknowledges that the Security Interest attaches upon the execution of this Security Agreement (or in the case of any after acquired property, at the time of acquisition thereof), that value has been given, and that the Debtor has, or in the case of after acquired property will have at the time of acquisition, rights in the Collateral.
Page 3
| 6. | REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
The Debtor represents and warrants to the Secured Party that:
| (a) | the Debtor lawfully owns and possesses all presently held Collateral and has good title thereto, free from all security interests, charges, encumbrances, liens and claims, save only the charges or security interests, if any, shown in any Schedule hereto and those consented to in writing by the Secured Party, and the Debtor has good right and lawful authority to grant a security interest in the Collateral as provided by this Security Agreement; |
| (b) | where the Collateral includes Accounts, Chattel Paper or Instruments, each is enforceable in accordance with its terms against the party obligated thereunder and that the Debtor has fully and accurately disclosed to the Secured Party the amount owing thereunder and any other relevant information concerning liability for payment thereunder; |
| (c) | with respect to goods constituting Collateral, the Debtor has herein or elsewhere fully and accurately disclosed to the Secured Party the locations thereof and of the business operations and records of the Debtor; and |
| (d) | the Debtor has not consented to the entering into by: (A) any issuer of any Uncertificated Securities included in or relating to the Collateral of a Control Agreement; or (B) any Securities Intermediary for any Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements included in or relating to the Collateral of a Control Agreement, other than, in either case, the Secured Party. |
| 7. | COVENANTS OF THE DEBTOR |
| 7.1 | General Covenants |
The Debtor covenants and agrees with the Secured Party that at all times while this Security Agreement remains in effect the Debtor will:
| (a) | defend the title to the Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Party against the claims and demands of all persons; |
| (b) | fully and effectually maintain and keep maintained the validity and effectiveness of the Security Interest; |
| (c) | maintain the Collateral in good order and repair; |
| (d) | forthwith pay: |
| (1) | all taxes, assessments, rates, duties, levies, government fees, claims, dues and other charges of every nature which may be lawfully levied, assessed or imposed upon it or the Collateral when due, unless the Debtor shall in good faith contest its obligations so to pay and shall furnish such security as the Secured Party may require; and |
| (2) | all security interests, charges, encumbrances, liens and claims which rank or could in any event rank in priority to the Security Interest, other than the charges or security interests, if any, shown in any Schedule hereto and those consented to in writing by the Secured Party; |
| (e) | forthwith reimburse and indemnify the Secured Party for all costs, charges, expenses and legal fees and disbursements which may be incurred by the Secured Party in: |
| (1) | inspecting the Collateral; |
Page 4
| (2) | negotiating, preparing, perfecting and registering this Security Agreement or notice of it and other documents, whether or not relating to this Security Agreement; |
| (3) | investigating title to the Collateral; |
| (4) | taking, recovering, keeping possession of and insuring the Collateral; and |
| (5) | all other actions and proceedings taken in connection with the preservation of the Collateral and the enforcement of this Security Agreement and of any other Security Interest held by the Secured Party as security for the Secured Obligations; |
| (f) | at the Secured Party’s request at any time and from time to time, execute and deliver such further and other documents and instruments and do all acts and things as the Secured Party in its absolute discretion requires in order to confirm and perfect, and maintain perfection of, the Security Interest in favour of the Secured Party upon any of the Collateral; |
| (g) | notify the Secured Party promptly of: |
| (1) | any change in the information contained herein relating to the Debtor, its address, its business or the Collateral, including without limitation any change of name or address of the Debtor and any change in location of any Collateral; |
| (2) | the details of any material acquisition of Collateral; |
| (3) | any material loss or damage to the Collateral; |
| (4) | any material default by any account debtor in payment or other performance of his obligations to the Debtor with respect to any Accounts; |
| (5) | the return to or repossession by the Debtor of the Collateral where such return or repossession of the Collateral is material in relation to the business of the Debtor; and |
| (6) | the details of any claims or litigation affecting the Debtor or the Collateral; |
| (h) | prevent the Collateral, other than Inventory sold, leased, or otherwise disposed of as permitted hereby, from being or becoming an accession to other property not covered by this Security Agreement; |
| (i) | permit the Secured Party and its representatives, at all reasonable times, access to all its property, assets and undertakings and to all its books of account and records for the purpose of inspection and render all assistance necessary for such inspection; |
| (j) | deliver to the Secured Party from time to time promptly upon request: |
| (1) | any Documents of Title, Instruments, Investment Property and Chattel Paper constituting, representing or relating to Collateral; |
Page 5
| (2) | all books of account and all records, ledgers, reports, correspondence, schedules, documents, statements, lists and other writings relating to the Collateral for the purpose of inspecting, auditing or copying the same; |
| (3) | all financial statements prepared by or for the Debtor regarding the Debtor’s business; |
| (4) | all policies and certificates of insurance relating to the Collateral; and |
| (5) | such information concerning the Collateral, the Debtor and the Debtor’s business and affairs as the Secured Party may reasonably require; |
| (k) | carry on and conduct the business of the Debtor in a proper and efficient manner and so as to protect and preserve the Collateral and to keep, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, proper books of account for the Debtor’s business as well as accurate and complete records concerning Collateral; |
| (l) | observe and perform the additional covenants, if any, set out in any schedule attached hereto; |
| (m) | will not consent to: |
| (1) | the entering into by any issuer of any Uncertificated Securities included in or relating to the Collateral of a Control Agreement in respect of such Uncertificated Securities with any Person other than the Secured Party or such nominee or agent as it may direct; or |
| (2) | the entering into by any Securities Intermediary for any Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements included in or relating to the Collateral of a Control Agreement with respect to such Securities Accounts or Securities Entitlements with any Person other than the Secured Party or such nominee or agent as it may direct; and |
| (n) | promptly upon request from time to time by the Secured Party, the Debtor shall: |
| (1) | enter into and use reasonable commercial efforts to cause any Securities Intermediary for any Securities Accounts or Securities Entitlements included in or relating to the Collateral to enter into a Control Agreement with the Secured Party with respect to such Securities Accounts or Securities Entitlements as the Secured Party requires in form and substance satisfactory to the Secured Party; and/or |
| (2) | enter into and use reasonable commercial efforts to cause any issuer of any Uncertificated Securities included in or relating to the Collateral to enter into a Control Agreement with the Secured Party with respect to such Uncertificated Securities in form and substance satisfactory to the Secured Party. |
| 7.2 | Covenants Regarding Collateral |
Except as herein provided, without the prior written consent of the Secured Party, the Debtor will not:
| (a) | sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the Collateral; |
| (b) | release, surrender or abandon possession of the Collateral; or |
Page 6
| (c) | move or transfer the Collateral from the jurisdiction or jurisdictions in which the Security Interest has been perfected. |
| 7.3 | Dealings With Collateral |
Provided that the Debtor is not in default under this Security Agreement, at any time without the consent of the Secured Party the Debtor may lease, sell, license, consign or otherwise deal with items of Inventory in the ordinary course of its business and for the purposes of carrying on its business.
| 8. | INSURANCE |
| 8.1 | Covenants Regarding Insurance |
The Debtor covenants that at all times while this Security Agreement is in effect the Debtor shall:
| (a) | maintain or cause to be maintained insurance on the Collateral with an insurer, of kinds, for amounts and payable to such person or persons, all as the Secured Party may require, and in particular but without limitation maintain insurance on the Collateral to its full insurable value against loss or damage by fire including extended coverage endorsement and in the case of motor vehicles and other mobile Collateral, maintain insurance against theft; |
| (b) | cause the insurance policy or policies required hereunder to be assigned to the Secured Party and have as part thereof a standard mortgage clause or a mortgage endorsement, as appropriate; and |
| (c) | pay all premiums in connection with such insurance, and deliver all such policies to the Secured Party, if it so requires. |
| 8.2 | Application of Insurance Proceeds |
If proceeds of any insurance required hereunder become payable the Secured Party may, in its absolute discretion, apply such proceeds to such part or parts of the Secured Obligations as the Secured Party may see fit or the Secured Party may release any such insurance proceeds to the Debtor for the purpose of repairing, replacing or rebuilding, but any release of insurance proceeds to the Debtor shall not operate as a payment on account of the Secured Obligations or in any way affect this Security Agreement.
| 8.3 | Proof of Loss |
The Debtor will forthwith, on the happening of loss or damage to the Collateral, notify the Secured Party thereof and furnish to the Secured Party at the Debtor’s expense any necessary proof and do any necessary act to enable the Secured Party to obtain payment of the insurance proceeds, but nothing herein contained shall limit the Secured Party’s right to submit to the insurer a proof of loss on its own behalf.
| 8.4 | Secured Party as Loss Payee |
The Debtor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the insurer under any policy of insurance required hereunder to include the name of the Secured Party as a loss payee on any cheque or draft which may be issued with respect to a claim under and by virtue of such insurance, and the production by the Secured Party to any insurer of a certified copy of this Security Agreement shall be its full and complete authority for so doing.
Page 7
| 8.5 | Failure to Maintain Insurance Coverage |
If the Debtor fails to maintain insurance as required hereby, the Secured Party may, but shall not be obliged to, maintain or effect such insurance coverage, or so much thereof as the Secured Party considers necessary for its protection.
| 9. | USE AND VERIFICATION OF COLLATERAL |
Subject to compliance with the Debtor’s covenants contained herein and Section 11 hereof, the Debtor may, until default, possess, operate, collect, use and enjoy and deal with the Collateral in the ordinary course of the Debtor’s business in any manner not inconsistent with the provisions hereof; provided always that the Secured Party shall have the right at any time and from time to time to verify the existence and state of the Collateral in any manner the Secured Party may consider appropriate and the Debtor agrees to furnish all assistance and information and to perform all such acts as the Secured Party may reasonably request in connection therewith and for such purpose to grant to the Secured Party or its agents access to all places where the Collateral may be located and to all premises occupied by the Debtor.
| 10. | INVESTMENT PROPERTY |
If Collateral at any time includes Investment Property, the Debtor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to transfer the same or any part thereof into its own name or that of its nominee(s) so that the Secured Party or its nominee(s) may appear on record as the sole owner thereof; provided that, until default, the Secured Party shall deliver promptly to the Debtor all notices or other communications received by it or its nominee(s) as such registered owner and, upon demand and receipt of payment of any necessary expenses thereof, shall issue to the Debtor or its order a proxy to vote and take all action with respect to such Investment Property. After default, the Debtor waives all rights to receive any notices or communications received by the Secured Party or its nominee(s) as such registered owner and agrees that no proxy issued by the Secured Party to the Debtor or its order as aforesaid shall thereafter be effective.
To the extent that Investment Property includes an interest in or unit certificates in a partnership or a limited liability company, the Debtor represents and warrants that the terms of any interest in such partnership or limited liability company provide that such interest is a “security” for the purposes of the STA and in the event that the terms of any interest in a partnership or limited liability company does not so provide, the Debtor agrees to amend the terms with respect to such partnership or limited liability company to expressly provide that such interest is a “security” for the purposes of the STA.
| 11. | COLLECTION OF DEBTS |
After default under this Security Agreement, without notice to the Debtor, the Secured Party may notify all or any account debtors of the Debtor of the Security Interest and may also direct such account debtors to make all payments on Collateral to the Secured Party. The Debtor acknowledges that any payments on or other proceeds of Collateral received by the Debtor from account debtors, after notification of this Security Interest to account debtors and after default under this Security Agreement shall be received and held by the Debtor in trust for the Secured Party and shall be turned over to the Secured Party upon request.
Page 8
| 12. | INCOME FROM AND INTEREST ON COLLATERAL |
| 12.1 | Income Until Default |
Until default, the Debtor reserves the right to receive any money constituting income from or interest on Collateral and if the Secured Party receives any such money prior to default, the Secured Party shall either credit the same against the Secured Obligations or pay the same promptly to the Debtor.
| 12.2 | Income After Default |
After default, the Debtor will not request or receive any money constituting income from or interest on Collateral and if the Debtor receives any such money in any event, the Debtor will hold such money in trust for the Secured Party and will pay the same promptly to the Secured Party.
| 13. | INCREASES, PROFITS, PAYMENTS OR DISTRIBUTIONS |
| 13.1 | Receipt by Secured Party |
Whether or not default has occurred, the Debtor authorizes the Secured Party:
| (a) | to receive any increase in or profits on the Collateral (other than money) and to hold the same as part of the Collateral. Money so received shall be treated as income for the purposes of Section 12 hereof and dealt with accordingly; and |
| (b) | to receive any payment or distribution upon redemption or retirement or upon dissolution and liquidation of the issuer of Collateral; to surrender such Collateral in exchange therefor; and to hold any such payment or distribution as part of Collateral. |
| 13.2 | Receipt by Debtor |
If the Debtor receives any such increase or profits (other than money) or payments or distributions, the Debtor will deliver the same promptly to the Secured Party to be held by the Secured Party as herein provided.
| 14. | DISPOSITION OF MONIES |
Subject to any applicable requirements of the Act, all monies collected or received by the Secured Party pursuant to or in exercise of any right it possesses with respect to Collateral shall be applied on account of the Secured Obligations in such manner as the Secured Party deems best or, at the option of the Secured Party, may be held unappropriated in a collateral account or released to the Debtor, all without prejudice to the liability of the Debtor or the rights of the Secured Party hereunder, and any surplus shall be accounted for as required by law.
| 15. | PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS |
If the Debtor fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, the Secured Party may, but shall not be obliged to, perform any or all of such obligations without prejudice to any other rights and remedies of the Secured Party hereunder, and any payments made and any costs, charges, expenses and legal fees and disbursements (on a solicitor and own client basis) incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Debtor to the Secured Party forthwith with interest until paid at the highest rate borne by any of the Secured Obligations and such amounts shall be secured hereby and rank prior to all claims subsequent to this Security Agreement.
Page 9
| 16. | DEFAULT |
| 16.1 | Events of Default |
The occurrence of an Event of Default under any one or more of the Loan Documents shall constitute default hereunder (each a “default”) unless remedied by the Debtor in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Loan Document or waived by the Secured Party.
| 16.2 | Floating Charge |
For all purposes, including without limitation any application to register a crystallized floating charge under the Land Title Act (British Columbia) and other similar legislation in all applicable jurisdictions against any Real Property, the floating charge created by this Security Agreement shall be crystallized and become a fixed charge upon the earliest of:
| (a) | the occurrence of an Event of Default; or |
| (b) | the Secured Party taking any action pursuant to Section 17 hereof to enforce and realize upon any or all of the Security Interest created by this Security Agreement, |
and in any event upon the appointment by the Secured Party of a Receiver pursuant to Section 17 hereof.
| 16.3 | Consolidation |
In accordance with the Property Law Act (British Columbia), the doctrine of consolidation applies to this Security Agreement.
| 17. | ENFORCEMENT |
| 17.1 | Rights of Secured Party on Default |
Upon any default under this Security Agreement, the security hereby constituted will immediately become enforceable. To enforce and realize on the security constituted by this Security Agreement the Secured Party may take any action permitted by law or in equity, as it may deem expedient, and in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Secured Party may do any of the following:
| (a) | appoint by instrument a receiver, receiver and manager or receiver-manager (the person so appointed is hereinafter called the “Receiver”) of the Collateral, with or without bond as the Secured Party may determine, and from time to time in its absolute discretion remove such Receiver and appoint another in its stead; |
| (b) | enter upon any premises of the Debtor and take possession of the Collateral with power to exclude the Debtor, its agents and its servants therefrom, without becoming liable as a mortgagee in possession; |
| (c) | preserve, protect and maintain the Collateral and make such replacements thereof and repairs and additions thereto as the Secured Party may deem advisable; |
| (d) | sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral, whether by public or private sale or lease or otherwise, in such manner, at such price as can be reasonably obtained therefor and on such terms as to credit and with such conditions of sale and stipulations as to title or conveyance or evidence of title or otherwise as to the Secured Party may seem reasonable, provided that if any sale, lease or other disposition is on credit the Debtor will not be entitled to be credited with the proceeds of any such sale, lease or other disposition until the monies therefor are actually received; |
Page 10
| (e) | exercise all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Act; and |
| (f) | the Secured Party may sell, transfer or use any Investment Property included in the Collateral of which the Secured Party or its agent has “control” within the meaning of the STA. |
| 17.2 | Receiver |
A Receiver appointed pursuant to this Security Agreement shall be the agent of the Debtor and not of the Secured Party and the Secured Party shall not be in any way responsible for any misconduct, negligence or non-feasance on the part of any Receiver, its servants, agents or employees. A Receiver shall, to the extent permitted by law or to such lesser extent permitted by its appointment, have all the powers of the Secured Party hereunder, and in addition shall have power to carry on the business of the Debtor and for such purpose to enter upon, use and occupy all premises owned or occupied by the Debtor wherein Collateral may be situate, maintain Collateral upon such premises, use Collateral directly or indirectly in carrying on the Debtor’s business and from time to time to borrow money either unsecured or secured by a security interest in any of the Collateral.
| 17.3 | Proceeds of Realization |
Subject to the claims, if any, of the creditors of the Debtor ranking in priority to this Security Agreement, all amounts realized from the disposition of Collateral pursuant to this Security Agreement will be applied as the Secured Party, in its absolute discretion, may direct or as follows:
| (a) | in payment of all costs, charges and expenses (including legal fees and disbursements on a solicitor and his own client basis) incurred by the Secured Party in connection with or incidental to: |
| (1) | the exercise by the Secured Party of all or any of the powers granted to it pursuant to this Security Agreement; and |
| (2) | the appointment of the Receiver and the exercise by the Receiver of all or any of the powers granted to it pursuant to this Security Agreement, including the Receiver’s reasonable remuneration and all outgoings properly payable by the Receiver excluding the Receiver’s borrowings; |
| (b) | in payment of any sum or sums borrowed by the Receiver from the Secured Party and interest thereon if such sum or sums are secured by the Collateral; |
| (c) | in or toward payment to the Secured Party of all principal and other monies (except interest) due in respect of the Secured Obligations; |
| (d) | in or toward payment to the Secured Party of all interest remaining unpaid in respect of the Secured Obligations; and |
| (e) | in or toward payment of any sum or sums borrowed by the Receiver from any financial institution, corporation or person other than the Secured Party and interest thereon if such sum or sums are secured by the Collateral. |
Subject to applicable law and the claims, if any, of other creditors of the Debtor, any surplus will be paid to the Debtor.
Page 11
| 17.4 | Immediate Exercise of Rights |
The Debtor agrees that the Secured Party may exercise its rights and remedies hereunder immediately upon default, except as may be otherwise provided in the Act, and the Debtor hereby expressly confirms that except as may be otherwise provided herein or in the Act, the Secured Party has not given any covenant, express or implied, and is under no obligation to allow the Debtor any period of time to remedy any default prior to the Secured Party exercising its rights and remedies hereunder.
| 18. | DEFICIENCY |
If the amounts realized from the disposition of the Collateral are not sufficient to pay the Secured Obligations in full, the Debtor will immediately pay to the Secured Party the amount of such deficiency.
| 19. | RIGHTS CUMULATIVE |
All rights and remedies of the Secured Party set out in this Security Agreement are cumulative and no right or remedy contained herein is intended to be exclusive but each will be in addition to every other right or remedy contained herein or in any existing or future security agreement or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity or by statute, or pursuant to any other agreement between the Debtor and the Secured Party that may be in effect from time to time.
| 20. | LIABILITY OF SECURED PARTY |
The Secured Party shall not be responsible or liable for any debts contracted by it, for damages to persons or property or for salaries or non-fulfilment of contracts during any period when the Secured Party shall manage the Collateral upon entry, as herein provided, nor shall the Secured Party be liable to account as mortgagee in possession or for anything except actual receipts or be liable for any loss on realization or for any default or omission for which a mortgagee in possession may be liable. The Secured Party shall not be bound to do, observe or perform or to see to the observance or performance by the Debtor of any obligations or covenants imposed upon the Debtor nor shall the Secured Party, in the case of Investment Property, Instruments or Chattel Paper, be obliged to preserve rights against other persons, nor shall the Secured Party be obliged to keep any of the Collateral identifiable. The Debtor hereby waives any applicable provision of law permitted to be waived by it which imposes higher or greater obligations upon the Secured Party than aforesaid.
| 21. | APPOINTMENT OF ATTORNEY |
The Debtor hereby irrevocably appoints the Secured Party or the Receiver, as the case may be, with full power of substitution, to be the attorney of the Debtor for and in the name of the Debtor to sign, endorse or execute under seal or otherwise any deeds, documents, transfers, cheques, instruments, demands, assignments, assurances or consents that the Debtor is obliged to sign, endorse or execute and generally to use the name of the Debtor and to do all things as may be necessary or incidental to the exercise of all or any of the powers conferred on the Secured Party or the Receiver, as the case may be, pursuant to this Security Agreement.
| 22. | ACCOUNTS |
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Security Agreement, the Secured Party may collect, realize, sell or otherwise deal with the Accounts or any part thereof in such manner, upon such terms and conditions and at such time or times, whether before or after default, as may seem to it advisable, and without notice to the Debtor, except in the case of disposition after default and then subject to the provisions of Part V of the Act. All monies or other forms of payment received by the Debtor in payment of any Account will be received and held by the Debtor in trust for the Secured Party.
Page 12
| 23. | APPROPRIATION OF PAYMENTS |
Any and all payments made in respect of the Secured Obligations from time to time and monies realized from any security interests held therefor (including monies collected in accordance with or realized on any enforcement of this Security Agreement) may be applied to such part or parts of the Secured Obligations as the Secured Party may see fit, and the Secured Party may at all times and from time to time change any appropriation as the Secured Party may see fit.
| 24. | LIABILITY TO ADVANCE |
None of the preparation, execution, perfection and registration of this Security Agreement or notice hereof or the advance of any monies shall bind the Secured Party to make any advance or loan or further advance or loan, or renew any note or extend any time for payment of any indebtedness or liability of the Debtor to the Secured Party.
| 25. | WAIVER |
The Secured Party may from time to time and at any time waive in whole or in part any right, benefit or default under any clause of this Security Agreement but any such waiver of any right, benefit or default on any occasion shall be deemed not to be a waiver of any such right, benefit or default thereafter, or of any other right, benefit or default, as the case may be, and no delay or omission by the Secured Party in exercising any right or remedy hereunder or with respect to any default shall operate as a waiver thereof or of any other right or remedy.
| 26. | NOTICE |
Notice may be given by any party in writing and shall be well and sufficiently given if sent by prepaid registered mail, by delivery, or by facsimile transmission to the party for whom it is intended, at the address or transmitted to the facsimile number herein provided, or to such other address or to such other facsimile number as may be set forth in any notice given pursuant to these notice provisions from time to time. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given and received:
| (a) | if delivered, when delivered; |
| (b) | if mailed by prepaid registered mail when there is no known or anticipated disruption of postal services, on the /third business day following that on which it was mailed; and |
| (c) | if sent by facsimile transmission, on the close of business on the day on which it was transmitted. |
| 27. | EXTENSIONS |
The Secured Party may grant extensions of time and other indulgences, take and give up security, accept compositions, compound, compromise, settle, grant releases and discharges, refrain from perfecting or maintaining perfection of the Security Interest, and otherwise deal with the Debtor, account debtors of the Debtor, sureties and others and with the Collateral, the Security Interest and other security interests as the Secured Party may see fit without prejudice to the liability of the Debtor or the Secured Party’s right to hold and realize on the security constituted by this Security Agreement.
| 28. | NO MERGER |
This Security Agreement shall not operate so as to create any merger or discharge of any of the Secured Obligations, or of any assignment, transfer, guarantee, lien, mortgage, contract, promissory note, bill of exchange or security interest of any form held or which may hereafter be held by the Secured Party from the Debtor or from any other person whomsoever. The taking of a judgment with respect to any of the Secured Obligations will not operate as a merger of any of the covenants contained in this Security Agreement.
Page 13
| 29. | ASSIGNMENT |
The Secured Party may, without further notice to the Debtor, at any time assign, transfer or grant a security interest in this Security Agreement and the Security Interest. The Debtor expressly agrees that the assignee, transferee or secured party, as the case may be, shall have all of the Secured Party’s rights and remedies under this Security Agreement and the Debtor will not assert any defence, counterclaim, right of set-off or otherwise with respect to any claim which the Debtor now has or hereafter acquires against the Secured Party in any action commenced by such assignee, transferee or secured party, as the case may be, and will pay the Secured Obligations to the assignee, transferee or secured party, as the case may be, as the Secured Obligations become due.
| 30. | SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE |
Any partial payment or satisfaction of the Secured Obligations, or any ceasing by the Debtor to be indebted to the Secured Party, shall be deemed not to be a redemption or discharge of this Security Agreement. The Debtor shall be entitled to a release and discharge of this Security Agreement upon full payment and satisfaction of all Secured Obligations and upon written request by the Debtor and payment to the Secured Party of a discharge fee to be fixed by the Secured Party and payment and of all costs, charges, expenses and legal fees and disbursements (on a solicitor and own client basis) incurred by the Secured Party in connection with the Secured Obligations and such release and discharge.
| 31. | ENUREMENT |
This Security Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.
| 32. | INTERPRETATION |
| 32.1 | Defined Terms |
In this Security Agreement:
| (a) | “Act” means the Personal Property Security Act of British Columbia and all regulations thereunder as the same may be amended from time to time; |
| (b) | “Collateral” has the meaning set out in Section 1 hereof and any reference to Collateral shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be deemed a reference to Collateral as a whole or any part thereof; |
| (c) | “Control Agreement” means: |
| (1) | with respect to any Uncertificated Security included in the Collateral, an agreement between the issuer of such Uncertificated Securities and another Person whereby such issuer agrees to comply with instructions that are originated by such Person in respect of such Uncertificated Security, without the further consent of the Debtor; and |
| (2) | with respect to any Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements included in the Collateral, an agreement between the Securities Intermediary in respect of such Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements to comply with any Entitlement Orders with respect to such Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements that are originated by Secured Party, without the further consent of the Debtor; |
Page 14
| (d) | “Debtor” and the personal pronoun “it” or “its” and any verb relating thereto and used therewith shall be read and construed as required by and in accordance with the context in which such words are used depending upon whether the Debtor is one or more individuals, corporations or partnerships and, if more than one, shall apply to and be binding upon each of them jointly and severally; |
| (e) | “Event of Default” means an “Event of Default” under the Loan Agreement; |
| (f) | “licence” means any licence or similar right at any time owned or held by the Debtor including but without being limited to a “licence” as defined in the Act; |
| (g) | “Loan Agreement” means the loan agreement dated for reference August 4, 2023 between, the Secured Party and the Debtor, as the said loan agreement may be amended, extended, renewed, replaced, restated and in effect from time to time; |
| (h) | “Loan Documents” means, collectively, the Loan Agreement, this Security Agreement, and all other documents and instruments evidencing or securing the payment of the Secured Obligations in whole or in part, whether provided by or on behalf of an Obligant; |
| (i) | “Obligant” or “Obligants” means, collectively, the Debtor and all other Persons who are from time to time liable to the Secured Party for the payment of the whole or any portion of the Secured Obligations, whether directly or indirectly, absolutely or contingently, jointly, severally or jointly and severally and includes all Persons who from time to time otherwise become liable for, or who agree to indemnify the Secured Party for any loss, costs or damages as a result of the failure of any other Persons to pay the Secured Obligations, in whole or in part; |
| (j) | “Person” or “Persons” means and includes any individual, sole proprietorship, corporation, partnership, bank, joint venture, trust, unincorporated association, association, institution, entity, party or government (whether national, federal, provincial, state, municipal, city, county or otherwise and including any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof); |
| (k) | “Secured Obligations” means all indebtedness and liability of all or any one or more of the Obligants to the Secured Party (and any one or more Persons making the same) under the Loan Documents, whether such indebtedness and liability is present or future, absolute or contingent, joint or several, direct or indirect, matured or not, extended or renewed, wheresoever and howsoever incurred, and any ultimate balance thereof, including all advances on current or running account and all future advances and re-advances, under or pursuant to any of the Loan Documents; |
| (l) | “STA” means the Securities Transfer Act of the Province of British Columbia, as amended from time to time and all regulations thereunder, which act, including amendments thereto and any act substituted therefor and amendments thereto is herein referred to as the “STA” and “Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the STA; and |
| (m) | Words with initial capital letters, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement. |
Page 15
| 32.2 | General |
Words and expressions used herein that have been defined in the Act or in the STA shall be interpreted in accordance with their respective meanings given in the Act or in the STA as applicable, whether expressed herein with or without initial capital letters and whether in the singular or the plural unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context otherwise requires, and wherever the context so requires in this Security Agreement the singular shall be read as if the plural were expressed, and vice-versa, and the provisions hereof shall be read with all grammatical changes necessary dependent upon the person referred to being a male, female, firm or corporation.
| 32.3 | Severability |
Should any provision of this Security Agreement be declared or held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part or against or with respect to the Debtor by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect the validity or enforceability of any or all of the remaining provisions of this Security Agreement which will continue in full force and effect and be construed as if this Security Agreement had been executed without the invalid or unenforceable provision.
| 32.4 | Headings |
The headings of the sections and clauses of this Security Agreement have been inserted for reference only and do not define, limit, alter or enlarge the meaning of any provision of this Security Agreement.
| 32.5 | Governing Law |
This Security Agreement shall be governed by the laws of British Columbia.
| 33. | MISCELLANEOUS |
| (a) | The Debtor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to file such financing statements, financing change statements and other documents and do such acts, matters and things as the Secured Party may deem appropriate to perfect on an ongoing basis and continue the Security Interest, to protect and preserve the Collateral and to realize upon the Security Interest. |
| (b) | The Debtor hereby waives protest of any Instrument constituting Collateral at any time held by the Secured Party on which the Debtor is any way liable and, subject to the provisions of the Act, notice of any other action taken by the Secured Party. |
| (c) | The Debtor acknowledges and agrees that in the event it amalgamates with any other company or companies it is the intention of the parties hereto that the term “Debtor” when used herein shall apply to each of the amalgamating companies and to the amalgamated company, such that the Security Interest granted hereby: |
| (1) | shall extend to “Collateral” (as that term is herein defined) owned by each of the amalgamating companies and the amalgamated company at the time of amalgamation and to any “Collateral” thereafter owned or acquired by the amalgamated company, and |
| (2) | shall secure the “Secured Obligations” (as that term is herein defined) of each of the amalgamating companies and the amalgamated company to the Secured Party at the time of amalgamation and any “Secured Obligations” of the amalgamated company to the Secured Party thereafter arising. The Security Interest shall attach to “Collateral” owned by each company amalgamating with the Debtor, and by the amalgamated company, at the time of amalgamation, and shall attach to any “Collateral” thereafter owned or acquired by the amalgamated company when such becomes owned or is acquired. |
Page 16
| (d) | The Debtor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to provide a copy of this Security Agreement and such other information and documents specified under the Act to any person entitled pursuant to the Act to demand and receive same. |
| 34. | COPY OF AGREEMENT AND FINANCING STATEMENT |
The Debtor hereby:
| (a) | acknowledges receiving a copy of this Security Agreement; and |
| (b) | waives all rights to receive from the Secured Party a copy of any financing statement, financing change statement or verification statement filed, issued or obtained at any time in respect of this Security Agreement. |
| 35. | PARAMOUNTCY |
In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Security Agreement and the terms of the Loan Agreement with respect to any matter specifically dealt with herein and therein, the provisions of the Loan Agreement will govern, unless as a result thereof (i) the mortgages, charges and security interests created herein or (ii) any of the remedies available to the Secured Party hereunder would be in any way diminished or invalidated, in which case the provisions of this Security Agreement will prevail.
| 36. | DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY INFORMATION |
| 36.1 | Debtor Address |
[***]
Attention: Jacob Safarik
E-mail: [***]
with a copy to:
Norton Rose Fulbright Canada LLP
[***]
Attention: Kristopher Miks
E-mail: [***]
| 36.2 | Secured Party Address |
[***]
Attention: JJ Wilson
E-mail: [***]
[Signature Page Follows]
Page 17
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Debtor has executed this Security Agreement on the date first above written.
| OPTIMI HEALTH CORP. | ||
| Per: | “/s/ Jacob Safarik” | |
| Authorized Signatory | ||
Page 18
Exhibit 10.6
Certain identified information has been excluded from the exhibit by means of marking such information with brackets and asterisks because such information is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.
LOAN AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is dated for reference August 29, 2023
BETWEEN:
OPTIMI HEALTH CORP., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the “Borrower”)
AND:
0959856 B.C. LTD., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the “Lender”)
WHEREAS the Borrower wishes to obtain a term loan from the Lender on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual premises, covenants and agreements set forth herein and all other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged), the parties agree as follows:
| 1. | DEFINITIONS |
Whenever used in this Agreement, unless there is something in the subject matter or context that is inconsistent therewith, the following words and terms will have the respective meanings set out below:
| (a) | “$” means lawful money in Canada. |
| (b) | “Additional Lenders” has the meaning set out in Section 4.2. |
| (c) | “Additional Loans” has the meaning set out in Section 4.2. |
| (d) | “Agreement” means this loan agreement, as may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time. |
| (e) | “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, a statutory holiday in British Columbia or a day on which banks generally are closed in Vancouver, British Columbia. |
| (f) | “Change of Control” means: (i) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any person or combination of persons acting jointly or in concert with each other of shares representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding shares of the Borrower, or (ii) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by persons who were neither: (A) nominated by the board of directors of the Borrower nor (B) appointed by directors so nominated. |
| (g) | “Fiscal Quarter” means a fiscal quarter of the Borrower, ending on the last day of December, March, June and September. |
| (h) | “Loan” has the meaning set out in Section 2.1. |
| (i) | “Loan Amount” means at any time the aggregate of: |
| (1) | the principal balance of the Loan then outstanding; |
| (2) | all interest accrued on the Loan; and |
| (3) | all other amounts then due and owing under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. |
| (j) | “Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Security Documents, and all other certificates, instruments, agreements and documents issued or delivered pursuant to the Loan Documents. |
| (k) | “Maturity Date” means August 29, 2026. |
| (l) | “Permitted Encumbrances” means: |
| (1) | the security agreement(s) charging the personal property of the Borrower, in respect of which a financing statement has been filed in the Personal Property Registry of British Columbia (the “PPR”) under base registration number 615782N in favour of Royal Bank of Canada (the “RBC Financing Statement”); |
| (2) | subject to Section 4.2, the security interests securing the Loan and any Additional Loans; and |
| (3) | any other charges, security interests or encumbrances as the Lender may expressly permit in writing from time to time. |
| (m) | “Permitted Indebtedness” means |
| (1) | indebtedness to Royal Bank of Canada in connection with which the RBC Financing Statement has been filed in the PPR; |
| (2) | the Loan and any Additional Loans; and |
| (3) | any other indebtedness as the Lender may expressly permit in writing from time to time. |
| (n) | “Security Documents” means the documents listed in Section 4, as they may be amended, supplemented, replaced and restated from time to time from time to time. |
| (o) | “Warrant Share” has the meaning set out in Section 3. |
| (p) | “Warrants” has the meaning set out in Section 3. |
2
| 2. | LOAN |
| 2.1 | Term Loan |
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lender agrees to make available to the Borrower a non- revolving, term loan in the principal amount of $500,000 (the “Loan”),which will be funded in a single advance on the date of this Agreement (the “Funding Date”).
| 2.2 | Purposes |
The Loan will be used by the Borrower to finance: (a) the procurement of manufacturing equipment, (b) expenditures related to production ramp up, and (c) general working capital.
| 2.3 | Interest |
Interest shall accrue on the outstanding balance of the Loan from the Funding Date at a rate of seven and a half percent (7.5%) per annum, calculated monthly, not in advance, from the Funding Date until the date when the Loan Amount is paid in full, both before and after default, demand, maturity and judgment. Interest shall accrue on overdue interest at the same rate and in the same manner.
| 2.4 | Repayment |
| (a) | The Borrower shall pay interest accrued on the then outstanding balance of the Loan in quarterly payments, commencing on September 30, 2023, and continuing thereafter on the last business day of each Fiscal Quarter, until the Loan Amount is paid in full. |
| (b) | The outstanding Loan Amount shall be repaid in full on the Maturity Date. |
| 2.5 | Prepayment |
The Borrower may prepay the Loan, in full or in part, at any time, provided that:
| (a) | the Borrower has provided to the Lender not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice, nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior written notice, of its intention to make a prepayment; and |
| (b) | the Borrower pays to the Lender a prepayment fee which is equal to: |
| (1) | four percent (4%) of the principal balance of the Loan prepaid, if the repayment is made at any time prior to the first anniversary of the Funding Date; |
| (2) | two percent (2%) of the principal balance of the Loan prepaid, if the repayment is made at any time on or after the first anniversary of the Funding Date and prior to the second anniversary of the Funding Date; and |
| (3) | one percent (1%) of the principal balance of the Loan prepaid, if the repayment is made at any time on or after the second anniversary of the Funding Date and prior to the Maturity Date. |
3
| 2.6 | Payments |
| (a) | Payments made on account of the Loan Amount will be applied when received first in payment of outstanding fees, interest and other costs which have accrued to the date such payment is received, and secondly (but subject to Section 2.5) in payment of the principal balance of the Loan then outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is an Event of Default (as defined below), then any payment received by the Lender on account of the Loan Amount may be applied in such order and in such manner as the Lender, in its sole discretion, may determine. |
| (b) | If a payment under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is due on a day other than a Business Day, then such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. |
| (c) | Unless otherwise specified herein, payments on account of the principal amount of the Loan and the interest thereon shall be made by the Borrower in Canadian dollars to or to the order of the Lender, by a bank draft, certified cheque or electronic funds transfer to an account specified in writing by the Lender. |
| 3. | WARRANTS |
In consideration for the Lender making the Loan available to the Borrower, the Borrower shall issue to the Lender, or its designated assignees, 50,000 common share purchase warrants (the “Warrants”). Each Warrant will be exercisable to acquire one common share of the Borrower (each, a “Warrant Share”) at an exercise price of CAD$0.50 per Warrant Share for a period of three (3) years from the Funding Date, subject to adjustment in certain events as set out in the certificate representing the Warrants.
| 4. | SECURITY |
| 4.1 | Security |
As security for the repayment of the Loan Amount and performance of the obligations of the Borrower to the Lender, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender the following documents, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender (collectively, the “Security Documents”):
| (a) | a general security agreement granted by the Borrower in favour of the Lender creating a security interest in all of its present and after-acquired personal property; and |
| (b) | such other agreements, pledges, instruments, notes, certificates and documents and third party consents as the Lender may reasonably request from time to time. |
4
| 4.2 | Additional Loans |
The Lender acknowledges and agrees that the Borrower may obtain additional loans from other lenders (the “Additional Lenders”) up to a maximum additional principal amount of $2,500,000.00 (the “Additional Loans”) on terms substantially similar to those contained herein. The Lender acknowledges and agrees that the payment obligations in respect of the Loan and any Additional Loans shall rank at all times, pari passu, and the security granted by the Borrower to any Additional Lenders as security for any Additional Loans shall rank at all times, pari passu, with the security created by the Security Documents, subject to and in accordance with an intercreditor agreement to be entered into among the Lender and the Additional Lenders, in a form acceptable to the Borrower and the Lender, each acting reasonably.
| 5. | REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
The representations and warranties set out in this Section 5 shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement. No investigation at any time made by or on behalf of the Lender shall diminish in any respect whatsoever the Lender’s rights to rely on such representations and warranties.
| 5.1 | Standard Representations |
The Borrower hereby represents and warrants as follows to the Lender and acknowledges and agrees that the Lender is relying on such representations and warranties in connection with the Loan:
| (a) | the Borrower is a company duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), and it has all requisite power and authority to own its assets, to carry on its business as now being conducted, to borrow, and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents and the Warrants; |
| (b) | the borrowing of the Loan by the Borrower and the provision of security therefor, as contemplated by the Loan Documents, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of the Loan Documents and the Warrants: |
| (1) | have been duly authorized by all necessary proceedings of the Borrower; |
| (2) | do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of: |
| (A) | the constating documents of the Borrower; |
| (B) | any law applicable to or binding on or affecting the Borrower or its assets; or |
| (C) | any agreement or other document to which the Borrower is a party; |
| (3) | do not and will not, result in, or require or permit: |
| (A) | the imposition of any encumbrances on any properties now owned by the Borrower; or |
| (B) | the acceleration of the maturity of any debts owing by the Borrower; |
5
| (c) | the Borrower has obtained all material consents, authorizations and approvals required to carry on its business as now being conducted and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents and the Warrants; |
| (d) | the Borrower is not in default, and no event or circumstance has occurred which would, with notice, lapse of time or both, result in a default or an event of default, under (i) any indenture, mortgage or deed of trust, or (ii) any agreement or other instrument to which the Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its assets may be bound; |
| (e) | the Borrower has filed all material tax returns which are required to be filed by it and it has paid or remitted when due all taxes, assessments and government charges imposed upon it which if unpaid could result in any charge or other encumbrance on its properties; |
| (f) | no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, and there exists no state of facts or circumstances, which after notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default; |
| (g) | the operations of the Borrower have been carried out at all times in compliance with applicable laws in all material respects; and |
| (h) | there is no material action, suit, litigation or other proceeding (regulatory or otherwise) commenced or threatened against the Borrower or any of its assets. |
| 6. | CONDITIONS PRECEDENT |
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Lender shall not be obligated to advance the Loan unless and until the following conditions have been satisfied to the satisfaction of the Lender (or waived by the Lender in its sole discretion):
| (a) | the Lender shall have received the following documents, each in form and substance to its satisfaction: |
| (1) | this Agreement, the Warrants and the Security Documents, duly executed by the Borrower; |
| (2) | a promissory note in the form as attached in Schedule A hereto (a “Promissory Note”) in respect of the Loan; |
| (3) | a certified copy of resolutions of the board of directors of the Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents, the issuance of the Warrants and the issuance of the warrant shares upon exercise of the Warrants in accordance with the terms thereof; |
| (4) | an irrevocable and unconditional direction as to the application of the proceeds of the Loan signed by the Borrower, including payment of expenses (pursuant to Section 12.2 below); |
6
| (b) | all governmental, regulatory, corporate, shareholder and third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with entry into this Agreement and transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect; |
| (c) | all registrations and filings in connection with the Security Documents have been made to the satisfaction of the Lender; and |
| (d) | no event shall have occurred which constitutes, or which, with notice, the lapse of time, or both, would constitute, an Event of Default. |
| 7. | COVENANTS |
| 7.1 | Positive Covenants |
The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that it will, and will cause its subsidiaries to:
| (a) | pay all amounts of principal, interest and fees on the dates, times and place specified in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; |
| (b) | advise the Lender promptly after the happening of any event which will result in a material adverse change in the financial condition, business, operations, or prospects of the Borrower and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the occurrence of any Event of Default or any default under any other agreement for borrowed money; |
| (c) | do all things necessary to maintain in good standing its and its subsidiaries corporate existence and preserve and keep all material agreements, rights, franchises, licenses, operations, contracts or other arrangements in full force and effect; |
| (d) | pay all taxes, assessments and government charges unless such taxes, assessments, or charges are being contested in good faith and appropriate reserves shall be made with funds set aside in a separate trust fund; |
| (e) | take all necessary actions to ensure that the Security Documents and its obligations thereunder will rank ahead of all other indebtedness of and all other security granted by the Borrower or its subsidiaries, other than Permitted Encumbrances; |
| (f) | maintain adequate insurance on all of its assets, undertakings, and business risks; |
| (g) | permit the Lender or its authorized representatives reasonable access to its premises, and records for purposes of auditing or enforcing its security interests; |
| (h) | comply in all material respects with applicable laws; |
| (i) | promptly notify the Lender on becoming aware of the occurrence of any litigation, dispute, arbitration or other proceeding which would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Borrower and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and which if adversely determined, and from time to time provide the Lender with all reasonable information requested by the Lender concerning the status of any such proceedings; |
7
| (j) | deliver to the Lender: |
| (1) | annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower within one- hundred and twenty (120) days of each year end, accompanied by a management discussion and analysis (in the form required under applicable securities laws); and |
| (2) | quarterly consolidated unaudited financial statements of the Borrower within sixty (60) days of the end of each fiscal quarter, |
provided that, for the purposes of this Section 7.1(j), the Borrower shall be deemed to have complied with this covenant for so long as the foregoing financial statements are disclosed under the Borrower’s profile on SEDAR+;
| (k) | maintain its assets, property, plant and equipment in good repair and working condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted; and |
| (l) | continue to carry on the business currently being carried on by the Borrower and its subsidiaries at the date hereof. |
| 7.2 | Negative Covenants |
The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that it will not and will cause its subsidiaries to not:
| (a) | create, assume, incur or permit the existence of any security interest, mortgage, lien, charge, or other encumbrance whatsoever upon any of its property or assets, other than Permitted Encumbrances; |
| (b) | borrow, create, incur or assume any indebtedness, other than Permitted Indebtedness; |
| (c) | merge or consolidate with any other person, or acquire all or substantially all of the shares, assets or business of any other person or form any subsidiaries; |
| (d) | sell, lease, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of any of its now owned or hereafter acquired assets (including, without limitation, shares of stock and indebtedness of subsidiaries, receivables and leasehold interests), except for inventory disposed of in the ordinary course of business; or |
| (e) | terminate or enter into a surrender of any material lease, license or contractual rights charged under the Security Documents. |
8
| 8. | DEFAULT |
| 8.1 | Event of Default |
Each of the following events will constitute an “Event of Default” in respect of the Borrower under this Agreement:
| (a) | the Borrower fails to pay the principal amount of the Loan when due or fails to pay interest or fees outstanding under this Agreement within five (5) Business Days of when due; |
| (b) | if there is a breach or non-performance or non-observance of any term or condition of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and, if such default is capable to being remedied, the default continues unremedied for ten (10) Business Days after the occurrence thereof; |
| (c) | if the Borrower or any one of its subsidiaries makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, files or presents a petition, makes a proposal or commits any act of bankruptcy, or if any action is taken for the winding up, liquidation or the appointment of a liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy, custodian, curator, sequestrator, receiver or any other officer with similar powers or if a judgment or order shall be entered by any court approving a petition for reorganization, arrangement or composition of or in respect of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries or if the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries is insolvent or declared bankrupt; |
| (d) | if there exists a voluntary or involuntary suspension of business of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries; |
| (e) | if action is taken by an encumbrancer against the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries to take possession of property or enforce proceedings against any assets; |
| (f) | if any final judgment for the payment of monies is made against the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries and it is not discharged within thirty (30) days from the imposition of such judgment; |
| (g) | if there exists an event, the effect of which with lapse of time or the giving of notice, will constitute an event of default or a default under any other agreement for borrowed money entered into by the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries; |
| (h) | if the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries is in default under any other present or future agreement with the Lender or any of the Lender’s subsidiaries, including any other loan agreement, forward foreign exchange transactions, interest rate and currency and/or commodity swaps; |
| (i) | if any of the Loan Documents is not enforceable or if any party to the Loan Documents shall dispute or deny any liability or any of its obligations under the Loan Documents; or |
| (j) | a Change of Control occurs. |
| 8.2 | Remedies |
Upon an Event of Default, the Lender may do all or any of the following:
| (a) | declare the then outstanding balance of the Loan Amount to be immediately due and payable; and |
| (b) | exercise any and all rights, powers, remedies and recourses available to the Lender under this Agreement, the Security Documents, at law, in equity or otherwise. |
9
| 9. | RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PARTIES |
The relationship between the Borrower on one part and the Lender on the other part is that of debtor and creditor, and not of a partnership or joint venture.
| 10. | CRIMINAL INTEREST RATE |
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, the parties hereto agree that no “interest” shall be paid or payable to the Lender in connection with the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan at an annual rate of interest greater than that rate which is one (1%) percent per annum less than the “criminal rate” of interest (the “Maximum Rate”). The Borrower will not pay, and the Lender will not demand from the Borrower, “interest” on the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan which is in excess of the Maximum Rate (any such excess, “Excess Interest”). The parties hereto agree that any “interest” received by the Lender on the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan which could, but for this Section, be construed as Excess Interest, will be automatically applied to the Loan Amount as a repayment on account of the principal balance of the Loan then outstanding. If it is at any time determined that, at the time any Excess Interest was received by the Lender, and there were no, or insufficient, principal monies owing under the Loan to allow for an automatic reduction of the principal balance of the Loan as contemplated above, then the parties hereto agree to reduce the “interest” paid by the Borrower on the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan to the Maximum Rate by either one or a combination of the following:
| (a) | if the Loan Amount has not then been repaid in full, by reducing the “interest” payable thereafter on the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan, if necessary, by reducing the monies payable thereafter on account of interest, until the Excess Interest is repaid to the Borrower in full; or |
| (b) | if the Loan Amount has been repaid in full, or there are insufficient monies due and owing in account of the Loan Amount to allow for a repayment of the Excess Interest in accordance with subparagraph (a) above, by repaying to the Borrower, on demand, that amount which would repay the outstanding Excess Interest in its entirety. |
In this section words or phrases in quotations and which are defined in Section 347 of the Criminal Code of Canada have the meaning set out in that section.
| 11. | GENERAL INDEMNITY |
In addition to any liability of the Borrower to the Lender under any other provision hereof or the other Loan Documents, the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender and hold the Lender harmless against any losses, claims, costs, damages or liabilities (including, without limitation, any loss of profits or fees anticipated hereunder, any expense or cost incurred in the liquidation and re-deployment of funds acquired to fund or maintain any portion of an advance under the Loan and reasonable out of pocket expenses and legal fees on a solicitor-and-his-own-client basis) incurred by the Lender as a result of or in connection with the Loan or the Loan Documents, including as a result of or in connection with:
| (a) | the failure of the Borrower to pay any interest, fee or any other amounts due hereunder on its due date (including, without limitation, a payment pursuant to a Prepayment Notice); or |
| (b) | the failure to give any notice required to be given by the Borrower to the Lender hereunder, |
provided that this Section 11 shall not apply to any losses, claims, costs, damages or liabilities suffered by the Lender which arise by reason of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Lender. The provisions of this Section 11 shall survive repayment of the Loan Amount and any other obligations in connection herewith.
10
| 12. | GENERAL |
| 12.1 | Evidence of Indebtedness |
The Lender shall maintain its books, accounts and records in respect of the Loan, which shall constitute, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lender under the Loan, provided that any failure of the Lender to maintain the books, accounts and records under this Section shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower to pay such amounts to the Lender.
| 12.2 | Lender’s Expenses |
The Borrower shall pay all reasonable expenses (including all applicable taxes thereon) incurred by or on behalf of the Lender in carrying out or attempting to carry out the transaction(s) contemplated hereby to completion (including, without limitations, all legal fees and other costs incurred for the preparation, completion, registration and enforcement of the Loan Documents) up to a maximum of $12,500, and in collecting the Loan Amount or enforcing its rights and remedies under the Loan Documents. Each such expense shall accrue interest in accordance with Section 2.3 from the date it is incurred by or on behalf of the Lender until such expense and the interest thereon are fully paid upon demand.
| 12.3 | Gross-Up; Withholding |
All amounts payable by the Borrower under this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall, unless otherwise required by applicable laws, be made free and clear of, and without deduction for, any amount in respect of withholding taxes. If the Borrower is required to deduct or withhold any amount in respect of taxes from or in respect of any amount payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, then:
| (a) | the Borrower shall pay to the applicable payee an additional amount as may be necessary so that the net amount received by that payee after such deduction or withholding shall not be less than the amount such payee would have received if no such deduction or withholding had been made; |
| (b) | the Borrower shall make such deductions or withholdings; and |
| (c) | the Borrower shall remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing authority in accordance with applicable laws, and provide evidence thereof to the Lender. |
| 12.4 | Governing Law |
This Agreement shall in all respects be governed by and be construed in accordance with the laws of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein, without giving effect to any choice of Law or conflict of Law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the Province of British Columbia.
11
| 12.5 | Currency |
Unless otherwise specified, all references to money herein and in any other Loan Documents mean the lawful money of Canada.
| 12.6 | Judgment Currency |
If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or under any other Loan Documents to the Lender in one currency (the “Original Currency”) into another currency (the “Judgment Currency”), the parties agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures Royal Bank of Canada (or such other Canadian chartered banks as the Lender may designate in its sole discretion) could purchase the Original Currency with the Judgment Currency on the Business Day preceding that on which the judgment is paid or satisfied in full. The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due in the Original Currency from it to the Lender under any Loan Document shall, notwithstanding any judgment in any Judgment Currency, be discharged only to the extent that, on the Business Day following receipt by the Lender of any sum adjudged to be so due in such Judgment Currency, the Lender may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Original Currency with such Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Original Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Lender in the Original Currency, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Lender against such loss and, if the amount of the Original Currency so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to the Lender in the Original Currency, the Lender agrees to remit such excess to the Borrower.
| 12.7 | Severability |
If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction from which no further appeal lies or is taken, that provision shall be deemed to be severed herefrom, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby and shall remain valid and enforceable.
| 12.8 | Entire Agreement |
This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are intended by the Borrower and the Lender to be the final, complete, and exclusive expression of the agreement between the Borrower on one part and the Lender on the other part relating to the Loan, and they supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, among the parties relating to the same subject matter.
| 12.9 | Non-Merger |
All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution, delivery and the registration of the Security Documents and other Loan Documents and the advance made on account of the Loan.
12
| 12.10 | Notice |
Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement or the Loan Documents shall be in writing and delivered in person, or sent by e-mail transmission, or by mail, as follows:
| (a) | in the case of the Borrower: |
[***]
[***]
Attention: Jacob Safarik
e-mail: [***]
with a copy to:
Norton Rose Fulbright Canada LLP
[***]
Attention: Kristopher Miks
e-mail: [***]
| (b) | in the case of the Lender: |
[***]
[***]
Attention: Gary Garth Seabrook
E-mail: [***]
Any notice so given will be deemed to have been given and received at the time of delivery in person, or on the next Business Day following the day of fax or e-mail transmission of the same, or on five (5) Business Days after the date of posting. Any party hereto may from time to time by notice in writing change its address or the designated recipient for the purposes of this Section.
| 12.11 | Further Assurance |
The Borrower will perform, execute and deliver all such further acts, documents, instruments and matters as the Lender may reasonably require from time to time to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
| 12.12 | Assignment by the Borrower |
The Borrower may not assign or transfer its rights, interests in and obligations under this Agreement to another person, without the Lender’s prior written consent.
13
| 12.13 | Enurement |
This Agreement shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of the Borrower and the Lender and their respective personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.
| 12.14 | Counterparts |
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument, and all such counterparts may be delivered by way of facsimile transmission or in PDF by e-mail to the other party.
| 12.15 | Conflict |
In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement will prevail to the extent of such conflict or inconsistency.
[Signature Pages Follow.]
14
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto execute this Agreement on the date first above written.
| Lender: | ||
| 0959856 B.C. LTD. | ||
| Per: | /s/ Gary Garth Seabrook | |
| Gary Garth Seabrook | ||
| Borrower: | ||
| OPTIMI HEALTH CORP. | ||
| Per: | /s/ Jacob Safarik | |
| Jacob Safarik | ||
SCHEDULE A
FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE
| Principal: Canadian $500,000 | August 29, 2023 |
For value received, the undersigned, OPTIMI HEALTH CORP. (the Borrower) hereby promises to pay to 0959856 B.C. LTD. (the Lender), or to its order, the principal amount of FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS in lawful money of Canada ($500,000) on the Maturity Date.
This promissory note is made subject to the terms of the Loan Agreement dated August 29, 2023 (the Loan Agreement) between the Borrower and the Lender. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this promissory note have the meanings given in the Loan Agreement. Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of this promissory note in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement.
The undersigned waives any grace period, presentment for payment, notice of non-payment, protest, notice of protest and notice of dishonour. This promissory note will be governed by, and is to be construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.
| OPTIMI HEALTH CORP. | ||
| Per: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
Exhibit 10.7
Certain identified information has been excluded from the exhibit by means of marking such information with brackets and asterisks because such information is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.
GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT (the “Security Agreement”) is dated for reference August 29, 2023.
BETWEEN:
OPTIMI HEALTH CORP., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the “Debtor”)
AND:
0959856 B.C. LTD., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the “Secured Party”)
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the Debtor hereby covenants, agrees, warrants, represents, acknowledges and confirms to and with the Secured Party and creates and grants the mortgages, charges and security interests hereinafter set forth, as follows:
| 1. | SECURITY INTEREST |
| 1.1 | Grant of Security Interest |
For the consideration aforesaid and as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations (as hereinafter defined), the Debtor, subject to the exceptions set out in Section 2 hereof, does hereby:
| (a) | mortgage and charge as and by way of a fixed and specific charge to and in favour of the Secured Party and assign and transfer to the Secured Party and grant to the Secured Party, by way of mortgage, charge, assignment and transfer, a security interest in all the Debtor’s right, title and interest, both present and future, in and to all of its presently owned or held and after acquired or held personal property, of whatever nature or kind and wheresoever situate and all proceeds and renewals thereof and therefrom, accretions thereto and substitutions therefor, including, without limitation, all of the following now owned or hereafter owned or acquired by or on behalf of the Debtor: |
| (1) | all inventory of whatever kind and wherever situate, including, without limitation, goods acquired or held for sale or lease or furnished or to be furnished under contracts of rental or service, all raw materials, work in process, finished goods, returned goods, repossessed goods, and all packaging materials, supplies and containers relating to or used or consumed in connection with any of the foregoing (all of which is hereinafter collectively called the “Inventory”); |
| (2) | all equipment (other than Inventory) of whatever kind and wherever situate, including, without limitation, all machinery, tools, apparatus, plant, fixtures, furniture, furnishings, chattels, motor vehicles, vessels and other tangible personal property of whatsoever nature or kind that is not Inventory, and all parts, components, attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions and improvements to any of the foregoing (all of which is hereinafter collectively called the “Equipment”); |
Page 2
| (3) | all book accounts and book debts and generally all accounts, debts, dues, claims, choses in action and demands of every nature and kind howsoever arising or secured including letters of credit and advices of credit, which are now due, owing or accruing or growing due to or owned by or which may hereafter become due, owing or accruing or growing due to or owned by the Debtor (all of which is hereinafter collectively called the “Accounts”); |
| (4) | all deeds, documents, writings, papers, books of account and other books and electronically recorded data relating to or being records of Accounts, Chattel Paper or Documents of Title or by which such are or may hereafter be secured, evidenced, acknowledged or made payable; |
| (5) | all contractual rights, insurance claims, licences, goodwill, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights and other industrial or intellectual property of the Debtor, all other choses in action of the Debtor of every kind which now are, or which may at any time hereafter be, due or owing to or owned by the Debtor, and all other intangible property of the Debtor which is not Accounts, Chattel Paper, Instruments, Documents of Title, Investment Property or Money; |
| (6) | all Money; |
| (7) | all property described in Schedule A attached hereto, if so attached, or in any schedule now or at any time hereafter annexed hereto or agreed to form part hereof; |
| (8) | the undertaking of the Debtor; and |
| (9) | all Chattel Paper, Documents of Title (whether negotiable or not), Instruments, Intangibles and Investment Property now owned or hereafter owned or acquired by or on behalf of the Debtor (including such as may be returned to or repossessed by the Debtor), and all other goods of the Debtor which are not Equipment, Inventory or Accounts; |
| (b) | charge as and by way of a floating charge to and in favour of the Secured Party, and grant to the Secured Party a security interest in and to: |
| (1) | all the Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to all its presently owned or held and after acquired or held real, immovable and leasehold property and all interests therein, and all easements, rights-of-way, privileges, benefits, licences, improvements and rights whether connected therewith or appurtenant thereto or separately owned or held, including all structures, plant and other fixtures (all of which is hereinafter collectively called “Real Property”); and |
| (2) | all property, assets and undertakings of the Debtor, both present and future, of whatsoever nature or kind and wheresoever situate, and all Proceeds thereof and therefrom, other than such of its property, assets and undertakings as are otherwise validly and effectively subject to the charges and security interests in favour of the Secured Party created pursuant to Section 1.1(a) hereof; and |
| (c) | mortgage and charge as and by way of a fixed and specific charge to and in favour of the Secured Party, and assign and transfer to the Secured Party and grant to the Secured Party, by way of mortgage, charge, assignment and transfer, a security interest in all of the Debtor’s right, title and interest, both present and future, in and to all of its presently owned or held and after acquired or held property which: |
| (1) | is or hereafter becomes a fixture; or |
| (2) | constitutes a licence, quota, permit or other similar right or benefit or crops. |
Page 3
The mortgages, charges, assignments and transfers and security interests created or granted pursuant to Sections 1.1 (a), (b) and (c) hereof are hereinafter collectively called the “Security Interest”, and all property, assets, interests and undertakings (including Proceeds) subject to the Security Interest or otherwise charged or secured hereby or expressed to be charged, assigned or transferred or secured by any instruments supplemental hereto or in implementation hereof are hereinafter collectively called the “Collateral”.
| 2. | EXCEPTIONS |
The Security Interest granted hereby shall not extend or apply to and the Collateral shall not extend to or include:
| (a) | Consumer Goods; or |
| (b) | the last day of the term of any lease or agreement therefor but upon the enforcement of the Security Interest the Debtor shall stand possessed of such last day in trust to assign and dispose thereof as the Secured Party shall direct. |
| 3. | SECURED OBLIGATIONS |
This Security Agreement and the Security Interest are in addition to and not in substitution for any other security interest now or hereafter held by the Secured Party from the Debtor or from any other person whomsoever and shall be general and continuing security for the payment, performance and satisfaction of the Secured Obligations.
| 4. | PROHIBITIONS |
Without the prior written consent of the Secured Party, the Debtor shall not and shall not have power to:
| (a) | grant, create or permit to be created any security interest in, charge, encumbrance or lien over, or claim against any of its property, assets, or undertakings which ranks or could in any event rank in priority to or pari passu with the Security Interest; |
| (b) | grant, sell, or otherwise assign its Chattel Paper; or |
| (c) | issue or have outstanding at any time any secured or unsecured bonds, debentures, debenture stock or other evidences of indebtedness of the Debtor or of any predecessor in title of the Debtor issued under a trust deed or other instrument running in favour of a trustee. |
| 5. | ATTACHMENT |
The Debtor acknowledges that the Security Interest attaches upon the execution of this Security Agreement (or in the case of any after acquired property, at the time of acquisition thereof), that value has been given, and that the Debtor has, or in the case of after acquired property will have at the time of acquisition, rights in the Collateral.
Page 4
| 6. | REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
The Debtor represents and warrants to the Secured Party that:
| (a) | the Debtor lawfully owns and possesses all presently held Collateral and has good title thereto, free from all security interests, charges, encumbrances, liens and claims, save only the charges or security interests, if any, shown in any Schedule hereto and those consented to in writing by the Secured Party, and the Debtor has good right and lawful authority to grant a security interest in the Collateral as provided by this Security Agreement; |
| (b) | where the Collateral includes Accounts, Chattel Paper or Instruments, each is enforceable in accordance with its terms against the party obligated thereunder and that the Debtor has fully and accurately disclosed to the Secured Party the amount owing thereunder and any other relevant information concerning liability for payment thereunder; |
| (c) | with respect to goods constituting Collateral, the Debtor has herein or elsewhere fully and accurately disclosed to the Secured Party the locations thereof and of the business operations and records of the Debtor; and |
| (d) | the Debtor has not consented to the entering into by: (A) any issuer of any Uncertificated Securities included in or relating to the Collateral of a Control Agreement; or (B) any Securities Intermediary for any Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements included in or relating to the Collateral of a Control Agreement, other than, in either case, the Secured Party. |
| 7. | COVENANTS OF THE DEBTOR |
| 7.1 | General Covenants |
The Debtor covenants and agrees with the Secured Party that at all times while this Security Agreement remains in effect the Debtor will:
| (a) | defend the title to the Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Party against the claims and demands of all persons; |
| (b) | fully and effectually maintain and keep maintained the validity and effectiveness of the Security Interest; |
| (c) | maintain the Collateral in good order and repair; |
| (d) | forthwith pay: |
| (1) | all taxes, assessments, rates, duties, levies, government fees, claims, dues and other charges of every nature which may be lawfully levied, assessed or imposed upon it or the Collateral when due, unless the Debtor shall in good faith contest its obligations so to pay and shall furnish such security as the Secured Party may require; and |
| (2) | all security interests, charges, encumbrances, liens and claims which rank or could in any event rank in priority to the Security Interest, other than the charges or security interests, if any, shown in any Schedule hereto and those consented to in writing by the Secured Party; |
Page 5
| (e) | forthwith reimburse and indemnify the Secured Party for all costs, charges, expenses and legal fees and disbursements which may be incurred by the Secured Party in: |
| (1) | inspecting the Collateral; |
| (2) | negotiating, preparing, perfecting and registering this Security Agreement or notice of it and other documents, whether or not relating to this Security Agreement; |
| (3) | investigating title to the Collateral; |
| (4) | taking, recovering, keeping possession of and insuring the Collateral; and |
| (5) | all other actions and proceedings taken in connection with the preservation of the Collateral and the enforcement of this Security Agreement and of any other Security Interest held by the Secured Party as security for the Secured Obligations; |
| (f) | at the Secured Party’s request at any time and from time to time, execute and deliver such further and other documents and instruments and do all acts and things as the Secured Party in its absolute discretion requires in order to confirm and perfect, and maintain perfection of, the Security Interest in favour of the Secured Party upon any of the Collateral; |
| (g) | notify the Secured Party promptly of: |
| (1) | any change in the information contained herein relating to the Debtor, its address, its business or the Collateral, including without limitation any change of name or address of the Debtor and any change in location of any Collateral; |
| (2) | the details of any material acquisition of Collateral; |
| (3) | any material loss or damage to the Collateral; |
| (4) | any material default by any account debtor in payment or other performance of his obligations to the Debtor with respect to any Accounts; |
| (5) | the return to or repossession by the Debtor of the Collateral where such return or repossession of the Collateral is material in relation to the business of the Debtor; and |
| (6) | the details of any claims or litigation affecting the Debtor or the Collateral; |
| (h) | prevent the Collateral, other than Inventory sold, leased, or otherwise disposed of as permitted hereby, from being or becoming an accession to other property not covered by this Security Agreement; |
| (i) | permit the Secured Party and its representatives, at all reasonable times, access to all its property, assets and undertakings and to all its books of account and records for the purpose of inspection and render all assistance necessary for such inspection; |
| (j) | deliver to the Secured Party from time to time promptly upon request: |
| (1) | any Documents of Title, Instruments, Investment Property and Chattel Paper constituting, representing or relating to Collateral; |
Page 6
| (2) | all books of account and all records, ledgers, reports, correspondence, schedules, documents, statements, lists and other writings relating to the Collateral for the purpose of inspecting, auditing or copying the same; |
| (3) | all financial statements prepared by or for the Debtor regarding the Debtor’s business; |
| (4) | all policies and certificates of insurance relating to the Collateral; and |
| (5) | such information concerning the Collateral, the Debtor and the Debtor’s business and affairs as the Secured Party may reasonably require; |
| (k) | carry on and conduct the business of the Debtor in a proper and efficient manner and so as to protect and preserve the Collateral and to keep, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, proper books of account for the Debtor’s business as well as accurate and complete records concerning Collateral; |
| (l) | observe and perform the additional covenants, if any, set out in any schedule attached hereto; |
| (m) | will not consent to: |
| (1) | the entering into by any issuer of any Uncertificated Securities included in or relating to the Collateral of a Control Agreement in respect of such Uncertificated Securities with any Person other than the Secured Party or such nominee or agent as it may direct; or |
| (2) | the entering into by any Securities Intermediary for any Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements included in or relating to the Collateral of a Control Agreement with respect to such Securities Accounts or Securities Entitlements with any Person other than the Secured Party or such nominee or agent as it may direct; and |
| (n) | promptly upon request from time to time by the Secured Party, the Debtor shall: |
| (1) | enter into and use reasonable commercial efforts to cause any Securities Intermediary for any Securities Accounts or Securities Entitlements included in or relating to the Collateral to enter into a Control Agreement with the Secured Party with respect to such Securities Accounts or Securities Entitlements as the Secured Party requires in form and substance satisfactory to the Secured Party; and/or |
| (2) | enter into and use reasonable commercial efforts to cause any issuer of any Uncertificated Securities included in or relating to the Collateral to enter into a Control Agreement with the Secured Party with respect to such Uncertificated Securities in form and substance satisfactory to the Secured Party. |
| 7.2 | Covenants Regarding Collateral |
Except as herein provided, without the prior written consent of the Secured Party, the Debtor will not:
| (a) | sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the Collateral; |
| (b) | release, surrender or abandon possession of the Collateral; or |
| (c) | move or transfer the Collateral from the jurisdiction or jurisdictions in which the Security Interest has been perfected. |
Page 7
| 7.3 | Dealings With Collateral |
Provided that the Debtor is not in default under this Security Agreement, at any time without the consent of the Secured Party the Debtor may lease, sell, license, consign or otherwise deal with items of Inventory in the ordinary course of its business and for the purposes of carrying on its business.
| 8. | INSURANCE |
| 8.1 | Covenants Regarding Insurance |
The Debtor covenants that at all times while this Security Agreement is in effect the Debtor shall:
| (a) | maintain or cause to be maintained insurance on the Collateral with an insurer, of kinds, for amounts and payable to such person or persons, all as the Secured Party may require, and in particular but without limitation maintain insurance on the Collateral to its full insurable value against loss or damage by fire including extended coverage endorsement and in the case of motor vehicles and other mobile Collateral, maintain insurance against theft; |
| (b) | cause the insurance policy or policies required hereunder to be assigned to the Secured Party and have as part thereof a standard mortgage clause or a mortgage endorsement, as appropriate; and |
| (c) | pay all premiums in connection with such insurance, and deliver all such policies to the Secured Party, if it so requires. |
| 8.2 | Application of Insurance Proceeds |
If proceeds of any insurance required hereunder become payable the Secured Party may, in its absolute discretion, apply such proceeds to such part or parts of the Secured Obligations as the Secured Party may see fit or the Secured Party may release any such insurance proceeds to the Debtor for the purpose of repairing, replacing or rebuilding, but any release of insurance proceeds to the Debtor shall not operate as a payment on account of the Secured Obligations or in any way affect this Security Agreement.
| 8.3 | Proof of Loss |
The Debtor will forthwith, on the happening of loss or damage to the Collateral, notify the Secured Party thereof and furnish to the Secured Party at the Debtor’s expense any necessary proof and do any necessary act to enable the Secured Party to obtain payment of the insurance proceeds, but nothing herein contained shall limit the Secured Party’s right to submit to the insurer a proof of loss on its own behalf.
| 8.4 | Secured Party as Loss Payee |
The Debtor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the insurer under any policy of insurance required hereunder to include the name of the Secured Party as a loss payee on any cheque or draft which may be issued with respect to a claim under and by virtue of such insurance, and the production by the Secured Party to any insurer of a certified copy of this Security Agreement shall be its full and complete authority for so doing.
Page 8
| 8.5 | Failure to Maintain Insurance Coverage |
If the Debtor fails to maintain insurance as required hereby, the Secured Party may, but shall not be obliged to, maintain or effect such insurance coverage, or so much thereof as the Secured Party considers necessary for its protection.
| 9. | USE AND VERIFICATION OF COLLATERAL |
Subject to compliance with the Debtor’s covenants contained herein and Section 11 hereof, the Debtor may, until default, possess, operate, collect, use and enjoy and deal with the Collateral in the ordinary course of the Debtor’s business in any manner not inconsistent with the provisions hereof; provided always that the Secured Party shall have the right at any time and from time to time to verify the existence and state of the Collateral in any manner the Secured Party may consider appropriate and the Debtor agrees to furnish all assistance and information and to perform all such acts as the Secured Party may reasonably request in connection therewith and for such purpose to grant to the Secured Party or its agents access to all places where the Collateral may be located and to all premises occupied by the Debtor.
| 10. | INVESTMENT PROPERTY |
If Collateral at any time includes Investment Property, the Debtor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to transfer the same or any part thereof into its own name or that of its nominee(s) so that the Secured Party or its nominee(s) may appear on record as the sole owner thereof; provided that, until default, the Secured Party shall deliver promptly to the Debtor all notices or other communications received by it or its nominee(s) as such registered owner and, upon demand and receipt of payment of any necessary expenses thereof, shall issue to the Debtor or its order a proxy to vote and take all action with respect to such Investment Property. After default, the Debtor waives all rights to receive any notices or communications received by the Secured Party or its nominee(s) as such registered owner and agrees that no proxy issued by the Secured Party to the Debtor or its order as aforesaid shall thereafter be effective.
To the extent that Investment Property includes an interest in or unit certificates in a partnership or a limited liability company, the Debtor represents and warrants that the terms of any interest in such partnership or limited liability company provide that such interest is a “security” for the purposes of the STA and in the event that the terms of any interest in a partnership or limited liability company does not so provide, the Debtor agrees to amend the terms with respect to such partnership or limited liability company to expressly provide that such interest is a “security” for the purposes of the STA.
| 11. | COLLECTION OF DEBTS |
After default under this Security Agreement, without notice to the Debtor, the Secured Party may notify all or any account debtors of the Debtor of the Security Interest and may also direct such account debtors to make all payments on Collateral to the Secured Party. The Debtor acknowledges that any payments on or other proceeds of Collateral received by the Debtor from account debtors, after notification of this Security Interest to account debtors and after default under this Security Agreement shall be received and held by the Debtor in trust for the Secured Party and shall be turned over to the Secured Party upon request.
Page 9
| 12. | INCOME FROM AND INTEREST ON COLLATERAL |
| 12.1 | Income Until Default |
Until default, the Debtor reserves the right to receive any money constituting income from or interest on Collateral and if the Secured Party receives any such money prior to default, the Secured Party shall either credit the same against the Secured Obligations or pay the same promptly to the Debtor.
| 12.2 | Income After Default |
After default, the Debtor will not request or receive any money constituting income from or interest on Collateral and if the Debtor receives any such money in any event, the Debtor will hold such money in trust for the Secured Party and will pay the same promptly to the Secured Party.
| 13. | INCREASES, PROFITS, PAYMENTS OR DISTRIBUTIONS |
| 13.1 | Receipt by Secured Party |
Whether or not default has occurred, the Debtor authorizes the Secured Party:
| (a) | to receive any increase in or profits on the Collateral (other than money) and to hold the same as part of the Collateral. Money so received shall be treated as income for the purposes of Section 12 hereof and dealt with accordingly; and |
| (b) | to receive any payment or distribution upon redemption or retirement or upon dissolution and liquidation of the issuer of Collateral; to surrender such Collateral in exchange therefor; and to hold any such payment or distribution as part of Collateral. |
| 13.2 | Receipt by Debtor |
If the Debtor receives any such increase or profits (other than money) or payments or distributions, the Debtor will deliver the same promptly to the Secured Party to be held by the Secured Party as herein provided.
| 14. | DISPOSITION OF MONIES |
Subject to any applicable requirements of the Act, all monies collected or received by the Secured Party pursuant to or in exercise of any right it possesses with respect to Collateral shall be applied on account of the Secured Obligations in such manner as the Secured Party deems best or, at the option of the Secured Party, may be held unappropriated in a collateral account or released to the Debtor, all without prejudice to the liability of the Debtor or the rights of the Secured Party hereunder, and any surplus shall be accounted for as required by law.
| 15. | PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS |
If the Debtor fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, the Secured Party may, but shall not be obliged to, perform any or all of such obligations without prejudice to any other rights and remedies of the Secured Party hereunder, and any payments made and any costs, charges, expenses and legal fees and disbursements (on a solicitor and own client basis) incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Debtor to the Secured Party forthwith with interest until paid at the highest rate borne by any of the Secured Obligations and such amounts shall be secured hereby and rank prior to all claims subsequent to this Security Agreement.
Page 10
| 16. | DEFAULT |
| 16.1 | Events of Default |
The occurrence of an Event of Default under any one or more of the Loan Documents shall constitute default hereunder (each a “default”) unless remedied by the Debtor in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Loan Document or waived by the Secured Party.
| 16.2 | Floating Charge |
For all purposes, including without limitation any application to register a crystallized floating charge under the Land Title Act (British Columbia) and other similar legislation in all applicable jurisdictions against any Real Property, the floating charge created by this Security Agreement shall be crystallized and become a fixed charge upon the earliest of:
| (a) | the occurrence of an Event of Default; or |
| (b) | the Secured Party taking any action pursuant to Section 17 hereof to enforce and realize upon any or all of the Security Interest created by this Security Agreement, and in any event upon the appointment by the Secured Party of a Receiver pursuant to Section 17 hereof. |
| 16.3 | Consolidation |
In accordance with the Property Law Act (British Columbia), the doctrine of consolidation applies to this Security Agreement.
| 17. | ENFORCEMENT |
| 17.1 | Rights of Secured Party on Default |
Upon any default under this Security Agreement, the security hereby constituted will immediately become enforceable. To enforce and realize on the security constituted by this Security Agreement the Secured Party may take any action permitted by law or in equity, as it may deem expedient, and in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Secured Party may do any of the following:
| (a) | appoint by instrument a receiver, receiver and manager or receiver-manager (the person so appointed is hereinafter called the “Receiver”) of the Collateral, with or without bond as the Secured Party may determine, and from time to time in its absolute discretion remove such Receiver and appoint another in its stead; |
| (b) | enter upon any premises of the Debtor and take possession of the Collateral with power to exclude the Debtor, its agents and its servants therefrom, without becoming liable as a mortgagee in possession; |
| (c) | preserve, protect and maintain the Collateral and make such replacements thereof and repairs and additions thereto as the Secured Party may deem advisable; |
| (d) | sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral, whether by public or private sale or lease or otherwise, in such manner, at such price as can be reasonably obtained therefor and on such terms as to credit and with such conditions of sale and stipulations as to title or conveyance or evidence of title or otherwise as to the Secured Party may seem reasonable, provided that if any sale, lease or other disposition is on credit the Debtor will not be entitled to be credited with the proceeds of any such sale, lease or other disposition until the monies therefor are actually received; |
Page 11
| (e) | exercise all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Act; and |
| (f) | the Secured Party may sell, transfer or use any Investment Property included in the Collateral of which the Secured Party or its agent has “control” within the meaning of the STA. |
| 17.2 | Receiver |
A Receiver appointed pursuant to this Security Agreement shall be the agent of the Debtor and not of the Secured Party and the Secured Party shall not be in any way responsible for any misconduct, negligence or non-feasance on the part of any Receiver, its servants, agents or employees. A Receiver shall, to the extent permitted by law or to such lesser extent permitted by its appointment, have all the powers of the Secured Party hereunder, and in addition shall have power to carry on the business of the Debtor and for such purpose to enter upon, use and occupy all premises owned or occupied by the Debtor wherein Collateral may be situate, maintain Collateral upon such premises, use Collateral directly or indirectly in carrying on the Debtor’s business and from time to time to borrow money either unsecured or secured by a security interest in any of the Collateral.
| 17.3 | Proceeds of Realization |
Subject to the claims, if any, of the creditors of the Debtor ranking in priority to this Security Agreement, all amounts realized from the disposition of Collateral pursuant to this Security Agreement will be applied as the Secured Party, in its absolute discretion, may direct or as follows:
| (a) | in payment of all costs, charges and expenses (including legal fees and disbursements on a solicitor and his own client basis) incurred by the Secured Party in connection with or incidental to: |
| (1) | the exercise by the Secured Party of all or any of the powers granted to it pursuant to this Security Agreement; and |
| (2) | the appointment of the Receiver and the exercise by the Receiver of all or any of the powers granted to it pursuant to this Security Agreement, including the Receiver’s reasonable remuneration and all outgoings properly payable by the Receiver excluding the Receiver’s borrowings; |
| (b) | in payment of any sum or sums borrowed by the Receiver from the Secured Party and interest thereon if such sum or sums are secured by the Collateral; |
| (c) | in or toward payment to the Secured Party of all principal and other monies (except interest) due in respect of the Secured Obligations; |
| (d) | in or toward payment to the Secured Party of all interest remaining unpaid in respect of the Secured Obligations; and |
| (e) | in or toward payment of any sum or sums borrowed by the Receiver from any financial institution, corporation or person other than the Secured Party and interest thereon if such sum or sums are secured by the Collateral. |
Subject to applicable law and the claims, if any, of other creditors of the Debtor, any surplus will be paid to the Debtor.
Page 12
| 17.4 | Immediate Exercise of Rights |
The Debtor agrees that the Secured Party may exercise its rights and remedies hereunder immediately upon default, except as may be otherwise provided in the Act, and the Debtor hereby expressly confirms that except as may be otherwise provided herein or in the Act, the Secured Party has not given any covenant, express or implied, and is under no obligation to allow the Debtor any period of time to remedy any default prior to the Secured Party exercising its rights and remedies hereunder.
| 18. | DEFICIENCY |
If the amounts realized from the disposition of the Collateral are not sufficient to pay the Secured Obligations in full, the Debtor will immediately pay to the Secured Party the amount of such deficiency.
| 19. | RIGHTS CUMULATIVE |
All rights and remedies of the Secured Party set out in this Security Agreement are cumulative and no right or remedy contained herein is intended to be exclusive but each will be in addition to every other right or remedy contained herein or in any existing or future security agreement or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity or by statute, or pursuant to any other agreement between the Debtor and the Secured Party that may be in effect from time to time.
| 20. | LIABILITY OF SECURED PARTY |
The Secured Party shall not be responsible or liable for any debts contracted by it, for damages to persons or property or for salaries or non-fulfilment of contracts during any period when the Secured Party shall manage the Collateral upon entry, as herein provided, nor shall the Secured Party be liable to account as mortgagee in possession or for anything except actual receipts or be liable for any loss on realization or for any default or omission for which a mortgagee in possession may be liable. The Secured Party shall not be bound to do, observe or perform or to see to the observance or performance by the Debtor of any obligations or covenants imposed upon the Debtor nor shall the Secured Party, in the case of Investment Property, Instruments or Chattel Paper, be obliged to preserve rights against other persons, nor shall the Secured Party be obliged to keep any of the Collateral identifiable. The Debtor hereby waives any applicable provision of law permitted to be waived by it which imposes higher or greater obligations upon the Secured Party than aforesaid.
| 21. | APPOINTMENT OF ATTORNEY |
The Debtor hereby irrevocably appoints the Secured Party or the Receiver, as the case may be, with full power of substitution, to be the attorney of the Debtor for and in the name of the Debtor to sign, endorse or execute under seal or otherwise any deeds, documents, transfers, cheques, instruments, demands, assignments, assurances or consents that the Debtor is obliged to sign, endorse or execute and generally to use the name of the Debtor and to do all things as may be necessary or incidental to the exercise of all or any of the powers conferred on the Secured Party or the Receiver, as the case may be, pursuant to this Security Agreement.
| 22. | ACCOUNTS |
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Security Agreement, the Secured Party may collect, realize, sell or otherwise deal with the Accounts or any part thereof in such manner, upon such terms and conditions and at such time or times, whether before or after default, as may seem to it advisable, and without notice to the Debtor, except in the case of disposition after default and then subject to the provisions of Part V of the Act. All monies or other forms of payment received by the Debtor in payment of any Account will be received and held by the Debtor in trust for the Secured Party.
Page 13
| 23. | APPROPRIATION OF PAYMENTS |
Any and all payments made in respect of the Secured Obligations from time to time and monies realized from any security interests held therefor (including monies collected in accordance with or realized on any enforcement of this Security Agreement) may be applied to such part or parts of the Secured Obligations as the Secured Party may see fit, and the Secured Party may at all times and from time to time change any appropriation as the Secured Party may see fit.
| 24. | LIABILITY TO ADVANCE |
None of the preparation, execution, perfection and registration of this Security Agreement or notice hereof or the advance of any monies shall bind the Secured Party to make any advance or loan or further advance or loan, or renew any note or extend any time for payment of any indebtedness or liability of the Debtor to the Secured Party.
| 25. | WAIVER |
The Secured Party may from time to time and at any time waive in whole or in part any right, benefit or default under any clause of this Security Agreement but any such waiver of any right, benefit or default on any occasion shall be deemed not to be a waiver of any such right, benefit or default thereafter, or of any other right, benefit or default, as the case may be, and no delay or omission by the Secured Party in exercising any right or remedy hereunder or with respect to any default shall operate as a waiver thereof or of any other right or remedy.
| 26. | NOTICE |
Notice may be given by any party in writing and shall be well and sufficiently given if sent by prepaid registered mail, by delivery, or by facsimile transmission to the party for whom it is intended, at the address or transmitted to the facsimile number herein provided, or to such other address or to such other facsimile number as may be set forth in any notice given pursuant to these notice provisions from time to time. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given and received:
| (a) | if delivered, when delivered; |
| (b) | if mailed by prepaid registered mail when there is no known or anticipated disruption of postal services, on the /third business day following that on which it was mailed; and |
| (c) | if sent by facsimile transmission, on the close of business on the day on which it was transmitted. |
| 27. | EXTENSIONS |
The Secured Party may grant extensions of time and other indulgences, take and give up security, accept compositions, compound, compromise, settle, grant releases and discharges, refrain from perfecting or maintaining perfection of the Security Interest, and otherwise deal with the Debtor, account debtors of the Debtor, sureties and others and with the Collateral, the Security Interest and other security interests as the Secured Party may see fit without prejudice to the liability of the Debtor or the Secured Party’s right to hold and realize on the security constituted by this Security Agreement.
| 28. | NO MERGER |
This Security Agreement shall not operate so as to create any merger or discharge of any of the Secured Obligations, or of any assignment, transfer, guarantee, lien, mortgage, contract, promissory note, bill of exchange or security interest of any form held or which may hereafter be held by the Secured Party from the Debtor or from any other person whomsoever. The taking of a judgment with respect to any of the Secured Obligations will not operate as a merger of any of the covenants contained in this Security Agreement.
Page 14
| 29. | ASSIGNMENT |
The Secured Party may, without further notice to the Debtor, at any time assign, transfer or grant a security interest in this Security Agreement and the Security Interest. The Debtor expressly agrees that the assignee, transferee or secured party, as the case may be, shall have all of the Secured Party’s rights and remedies under this Security Agreement and the Debtor will not assert any defence, counterclaim, right of set-off or otherwise with respect to any claim which the Debtor now has or hereafter acquires against the Secured Party in any action commenced by such assignee, transferee or secured party, as the case may be, and will pay the Secured Obligations to the assignee, transferee or secured party, as the case may be, as the Secured Obligations become due.
| 30. | SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE |
Any partial payment or satisfaction of the Secured Obligations, or any ceasing by the Debtor to be indebted to the Secured Party, shall be deemed not to be a redemption or discharge of this Security Agreement. The Debtor shall be entitled to a release and discharge of this Security Agreement upon full payment and satisfaction of all Secured Obligations and upon written request by the Debtor and payment to the Secured Party of a discharge fee to be fixed by the Secured Party and payment and of all costs, charges, expenses and legal fees and disbursements (on a solicitor and own client basis) incurred by the Secured Party in connection with the Secured Obligations and such release and discharge.
| 31. | ENUREMENT |
This Security Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.
| 32. | INTERPRETATION |
| 32.1 | Defined Terms |
In this Security Agreement:
| (a) | “Act” means the Personal Property Security Act of British Columbia and all regulations thereunder as the same may be amended from time to time; |
| (b) | “Collateral” has the meaning set out in Section 1 hereof and any reference to Collateral shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be deemed a reference to Collateral as a whole or any part thereof; |
| (c) | “Control Agreement” means: |
| (1) | with respect to any Uncertificated Security included in the Collateral, an agreement between the issuer of such Uncertificated Securities and another Person whereby such issuer agrees to comply with instructions that are originated by such Person in respect of such Uncertificated Security, without the further consent of the Debtor; and |
| (2) | with respect to any Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements included in the Collateral, an agreement between the Securities Intermediary in respect of such Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements to comply with any Entitlement Orders with respect to such Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements that are originated by Secured Party, without the further consent of the Debtor; |
Page 15
| (d) | “Debtor” and the personal pronoun “it” or “its” and any verb relating thereto and used therewith shall be read and construed as required by and in accordance with the context in which such words are used depending upon whether the Debtor is one or more individuals, corporations or partnerships and, if more than one, shall apply to and be binding upon each of them jointly and severally; |
| (e) | “Event of Default” means an “Event of Default” under the Loan Agreement; |
| (f) | “licence” means any licence or similar right at any time owned or held by the Debtor including but without being limited to a “licence” as defined in the Act; |
| (g) | “Loan Agreement” means the loan agreement dated for reference August 29, 2023 between, the Secured Party and the Debtor, as the said loan agreement may be amended, extended, renewed, replaced, restated and in effect from time to time; |
| (h) | “Loan Documents” means, collectively, the Loan Agreement, this Security Agreement, and all other documents and instruments evidencing or securing the payment of the Secured Obligations in whole or in part, whether provided by or on behalf of an Obligant; |
| (i) | “Obligant” or “Obligants” means, collectively, the Debtor and all other Persons who are from time to time liable to the Secured Party for the payment of the whole or any portion of the Secured Obligations, whether directly or indirectly, absolutely or contingently, jointly, severally or jointly and severally and includes all Persons who from time to time otherwise become liable for, or who agree to indemnify the Secured Party for any loss, costs or damages as a result of the failure of any other Persons to pay the Secured Obligations, in whole or in part; |
| (j) | “Person” or “Persons” means and includes any individual, sole proprietorship, corporation, partnership, bank, joint venture, trust, unincorporated association, association, institution, entity, party or government (whether national, federal, provincial, state, municipal, city, county or otherwise and including any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof); |
| (k) | “Secured Obligations” means all indebtedness and liability of all or any one or more of the Obligants to the Secured Party (and any one or more Persons making the same) under the Loan Documents, whether such indebtedness and liability is present or future, absolute or contingent, joint or several, direct or indirect, matured or not, extended or renewed, wheresoever and howsoever incurred, and any ultimate balance thereof, including all advances on current or running account and all future advances and re-advances, under or pursuant to any of the Loan Documents; |
| (l) | “STA” means the Securities Transfer Act of the Province of British Columbia, as amended from time to time and all regulations thereunder, which act, including amendments thereto and any act substituted therefor and amendments thereto is herein referred to as the “STA” and “Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the STA; and |
| (m) | Words with initial capital letters, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement. |
Page 16
| 32.2 | General |
Words and expressions used herein that have been defined in the Act or in the STA shall be interpreted in accordance with their respective meanings given in the Act or in the STA as applicable, whether expressed herein with or without initial capital letters and whether in the singular or the plural unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context otherwise requires, and wherever the context so requires in this Security Agreement the singular shall be read as if the plural were expressed, and vice-versa, and the provisions hereof shall be read with all grammatical changes necessary dependent upon the person referred to being a male, female, firm or corporation.
| 32.3 | Severability |
Should any provision of this Security Agreement be declared or held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part or against or with respect to the Debtor by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect the validity or enforceability of any or all of the remaining provisions of this Security Agreement which will continue in full force and effect and be construed as if this Security Agreement had been executed without the invalid or unenforceable provision.
| 32.4 | Headings |
The headings of the sections and clauses of this Security Agreement have been inserted for reference only and do not define, limit, alter or enlarge the meaning of any provision of this Security Agreement.
| 32.5 | Governing Law |
This Security Agreement shall be governed by the laws of British Columbia.
| 33. | MISCELLANEOUS |
| (a) | The Debtor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to file such financing statements, financing change statements and other documents and do such acts, matters and things as the Secured Party may deem appropriate to perfect on an ongoing basis and continue the Security Interest, to protect and preserve the Collateral and to realize upon the Security Interest. |
| (b) | The Debtor hereby waives protest of any Instrument constituting Collateral at any time held by the Secured Party on which the Debtor is any way liable and, subject to the provisions of the Act, notice of any other action taken by the Secured Party. |
| (c) | The Debtor acknowledges and agrees that in the event it amalgamates with any other company or companies it is the intention of the parties hereto that the term “Debtor” when used herein shall apply to each of the amalgamating companies and to the amalgamated company, such that the Security Interest granted hereby: |
| (1) | shall extend to “Collateral” (as that term is herein defined) owned by each of the amalgamating companies and the amalgamated company at the time of amalgamation and to any “Collateral” thereafter owned or acquired by the amalgamated company, and |
| (2) | shall secure the “Secured Obligations” (as that term is herein defined) of each of the amalgamating companies and the amalgamated company to the Secured Party at the time of amalgamation and any “Secured Obligations” of the amalgamated company to the Secured Party thereafter arising. The Security Interest shall attach to “Collateral” owned by each company amalgamating with the Debtor, and by the amalgamated company, at the time of amalgamation, and shall attach to any “Collateral” thereafter owned or acquired by the amalgamated company when such becomes owned or is acquired. |
| (d) | The Debtor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to provide a copy of this Security Agreement and such other information and documents specified under the Act to any person entitled pursuant to the Act to demand and receive same. |
Page 17
| 34. | COPY OF AGREEMENT AND FINANCING STATEMENT |
The Debtor hereby:
| (a) | acknowledges receiving a copy of this Security Agreement; and |
| (b) | waives all rights to receive from the Secured Party a copy of any financing statement, financing change statement or verification statement filed, issued or obtained at any time in respect of this Security Agreement. |
| 35. | PARAMOUNTCY |
In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Security Agreement and the terms of the Loan Agreement with respect to any matter specifically dealt with herein and therein, the provisions of the Loan Agreement will govern, unless as a result thereof (i) the mortgages, charges and security interests created herein or (ii) any of the remedies available to the Secured Party hereunder would be in any way diminished or invalidated, in which case the provisions of this Security Agreement will prevail.
| 36. | DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY INFORMATION |
| 36.1 | Debtor Address |
[***]
[***]
Attention: Jacob Safarik
E-mail: [***]
with a copy to:
Norton Rose Fulbright Canada LLP
[***]
Attention: Kristopher Miks
E-mail: [***]
| 36.2 | Secured Party Address |
[***]
[***]
Attention: Gary Garth Seabrook
E-mail: [***]
[Signature Page Follows]
Page 18
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Debtor has executed this Security Agreement on the date first above written.
| OPTIMI HEALTH CORP. | ||
| Per: | /s/ Jacob Safarik | |
| Authorized Signatory | ||
Exhibit 10.8
Certain identified information has been excluded from the exhibit by means of marking such information with brackets and asterisks because such information is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.
LOAN AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is dated for reference August 29, 2023
BETWEEN:
OPTIMI HEALTH CORP., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the “Borrower”)
AND:
WESTWARD VISIONS LTD., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the “Lender”)
WHEREAS the Borrower wishes to obtain a term loan from the Lender on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual premises, covenants and agreements set forth herein and all other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged), the parties agree as follows:
| 1. | DEFINITIONS |
Whenever used in this Agreement, unless there is something in the subject matter or context that is inconsistent therewith, the following words and terms will have the respective meanings set out below:
| (a) | “$” means lawful money in Canada. |
| (b) | “Additional Lenders” has the meaning set out in Section 4.2. |
| (c) | “Additional Loans” has the meaning set out in Section 4.2. |
| (d) | “Agreement” means this loan agreement, as may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time. |
| (e) | “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, a statutory holiday in British Columbia or a day on which banks generally are closed in Vancouver, British Columbia. |
| (f) | “Change of Control” means: (i) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any person or combination of persons acting jointly or in concert with each other of shares representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding shares of the Borrower, or (ii) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by persons who were neither: (A) nominated by the board of directors of the Borrower nor (B) appointed by directors so nominated. |
| (g) | “Fiscal Quarter” means a fiscal quarter of the Borrower, ending on the last day of December, March, June and September. |
| (h) | “Loan” has the meaning set out in Section 2.1. |
| (i) | “Loan Amount” means at any time the aggregate of: |
| (1) | the principal balance of the Loan then outstanding; |
| (2) | all interest accrued on the Loan; and |
| (3) | all other amounts then due and owing under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. |
| (j) | “Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Security Documents, and all other certificates, instruments, agreements and documents issued or delivered pursuant to the Loan Documents. |
| (k) | “Maturity Date” means August 29, 2026. |
| (l) | “Permitted Encumbrances” means: |
| (1) | the security agreement(s) charging the personal property of the Borrower, in respect of which a financing statement has been filed in the Personal Property Registry of British Columbia (the “PPR”) under base registration number 615782N in favour of Royal Bank of Canada (the “RBC Financing Statement”); |
| (2) | subject to Section 4.2, the security interests securing the Loan and any Additional Loans; and |
| (3) | any other charges, security interests or encumbrances as the Lender may expressly permit in writing from time to time. |
| (m) | “Permitted Indebtedness” means |
| (1) | indebtedness to Royal Bank of Canada in connection with which the RBC Financing Statement has been filed in the PPR; |
| (2) | the Loan and any Additional Loans; and |
| (3) | any other indebtedness as the Lender may expressly permit in writing from time to time. |
| (n) | “Security Documents” means the documents listed in Section 4, as they may be amended, supplemented, replaced and restated from time to time from time to time. |
| (o) | “Warrant Share” has the meaning set out in Section 3. |
| (p) | “Warrants” has the meaning set out in Section 3. |
2
| 2. | LOAN |
| 2.1 | Term Loan |
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lender agrees to make available to the Borrower a non- revolving, term loan in the principal amount of $500,000 (the “Loan”),which will be funded in a single advance on the date of this Agreement (the “Funding Date”).
| 2.2 | Purposes |
The Loan will be used by the Borrower to finance: (a) the procurement of manufacturing equipment, (b) expenditures related to production ramp up, and (c) general working capital.
| 2.3 | Interest |
Interest shall accrue on the outstanding balance of the Loan from the Funding Date at a rate of seven and a half percent (7.5%) per annum, calculated monthly, not in advance, from the Funding Date until the date when the Loan Amount is paid in full, both before and after default, demand, maturity and judgment. Interest shall accrue on overdue interest at the same rate and in the same manner.
| 2.4 | Repayment |
| (a) | The Borrower shall pay interest accrued on the then outstanding balance of the Loan in quarterly payments, commencing on September 30, 2023, and continuing thereafter on the last business day of each Fiscal Quarter, until the Loan Amount is paid in full. |
| (b) | The outstanding Loan Amount shall be repaid in full on the Maturity Date. |
| 2.5 | Prepayment |
The Borrower may prepay the Loan, in full or in part, at any time, provided that:
| (a) | the Borrower has provided to the Lender not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice, nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior written notice, of its intention to make a prepayment; and |
| (b) | the Borrower pays to the Lender a prepayment fee which is equal to: |
| (1) | four percent (4%) of the principal balance of the Loan prepaid, if the repayment is made at any time prior to the first anniversary of the Funding Date; |
| (2) | two percent (2%) of the principal balance of the Loan prepaid, if the repayment is made at any time on or after the first anniversary of the Funding Date and prior to the second anniversary of the Funding Date; and |
| (3) | one percent (1%) of the principal balance of the Loan prepaid, if the repayment is made at any time on or after the second anniversary of the Funding Date and prior to the Maturity Date. |
3
| 2.6 | Payments |
| (a) | Payments made on account of the Loan Amount will be applied when received first in payment of outstanding fees, interest and other costs which have accrued to the date such payment is received, and secondly (but subject to Section 2.5) in payment of the principal balance of the Loan then outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is an Event of Default (as defined below), then any payment received by the Lender on account of the Loan Amount may be applied in such order and in such manner as the Lender, in its sole discretion, may determine. |
| (b) | If a payment under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is due on a day other than a Business Day, then such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. |
| (c) | Unless otherwise specified herein, payments on account of the principal amount of the Loan and the interest thereon shall be made by the Borrower in Canadian dollars to or to the order of the Lender, by a bank draft, certified cheque or electronic funds transfer to an account specified in writing by the Lender. |
| 3. | WARRANTS |
In consideration for the Lender making the Loan available to the Borrower, the Borrower shall issue to the Lender, or its designated assignees, 50,000 common share purchase warrants (the “Warrants”). Each Warrant will be exercisable to acquire one common share of the Borrower (each, a “Warrant Share”) at an exercise price of CAD$0.50 per Warrant Share for a period of three (3) years from the Funding Date, subject to adjustment in certain events as set out in the certificate representing the Warrants.
| 4. | SECURITY |
| 4.1 | Security |
As security for the repayment of the Loan Amount and performance of the obligations of the Borrower to the Lender, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender the following documents, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender (collectively, the “Security Documents”):
| (a) | a general security agreement granted by the Borrower in favour of the Lender creating a security interest in all of its present and after-acquired personal property; and |
| (b) | such other agreements, pledges, instruments, notes, certificates and documents and third party consents as the Lender may reasonably request from time to time. |
4
| 4.2 | Additional Loans |
The Lender acknowledges and agrees that the Borrower may obtain additional loans from other lenders (the “Additional Lenders”) up to a maximum additional principal amount of $2,500,000.00 (the “Additional Loans”) on terms substantially similar to those contained herein. The Lender acknowledges and agrees that the payment obligations in respect of the Loan and any Additional Loans shall rank at all times, pari passu, and the security granted by the Borrower to any Additional Lenders as security for any Additional Loans shall rank at all times, pari passu, with the security created by the Security Documents, subject to and in accordance with an intercreditor agreement to be entered into among the Lender and the Additional Lenders, in a form acceptable to the Borrower and the Lender, each acting reasonably.
| 5. | REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
The representations and warranties set out in this Section 5 shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement. No investigation at any time made by or on behalf of the Lender shall diminish in any respect whatsoever the Lender’s rights to rely on such representations and warranties.
| 5.1 | Standard Representations |
The Borrower hereby represents and warrants as follows to the Lender and acknowledges and agrees that the Lender is relying on such representations and warranties in connection with the Loan:
| (a) | the Borrower is a company duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), and it has all requisite power and authority to own its assets, to carry on its business as now being conducted, to borrow, and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents and the Warrants; |
| (b) | the borrowing of the Loan by the Borrower and the provision of security therefor, as contemplated by the Loan Documents, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of the Loan Documents and the Warrants: |
| (1) | have been duly authorized by all necessary proceedings of the Borrower; |
| (2) | do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of: |
| (A) | the constating documents of the Borrower; |
| (B) | any law applicable to or binding on or affecting the Borrower or its assets; or |
| (C) | any agreement or other document to which the Borrower is a party; |
| (3) | do not and will not, result in, or require or permit: |
| (A) | the imposition of any encumbrances on any properties now owned by the Borrower; or |
| (B) | the acceleration of the maturity of any debts owing by the Borrower; |
5
| (c) | the Borrower has obtained all material consents, authorizations and approvals required to carry on its business as now being conducted and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents and the Warrants; |
| (d) | the Borrower is not in default, and no event or circumstance has occurred which would, with notice, lapse of time or both, result in a default or an event of default, under (i) any indenture, mortgage or deed of trust, or (ii) any agreement or other instrument to which the Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its assets may be bound; |
| (e) | the Borrower has filed all material tax returns which are required to be filed by it and it has paid or remitted when due all taxes, assessments and government charges imposed upon it which if unpaid could result in any charge or other encumbrance on its properties; |
| (f) | no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, and there exists no state of facts or circumstances, which after notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default; |
| (g) | the operations of the Borrower have been carried out at all times in compliance with applicable laws in all material respects; and |
| (h) | there is no material action, suit, litigation or other proceeding (regulatory or otherwise) commenced or threatened against the Borrower or any of its assets. |
| 6. | CONDITIONS PRECEDENT |
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Lender shall not be obligated to advance the Loan unless and until the following conditions have been satisfied to the satisfaction of the Lender (or waived by the Lender in its sole discretion):
| (a) | the Lender shall have received the following documents, each in form and substance to its satisfaction: |
| (1) | this Agreement, the Warrants and the Security Documents, duly executed by the Borrower; |
| (2) | a promissory note in the form as attached in Schedule A hereto (a “Promissory Note”) in respect of the Loan; |
| (3) | a certified copy of resolutions of the board of directors of the Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents, the issuance of the Warrants and the issuance of the warrant shares upon exercise of the Warrants in accordance with the terms thereof; |
| (4) | an irrevocable and unconditional direction as to the application of the proceeds of the Loan signed by the Borrower, including payment of expenses (pursuant to Section 12.2 below); |
6
| (b) | all governmental, regulatory, corporate, shareholder and third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with entry into this Agreement and transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect; |
| (c) | all registrations and filings in connection with the Security Documents have been made to the satisfaction of the Lender; and |
| (d) | no event shall have occurred which constitutes, or which, with notice, the lapse of time, or both, would constitute, an Event of Default. |
| 7. | COVENANTS |
| 7.1 | Positive Covenants |
The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that it will, and will cause its subsidiaries to:
| (a) | pay all amounts of principal, interest and fees on the dates, times and place specified in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; |
| (b) | advise the Lender promptly after the happening of any event which will result in a material adverse change in the financial condition, business, operations, or prospects of the Borrower and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the occurrence of any Event of Default or any default under any other agreement for borrowed money; |
| (c) | do all things necessary to maintain in good standing its and its subsidiaries corporate existence and preserve and keep all material agreements, rights, franchises, licenses, operations, contracts or other arrangements in full force and effect; |
| (d) | pay all taxes, assessments and government charges unless such taxes, assessments, or charges are being contested in good faith and appropriate reserves shall be made with funds set aside in a separate trust fund; |
| (e) | take all necessary actions to ensure that the Security Documents and its obligations thereunder will rank ahead of all other indebtedness of and all other security granted by the Borrower or its subsidiaries, other than Permitted Encumbrances; |
| (f) | maintain adequate insurance on all of its assets, undertakings, and business risks; |
| (g) | permit the Lender or its authorized representatives reasonable access to its premises, and records for purposes of auditing or enforcing its security interests; |
| (h) | comply in all material respects with applicable laws; |
| (i) | promptly notify the Lender on becoming aware of the occurrence of any litigation, dispute, arbitration or other proceeding which would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Borrower and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and which if adversely determined, and from time to time provide the Lender with all reasonable information requested by the Lender concerning the status of any such proceedings; |
7
| (j) | deliver to the Lender: |
| (1) | annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower within one- hundred and twenty (120) days of each year end, accompanied by a management discussion and analysis (in the form required under applicable securities laws); and |
| (2) | quarterly consolidated unaudited financial statements of the Borrower within sixty (60) days of the end of each fiscal quarter, |
provided that, for the purposes of this Section 7.1(j), the Borrower shall be deemed to have complied with this covenant for so long as the foregoing financial statements are disclosed under the Borrower’s profile on SEDAR+;
| (k) | maintain its assets, property, plant and equipment in good repair and working condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted; and |
| (l) | continue to carry on the business currently being carried on by the Borrower and its subsidiaries at the date hereof. |
| 7.2 | Negative Covenants |
The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that it will not and will cause its subsidiaries to not:
| (a) | create, assume, incur or permit the existence of any security interest, mortgage, lien, charge, or other encumbrance whatsoever upon any of its property or assets, other than Permitted Encumbrances; |
| (b) | borrow, create, incur or assume any indebtedness, other than Permitted Indebtedness; |
| (c) | merge or consolidate with any other person, or acquire all or substantially all of the shares, assets or business of any other person or form any subsidiaries; |
| (d) | sell, lease, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of any of its now owned or hereafter acquired assets (including, without limitation, shares of stock and indebtedness of subsidiaries, receivables and leasehold interests), except for inventory disposed of in the ordinary course of business; or |
| (e) | terminate or enter into a surrender of any material lease, license or contractual rights charged under the Security Documents. |
8
| 8. | DEFAULT |
| 8.1 | Event of Default |
Each of the following events will constitute an “Event of Default” in respect of the Borrower under this Agreement:
| (a) | the Borrower fails to pay the principal amount of the Loan when due or fails to pay interest or fees outstanding under this Agreement within five (5) Business Days of when due; |
| (b) | if there is a breach or non-performance or non-observance of any term or condition of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and, if such default is capable to being remedied, the default continues unremedied for ten (10) Business Days after the occurrence thereof; |
| (c) | if the Borrower or any one of its subsidiaries makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, files or presents a petition, makes a proposal or commits any act of bankruptcy, or if any action is taken for the winding up, liquidation or the appointment of a liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy, custodian, curator, sequestrator, receiver or any other officer with similar powers or if a judgment or order shall be entered by any court approving a petition for reorganization, arrangement or composition of or in respect of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries or if the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries is insolvent or declared bankrupt; |
| (d) | if there exists a voluntary or involuntary suspension of business of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries; |
| (e) | if action is taken by an encumbrancer against the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries to take possession of property or enforce proceedings against any assets; |
| (f) | if any final judgment for the payment of monies is made against the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries and it is not discharged within thirty (30) days from the imposition of such judgment; |
| (g) | if there exists an event, the effect of which with lapse of time or the giving of notice, will constitute an event of default or a default under any other agreement for borrowed money entered into by the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries; |
| (h) | if the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries is in default under any other present or future agreement with the Lender or any of the Lender’s subsidiaries, including any other loan agreement, forward foreign exchange transactions, interest rate and currency and/or commodity swaps; |
| (i) | if any of the Loan Documents is not enforceable or if any party to the Loan Documents shall dispute or deny any liability or any of its obligations under the Loan Documents; or |
| (j) | a Change of Control occurs. |
| 8.2 | Remedies |
Upon an Event of Default, the Lender may do all or any of the following:
| (a) | declare the then outstanding balance of the Loan Amount to be immediately due and payable; and |
| (b) | exercise any and all rights, powers, remedies and recourses available to the Lender under this Agreement, the Security Documents, at law, in equity or otherwise. |
9
| 9. | RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PARTIES |
The relationship between the Borrower on one part and the Lender on the other part is that of debtor and creditor, and not of a partnership or joint venture.
| 10. | CRIMINAL INTEREST RATE |
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, the parties hereto agree that no “interest” shall be paid or payable to the Lender in connection with the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan at an annual rate of interest greater than that rate which is one (1%) percent per annum less than the “criminal rate” of interest (the “Maximum Rate”). The Borrower will not pay, and the Lender will not demand from the Borrower, “interest” on the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan which is in excess of the Maximum Rate (any such excess, “Excess Interest”). The parties hereto agree that any “interest” received by the Lender on the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan which could, but for this Section, be construed as Excess Interest, will be automatically applied to the Loan Amount as a repayment on account of the principal balance of the Loan then outstanding. If it is at any time determined that, at the time any Excess Interest was received by the Lender, and there were no, or insufficient, principal monies owing under the Loan to allow for an automatic reduction of the principal balance of the Loan as contemplated above, then the parties hereto agree to reduce the “interest” paid by the Borrower on the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan to the Maximum Rate by either one or a combination of the following:
| (a) | if the Loan Amount has not then been repaid in full, by reducing the “interest” payable thereafter on the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan, if necessary, by reducing the monies payable thereafter on account of interest, until the Excess Interest is repaid to the Borrower in full; or |
| (b) | if the Loan Amount has been repaid in full, or there are insufficient monies due and owing in account of the Loan Amount to allow for a repayment of the Excess Interest in accordance with subparagraph (a) above, by repaying to the Borrower, on demand, that amount which would repay the outstanding Excess Interest in its entirety. |
In this section words or phrases in quotations and which are defined in Section 347 of the Criminal Code of Canada have the meaning set out in that section.
| 11. | GENERAL INDEMNITY |
In addition to any liability of the Borrower to the Lender under any other provision hereof or the other Loan Documents, the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender and hold the Lender harmless against any losses, claims, costs, damages or liabilities (including, without limitation, any loss of profits or fees anticipated hereunder, any expense or cost incurred in the liquidation and re-deployment of funds acquired to fund or maintain any portion of an advance under the Loan and reasonable out of pocket expenses and legal fees on a solicitor-and-his-own-client basis) incurred by the Lender as a result of or in connection with the Loan or the Loan Documents, including as a result of or in connection with:
| (a) | the failure of the Borrower to pay any interest, fee or any other amounts due hereunder on its due date (including, without limitation, a payment pursuant to a Prepayment Notice); or |
| (b) | the failure to give any notice required to be given by the Borrower to the Lender hereunder, |
provided that this Section 11 shall not apply to any losses, claims, costs, damages or liabilities suffered by the Lender which arise by reason of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Lender. The provisions of this Section 11 shall survive repayment of the Loan Amount and any other obligations in connection herewith.
10
| 12. | GENERAL |
| 12.1 | Evidence of Indebtedness |
The Lender shall maintain its books, accounts and records in respect of the Loan, which shall constitute, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lender under the Loan, provided that any failure of the Lender to maintain the books, accounts and records under this Section shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower to pay such amounts to the Lender.
| 12.2 | Lender’s Expenses |
The Borrower shall pay all reasonable expenses (including all applicable taxes thereon) incurred by or on behalf of the Lender in carrying out or attempting to carry out the transaction(s) contemplated hereby to completion (including, without limitations, all legal fees and other costs incurred for the preparation, completion, registration and enforcement of the Loan Documents) up to a maximum of $12,500, and in collecting the Loan Amount or enforcing its rights and remedies under the Loan Documents. Each such expense shall accrue interest in accordance with Section 2.3 from the date it is incurred by or on behalf of the Lender until such expense and the interest thereon are fully paid upon demand.
| 12.3 | Gross-Up; Withholding |
All amounts payable by the Borrower under this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall, unless otherwise required by applicable laws, be made free and clear of, and without deduction for, any amount in respect of withholding taxes. If the Borrower is required to deduct or withhold any amount in respect of taxes from or in respect of any amount payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, then:
| (a) | the Borrower shall pay to the applicable payee an additional amount as may be necessary so that the net amount received by that payee after such deduction or withholding shall not be less than the amount such payee would have received if no such deduction or withholding had been made; |
| (b) | the Borrower shall make such deductions or withholdings; and |
| (c) | the Borrower shall remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing authority in accordance with applicable laws, and provide evidence thereof to the Lender. |
| 12.4 | Governing Law |
This Agreement shall in all respects be governed by and be construed in accordance with the laws of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein, without giving effect to any choice of Law or conflict of Law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the Province of British Columbia.
11
| 12.5 | Currency |
Unless otherwise specified, all references to money herein and in any other Loan Documents mean the lawful money of Canada.
| 12.6 | Judgment Currency |
If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or under any other Loan Documents to the Lender in one currency (the “Original Currency”) into another currency (the “Judgment Currency”), the parties agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures Royal Bank of Canada (or such other Canadian chartered banks as the Lender may designate in its sole discretion) could purchase the Original Currency with the Judgment Currency on the Business Day preceding that on which the judgment is paid or satisfied in full. The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due in the Original Currency from it to the Lender under any Loan Document shall, notwithstanding any judgment in any Judgment Currency, be discharged only to the extent that, on the Business Day following receipt by the Lender of any sum adjudged to be so due in such Judgment Currency, the Lender may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Original Currency with such Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Original Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Lender in the Original Currency, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Lender against such loss and, if the amount of the Original Currency so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to the Lender in the Original Currency, the Lender agrees to remit such excess to the Borrower.
| 12.7 | Severability |
If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction from which no further appeal lies or is taken, that provision shall be deemed to be severed herefrom, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby and shall remain valid and enforceable.
| 12.8 | Entire Agreement |
This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are intended by the Borrower and the Lender to be the final, complete, and exclusive expression of the agreement between the Borrower on one part and the Lender on the other part relating to the Loan, and they supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, among the parties relating to the same subject matter.
| 12.9 | Non-Merger |
All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution, delivery and the registration of the Security Documents and other Loan Documents and the advance made on account of the Loan.
12
| 12.10 | Notice |
Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement or the Loan Documents shall be in writing and delivered in person, or sent by e-mail transmission, or by mail, as follows:
| (a) | in the case of the Borrower: |
[***]
[***]
Attention: Jacob Safarik
e-mail: [***]
with a copy to:
Norton Rose Fulbright Canada LLP
[***]
Attention: Kristopher Miks
e-mail: [***]
| (b) | in the case of the Lender: |
[***]
[***]
Attention: Keith Jared Seabrook
E-mail: [***]
Any notice so given will be deemed to have been given and received at the time of delivery in person, or on the next Business Day following the day of fax or e-mail transmission of the same, or on five (5) Business Days after the date of posting. Any party hereto may from time to time by notice in writing change its address or the designated recipient for the purposes of this Section.
| 12.11 | Further Assurance |
The Borrower will perform, execute and deliver all such further acts, documents, instruments and matters as the Lender may reasonably require from time to time to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
| 12.12 | Assignment by the Borrower |
The Borrower may not assign or transfer its rights, interests in and obligations under this Agreement to another person, without the Lender’s prior written consent.
13
| 12.13 | Enurement |
This Agreement shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of the Borrower and the Lender and their respective personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.
| 12.14 | Counterparts |
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument, and all such counterparts may be delivered by way of facsimile transmission or in PDF by e-mail to the other party.
| 12.15 | Conflict |
In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement will prevail to the extent of such conflict or inconsistency.
[Signature Pages Follow.]
14
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto execute this Agreement on the date first above written.
| Lender: | ||
| WESTWARD VISIONS LTD. | ||
| Per: | /s/ Keith Jared Seabrook | |
| Keith Jared Seabrook | ||
| Borrower: | ||
| OPTIMI HEALTH CORP. | ||
| Per: | /s/ Jacob Safarik | |
| Jacob Safarik | ||
SCHEDULE A
FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE
| Principal: Canadian $500,000 | August 29, 2023 |
For value received, the undersigned, OPTIMI HEALTH CORP. (the Borrower) hereby promises to pay to WESTWARD VISIONS LTD. (the Lender), or to its order, the principal amount of FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS in lawful money of Canada ($500,000) on the Maturity Date.
This promissory note is made subject to the terms of the Loan Agreement dated August 29, 2023 (the Loan Agreement) between the Borrower and the Lender. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this promissory note have the meanings given in the Loan Agreement. Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of this promissory note in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement.
The undersigned waives any grace period, presentment for payment, notice of non-payment, protest, notice of protest and notice of dishonour. This promissory note will be governed by, and is to be construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.
| OPTIMI HEALTH CORP. | ||
| Per: |
| |
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
Exhibit 10.9
Certain identified information has been excluded from the exhibit by means of marking such information with brackets and asterisks because such information is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.
GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT (the “Security Agreement”) is dated for reference August 29, 2023.
BETWEEN:
OPTIMI HEALTH CORP., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the “Debtor”)
AND:
WESTWARD VISIONS LTD., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the “Secured Party”)
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the Debtor hereby covenants, agrees, warrants, represents, acknowledges and confirms to and with the Secured Party and creates and grants the mortgages, charges and security interests hereinafter set forth, as follows:
| 1. | SECURITY INTEREST |
| 1.1 | Grant of Security Interest |
For the consideration aforesaid and as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations (as hereinafter defined), the Debtor, subject to the exceptions set out in Section 2 hereof, does hereby:
| (a) | mortgage and charge as and by way of a fixed and specific charge to and in favour of the Secured Party and assign and transfer to the Secured Party and grant to the Secured Party, by way of mortgage, charge, assignment and transfer, a security interest in all the Debtor’s right, title and interest, both present and future, in and to all of its presently owned or held and after acquired or held personal property, of whatever nature or kind and wheresoever situate and all proceeds and renewals thereof and therefrom, accretions thereto and substitutions therefor, including, without limitation, all of the following now owned or hereafter owned or acquired by or on behalf of the Debtor: |
| (1) | all inventory of whatever kind and wherever situate, including, without limitation, goods acquired or held for sale or lease or furnished or to be furnished under contracts of rental or service, all raw materials, work in process, finished goods, returned goods, repossessed goods, and all packaging materials, supplies and containers relating to or used or consumed in connection with any of the foregoing (all of which is hereinafter collectively called the “Inventory”); |
| (2) | all equipment (other than Inventory) of whatever kind and wherever situate, including, without limitation, all machinery, tools, apparatus, plant, fixtures, furniture, furnishings, chattels, motor vehicles, vessels and other tangible personal property of whatsoever nature or kind that is not Inventory, and all parts, components, attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions and improvements to any of the foregoing (all of which is hereinafter collectively called the “Equipment”); |
| (3) | all book accounts and book debts and generally all accounts, debts, dues, claims, choses in action and demands of every nature and kind howsoever arising or secured including letters of credit and advices of credit, which are now due, owing or accruing or growing due to or owned by or which may hereafter become due, owing or accruing or growing due to or owned by the Debtor (all of which is hereinafter collectively called the “Accounts”); |
Page 2
| (4) | all deeds, documents, writings, papers, books of account and other books and electronically recorded data relating to or being records of Accounts, Chattel Paper or Documents of Title or by which such are or may hereafter be secured, evidenced, acknowledged or made payable; |
| (5) | all contractual rights, insurance claims, licences, goodwill, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights and other industrial or intellectual property of the Debtor, all other choses in action of the Debtor of every kind which now are, or which may at any time hereafter be, due or owing to or owned by the Debtor, and all other intangible property of the Debtor which is not Accounts, Chattel Paper, Instruments, Documents of Title, Investment Property or Money; |
| (6) | all Money; |
| (7) | all property described in Schedule A attached hereto, if so attached, or in any schedule now or at any time hereafter annexed hereto or agreed to form part hereof; |
| (8) | the undertaking of the Debtor; and |
| (9) | all Chattel Paper, Documents of Title (whether negotiable or not), Instruments, Intangibles and Investment Property now owned or hereafter owned or acquired by or on behalf of the Debtor (including such as may be returned to or repossessed by the Debtor), and all other goods of the Debtor which are not Equipment, Inventory or Accounts; |
| (b) | charge as and by way of a floating charge to and in favour of the Secured Party, and grant to the Secured Party a security interest in and to: |
| (1) | all the Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to all its presently owned or held and after acquired or held real, immovable and leasehold property and all interests therein, and all easements, rights-of-way, privileges, benefits, licences, improvements and rights whether connected therewith or appurtenant thereto or separately owned or held, including all structures, plant and other fixtures (all of which is hereinafter collectively called “Real Property”); and |
| (2) | all property, assets and undertakings of the Debtor, both present and future, of whatsoever nature or kind and wheresoever situate, and all Proceeds thereof and therefrom, other than such of its property, assets and undertakings as are otherwise validly and effectively subject to the charges and security interests in favour of the Secured Party created pursuant to Section 1.1(a) hereof; and |
| (c) | mortgage and charge as and by way of a fixed and specific charge to and in favour of the Secured Party, and assign and transfer to the Secured Party and grant to the Secured Party, by way of mortgage, charge, assignment and transfer, a security interest in all of the Debtor’s right, title and interest, both present and future, in and to all of its presently owned or held and after acquired or held property which: |
| (1) | is or hereafter becomes a fixture; or |
| (2) | constitutes a licence, quota, permit or other similar right or benefit or crops. |
Page 3
The mortgages, charges, assignments and transfers and security interests created or granted pursuant to Sections 1.1 (a), (b) and (c) hereof are hereinafter collectively called the “Security Interest”, and all property, assets, interests and undertakings (including Proceeds) subject to the Security Interest or otherwise charged or secured hereby or expressed to be charged, assigned or transferred or secured by any instruments supplemental hereto or in implementation hereof are hereinafter collectively called the “Collateral”.
| 2. | EXCEPTIONS |
The Security Interest granted hereby shall not extend or apply to and the Collateral shall not extend to or include:
| (a) | Consumer Goods; or |
| (b) | the last day of the term of any lease or agreement therefor but upon the enforcement of the Security Interest the Debtor shall stand possessed of such last day in trust to assign and dispose thereof as the Secured Party shall direct. |
| 3. | SECURED OBLIGATIONS |
This Security Agreement and the Security Interest are in addition to and not in substitution for any other security interest now or hereafter held by the Secured Party from the Debtor or from any other person whomsoever and shall be general and continuing security for the payment, performance and satisfaction of the Secured Obligations.
| 4. | PROHIBITIONS |
Without the prior written consent of the Secured Party, the Debtor shall not and shall not have power to:
| (a) | grant, create or permit to be created any security interest in, charge, encumbrance or lien over, or claim against any of its property, assets, or undertakings which ranks or could in any event rank in priority to or pari passu with the Security Interest; |
| (b) | grant, sell, or otherwise assign its Chattel Paper; or |
| (c) | issue or have outstanding at any time any secured or unsecured bonds, debentures, debenture stock or other evidences of indebtedness of the Debtor or of any predecessor in title of the Debtor issued under a trust deed or other instrument running in favour of a trustee. |
| 5. | ATTACHMENT |
The Debtor acknowledges that the Security Interest attaches upon the execution of this Security Agreement (or in the case of any after acquired property, at the time of acquisition thereof), that value has been given, and that the Debtor has, or in the case of after acquired property will have at the time of acquisition, rights in the Collateral.
Page 4
| 6. | REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
The Debtor represents and warrants to the Secured Party that:
| (a) | the Debtor lawfully owns and possesses all presently held Collateral and has good title thereto, free from all security interests, charges, encumbrances, liens and claims, save only the charges or security interests, if any, shown in any Schedule hereto and those consented to in writing by the Secured Party, and the Debtor has good right and lawful authority to grant a security interest in the Collateral as provided by this Security Agreement; |
| (b) | where the Collateral includes Accounts, Chattel Paper or Instruments, each is enforceable in accordance with its terms against the party obligated thereunder and that the Debtor has fully and accurately disclosed to the Secured Party the amount owing thereunder and any other relevant information concerning liability for payment thereunder; |
| (c) | with respect to goods constituting Collateral, the Debtor has herein or elsewhere fully and accurately disclosed to the Secured Party the locations thereof and of the business operations and records of the Debtor; and |
| (d) | the Debtor has not consented to the entering into by: (A) any issuer of any Uncertificated Securities included in or relating to the Collateral of a Control Agreement; or (B) any Securities Intermediary for any Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements included in or relating to the Collateral of a Control Agreement, other than, in either case, the Secured Party. |
| 7. | COVENANTS OF THE DEBTOR |
| 7.1 | General Covenants |
The Debtor covenants and agrees with the Secured Party that at all times while this Security Agreement remains in effect the Debtor will:
| (a) | defend the title to the Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Party against the claims and demands of all persons; |
| (b) | fully and effectually maintain and keep maintained the validity and effectiveness of the Security Interest; |
| (c) | maintain the Collateral in good order and repair; |
| (d) | forthwith pay: |
| (1) | all taxes, assessments, rates, duties, levies, government fees, claims, dues and other charges of every nature which may be lawfully levied, assessed or imposed upon it or the Collateral when due, unless the Debtor shall in good faith contest its obligations so to pay and shall furnish such security as the Secured Party may require; and |
| (2) | all security interests, charges, encumbrances, liens and claims which rank or could in any event rank in priority to the Security Interest, other than the charges or security interests, if any, shown in any Schedule hereto and those consented to in writing by the Secured Party; |
| (e) | forthwith reimburse and indemnify the Secured Party for all costs, charges, expenses and legal fees and disbursements which may be incurred by the Secured Party in: |
| (1) | inspecting the Collateral; |
Page 5
| (2) | negotiating, preparing, perfecting and registering this Security Agreement or notice of it and other documents, whether or not relating to this Security Agreement; |
| (3) | investigating title to the Collateral; |
| (4) | taking, recovering, keeping possession of and insuring the Collateral; and |
| (5) | all other actions and proceedings taken in connection with the preservation of the Collateral and the enforcement of this Security Agreement and of any other Security Interest held by the Secured Party as security for the Secured Obligations; |
| (f) | at the Secured Party’s request at any time and from time to time, execute and deliver such further and other documents and instruments and do all acts and things as the Secured Party in its absolute discretion requires in order to confirm and perfect, and maintain perfection of, the Security Interest in favour of the Secured Party upon any of the Collateral; |
| (g) | notify the Secured Party promptly of: |
| (1) | any change in the information contained herein relating to the Debtor, its address, its business or the Collateral, including without limitation any change of name or address of the Debtor and any change in location of any Collateral; |
| (2) | the details of any material acquisition of Collateral; |
| (3) | any material loss or damage to the Collateral; |
| (4) | any material default by any account debtor in payment or other performance of his obligations to the Debtor with respect to any Accounts; |
| (5) | the return to or repossession by the Debtor of the Collateral where such return or repossession of the Collateral is material in relation to the business of the Debtor; and |
| (6) | the details of any claims or litigation affecting the Debtor or the Collateral; |
| (h) | prevent the Collateral, other than Inventory sold, leased, or otherwise disposed of as permitted hereby, from being or becoming an accession to other property not covered by this Security Agreement; |
| (i) | permit the Secured Party and its representatives, at all reasonable times, access to all its property, assets and undertakings and to all its books of account and records for the purpose of inspection and render all assistance necessary for such inspection; |
| (j) | deliver to the Secured Party from time to time promptly upon request: |
| (1) | any Documents of Title, Instruments, Investment Property and Chattel Paper constituting, representing or relating to Collateral; |
| (2) | all books of account and all records, ledgers, reports, correspondence, schedules, documents, statements, lists and other writings relating to the Collateral for the purpose of inspecting, auditing or copying the same; |
| (3) | all financial statements prepared by or for the Debtor regarding the Debtor’s business; |
Page 6
| (4) | all policies and certificates of insurance relating to the Collateral; and |
| (5) | such information concerning the Collateral, the Debtor and the Debtor’s business and affairs as the Secured Party may reasonably require; |
| (k) | carry on and conduct the business of the Debtor in a proper and efficient manner and so as to protect and preserve the Collateral and to keep, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, proper books of account for the Debtor’s business as well as accurate and complete records concerning Collateral; |
| (l) | observe and perform the additional covenants, if any, set out in any schedule attached hereto; |
| (m) | will not consent to: |
| (1) | the entering into by any issuer of any Uncertificated Securities included in or relating to the Collateral of a Control Agreement in respect of such Uncertificated Securities with any Person other than the Secured Party or such nominee or agent as it may direct; or |
| (2) | the entering into by any Securities Intermediary for any Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements included in or relating to the Collateral of a Control Agreement with respect to such Securities Accounts or Securities Entitlements with any Person other than the Secured Party or such nominee or agent as it may direct; and |
| (n) | promptly upon request from time to time by the Secured Party, the Debtor shall: |
| (1) | enter into and use reasonable commercial efforts to cause any Securities Intermediary for any Securities Accounts or Securities Entitlements included in or relating to the Collateral to enter into a Control Agreement with the Secured Party with respect to such Securities Accounts or Securities Entitlements as the Secured Party requires in form and substance satisfactory to the Secured Party; and/or |
| (2) | enter into and use reasonable commercial efforts to cause any issuer of any Uncertificated Securities included in or relating to the Collateral to enter into a Control Agreement with the Secured Party with respect to such Uncertificated Securities in form and substance satisfactory to the Secured Party. |
| 7.2 | Covenants Regarding Collateral |
Except as herein provided, without the prior written consent of the Secured Party, the Debtor will not:
| (a) | sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the Collateral; |
| (b) | release, surrender or abandon possession of the Collateral; or |
| (c) | move or transfer the Collateral from the jurisdiction or jurisdictions in which the Security Interest has been perfected. |
Page 7
| 7.3 | Dealings With Collateral |
Provided that the Debtor is not in default under this Security Agreement, at any time without the consent of the Secured Party the Debtor may lease, sell, license, consign or otherwise deal with items of Inventory in the ordinary course of its business and for the purposes of carrying on its business.
| 8. | INSURANCE |
| 8.1 | Covenants Regarding Insurance |
The Debtor covenants that at all times while this Security Agreement is in effect the Debtor shall:
| (a) | maintain or cause to be maintained insurance on the Collateral with an insurer, of kinds, for amounts and payable to such person or persons, all as the Secured Party may require, and in particular but without limitation maintain insurance on the Collateral to its full insurable value against loss or damage by fire including extended coverage endorsement and in the case of motor vehicles and other mobile Collateral, maintain insurance against theft; |
| (b) | cause the insurance policy or policies required hereunder to be assigned to the Secured Party and have as part thereof a standard mortgage clause or a mortgage endorsement, as appropriate; and |
| (c) | pay all premiums in connection with such insurance, and deliver all such policies to the Secured Party, if it so requires. |
| 8.2 | Application of Insurance Proceeds |
If proceeds of any insurance required hereunder become payable the Secured Party may, in its absolute discretion, apply such proceeds to such part or parts of the Secured Obligations as the Secured Party may see fit or the Secured Party may release any such insurance proceeds to the Debtor for the purpose of repairing, replacing or rebuilding, but any release of insurance proceeds to the Debtor shall not operate as a payment on account of the Secured Obligations or in any way affect this Security Agreement.
| 8.3 | Proof of Loss |
The Debtor will forthwith, on the happening of loss or damage to the Collateral, notify the Secured Party thereof and furnish to the Secured Party at the Debtor’s expense any necessary proof and do any necessary act to enable the Secured Party to obtain payment of the insurance proceeds, but nothing herein contained shall limit the Secured Party’s right to submit to the insurer a proof of loss on its own behalf.
| 8.4 | Secured Party as Loss Payee |
The Debtor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the insurer under any policy of insurance required hereunder to include the name of the Secured Party as a loss payee on any cheque or draft which may be issued with respect to a claim under and by virtue of such insurance, and the production by the Secured Party to any insurer of a certified copy of this Security Agreement shall be its full and complete authority for so doing.
| 8.5 | Failure to Maintain Insurance Coverage |
If the Debtor fails to maintain insurance as required hereby, the Secured Party may, but shall not be obliged to, maintain or effect such insurance coverage, or so much thereof as the Secured Party considers necessary for its protection.
Page 8
| 9. | USE AND VERIFICATION OF COLLATERAL |
Subject to compliance with the Debtor’s covenants contained herein and Section 11 hereof, the Debtor may, until default, possess, operate, collect, use and enjoy and deal with the Collateral in the ordinary course of the Debtor’s business in any manner not inconsistent with the provisions hereof; provided always that the Secured Party shall have the right at any time and from time to time to verify the existence and state of the Collateral in any manner the Secured Party may consider appropriate and the Debtor agrees to furnish all assistance and information and to perform all such acts as the Secured Party may reasonably request in connection therewith and for such purpose to grant to the Secured Party or its agents access to all places where the Collateral may be located and to all premises occupied by the Debtor.
| 10. | INVESTMENT PROPERTY |
If Collateral at any time includes Investment Property, the Debtor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to transfer the same or any part thereof into its own name or that of its nominee(s) so that the Secured Party or its nominee(s) may appear on record as the sole owner thereof; provided that, until default, the Secured Party shall deliver promptly to the Debtor all notices or other communications received by it or its nominee(s) as such registered owner and, upon demand and receipt of payment of any necessary expenses thereof, shall issue to the Debtor or its order a proxy to vote and take all action with respect to such Investment Property. After default, the Debtor waives all rights to receive any notices or communications received by the Secured Party or its nominee(s) as such registered owner and agrees that no proxy issued by the Secured Party to the Debtor or its order as aforesaid shall thereafter be effective.
To the extent that Investment Property includes an interest in or unit certificates in a partnership or a limited liability company, the Debtor represents and warrants that the terms of any interest in such partnership or limited liability company provide that such interest is a “security” for the purposes of the STA and in the event that the terms of any interest in a partnership or limited liability company does not so provide, the Debtor agrees to amend the terms with respect to such partnership or limited liability company to expressly provide that such interest is a “security” for the purposes of the STA.
| 11. | COLLECTION OF DEBTS |
After default under this Security Agreement, without notice to the Debtor, the Secured Party may notify all or any account debtors of the Debtor of the Security Interest and may also direct such account debtors to make all payments on Collateral to the Secured Party. The Debtor acknowledges that any payments on or other proceeds of Collateral received by the Debtor from account debtors, after notification of this Security Interest to account debtors and after default under this Security Agreement shall be received and held by the Debtor in trust for the Secured Party and shall be turned over to the Secured Party upon request.
| 12. | INCOME FROM AND INTEREST ON COLLATERAL |
| 12.1 | Income Until Default |
Until default, the Debtor reserves the right to receive any money constituting income from or interest on Collateral and if the Secured Party receives any such money prior to default, the Secured Party shall either credit the same against the Secured Obligations or pay the same promptly to the Debtor.
| 12.2 | Income After Default |
After default, the Debtor will not request or receive any money constituting income from or interest on Collateral and if the Debtor receives any such money in any event, the Debtor will hold such money in trust for the Secured Party and will pay the same promptly to the Secured Party.
Page 9
| 13. | INCREASES, PROFITS, PAYMENTS OR DISTRIBUTIONS |
| 13.1 | Receipt by Secured Party |
Whether or not default has occurred, the Debtor authorizes the Secured Party:
| (a) | to receive any increase in or profits on the Collateral (other than money) and to hold the same as part of the Collateral. Money so received shall be treated as income for the purposes of Section 12 hereof and dealt with accordingly; and |
| (b) | to receive any payment or distribution upon redemption or retirement or upon dissolution and liquidation of the issuer of Collateral; to surrender such Collateral in exchange therefor; and to hold any such payment or distribution as part of Collateral. |
| 13.2 | Receipt by Debtor |
If the Debtor receives any such increase or profits (other than money) or payments or distributions, the Debtor will deliver the same promptly to the Secured Party to be held by the Secured Party as herein provided.
| 14. | DISPOSITION OF MONIES |
Subject to any applicable requirements of the Act, all monies collected or received by the Secured Party pursuant to or in exercise of any right it possesses with respect to Collateral shall be applied on account of the Secured Obligations in such manner as the Secured Party deems best or, at the option of the Secured Party, may be held unappropriated in a collateral account or released to the Debtor, all without prejudice to the liability of the Debtor or the rights of the Secured Party hereunder, and any surplus shall be accounted for as required by law.
| 15. | PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS |
If the Debtor fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, the Secured Party may, but shall not be obliged to, perform any or all of such obligations without prejudice to any other rights and remedies of the Secured Party hereunder, and any payments made and any costs, charges, expenses and legal fees and disbursements (on a solicitor and own client basis) incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Debtor to the Secured Party forthwith with interest until paid at the highest rate borne by any of the Secured Obligations and such amounts shall be secured hereby and rank prior to all claims subsequent to this Security Agreement.
| 16. | DEFAULT |
| 16.1 | Events of Default |
The occurrence of an Event of Default under any one or more of the Loan Documents shall constitute default hereunder (each a “default”) unless remedied by the Debtor in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Loan Document or waived by the Secured Party.
| 16.2 | Floating Charge |
For all purposes, including without limitation any application to register a crystallized floating charge under the Land Title Act (British Columbia) and other similar legislation in all applicable jurisdictions against any Real Property, the floating charge created by this Security Agreement shall be crystallized and become a fixed charge upon the earliest of:
| (a) | the occurrence of an Event of Default; or |
Page 10
| (b) | the Secured Party taking any action pursuant to Section 17 hereof to enforce and realize upon any or all of the Security Interest created by this Security Agreement, |
and in any event upon the appointment by the Secured Party of a Receiver pursuant to Section 17 hereof.
| 16.3 | Consolidation |
In accordance with the Property Law Act (British Columbia), the doctrine of consolidation applies to this Security Agreement.
| 17. | ENFORCEMENT |
| 17.1 | Rights of Secured Party on Default |
Upon any default under this Security Agreement, the security hereby constituted will immediately become enforceable. To enforce and realize on the security constituted by this Security Agreement the Secured Party may take any action permitted by law or in equity, as it may deem expedient, and in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Secured Party may do any of the following:
| (a) | appoint by instrument a receiver, receiver and manager or receiver-manager (the person so appointed is hereinafter called the “Receiver”) of the Collateral, with or without bond as the Secured Party may determine, and from time to time in its absolute discretion remove such Receiver and appoint another in its stead; |
| (b) | enter upon any premises of the Debtor and take possession of the Collateral with power to exclude the Debtor, its agents and its servants therefrom, without becoming liable as a mortgagee in possession; |
| (c) | preserve, protect and maintain the Collateral and make such replacements thereof and repairs and additions thereto as the Secured Party may deem advisable; |
| (d) | sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral, whether by public or private sale or lease or otherwise, in such manner, at such price as can be reasonably obtained therefor and on such terms as to credit and with such conditions of sale and stipulations as to title or conveyance or evidence of title or otherwise as to the Secured Party may seem reasonable, provided that if any sale, lease or other disposition is on credit the Debtor will not be entitled to be credited with the proceeds of any such sale, lease or other disposition until the monies therefor are actually received; |
| (e) | exercise all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Act; and |
| (f) | the Secured Party may sell, transfer or use any Investment Property included in the Collateral of which the Secured Party or its agent has “control” within the meaning of the STA. |
| 17.2 | Receiver |
A Receiver appointed pursuant to this Security Agreement shall be the agent of the Debtor and not of the Secured Party and the Secured Party shall not be in any way responsible for any misconduct, negligence or non-feasance on the part of any Receiver, its servants, agents or employees. A Receiver shall, to the extent permitted by law or to such lesser extent permitted by its appointment, have all the powers of the Secured Party hereunder, and in addition shall have power to carry on the business of the Debtor and for
Page 11
such purpose to enter upon, use and occupy all premises owned or occupied by the Debtor wherein Collateral may be situate, maintain Collateral upon such premises, use Collateral directly or indirectly in carrying on the Debtor’s business and from time to time to borrow money either unsecured or secured by a security interest in any of the Collateral.
| 17.3 | Proceeds of Realization |
Subject to the claims, if any, of the creditors of the Debtor ranking in priority to this Security Agreement, all amounts realized from the disposition of Collateral pursuant to this Security Agreement will be applied as the Secured Party, in its absolute discretion, may direct or as follows:
| (a) | in payment of all costs, charges and expenses (including legal fees and disbursements on a solicitor and his own client basis) incurred by the Secured Party in connection with or incidental to: |
| (1) | the exercise by the Secured Party of all or any of the powers granted to it pursuant to this Security Agreement; and |
| (2) | the appointment of the Receiver and the exercise by the Receiver of all or any of the powers granted to it pursuant to this Security Agreement, including the Receiver’s reasonable remuneration and all outgoings properly payable by the Receiver excluding the Receiver’s borrowings; |
| (b) | in payment of any sum or sums borrowed by the Receiver from the Secured Party and interest thereon if such sum or sums are secured by the Collateral; |
| (c) | in or toward payment to the Secured Party of all principal and other monies (except interest) due in respect of the Secured Obligations; |
| (d) | in or toward payment to the Secured Party of all interest remaining unpaid in respect of the Secured Obligations; and |
| (e) | in or toward payment of any sum or sums borrowed by the Receiver from any financial institution, corporation or person other than the Secured Party and interest thereon if such sum or sums are secured by the Collateral. |
Subject to applicable law and the claims, if any, of other creditors of the Debtor, any surplus will be paid to the Debtor.
| 17.4 | Immediate Exercise of Rights |
The Debtor agrees that the Secured Party may exercise its rights and remedies hereunder immediately upon default, except as may be otherwise provided in the Act, and the Debtor hereby expressly confirms that except as may be otherwise provided herein or in the Act, the Secured Party has not given any covenant, express or implied, and is under no obligation to allow the Debtor any period of time to remedy any default prior to the Secured Party exercising its rights and remedies hereunder.
| 18. | DEFICIENCY |
If the amounts realized from the disposition of the Collateral are not sufficient to pay the Secured Obligations in full, the Debtor will immediately pay to the Secured Party the amount of such deficiency.
Page 12
| 19. | RIGHTS CUMULATIVE |
All rights and remedies of the Secured Party set out in this Security Agreement are cumulative and no right or remedy contained herein is intended to be exclusive but each will be in addition to every other right or remedy contained herein or in any existing or future security agreement or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity or by statute, or pursuant to any other agreement between the Debtor and the Secured Party that may be in effect from time to time.
| 20. | LIABILITY OF SECURED PARTY |
The Secured Party shall not be responsible or liable for any debts contracted by it, for damages to persons or property or for salaries or non-fulfilment of contracts during any period when the Secured Party shall manage the Collateral upon entry, as herein provided, nor shall the Secured Party be liable to account as mortgagee in possession or for anything except actual receipts or be liable for any loss on realization or for any default or omission for which a mortgagee in possession may be liable. The Secured Party shall not be bound to do, observe or perform or to see to the observance or performance by the Debtor of any obligations or covenants imposed upon the Debtor nor shall the Secured Party, in the case of Investment Property, Instruments or Chattel Paper, be obliged to preserve rights against other persons, nor shall the Secured Party be obliged to keep any of the Collateral identifiable. The Debtor hereby waives any applicable provision of law permitted to be waived by it which imposes higher or greater obligations upon the Secured Party than aforesaid.
| 21. | APPOINTMENT OF ATTORNEY |
The Debtor hereby irrevocably appoints the Secured Party or the Receiver, as the case may be, with full power of substitution, to be the attorney of the Debtor for and in the name of the Debtor to sign, endorse or execute under seal or otherwise any deeds, documents, transfers, cheques, instruments, demands, assignments, assurances or consents that the Debtor is obliged to sign, endorse or execute and generally to use the name of the Debtor and to do all things as may be necessary or incidental to the exercise of all or any of the powers conferred on the Secured Party or the Receiver, as the case may be, pursuant to this Security Agreement.
| 22. | ACCOUNTS |
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Security Agreement, the Secured Party may collect, realize, sell or otherwise deal with the Accounts or any part thereof in such manner, upon such terms and conditions and at such time or times, whether before or after default, as may seem to it advisable, and without notice to the Debtor, except in the case of disposition after default and then subject to the provisions of Part V of the Act. All monies or other forms of payment received by the Debtor in payment of any Account will be received and held by the Debtor in trust for the Secured Party.
| 23. | APPROPRIATION OF PAYMENTS |
Any and all payments made in respect of the Secured Obligations from time to time and monies realized from any security interests held therefor (including monies collected in accordance with or realized on any enforcement of this Security Agreement) may be applied to such part or parts of the Secured Obligations as the Secured Party may see fit, and the Secured Party may at all times and from time to time change any appropriation as the Secured Party may see fit.
| 24. | LIABILITY TO ADVANCE |
None of the preparation, execution, perfection and registration of this Security Agreement or notice hereof or the advance of any monies shall bind the Secured Party to make any advance or loan or further advance or loan, or renew any note or extend any time for payment of any indebtedness or liability of the Debtor to the Secured Party.
Page 13
| 25. | WAIVER |
The Secured Party may from time to time and at any time waive in whole or in part any right, benefit or default under any clause of this Security Agreement but any such waiver of any right, benefit or default on any occasion shall be deemed not to be a waiver of any such right, benefit or default thereafter, or of any other right, benefit or default, as the case may be, and no delay or omission by the Secured Party in exercising any right or remedy hereunder or with respect to any default shall operate as a waiver thereof or of any other right or remedy.
| 26. | NOTICE |
Notice may be given by any party in writing and shall be well and sufficiently given if sent by prepaid registered mail, by delivery, or by facsimile transmission to the party for whom it is intended, at the address or transmitted to the facsimile number herein provided, or to such other address or to such other facsimile number as may be set forth in any notice given pursuant to these notice provisions from time to time. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given and received:
| (a) | if delivered, when delivered; |
| (b) | if mailed by prepaid registered mail when there is no known or anticipated disruption of postal services, on the /third business day following that on which it was mailed; and |
| (c) | if sent by facsimile transmission, on the close of business on the day on which it was transmitted. |
| 27. | EXTENSIONS |
The Secured Party may grant extensions of time and other indulgences, take and give up security, accept compositions, compound, compromise, settle, grant releases and discharges, refrain from perfecting or maintaining perfection of the Security Interest, and otherwise deal with the Debtor, account debtors of the Debtor, sureties and others and with the Collateral, the Security Interest and other security interests as the Secured Party may see fit without prejudice to the liability of the Debtor or the Secured Party’s right to hold and realize on the security constituted by this Security Agreement.
| 28. | NO MERGER |
This Security Agreement shall not operate so as to create any merger or discharge of any of the Secured Obligations, or of any assignment, transfer, guarantee, lien, mortgage, contract, promissory note, bill of exchange or security interest of any form held or which may hereafter be held by the Secured Party from the Debtor or from any other person whomsoever. The taking of a judgment with respect to any of the Secured Obligations will not operate as a merger of any of the covenants contained in this Security Agreement.
| 29. | ASSIGNMENT |
The Secured Party may, without further notice to the Debtor, at any time assign, transfer or grant a security interest in this Security Agreement and the Security Interest. The Debtor expressly agrees that the assignee, transferee or secured party, as the case may be, shall have all of the Secured Party’s rights and remedies under this Security Agreement and the Debtor will not assert any defence, counterclaim, right of set-off or otherwise with respect to any claim which the Debtor now has or hereafter acquires against the Secured Party in any action commenced by such assignee, transferee or secured party, as the case may be, and will pay the Secured Obligations to the assignee, transferee or secured party, as the case may be, as the Secured Obligations become due.
Page 14
| 30. | SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE |
Any partial payment or satisfaction of the Secured Obligations, or any ceasing by the Debtor to be indebted to the Secured Party, shall be deemed not to be a redemption or discharge of this Security Agreement. The Debtor shall be entitled to a release and discharge of this Security Agreement upon full payment and satisfaction of all Secured Obligations and upon written request by the Debtor and payment to the Secured Party of a discharge fee to be fixed by the Secured Party and payment and of all costs, charges, expenses and legal fees and disbursements (on a solicitor and own client basis) incurred by the Secured Party in connection with the Secured Obligations and such release and discharge.
| 31. | ENUREMENT |
This Security Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.
| 32. | INTERPRETATION |
| 32.1 | Defined Terms |
In this Security Agreement:
| (a) | “Act” means the Personal Property Security Act of British Columbia and all regulations thereunder as the same may be amended from time to time; |
| (b) | “Collateral” has the meaning set out in Section 1 hereof and any reference to Collateral shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be deemed a reference to Collateral as a whole or any part thereof; |
| (c) | “Control Agreement” means: |
| (1) | with respect to any Uncertificated Security included in the Collateral, an agreement between the issuer of such Uncertificated Securities and another Person whereby such issuer agrees to comply with instructions that are originated by such Person in respect of such Uncertificated Security, without the further consent of the Debtor; and |
| (2) | with respect to any Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements included in the Collateral, an agreement between the Securities Intermediary in respect of such Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements to comply with any Entitlement Orders with respect to such Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements that are originated by Secured Party, without the further consent of the Debtor; |
| (d) | “Debtor” and the personal pronoun “it” or “its” and any verb relating thereto and used therewith shall be read and construed as required by and in accordance with the context in which such words are used depending upon whether the Debtor is one or more individuals, corporations or partnerships and, if more than one, shall apply to and be binding upon each of them jointly and severally; |
| (e) | “Event of Default” means an “Event of Default” under the Loan Agreement; |
Page 15
| (f) | “licence” means any licence or similar right at any time owned or held by the Debtor including but without being limited to a “licence” as defined in the Act; |
| (g) | “Loan Agreement” means the loan agreement dated for reference August 29, 2023 between, the Secured Party and the Debtor, as the said loan agreement may be amended, extended, renewed, replaced, restated and in effect from time to time; |
| (h) | “Loan Documents” means, collectively, the Loan Agreement, this Security Agreement, and all other documents and instruments evidencing or securing the payment of the Secured Obligations in whole or in part, whether provided by or on behalf of an Obligant; |
| (i) | “Obligant” or “Obligants” means, collectively, the Debtor and all other Persons who are from time to time liable to the Secured Party for the payment of the whole or any portion of the Secured Obligations, whether directly or indirectly, absolutely or contingently, jointly, severally or jointly and severally and includes all Persons who from time to time otherwise become liable for, or who agree to indemnify the Secured Party for any loss, costs or damages as a result of the failure of any other Persons to pay the Secured Obligations, in whole or in part; |
| (j) | “Person” or “Persons” means and includes any individual, sole proprietorship, corporation, partnership, bank, joint venture, trust, unincorporated association, association, institution, entity, party or government (whether national, federal, provincial, state, municipal, city, county or otherwise and including any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof); |
| (k) | “Secured Obligations” means all indebtedness and liability of all or any one or more of the Obligants to the Secured Party (and any one or more Persons making the same) under the Loan Documents, whether such indebtedness and liability is present or future, absolute or contingent, joint or several, direct or indirect, matured or not, extended or renewed, wheresoever and howsoever incurred, and any ultimate balance thereof, including all advances on current or running account and all future advances and re-advances, under or pursuant to any of the Loan Documents; |
| (l) | “STA” means the Securities Transfer Act of the Province of British Columbia, as amended from time to time and all regulations thereunder, which act, including amendments thereto and any act substituted therefor and amendments thereto is herein referred to as the “STA” and “Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the STA; and |
| (m) | Words with initial capital letters, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement. |
| 32.2 | General |
Words and expressions used herein that have been defined in the Act or in the STA shall be interpreted in accordance with their respective meanings given in the Act or in the STA as applicable, whether expressed herein with or without initial capital letters and whether in the singular or the plural unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context otherwise requires, and wherever the context so requires in this Security Agreement the singular shall be read as if the plural were expressed, and vice-versa, and the provisions hereof shall be read with all grammatical changes necessary dependent upon the person referred to being a male, female, firm or corporation.
Page 16
| 32.3 | Severability |
Should any provision of this Security Agreement be declared or held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part or against or with respect to the Debtor by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect the validity or enforceability of any or all of the remaining provisions of this Security Agreement which will continue in full force and effect and be construed as if this Security Agreement had been executed without the invalid or unenforceable provision.
| 32.4 | Headings |
The headings of the sections and clauses of this Security Agreement have been inserted for reference only and do not define, limit, alter or enlarge the meaning of any provision of this Security Agreement.
| 32.5 | Governing Law |
This Security Agreement shall be governed by the laws of British Columbia.
| 33. | MISCELLANEOUS |
| (a) | The Debtor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to file such financing statements, financing change statements and other documents and do such acts, matters and things as the Secured Party may deem appropriate to perfect on an ongoing basis and continue the Security Interest, to protect and preserve the Collateral and to realize upon the Security Interest. |
| (b) | The Debtor hereby waives protest of any Instrument constituting Collateral at any time held by the Secured Party on which the Debtor is any way liable and, subject to the provisions of the Act, notice of any other action taken by the Secured Party. |
| (c) | The Debtor acknowledges and agrees that in the event it amalgamates with any other company or companies it is the intention of the parties hereto that the term “Debtor” when used herein shall apply to each of the amalgamating companies and to the amalgamated company, such that the Security Interest granted hereby: |
| (1) | shall extend to “Collateral” (as that term is herein defined) owned by each of the amalgamating companies and the amalgamated company at the time of amalgamation and to any “Collateral” thereafter owned or acquired by the amalgamated company, and |
| (2) | shall secure the “Secured Obligations” (as that term is herein defined) of each of the amalgamating companies and the amalgamated company to the Secured Party at the time of amalgamation and any “Secured Obligations” of the amalgamated company to the Secured Party thereafter arising. The Security Interest shall attach to “Collateral” owned by each company amalgamating with the Debtor, and by the amalgamated company, at the time of amalgamation, and shall attach to any “Collateral” thereafter owned or acquired by the amalgamated company when such becomes owned or is acquired. |
| (d) | The Debtor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to provide a copy of this Security Agreement and such other information and documents specified under the Act to any person entitled pursuant to the Act to demand and receive same. |
Page 17
| 34. | COPY OF AGREEMENT AND FINANCING STATEMENT |
The Debtor hereby:
| (a) | acknowledges receiving a copy of this Security Agreement; and |
| (b) | waives all rights to receive from the Secured Party a copy of any financing statement, financing change statement or verification statement filed, issued or obtained at any time in respect of this Security Agreement. |
| 35. | PARAMOUNTCY |
In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Security Agreement and the terms of the Loan Agreement with respect to any matter specifically dealt with herein and therein, the provisions of the Loan Agreement will govern, unless as a result thereof (i) the mortgages, charges and security interests created herein or (ii) any of the remedies available to the Secured Party hereunder would be in any way diminished or invalidated, in which case the provisions of this Security Agreement will prevail.
| 36. | DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY INFORMATION |
| 36.1 | Debtor Address |
[***]
[***]
Attention: Jacob Safarik
E-mail: [***]
with a copy to:
Norton Rose Fulbright Canada LLP
[***]
Attention: Kristopher Miks
E-mail: [***]
| 36.2 | Secured Party Address |
[***]
[***]
Attention: Keith Jared Seabrook
E-mail: [***]
[Signature Page Follows]
Page 18
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Debtor has executed this Security Agreement on the date first above written.
OPTIMI HEALTH CORP.
| Per: | /s/ Jacob Safarik | |
| Authorized Signatory |
Exhibit 10.10
Certain identified information has been excluded from the exhibit by means of marking such information with brackets and asterisks because such information is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.
LOAN AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is dated for reference November 1, 2023
BETWEEN:
OPTIMI HEALTH CORP., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the “Borrower”)
AND:
KERRIS HOLDINGS LTD., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the “Lender”)
WHEREAS the Borrower wishes to obtain a term loan from the Lender on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual premises, covenants and agreements set forth herein and all other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged), the parties agree as follows:
| 1. | DEFINITIONS |
Whenever used in this Agreement, unless there is something in the subject matter or context that is inconsistent therewith, the following words and terms will have the respective meanings set out below:
| (a) | “$” means lawful money in Canada. |
| (b) | “Additional Lenders” has the meaning set out in Section 4.2. |
| (c) | “Additional Loans” has the meaning set out in Section 4.2. |
| (d) | “Agreement” means this loan agreement, as may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time. |
| (e) | ”Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, a statutory holiday in British Columbia or a day on which banks generally are closed in Vancouver, British Columbia. |
| (f) | “Change of Control” means: (i) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any person or combination of persons acting jointly or in concert with each other of shares representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding shares of the Borrower, or (ii) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by persons who were neither: (A) nominated by the board of directors of the Borrower nor (B) appointed by directors so nominated. |
| (g) | “Fiscal Quarter” means a fiscal quarter of the Borrower, ending on the last day of December, March, June and September. |
| (h) | “Loan” has the meaning set out in Section 2.1. |
| (i) | “Loan Amount” means at any time the aggregate of: |
| (1) | the principal balance of the Loan then outstanding; |
| (2) | all interest accrued on the Loan; and |
| (3) | all other amounts then due and owing under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. |
| (j) | “Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Security Documents, and all other certificates, instruments, agreements and documents issued or delivered pursuant to the Loan Documents. |
| (k) | “Maturity Date” means April 30, 2025. |
| (l) | “Permitted Encumbrances” means: |
| (1) | the security agreement(s) charging the personal property of the Borrower, in respect of which a financing statement has been filed in the Personal Property Registry of British Columbia (the “PPR”) under base registration number 615782N in favour of Royal Bank of Canada (the “RBC Financing Statement”); |
| (2) | subject to Section 4.2, the security interests securing the Loan and any Additional Loans; and |
| (3) | any other charges, security interests or encumbrances as the Lender may expressly permit in writing from time to time. |
| (m) | “Permitted Indebtedness” means |
| (1) | indebtedness to Royal Bank of Canada in connection with which the RBC Financing Statement has been filed in the PPR; |
| (2) | the Loan and any Additional Loans; and |
| (3) | any other indebtedness as the Lender may expressly permit in writing from time to time. |
| (n) | “Security Documents” means the documents listed in Section 4, as they may be amended, supplemented, replaced and restated from time to time from time to time. |
| (o) | “Warrant Share” has the meaning set out in Section 3. |
| (p) | “Warrants” has the meaning set out in Section 3. |
2
| 2. | LOAN |
| 2.1 | Term Loan |
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lender agrees to make available to the Borrower a non- revolving, term loan in the principal amount of $1,000,000 (the “Loan”),which will be funded in a single advance on the date of this Agreement (the “Funding Date”).
| 2.2 | Purposes |
The Loan will be used by the Borrower to finance: (a) the procurement of manufacturing equipment, (b) expenditures related to production ramp up, and (c) general working capital.
| 2.3 | Interest |
Interest shall accrue on the outstanding balance of the Loan from the Funding Date at a rate of seven and a half percent (7.5%) per annum, calculated monthly, not in advance, from the Funding Date until the date when the Loan Amount is paid in full, both before and after default, demand, maturity and judgment. Interest shall accrue on overdue interest at the same rate and in the same manner.
| 2.4 | Repayment |
| (a) | The Borrower shall pay interest accrued on the then outstanding balance of the Loan in quarterly payments, commencing on December 31, 2023, and continuing thereafter on the last business day of each Fiscal Quarter, until the Loan Amount is paid in full. |
| (b) | The outstanding Loan Amount shall be repaid in full on the Maturity Date. |
| 2.5 | Prepayment |
The Borrower may prepay the Loan, in full or in part, at any time, provided that:
| (a) | the Borrower has provided to the Lender not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice, nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior written notice, of its intention to make a prepayment; and |
| (b) | the Borrower pays to the Lender a prepayment fee which is equal to: |
| (1) | four percent (4%) of the principal balance of the Loan prepaid, if the repayment is made at any time prior to the first anniversary of the Funding Date; |
| (2) | two percent (2%) of the principal balance of the Loan prepaid, if the repayment is made at any time on or after the first anniversary of the Funding Date and prior to the second anniversary of the Funding Date; and |
| (3) | one percent (1%) of the principal balance of the Loan prepaid, if the repayment is made at any time on or after the second anniversary of the Funding Date and prior to the Maturity Date. |
3
| 2.6 | Payments |
| (a) | Payments made on account of the Loan Amount will be applied when received first in payment of outstanding fees, interest and other costs which have accrued to the date such payment is received, and secondly (but subject to Section 2.5) in payment of the principal balance of the Loan then outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is an Event of Default (as defined below), then any payment received by the Lender on account of the Loan Amount may be applied in such order and in such manner as the Lender, in its sole discretion, may determine. |
| (b) | If a payment under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is due on a day other than a Business Day, then such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. |
| (c) | Unless otherwise specified herein, payments on account of the principal amount of the Loan and the interest thereon shall be made by the Borrower in Canadian dollars to or to the order of the Lender, by a bank draft, certified cheque or electronic funds transfer to an account specified in writing by the Lender. |
| 3. | WARRANTS |
In consideration for the Lender making the Loan available to the Borrower, the Borrower shall issue to the Lender, or its designated assignees, 100,000 common share purchase warrants (the “Warrants”). Each Warrant will be exercisable to acquire one common share of the Borrower (each, a “Warrant Share”) at an exercise price of CAD$0.50 per Warrant Share for a period of three (3) years from the Funding Date, subject to adjustment in certain events as set out in the certificate representing the Warrants.
| 4. | SECURITY |
| 4.1 | Security |
As security for the repayment of the Loan Amount and performance of the obligations of the Borrower to the Lender, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender the following documents, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender (collectively, the “Security Documents”):
| (a) | a general security agreement granted by the Borrower in favour of the Lender creating a security interest in all of its present and after-acquired personal property; and |
| (b) | such other agreements, pledges, instruments, notes, certificates and documents and third party consents as the Lender may reasonably request from time to time. |
| 4.2 | Additional Loans |
The Lender acknowledges and agrees that the Borrower may obtain additional loans from other lenders (the “Additional Lenders”) up to a maximum additional principal amount of $2,000,000.00 (the “Additional Loans”) on terms substantially similar to those contained herein. The Lender acknowledges and agrees that the payment obligations in respect of the Loan and any Additional Loans shall rank at all times, pari passu, and the security granted by the Borrower to any Additional Lenders as security for any
4
Additional Loans shall rank at all times, pari passu, with the security created by the Security Documents, subject to and in accordance with an intercreditor agreement to be entered into among the Lender and the Additional Lenders, in a form acceptable to the Borrower and the Lender, each acting reasonably.
| 5. | REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
The representations and warranties set out in this Section 5 shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement. No investigation at any time made by or on behalf of the Lender shall diminish in any respect whatsoever the Lender’s rights to rely on such representations and warranties.
| 5.1 | Standard Representations |
The Borrower hereby represents and warrants as follows to the Lender and acknowledges and agrees that the Lender is relying on such representations and warranties in connection with the Loan:
| (a) | the Borrower is a company duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), and it has all requisite power and authority to own its assets, to carry on its business as now being conducted, to borrow, and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents and the Warrants; |
| (b) | the borrowing of the Loan by the Borrower and the provision of security therefor, as contemplated by the Loan Documents, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of the Loan Documents and the Warrants: |
| (1) | have been duly authorized by all necessary proceedings of the Borrower; |
| (2) | do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of: |
| (A) | the constating documents of the Borrower; |
| (B) | any law applicable to or binding on or affecting the Borrower or its assets; or |
| (C) | any agreement or other document to which the Borrower is a party; |
| (3) | do not and will not, result in, or require or permit: |
| (A) | the imposition of any encumbrances on any properties now owned by the Borrower; or |
| (B) | the acceleration of the maturity of any debts owing by the Borrower; |
| (c) | the Borrower has obtained all material consents, authorizations and approvals required to carry on its business as now being conducted and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents and the Warrants; |
5
| (d) | the Borrower is not in default, and no event or circumstance has occurred which would, with notice, lapse of time or both, result in a default or an event of default, under (i) any indenture, mortgage or deed of trust, or (ii) any agreement or other instrument to which the Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its assets may be bound; |
| (e) | the Borrower has filed all material tax returns which are required to be filed by it and it has paid or remitted when due all taxes, assessments and government charges imposed upon it which if unpaid could result in any charge or other encumbrance on its properties; |
| (f) | no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, and there exists no state of facts or circumstances, which after notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default; |
| (g) | the operations of the Borrower have been carried out at all times in compliance with applicable laws in all material respects; and |
| (h) | there is no material action, suit, litigation or other proceeding (regulatory or otherwise) commenced or threatened against the Borrower or any of its assets. |
| 6. | CONDITIONS PRECEDENT |
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Lender shall not be obligated to advance the Loan unless and until the following conditions have been satisfied to the satisfaction of the Lender (or waived by the Lender in its sole discretion):
| (a) | the Lender shall have received the following documents, each in form and substance to its satisfaction: |
| (1) | this Agreement, the Warrants and the Security Documents, duly executed by the Borrower; |
| (2) | a promissory note in the form as attached in Schedule A hereto (a “Promissory Note”) in respect of the Loan; |
| (3) | a certified copy of resolutions of the board of directors of the Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents, the issuance of the Warrants and the issuance of the warrant shares upon exercise of the Warrants in accordance with the terms thereof; |
| (4) | an irrevocable and unconditional direction as to the application of the proceeds of the Loan signed by the Borrower, including payment of expenses (pursuant to Section 12.2 below); |
| (b) | all governmental, regulatory, corporate, shareholder and third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with entry into this Agreement and transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect; |
| (c) | all registrations and filings in connection with the Security Documents have been made to the satisfaction of the Lender; and |
| (d) | no event shall have occurred which constitutes, or which, with notice, the lapse of time, or both, would constitute, an Event of Default. |
6
| 7. | COVENANTS |
| 7.1 | Positive Covenants |
The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that it will, and will cause its subsidiaries to:
| (a) | pay all amounts of principal, interest and fees on the dates, times and place specified in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; |
| (b) | advise the Lender promptly after the happening of any event which will result in a material adverse change in the financial condition, business, operations, or prospects of the Borrower and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the occurrence of any Event of Default or any default under any other agreement for borrowed money; |
| (c) | do all things necessary to maintain in good standing its and its subsidiaries corporate existence and preserve and keep all material agreements, rights, franchises, licenses, operations, contracts or other arrangements in full force and effect; |
| (d) | pay all taxes, assessments and government charges unless such taxes, assessments, or charges are being contested in good faith and appropriate reserves shall be made with funds set aside in a separate trust fund; |
| (e) | take all necessary actions to ensure that the Security Documents and its obligations thereunder will rank ahead of all other indebtedness of and all other security granted by the Borrower or its subsidiaries, other than Permitted Encumbrances; |
| (f) | maintain adequate insurance on all of its assets, undertakings, and business risks; |
| (g) | permit the Lender or its authorized representatives reasonable access to its premises, and records for purposes of auditing or enforcing its security interests; |
| (h) | comply in all material respects with applicable laws; |
| (i) | promptly notify the Lender on becoming aware of the occurrence of any litigation, dispute, arbitration or other proceeding which would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Borrower and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and which if adversely determined, and from time to time provide the Lender with all reasonable information requested by the Lender concerning the status of any such proceedings; |
7
| (j) | deliver to the Lender: |
| (1) | annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower within one- hundred and twenty (120) days of each year end, accompanied by a management discussion and analysis (in the form required under applicable securities laws); and |
| (2) | quarterly consolidated unaudited financial statements of the Borrower within sixty (60) days of the end of each fiscal quarter, |
provided that, for the purposes of this Section 7.1(j), the Borrower shall be deemed to have complied with this covenant for so long as the foregoing financial statements are disclosed under the Borrower’s profile on SEDAR+;
| (k) | maintain its assets, property, plant and equipment in good repair and working condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted; and |
| (l) | continue to carry on the business currently being carried on by the Borrower and its subsidiaries at the date hereof. |
| 7.2 | Negative Covenants |
The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that it will not and will cause its subsidiaries to not:
| (a) | create, assume, incur or permit the existence of any security interest, mortgage, lien, charge, or other encumbrance whatsoever upon any of its property or assets, other than Permitted Encumbrances; |
| (b) | borrow, create, incur or assume any indebtedness, other than Permitted Indebtedness; |
| (c) | merge or consolidate with any other person, or acquire all or substantially all of the shares, assets or business of any other person or form any subsidiaries; |
| (d) | sell, lease, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of any of its now owned or hereafter acquired assets (including, without limitation, shares of stock and indebtedness of subsidiaries, receivables and leasehold interests), except for inventory disposed of in the ordinary course of business; or |
| (e) | terminate or enter into a surrender of any material lease, license or contractual rights charged under the Security Documents. |
8
| 8. | DEFAULT |
| 8.1 | Event of Default |
Each of the following events will constitute an “Event of Default” in respect of the Borrower under this Agreement:
| (a) | the Borrower fails to pay the principal amount of the Loan when due or fails to pay interest or fees outstanding under this Agreement within five (5) Business Days of when due; |
| (b) | if there is a breach or non-performance or non-observance of any term or condition of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and, if such default is capable to being remedied, the default continues unremedied for ten (10) Business Days after the occurrence thereof; |
| (c) | if the Borrower or any one of its subsidiaries makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, files or presents a petition, makes a proposal or commits any act of bankruptcy, or if any action is taken for the winding up, liquidation or the appointment of a liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy, custodian, curator, sequestrator, receiver or any other officer with similar powers or if a judgment or order shall be entered by any court approving a petition for reorganization, arrangement or composition of or in respect of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries or if the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries is insolvent or declared bankrupt; |
| (d) | if there exists a voluntary or involuntary suspension of business of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries; |
| (e) | if action is taken by an encumbrancer against the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries to take possession of property or enforce proceedings against any assets; |
| (f) | if any final judgment for the payment of monies is made against the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries and it is not discharged within thirty (30) days from the imposition of such judgment; |
| (g) | if there exists an event, the effect of which with lapse of time or the giving of notice, will constitute an event of default or a default under any other agreement for borrowed money entered into by the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries; |
| (h) | if the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries is in default under any other present or future agreement with the Lender or any of the Lender’s subsidiaries, including any other loan agreement, forward foreign exchange transactions, interest rate and currency and/or commodity swaps; |
| (i) | if any of the Loan Documents is not enforceable or if any party to the Loan Documents shall dispute or deny any liability or any of its obligations under the Loan Documents; or |
| (j) | a Change of Control occurs. |
| 8.2 | Remedies |
Upon an Event of Default, the Lender may do all or any of the following:
| (a) | declare the then outstanding balance of the Loan Amount to be immediately due and payable; and |
| (b) | exercise any and all rights, powers, remedies and recourses available to the Lender under this Agreement, the Security Documents, at law, in equity or otherwise. |
9
| 9. | RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PARTIES |
The relationship between the Borrower on one part and the Lender on the other part is that of debtor and creditor, and not of a partnership or joint venture.
| 10. | CRIMINAL INTEREST RATE |
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, the parties hereto agree that no “interest” shall be paid or payable to the Lender in connection with the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan at an annual rate of interest greater than that rate which is one (1%) percent per annum less than the “criminal rate” of interest (the “Maximum Rate”). The Borrower will not pay, and the Lender will not demand from the Borrower, “interest” on the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan which is in excess of the Maximum Rate (any such excess, “Excess Interest”). The parties hereto agree that any “interest” received by the Lender on the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan which could, but for this Section, be construed as Excess Interest, will be automatically applied to the Loan Amount as a repayment on account of the principal balance of the Loan then outstanding. If it is at any time determined that, at the time any Excess Interest was received by the Lender, and there were no, or insufficient, principal monies owing under the Loan to allow for an automatic reduction of the principal balance of the Loan as contemplated above, then the parties hereto agree to reduce the “interest” paid by the Borrower on the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan to the Maximum Rate by either one or a combination of the following:
| (a) | if the Loan Amount has not then been repaid in full, by reducing the “interest” payable thereafter on the “credit advanced” in respect of the Loan, if necessary, by reducing the monies payable thereafter on account of interest, until the Excess Interest is repaid to the Borrower in full; or |
| (b) | if the Loan Amount has been repaid in full, or there are insufficient monies due and owing in account of the Loan Amount to allow for a repayment of the Excess Interest in accordance with subparagraph (a) above, by repaying to the Borrower, on demand, that amount which would repay the outstanding Excess Interest in its entirety. |
In this section words or phrases in quotations and which are defined in Section 347 of the Criminal Code of Canada have the meaning set out in that section.
| 11. | GENERAL INDEMNITY |
In addition to any liability of the Borrower to the Lender under any other provision hereof or the other Loan Documents, the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender and hold the Lender harmless against any losses, claims, costs, damages or liabilities (including, without limitation, any loss of profits or fees anticipated hereunder, any expense or cost incurred in the liquidation and re-deployment of funds acquired to fund or maintain any portion of an advance under the Loan and reasonable out of pocket expenses and legal fees on a solicitor-and-his-own-client basis) incurred by the Lender as a result of or in connection with the Loan or the Loan Documents, including as a result of or in connection with:
| (a) | the failure of the Borrower to pay any interest, fee or any other amounts due hereunder on its due date (including, without limitation, a payment pursuant to a Prepayment Notice); or |
| (b) | the failure to give any notice required to be given by the Borrower to the Lender hereunder, |
10
provided that this Section 11 shall not apply to any losses, claims, costs, damages or liabilities suffered by the Lender which arise by reason of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Lender. The provisions of this Section 11 shall survive repayment of the Loan Amount and any other obligations in connection herewith.
| 12. | GENERAL |
| 12.1 | Evidence of Indebtedness |
The Lender shall maintain its books, accounts and records in respect of the Loan, which shall constitute, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lender under the Loan, provided that any failure of the Lender to maintain the books, accounts and records under this Section shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower to pay such amounts to the Lender.
| 12.2 | Lender’s Expenses |
The Borrower shall pay all reasonable expenses (including all applicable taxes thereon) incurred by or on behalf of the Lender in carrying out or attempting to carry out the transaction(s) contemplated hereby to completion (including, without limitations, all legal fees and other costs incurred for the preparation, completion, registration and enforcement of the Loan Documents) up to a maximum of $12,500, and in collecting the Loan Amount or enforcing its rights and remedies under the Loan Documents. Each such expense shall accrue interest in accordance with Section 2.3 from the date it is incurred by or on behalf of the Lender until such expense and the interest thereon are fully paid upon demand.
| 12.3 | Gross-Up; Withholding |
All amounts payable by the Borrower under this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall, unless otherwise required by applicable laws, be made free and clear of, and without deduction for, any amount in respect of withholding taxes. If the Borrower is required to deduct or withhold any amount in respect of taxes from or in respect of any amount payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, then:
| (a) | the Borrower shall pay to the applicable payee an additional amount as may be necessary so that the net amount received by that payee after such deduction or withholding shall not be less than the amount such payee would have received if no such deduction or withholding had been made; |
| (b) | the Borrower shall make such deductions or withholdings; and |
| (c) | the Borrower shall remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing authority in accordance with applicable laws, and provide evidence thereof to the Lender. |
11
| 12.4 | Governing Law |
This Agreement shall in all respects be governed by and be construed in accordance with the laws of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein, without giving effect to any choice of Law or conflict of Law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the Province of British Columbia.
| 12.5 | Currency |
Unless otherwise specified, all references to money herein and in any other Loan Documents mean the lawful money of Canada.
| 12.6 | Judgment Currency |
If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or under any other Loan Documents to the Lender in one currency (the “Original Currency”) into another currency (the “Judgment Currency”), the parties agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures Royal Bank of Canada (or such other Canadian chartered banks as the Lender may designate in its sole discretion) could purchase the Original Currency with the Judgment Currency on the Business Day preceding that on which the judgment is paid or satisfied in full. The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due in the Original Currency from it to the Lender under any Loan Document shall, notwithstanding any judgment in any Judgment Currency, be discharged only to the extent that, on the Business Day following receipt by the Lender of any sum adjudged to be so due in such Judgment Currency, the Lender may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Original Currency with such Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Original Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Lender in the Original Currency, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Lender against such loss and, if the amount of the Original Currency so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to the Lender in the Original Currency, the Lender agrees to remit such excess to the Borrower.
| 12.7 | Severability |
If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction from which no further appeal lies or is taken, that provision shall be deemed to be severed herefrom, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby and shall remain valid and enforceable.
| 12.8 | Entire Agreement |
This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are intended by the Borrower and the Lender to be the final, complete, and exclusive expression of the agreement between the Borrower on one part and the Lender on the other part relating to the Loan, and they supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, among the parties relating to the same subject matter.
12
| 12.9 | Non-Merger |
All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution, delivery and the registration of the Security Documents and other Loan Documents and the advance made on account of the Loan.
| 12.10 | Notice |
Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement or the Loan Documents shall be in writing and delivered in person, or sent by e-mail transmission, or by mail, as follows:
| (a) | in the case of the Borrower: |
[***]
[***]
Attention: Jacob Safarik
e-mail: [***]
with a copy to:
Norton Rose Fulbright Canada LLP
[***]
[***]
Attention: Kristopher Miks
e-mail: [***]
| (b) | in the case of the Lender: |
[***]
[***]
Attention: John Pavlakis
E-mail: [***]
Any notice so given will be deemed to have been given and received at the time of delivery in person, or on the next Business Day following the day of fax or e-mail transmission of the same, or on five (5) Business Days after the date of posting. Any party hereto may from time to time by notice in writing change its address or the designated recipient for the purposes of this Section.
| 12.11 | Further Assurance |
The Borrower will perform, execute and deliver all such further acts, documents, instruments and matters as the Lender may reasonably require from time to time to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
13
| 12.12 | Assignment by the Borrower |
The Borrower may not assign or transfer its rights, interests in and obligations under this Agreement to another person, without the Lender’s prior written consent.
| 12.13 | Enurement |
This Agreement shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of the Borrower and the Lender and their respective personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.
| 12.14 | Counterparts |
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument, and all such counterparts may be delivered by way of facsimile transmission or in PDF by e-mail to the other party.
| 12.15 | Conflict |
In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement will prevail to the extent of such conflict or inconsistency.
[Signature Pages Follow.]
14
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto execute this Agreement on the date first above written.
| Lender: | ||
| KERRIS HOLDINGS LTD. | ||
| Per: | /s/ John Pavlakis | |
| John Pavlakis | ||
| Borrower: | ||
| OPTIMI HEALTH CORP. | ||
| Per: | /s/ Jacob Safarik | |
| Jacob Safarik | ||
SCHEDULE A
FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE
| Principal: Canadian $1,000,000 | November 1, 2023 |
For value received, the undersigned, OPTIMI HEALTH CORP. (the Borrower) hereby promises to pay to KERRIS HOLDINGS LTD. (the Lender), or to its order, the principal amount of ONE MILLION DOLLARS in lawful money of Canada ($1,000,000) on the Maturity Date.
This promissory note is made subject to the terms of the Loan Agreement dated November 1, 2023 (the Loan Agreement) between the Borrower and the Lender. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this promissory note have the meanings given in the Loan Agreement. Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of this promissory note in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement.
The undersigned waives any grace period, presentment for payment, notice of non-payment, protest, notice of protest and notice of dishonour. This promissory note will be governed by, and is to be construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.
| OPTIMI HEALTH CORP. | ||
| Per: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
Exhibit 10.11
Certain identified information has been excluded from the exhibit by means of marking such information with brackets and asterisks because such information is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.
GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT (the “Security Agreement”) is dated for reference November 1, 2023.
BETWEEN:
OPTIMI HEALTH CORP., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the “Debtor”)
AND:
KERRIS HOLDINGS LTD., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the “Secured Party”)
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the Debtor hereby covenants, agrees, warrants, represents, acknowledges and confirms to and with the Secured Party and creates and grants the mortgages, charges and security interests hereinafter set forth, as follows:
| 1. | SECURITY INTEREST |
| 1.1 | Grant of Security Interest |
For the consideration aforesaid and as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations (as hereinafter defined), the Debtor, subject to the exceptions set out in Section 2 hereof, does hereby:
| (a) | mortgage and charge as and by way of a fixed and specific charge to and in favour of the Secured Party and assign and transfer to the Secured Party and grant to the Secured Party, by way of mortgage, charge, assignment and transfer, a security interest in all the Debtor’s right, title and interest, both present and future, in and to all of its presently owned or held and after acquired or held personal property, of whatever nature or kind and wheresoever situate and all proceeds and renewals thereof and therefrom, accretions thereto and substitutions therefor, including, without limitation, all of the following now owned or hereafter owned or acquired by or on behalf of the Debtor: |
| (1) | all inventory of whatever kind and wherever situate, including, without limitation, goods acquired or held for sale or lease or furnished or to be furnished under contracts of rental or service, all raw materials, work in process, finished goods, returned goods, repossessed goods, and all packaging materials, supplies and containers relating to or used or consumed in connection with any of the foregoing (all of which is hereinafter collectively called the “Inventory”); |
| (2) | all equipment (other than Inventory) of whatever kind and wherever situate, including, without limitation, all machinery, tools, apparatus, plant, fixtures, furniture, furnishings, chattels, motor vehicles, vessels and other tangible personal property of whatsoever nature or kind that is not Inventory, and all parts, components, attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions and improvements to any of the foregoing (all of which is hereinafter collectively called the “Equipment”); |
Page 2
| (3) | all book accounts and book debts and generally all accounts, debts, dues, claims, choses in action and demands of every nature and kind howsoever arising or secured including letters of credit and advices of credit, which are now due, owing or accruing or growing due to or owned by or which may hereafter become due, owing or accruing or growing due to or owned by the Debtor (all of which is hereinafter collectively called the “Accounts”); |
| (4) | all deeds, documents, writings, papers, books of account and other books and electronically recorded data relating to or being records of Accounts, Chattel Paper or Documents of Title or by which such are or may hereafter be secured, evidenced, acknowledged or made payable; |
| (5) | all contractual rights, insurance claims, licences, goodwill, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights and other industrial or intellectual property of the Debtor, all other choses in action of the Debtor of every kind which now are, or which may at any time hereafter be, due or owing to or owned by the Debtor, and all other intangible property of the Debtor which is not Accounts, Chattel Paper, Instruments, Documents of Title, Investment Property or Money; |
| (6) | all Money; |
| (7) | all property described in Schedule A attached hereto, if so attached, or in any schedule now or at any time hereafter annexed hereto or agreed to form part hereof; |
| (8) | the undertaking of the Debtor; and |
| (9) | all Chattel Paper, Documents of Title (whether negotiable or not), Instruments, Intangibles and Investment Property now owned or hereafter owned or acquired by or on behalf of the Debtor (including such as may be returned to or repossessed by the Debtor), and all other goods of the Debtor which are not Equipment, Inventory or Accounts; |
| (b) | charge as and by way of a floating charge to and in favour of the Secured Party, and grant to the Secured Party a security interest in and to: |
| (1) | all the Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to all its presently owned or held and after acquired or held real, immovable and leasehold property and all interests therein, and all easements, rights-of-way, privileges, benefits, licences, improvements and rights whether connected therewith or appurtenant thereto or separately owned or held, including all structures, plant and other fixtures (all of which is hereinafter collectively called “Real Property”); and |
| (2) | all property, assets and undertakings of the Debtor, both present and future, of whatsoever nature or kind and wheresoever situate, and all Proceeds thereof and therefrom, other than such of its property, assets and undertakings as are otherwise validly and effectively subject to the charges and security interests in favour of the Secured Party created pursuant to Section 1.1(a) hereof; and |
Page 3
| (c) | mortgage and charge as and by way of a fixed and specific charge to and in favour of the Secured Party, and assign and transfer to the Secured Party and grant to the Secured Party, by way of mortgage, charge, assignment and transfer, a security interest in all of the Debtor’s right, title and interest, both present and future, in and to all of its presently owned or held and after acquired or held property which: |
| (1) | is or hereafter becomes a fixture; or |
| (2) | constitutes a licence, quota, permit or other similar right or benefit or crops. |
The mortgages, charges, assignments and transfers and security interests created or granted pursuant to Sections 1.1 (a), (b) and (c) hereof are hereinafter collectively called the “Security Interest”, and all property, assets, interests and undertakings (including Proceeds) subject to the Security Interest or otherwise charged or secured hereby or expressed to be charged, assigned or transferred or secured by any instruments supplemental hereto or in implementation hereof are hereinafter collectively called the “Collateral”.
| 2. | EXCEPTIONS |
The Security Interest granted hereby shall not extend or apply to and the Collateral shall not extend to or include:
| (a) | Consumer Goods; or |
| (b) | the last day of the term of any lease or agreement therefor but upon the enforcement of the Security Interest the Debtor shall stand possessed of such last day in trust to assign and dispose thereof as the Secured Party shall direct. |
| 3. | SECURED OBLIGATIONS |
This Security Agreement and the Security Interest are in addition to and not in substitution for any other security interest now or hereafter held by the Secured Party from the Debtor or from any other person whomsoever and shall be general and continuing security for the payment, performance and satisfaction of the Secured Obligations.
| 4. | PROHIBITIONS |
Without the prior written consent of the Secured Party, the Debtor shall not and shall not have power to:
| (a) | grant, create or permit to be created any security interest in, charge, encumbrance or lien over, or claim against any of its property, assets, or undertakings which ranks or could in any event rank in priority to or pari passu with the Security Interest; |
| (b) | grant, sell, or otherwise assign its Chattel Paper; or |
| (c) | issue or have outstanding at any time any secured or unsecured bonds, debentures, debenture stock or other evidences of indebtedness of the Debtor or of any predecessor in title of the Debtor issued under a trust deed or other instrument running in favour of a trustee. |
Page 4
| 5. | ATTACHMENT |
The Debtor acknowledges that the Security Interest attaches upon the execution of this Security Agreement (or in the case of any after acquired property, at the time of acquisition thereof), that value has been given, and that the Debtor has, or in the case of after acquired property will have at the time of acquisition, rights in the Collateral.
| 6. | REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
The Debtor represents and warrants to the Secured Party that:
| (a) | the Debtor lawfully owns and possesses all presently held Collateral and has good title thereto, free from all security interests, charges, encumbrances, liens and claims, save only the charges or security interests, if any, shown in any Schedule hereto and those consented to in writing by the Secured Party, and the Debtor has good right and lawful authority to grant a security interest in the Collateral as provided by this Security Agreement; |
| (b) | where the Collateral includes Accounts, Chattel Paper or Instruments, each is enforceable in accordance with its terms against the party obligated thereunder and that the Debtor has fully and accurately disclosed to the Secured Party the amount owing thereunder and any other relevant information concerning liability for payment thereunder; |
| (c) | with respect to goods constituting Collateral, the Debtor has herein or elsewhere fully and accurately disclosed to the Secured Party the locations thereof and of the business operations and records of the Debtor; and |
| (d) | the Debtor has not consented to the entering into by: (A) any issuer of any Uncertificated Securities included in or relating to the Collateral of a Control Agreement; or (B) any Securities Intermediary for any Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements included in or relating to the Collateral of a Control Agreement, other than, in either case, the Secured Party. |
Page 5
| 7. | COVENANTS OF THE DEBTOR |
| 7.1 | General Covenants |
The Debtor covenants and agrees with the Secured Party that at all times while this Security Agreement remains in effect the Debtor will:
| (a) | defend the title to the Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Party against the claims and demands of all persons; |
| (b) | fully and effectually maintain and keep maintained the validity and effectiveness of the Security Interest; |
| (c) | maintain the Collateral in good order and repair; |
| (d) | forthwith pay: |
| (1) | all taxes, assessments, rates, duties, levies, government fees, claims, dues and other charges of every nature which may be lawfully levied, assessed or imposed upon it or the Collateral when due, unless the Debtor shall in good faith contest its obligations so to pay and shall furnish such security as the Secured Party may require; and |
| (2) | all security interests, charges, encumbrances, liens and claims which rank or could in any event rank in priority to the Security Interest, other than the charges or security interests, if any, shown in any Schedule hereto and those consented to in writing by the Secured Party; |
| (e) | forthwith reimburse and indemnify the Secured Party for all costs, charges, expenses and legal fees and disbursements which may be incurred by the Secured Party in: |
| (1) | inspecting the Collateral; |
| (2) | negotiating, preparing, perfecting and registering this Security Agreement or notice of it and other documents, whether or not relating to this Security Agreement; |
| (3) | investigating title to the Collateral; |
| (4) | taking, recovering, keeping possession of and insuring the Collateral; and |
| (5) | all other actions and proceedings taken in connection with the preservation of the Collateral and the enforcement of this Security Agreement and of any other Security Interest held by the Secured Party as security for the Secured Obligations; |
| (f) | at the Secured Party’s request at any time and from time to time, execute and deliver such further and other documents and instruments and do all acts and things as the Secured Party in its absolute discretion requires in order to confirm and perfect, and maintain perfection of, the Security Interest in favour of the Secured Party upon any of the Collateral; |
| (g) | notify the Secured Party promptly of: |
| (1) | any change in the information contained herein relating to the Debtor, its address, its business or the Collateral, including without limitation any change of name or address of the Debtor and any change in location of any Collateral; |
| (2) | the details of any material acquisition of Collateral; |
Page 6
| (3) | any material loss or damage to the Collateral; |
| (4) | any material default by any account debtor in payment or other performance of his obligations to the Debtor with respect to any Accounts; |
| (5) | the return to or repossession by the Debtor of the Collateral where such return or repossession of the Collateral is material in relation to the business of the Debtor; and |
| (6) | the details of any claims or litigation affecting the Debtor or the Collateral; |
| (h) | prevent the Collateral, other than Inventory sold, leased, or otherwise disposed of as permitted hereby, from being or becoming an accession to other property not covered by this Security Agreement; |
| (i) | permit the Secured Party and its representatives, at all reasonable times, access to all its property, assets and undertakings and to all its books of account and records for the purpose of inspection and render all assistance necessary for such inspection; |
| (j) | deliver to the Secured Party from time to time promptly upon request: |
| (1) | any Documents of Title, Instruments, Investment Property and Chattel Paper constituting, representing or relating to Collateral; |
| (2) | all books of account and all records, ledgers, reports, correspondence, schedules, documents, statements, lists and other writings relating to the Collateral for the purpose of inspecting, auditing or copying the same; |
| (3) | all financial statements prepared by or for the Debtor regarding the Debtor’s business; |
| (4) | all policies and certificates of insurance relating to the Collateral; and |
| (5) | such information concerning the Collateral, the Debtor and the Debtor’s business and affairs as the Secured Party may reasonably require; |
| (k) | carry on and conduct the business of the Debtor in a proper and efficient manner and so as to protect and preserve the Collateral and to keep, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, proper books of account for the Debtor’s business as well as accurate and complete records concerning Collateral; |
| (l) | observe and perform the additional covenants, if any, set out in any schedule attached hereto; |
| (m) | will not consent to: |
| (1) | the entering into by any issuer of any Uncertificated Securities included in or relating to the Collateral of a Control Agreement in respect of such Uncertificated Securities with any Person other than the Secured Party or such nominee or agent as it may direct; or |
Page 7
| (2) | the entering into by any Securities Intermediary for any Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements included in or relating to the Collateral of a Control Agreement with respect to such Securities Accounts or Securities Entitlements with any Person other than the Secured Party or such nominee or agent as it may direct; and |
| (n) | promptly upon request from time to time by the Secured Party, the Debtor shall: |
| (1) | enter into and use reasonable commercial efforts to cause any Securities Intermediary for any Securities Accounts or Securities Entitlements included in or relating to the Collateral to enter into a Control Agreement with the Secured Party with respect to such Securities Accounts or Securities Entitlements as the Secured Party requires in form and substance satisfactory to the Secured Party; and/or |
| (2) | enter into and use reasonable commercial efforts to cause any issuer of any Uncertificated Securities included in or relating to the Collateral to enter into a Control Agreement with the Secured Party with respect to such Uncertificated Securities in form and substance satisfactory to the Secured Party. |
| 7.2 | Covenants Regarding Collateral |
Except as herein provided, without the prior written consent of the Secured Party, the Debtor will not:
| (a) | sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the Collateral; |
| (b) | release, surrender or abandon possession of the Collateral; or |
| (c) | move or transfer the Collateral from the jurisdiction or jurisdictions in which the Security Interest has been perfected. |
| 7.3 | Dealings With Collateral |
Provided that the Debtor is not in default under this Security Agreement, at any time without the consent of the Secured Party the Debtor may lease, sell, license, consign or otherwise deal with items of Inventory in the ordinary course of its business and for the purposes of carrying on its business.
| 8. | INSURANCE |
| 8.1 | Covenants Regarding Insurance |
The Debtor covenants that at all times while this Security Agreement is in effect the Debtor shall:
| (a) | maintain or cause to be maintained insurance on the Collateral with an insurer, of kinds, for amounts and payable to such person or persons, all as the Secured Party may require, and in particular but without limitation maintain insurance on the Collateral to its full insurable value against loss or damage by fire including extended coverage endorsement and in the case of motor vehicles and other mobile Collateral, maintain insurance against theft; |
Page 8
| (b) | cause the insurance policy or policies required hereunder to be assigned to the Secured Party and have as part thereof a standard mortgage clause or a mortgage endorsement, as appropriate; and |
| (c) | pay all premiums in connection with such insurance, and deliver all such policies to the Secured Party, if it so requires. |
| 8.2 | Application of Insurance Proceeds |
If proceeds of any insurance required hereunder become payable the Secured Party may, in its absolute discretion, apply such proceeds to such part or parts of the Secured Obligations as the Secured Party may see fit or the Secured Party may release any such insurance proceeds to the Debtor for the purpose of repairing, replacing or rebuilding, but any release of insurance proceeds to the Debtor shall not operate as a payment on account of the Secured Obligations or in any way affect this Security Agreement.
| 8.3 | Proof of Loss |
The Debtor will forthwith, on the happening of loss or damage to the Collateral, notify the Secured Party thereof and furnish to the Secured Party at the Debtor’s expense any necessary proof and do any necessary act to enable the Secured Party to obtain payment of the insurance proceeds, but nothing herein contained shall limit the Secured Party’s right to submit to the insurer a proof of loss on its own behalf.
| 8.4 | Secured Party as Loss Payee |
The Debtor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the insurer under any policy of insurance required hereunder to include the name of the Secured Party as a loss payee on any cheque or draft which may be issued with respect to a claim under and by virtue of such insurance, and the production by the Secured Party to any insurer of a certified copy of this Security Agreement shall be its full and complete authority for so doing.
| 8.5 | Failure to Maintain Insurance Coverage |
If the Debtor fails to maintain insurance as required hereby, the Secured Party may, but shall not be obliged to, maintain or effect such insurance coverage, or so much thereof as the Secured Party considers necessary for its protection.
| 9. | USE AND VERIFICATION OF COLLATERAL |
Subject to compliance with the Debtor’s covenants contained herein and Section 11 hereof, the Debtor may, until default, possess, operate, collect, use and enjoy and deal with the Collateral in the ordinary course of the Debtor’s business in any manner not inconsistent with the provisions hereof; provided always that the Secured Party shall have the right at any time and from time to time to verify the existence and state of the Collateral in any manner the Secured Party may consider appropriate and the Debtor agrees to furnish all assistance and information and to perform all such acts as the Secured Party may reasonably request in connection therewith and for such purpose to grant to the Secured Party or its agents access to all places where the Collateral may be located and to all premises occupied by the Debtor.
Page 9
| 10. | INVESTMENT PROPERTY |
If Collateral at any time includes Investment Property, the Debtor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to transfer the same or any part thereof into its own name or that of its nominee(s) so that the Secured Party or its nominee(s) may appear on record as the sole owner thereof; provided that, until default, the Secured Party shall deliver promptly to the Debtor all notices or other communications received by it or its nominee(s) as such registered owner and, upon demand and receipt of payment of any necessary expenses thereof, shall issue to the Debtor or its order a proxy to vote and take all action with respect to such Investment Property. After default, the Debtor waives all rights to receive any notices or communications received by the Secured Party or its nominee(s) as such registered owner and agrees that no proxy issued by the Secured Party to the Debtor or its order as aforesaid shall thereafter be effective.
To the extent that Investment Property includes an interest in or unit certificates in a partnership or a limited liability company, the Debtor represents and warrants that the terms of any interest in such partnership or limited liability company provide that such interest is a “security” for the purposes of the STA and in the event that the terms of any interest in a partnership or limited liability company does not so provide, the Debtor agrees to amend the terms with respect to such partnership or limited liability company to expressly provide that such interest is a “security” for the purposes of the STA.
| 11. | COLLECTION OF DEBTS |
After default under this Security Agreement, without notice to the Debtor, the Secured Party may notify all or any account debtors of the Debtor of the Security Interest and may also direct such account debtors to make all payments on Collateral to the Secured Party. The Debtor acknowledges that any payments on or other proceeds of Collateral received by the Debtor from account debtors, after notification of this Security Interest to account debtors and after default under this Security Agreement shall be received and held by the Debtor in trust for the Secured Party and shall be turned over to the Secured Party upon request.
| 12. | INCOME FROM AND INTEREST ON COLLATERAL |
| 12.1 | Income Until Default |
Until default, the Debtor reserves the right to receive any money constituting income from or interest on Collateral and if the Secured Party receives any such money prior to default, the Secured Party shall either credit the same against the Secured Obligations or pay the same promptly to the Debtor.
| 12.2 | Income After Default |
After default, the Debtor will not request or receive any money constituting income from or interest on Collateral and if the Debtor receives any such money in any event, the Debtor will hold such money in trust for the Secured Party and will pay the same promptly to the Secured Party.
Page 10
| 13. | INCREASES, PROFITS, PAYMENTS OR DISTRIBUTIONS |
| 13.1 | Receipt by Secured Party |
Whether or not default has occurred, the Debtor authorizes the Secured Party:
| (a) | to receive any increase in or profits on the Collateral (other than money) and to hold the same as part of the Collateral. Money so received shall be treated as income for the purposes of Section 12 hereof and dealt with accordingly; and |
| (b) | to receive any payment or distribution upon redemption or retirement or upon dissolution and liquidation of the issuer of Collateral; to surrender such Collateral in exchange therefor; and to hold any such payment or distribution as part of Collateral. |
| 13.2 | Receipt by Debtor |
If the Debtor receives any such increase or profits (other than money) or payments or distributions, the Debtor will deliver the same promptly to the Secured Party to be held by the Secured Party as herein provided.
| 14. | DISPOSITION OF MONIES |
Subject to any applicable requirements of the Act, all monies collected or received by the Secured Party pursuant to or in exercise of any right it possesses with respect to Collateral shall be applied on account of the Secured Obligations in such manner as the Secured Party deems best or, at the option of the Secured Party, may be held unappropriated in a collateral account or released to the Debtor, all without prejudice to the liability of the Debtor or the rights of the Secured Party hereunder, and any surplus shall be accounted for as required by law.
| 15. | PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS |
If the Debtor fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, the Secured Party may, but shall not be obliged to, perform any or all of such obligations without prejudice to any other rights and remedies of the Secured Party hereunder, and any payments made and any costs, charges, expenses and legal fees and disbursements (on a solicitor and own client basis) incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Debtor to the Secured Party forthwith with interest until paid at the highest rate borne by any of the Secured Obligations and such amounts shall be secured hereby and rank prior to all claims subsequent to this Security Agreement.
| 16. | DEFAULT |
| 16.1 | Events of Default |
The occurrence of an Event of Default under any one or more of the Loan Documents shall constitute default hereunder (each a “default”) unless remedied by the Debtor in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Loan Document or waived by the Secured Party.
Page 11
| 16.2 | Floating Charge |
For all purposes, including without limitation any application to register a crystallized floating charge under the Land Title Act (British Columbia) and other similar legislation in all applicable jurisdictions against any Real Property, the floating charge created by this Security Agreement shall be crystallized and become a fixed charge upon the earliest of:
| (a) | the occurrence of an Event of Default; or |
| (b) | the Secured Party taking any action pursuant to Section 17 hereof to enforce and realize upon any or all of the Security Interest created by this Security Agreement, and in any event upon the appointment by the Secured Party of a Receiver pursuant to Section 17 hereof. |
| 16.3 | Consolidation |
In accordance with the Property Law Act (British Columbia), the doctrine of consolidation applies to this Security Agreement.
| 17. | ENFORCEMENT |
| 17.1 | Rights of Secured Party on Default |
Upon any default under this Security Agreement, the security hereby constituted will immediately become enforceable. To enforce and realize on the security constituted by this Security Agreement the Secured Party may take any action permitted by law or in equity, as it may deem expedient, and in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Secured Party may do any of the following:
| (a) | appoint by instrument a receiver, receiver and manager or receiver-manager (the person so appointed is hereinafter called the “Receiver”) of the Collateral, with or without bond as the Secured Party may determine, and from time to time in its absolute discretion remove such Receiver and appoint another in its stead; |
| (b) | enter upon any premises of the Debtor and take possession of the Collateral with power to exclude the Debtor, its agents and its servants therefrom, without becoming liable as a mortgagee in possession; |
| (c) | preserve, protect and maintain the Collateral and make such replacements thereof and repairs and additions thereto as the Secured Party may deem advisable; |
| (d) | sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral, whether by public or private sale or lease or otherwise, in such manner, at such price as can be reasonably obtained therefor and on such terms as to credit and with such conditions of sale and stipulations as to title or conveyance or evidence of title or otherwise as to the Secured Party may seem reasonable, provided that if any sale, lease or other disposition is on credit the Debtor will not be entitled to be credited with the proceeds of any such sale, lease or other disposition until the monies therefor are actually received; |
| (e) | exercise all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Act; and |
| (f) | the Secured Party may sell, transfer or use any Investment Property included in the Collateral of which the Secured Party or its agent has “control” within the meaning of the STA. |
Page 12
| 17.2 | Receiver |
A Receiver appointed pursuant to this Security Agreement shall be the agent of the Debtor and not of the Secured Party and the Secured Party shall not be in any way responsible for any misconduct, negligence or non-feasance on the part of any Receiver, its servants, agents or employees. A Receiver shall, to the extent permitted by law or to such lesser extent permitted by its appointment, have all the powers of the Secured Party hereunder, and in addition shall have power to carry on the business of the Debtor and for such purpose to enter upon, use and occupy all premises owned or occupied by the Debtor wherein Collateral may be situate, maintain Collateral upon such premises, use Collateral directly or indirectly in carrying on the Debtor’s business and from time to time to borrow money either unsecured or secured by a security interest in any of the Collateral.
| 17.3 | Proceeds of Realization |
Subject to the claims, if any, of the creditors of the Debtor ranking in priority to this Security Agreement, all amounts realized from the disposition of Collateral pursuant to this Security Agreement will be applied as the Secured Party, in its absolute discretion, may direct or as follows:
| (a) | in payment of all costs, charges and expenses (including legal fees and disbursements on a solicitor and his own client basis) incurred by the Secured Party in connection with or incidental to: |
| (1) | the exercise by the Secured Party of all or any of the powers granted to it pursuant to this Security Agreement; and |
| (2) | the appointment of the Receiver and the exercise by the Receiver of all or any of the powers granted to it pursuant to this Security Agreement, including the Receiver’s reasonable remuneration and all outgoings properly payable by the Receiver excluding the Receiver’s borrowings; |
| (b) | in payment of any sum or sums borrowed by the Receiver from the Secured Party and interest thereon if such sum or sums are secured by the Collateral; |
| (c) | in or toward payment to the Secured Party of all principal and other monies (except interest) due in respect of the Secured Obligations; |
| (d) | in or toward payment to the Secured Party of all interest remaining unpaid in respect of the Secured Obligations; and |
| (e) | in or toward payment of any sum or sums borrowed by the Receiver from any financial institution, corporation or person other than the Secured Party and interest thereon if such sum or sums are secured by the Collateral. |
Subject to applicable law and the claims, if any, of other creditors of the Debtor, any surplus will be paid to the Debtor.
Page 13
| 17.4 | Immediate Exercise of Rights |
The Debtor agrees that the Secured Party may exercise its rights and remedies hereunder immediately upon default, except as may be otherwise provided in the Act, and the Debtor hereby expressly confirms that except as may be otherwise provided herein or in the Act, the Secured Party has not given any covenant, express or implied, and is under no obligation to allow the Debtor any period of time to remedy any default prior to the Secured Party exercising its rights and remedies hereunder.
| 18. | DEFICIENCY |
If the amounts realized from the disposition of the Collateral are not sufficient to pay the Secured Obligations in full, the Debtor will immediately pay to the Secured Party the amount of such deficiency.
| 19. | RIGHTS CUMULATIVE |
All rights and remedies of the Secured Party set out in this Security Agreement are cumulative and no right or remedy contained herein is intended to be exclusive but each will be in addition to every other right or remedy contained herein or in any existing or future security agreement or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity or by statute, or pursuant to any other agreement between the Debtor and the Secured Party that may be in effect from time to time.
| 20. | LIABILITY OF SECURED PARTY |
The Secured Party shall not be responsible or liable for any debts contracted by it, for damages to persons or property or for salaries or non-fulfilment of contracts during any period when the Secured Party shall manage the Collateral upon entry, as herein provided, nor shall the Secured Party be liable to account as mortgagee in possession or for anything except actual receipts or be liable for any loss on realization or for any default or omission for which a mortgagee in possession may be liable. The Secured Party shall not be bound to do, observe or perform or to see to the observance or performance by the Debtor of any obligations or covenants imposed upon the Debtor nor shall the Secured Party, in the case of Investment Property, Instruments or Chattel Paper, be obliged to preserve rights against other persons, nor shall the Secured Party be obliged to keep any of the Collateral identifiable. The Debtor hereby waives any applicable provision of law permitted to be waived by it which imposes higher or greater obligations upon the Secured Party than aforesaid.
| 21. | APPOINTMENT OF ATTORNEY |
The Debtor hereby irrevocably appoints the Secured Party or the Receiver, as the case may be, with full power of substitution, to be the attorney of the Debtor for and in the name of the Debtor to sign, endorse or execute under seal or otherwise any deeds, documents, transfers, cheques, instruments, demands, assignments, assurances or consents that the Debtor is obliged to sign, endorse or execute and generally to use the name of the Debtor and to do all things as may be necessary or incidental to the exercise of all or any of the powers conferred on the Secured Party or the Receiver, as the case may be, pursuant to this Security Agreement.
Page 14
| 22. | ACCOUNTS |
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Security Agreement, the Secured Party may collect, realize, sell or otherwise deal with the Accounts or any part thereof in such manner, upon such terms and conditions and at such time or times, whether before or after default, as may seem to it advisable, and without notice to the Debtor, except in the case of disposition after default and then subject to the provisions of Part V of the Act. All monies or other forms of payment received by the Debtor in payment of any Account will be received and held by the Debtor in trust for the Secured Party.
| 23. | APPROPRIATION OF PAYMENTS |
Any and all payments made in respect of the Secured Obligations from time to time and monies realized from any security interests held therefor (including monies collected in accordance with or realized on any enforcement of this Security Agreement) may be applied to such part or parts of the Secured Obligations as the Secured Party may see fit, and the Secured Party may at all times and from time to time change any appropriation as the Secured Party may see fit.
| 24. | LIABILITY TO ADVANCE |
None of the preparation, execution, perfection and registration of this Security Agreement or notice hereof or the advance of any monies shall bind the Secured Party to make any advance or loan or further advance or loan, or renew any note or extend any time for payment of any indebtedness or liability of the Debtor to the Secured Party.
| 25. | WAIVER |
The Secured Party may from time to time and at any time waive in whole or in part any right, benefit or default under any clause of this Security Agreement but any such waiver of any right, benefit or default on any occasion shall be deemed not to be a waiver of any such right, benefit or default thereafter, or of any other right, benefit or default, as the case may be, and no delay or omission by the Secured Party in exercising any right or remedy hereunder or with respect to any default shall operate as a waiver thereof or of any other right or remedy.
| 26. | NOTICE |
Notice may be given by any party in writing and shall be well and sufficiently given if sent by prepaid registered mail, by delivery, or by facsimile transmission to the party for whom it is intended, at the address or transmitted to the facsimile number herein provided, or to such other address or to such other facsimile number as may be set forth in any notice given pursuant to these notice provisions from time to time. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given and received:
| (a) | if delivered, when delivered; |
| (b) | if mailed by prepaid registered mail when there is no known or anticipated disruption of postal services, on the /third business day following that on which it was mailed; and |
| (c) | if sent by facsimile transmission, on the close of business on the day on which it was transmitted. |
Page 15
| 27. | EXTENSIONS |
The Secured Party may grant extensions of time and other indulgences, take and give up security, accept compositions, compound, compromise, settle, grant releases and discharges, refrain from perfecting or maintaining perfection of the Security Interest, and otherwise deal with the Debtor, account debtors of the Debtor, sureties and others and with the Collateral, the Security Interest and other security interests as the Secured Party may see fit without prejudice to the liability of the Debtor or the Secured Party’s right to hold and realize on the security constituted by this Security Agreement.
| 28. | NO MERGER |
This Security Agreement shall not operate so as to create any merger or discharge of any of the Secured Obligations, or of any assignment, transfer, guarantee, lien, mortgage, contract, promissory note, bill of exchange or security interest of any form held or which may hereafter be held by the Secured Party from the Debtor or from any other person whomsoever. The taking of a judgment with respect to any of the Secured Obligations will not operate as a merger of any of the covenants contained in this Security Agreement.
| 29. | ASSIGNMENT |
The Secured Party may, without further notice to the Debtor, at any time assign, transfer or grant a security interest in this Security Agreement and the Security Interest. The Debtor expressly agrees that the assignee, transferee or secured party, as the case may be, shall have all of the Secured Party’s rights and remedies under this Security Agreement and the Debtor will not assert any defence, counterclaim, right of set-off or otherwise with respect to any claim which the Debtor now has or hereafter acquires against the Secured Party in any action commenced by such assignee, transferee or secured party, as the case may be, and will pay the Secured Obligations to the assignee, transferee or secured party, as the case may be, as the Secured Obligations become due.
| 30. | SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE |
Any partial payment or satisfaction of the Secured Obligations, or any ceasing by the Debtor to be indebted to the Secured Party, shall be deemed not to be a redemption or discharge of this Security Agreement. The Debtor shall be entitled to a release and discharge of this Security Agreement upon full payment and satisfaction of all Secured Obligations and upon written request by the Debtor and payment to the Secured Party of a discharge fee to be fixed by the Secured Party and payment and of all costs, charges, expenses and legal fees and disbursements (on a solicitor and own client basis) incurred by the Secured Party in connection with the Secured Obligations and such release and discharge.
| 31. | ENUREMENT |
This Security Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.
Page 16
| 32. | INTERPRETATION |
| 32.1 | Defined Terms |
In this Security Agreement:
| (a) | “Act” means the Personal Property Security Act of British Columbia and all regulations thereunder as the same may be amended from time to time; |
| (b) | “Collateral” has the meaning set out in Section 1 hereof and any reference to Collateral shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be deemed a reference to Collateral as a whole or any part thereof; |
| (c) | “Control Agreement” means: |
| (1) | with respect to any Uncertificated Security included in the Collateral, an agreement between the issuer of such Uncertificated Securities and another Person whereby such issuer agrees to comply with instructions that are originated by such Person in respect of such Uncertificated Security, without the further consent of the Debtor; and |
| (2) | with respect to any Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements included in the Collateral, an agreement between the Securities Intermediary in respect of such Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements to comply with any Entitlement Orders with respect to such Securities Accounts or Security Entitlements that are originated by Secured Party, without the further consent of the Debtor; |
| (d) | “Debtor” and the personal pronoun “it” or “its” and any verb relating thereto and used therewith shall be read and construed as required by and in accordance with the context in which such words are used depending upon whether the Debtor is one or more individuals, corporations or partnerships and, if more than one, shall apply to and be binding upon each of them jointly and severally; |
| (e) | “Event of Default” means an “Event of Default” under the Loan Agreement; |
| (f) | “licence” means any licence or similar right at any time owned or held by the Debtor including but without being limited to a “licence” as defined in the Act; |
| (g) | “Loan Agreement” means the loan agreement dated for reference November 1, 2023 between, the Secured Party and the Debtor, as the said loan agreement may be amended, extended, renewed, replaced, restated and in effect from time to time; |
| (h) | “Loan Documents” means, collectively, the Loan Agreement, this Security Agreement, and all other documents and instruments evidencing or securing the payment of the Secured Obligations in whole or in part, whether provided by or on behalf of an Obligant; |
| (i) | “Obligant” or “Obligants” means, collectively, the Debtor and all other Persons who are from time to time liable to the Secured Party for the payment of the whole or any portion of the Secured Obligations, whether directly or indirectly, absolutely or contingently, jointly, severally or jointly and severally and includes all Persons who from time to time otherwise become liable for, or who agree to indemnify the Secured Party for any loss, costs or damages as a result of the failure of any other Persons to pay the Secured Obligations, in whole or in part; |
Page 17
| (j) | “Person” or “Persons” means and includes any individual, sole proprietorship, corporation, partnership, bank, joint venture, trust, unincorporated association, association, institution, entity, party or government (whether national, federal, provincial, state, municipal, city, county or otherwise and including any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof); |
| (k) | “Secured Obligations” means all indebtedness and liability of all or any one or more of the Obligants to the Secured Party (and any one or more Persons making the same) under the Loan Documents, whether such indebtedness and liability is present or future, absolute or contingent, joint or several, direct or indirect, matured or not, extended or renewed, wheresoever and howsoever incurred, and any ultimate balance thereof, including all advances on current or running account and all future advances and re-advances, under or pursuant to any of the Loan Documents; |
| (l) | “STA” means the Securities Transfer Act of the Province of British Columbia, as amended from time to time and all regulations thereunder, which act, including amendments thereto and any act substituted therefor and amendments thereto is herein referred to as the “STA” and “Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the STA; and |
| (m) | Words with initial capital letters, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement. |
| 32.2 | General |
Words and expressions used herein that have been defined in the Act or in the STA shall be interpreted in accordance with their respective meanings given in the Act or in the STA as applicable, whether expressed herein with or without initial capital letters and whether in the singular or the plural unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context otherwise requires, and wherever the context so requires in this Security Agreement the singular shall be read as if the plural were expressed, and vice-versa, and the provisions hereof shall be read with all grammatical changes necessary dependent upon the person referred to being a male, female, firm or corporation.
| 32.3 | Severability |
Should any provision of this Security Agreement be declared or held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part or against or with respect to the Debtor by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect the validity or enforceability of any or all of the remaining provisions of this Security Agreement which will continue in full force and effect and be construed as if this Security Agreement had been executed without the invalid or unenforceable provision.
| 32.4 | Headings |
The headings of the sections and clauses of this Security Agreement have been inserted for reference only and do not define, limit, alter or enlarge the meaning of any provision of this Security Agreement.
| 32.5 | Governing Law |
This Security Agreement shall be governed by the laws of British Columbia.
Page 18
| 33. | MISCELLANEOUS |
| (a) | The Debtor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to file such financing statements, financing change statements and other documents and do such acts, matters and things as the Secured Party may deem appropriate to perfect on an ongoing basis and continue the Security Interest, to protect and preserve the Collateral and to realize upon the Security Interest. |
| (b) | The Debtor hereby waives protest of any Instrument constituting Collateral at any time held by the Secured Party on which the Debtor is any way liable and, subject to the provisions of the Act, notice of any other action taken by the Secured Party. |
| (c) | The Debtor acknowledges and agrees that in the event it amalgamates with any other company or companies it is the intention of the parties hereto that the term “Debtor” when used herein shall apply to each of the amalgamating companies and to the amalgamated company, such that the Security Interest granted hereby: |
| (1) | shall extend to “Collateral” (as that term is herein defined) owned by each of the amalgamating companies and the amalgamated company at the time of amalgamation and to any “Collateral” thereafter owned or acquired by the amalgamated company, and |
| (2) | shall secure the “Secured Obligations” (as that term is herein defined) of each of the amalgamating companies and the amalgamated company to the Secured Party at the time of amalgamation and any “Secured Obligations” of the amalgamated company to the Secured Party thereafter arising. The Security Interest shall attach to “Collateral” owned by each company amalgamating with the Debtor, and by the amalgamated company, at the time of amalgamation, and shall attach to any “Collateral” thereafter owned or acquired by the amalgamated company when such becomes owned or is acquired. |
| (d) | The Debtor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to provide a copy of this Security Agreement and such other information and documents specified under the Act to any person entitled pursuant to the Act to demand and receive same. |
| 34. | COPY OF AGREEMENT AND FINANCING STATEMENT |
The Debtor hereby:
| (a) | acknowledges receiving a copy of this Security Agreement; and |
| (b) | waives all rights to receive from the Secured Party a copy of any financing statement, financing change statement or verification statement filed, issued or obtained at any time in respect of this Security Agreement. |
| 35. | PARAMOUNTCY |
In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Security Agreement and the terms of the Loan Agreement with respect to any matter specifically dealt with herein and therein, the provisions of the Loan Agreement will govern, unless as a result thereof (i) the mortgages, charges and security interests created herein or (ii) any of the remedies available to the Secured Party hereunder would be in any way diminished or invalidated, in which case the provisions of this Security Agreement will prevail.
Page 19
| 36. | DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY INFORMATION |
| 36.1 | Debtor Address |
[***]
[***]
Attention: Jacob Safarik
E-mail: [***]
with a copy to:
Norton Rose Fulbright Canada LLP
[***]
[***]
Attention: Kristopher Miks
E-mail: [***]
| 36.2 | Secured Party Address |
[***]
[***]
Attention: John Pavlakis
E-mail: [***]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Debtor has executed this Security Agreement on the date first above written.
OPTIMI HEALTH CORP.
| Per: | /s/ Jacob Safarik | |
| Authorized Signatory |
Exhibit 10.12
LOAN AGREEMENT AMENDMENT NO. 1
This Amendment No. 1 made as of July 16, 2025.
BETWEEN:
OPTIMI HEALTH CORP., a company incorporated under the laws of the province of British Columbia and having its registered office at 2054 Dowad Drive, Squamish, B.C., V8B 0Y8
(the “Company”)
AND:
KERRIS HOLDINGS LTD., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia and having an office at 2409 West 41st Avenue, Vancouver, B.C., V6M 2A5
(the “Lender”)
(each, a “Party” and collectively, the “Parties”)
WHEREAS:
| A. | The Parties entered into a loan agreement dated as of November 1, 2023 (the “Loan Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company obtained a term loan from the Lender |
| B. | The Parties wish to amend the Loan Agreement in the manner set forth in this Amendment No. 1. |
NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby mutually acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1 - AMENDMENT
| 1. | Definitions. Section 1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the existing definition of (k) “Maturity Date” with “means April 30, 2026.” |
ARTICLE 2 – CONSIDERATION
| 2. | In consideration for the Lender extending the Loan, the Borrower shall issue to the Lender, or its designated assignees, 400,000 share purchase warrants (each an “Amendment Warrant”). Each Warrant will be exercisable to acquire one Warrant Share at an exercise price of CAD$0.25 per Warrant Share for a period of two (2) years from the date of issuance, subject to adjustment in certain events as set out in the certificate representing the Amendment Warrants. |
ARTICLE 3 - GENERAL
3.1 Effectiveness. This Amendment No. 1 will become effective on the date first shown above. Except as expressly provided in this Amendment No. 1, all of the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement remain in full force and effect. On and after the date first shown above, each reference in the Loan Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “herein” or words of like import will be a reference to the Loan Agreement as amended by this Amendment No. 1.
3.2 Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment No. 1 shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Loan Agreement.
3.3 Governing Law. This Amendment No. 1 shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein, without giving effect to provisions regarding conflict of laws. The Parties irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of British Columbia with respect to any legal proceedings arising herefrom.
3.4 Counterparts. This Amendment No. 1 may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts with the same effect as the Parties had signed and delivered the same Amendment No. 1, and each counterpart will be construed together to be an original and will constitute one and the same Amendment No. 1.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Amendment No. 1 as of the date first shown above.
| OPTIMI HEALTH CORP. | ||
| Per: | /s/ Dane Stevens | |
| Dane Stevens | ||
| Chief Executive and Chief Marking Officer | ||
| KERRIS HOLDINGS LTD. | ||
| Per: | /s/ John Pavlakis | |
| John Pavlakis | ||
Exhibit 10.13
Certain identified information has been excluded from the exhibit by means of marking such information with brackets and asterisks because such information is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN:
OPTIMI LABS INC., a company incorporated under the laws of British Columbia, with an address of [***], and an email of [***] (the “Supplier”);
AND
KMT PHARMACEUTICALS PTY LTD, a company incorporated under the laws of Australia, holding Australian Company Number [***], having an office at [***] and email of [***] (the “Purchaser”)
(together, the Parties).
AND
MIND MEDICINE AUSTRALIA LIMITED, a company incorporated under the laws of Australia, holding Australian Company Number [***], having an office at [***] and email of [***] (the “Guarantor”)
| 1) | APPLICABILITY |
| a) | This Agreement sets forth the terms that will govern the relationship between the Supplier and the Purchaser and the sale by the Supplier to the Purchaser of certain products. |
| b) | The Purchaser may issue Purchase Orders to the Supplier for the purchase of Product and, if the Supplier accepts such Purchase Order, then such Purchase Order will reflect the Parties’ agreement to sell and purchase Product specified in each Purchase Order in accordance with and subject to the Terms and Conditions. |
| c) | This Agreement together with any Purchase Order will constitute the sole and entire agreement of the Parties and will supersede all prior or contemporaneous understandings, agreements, negotiations, representations and warranties and communications (both written and oral). The Terms and Conditions will prevail over any other terms or conditions contained in any other documentation and expressly exclude any of the Purchaser’s general terms and conditions of purchase or any other document issued by Supplier in connection with a Purchase Order. The Terms and Conditions apply to any replacement Product provided by the Supplier. The Supplier is not obligated to any minimum sale or future sale. The Purchaser is not obligated to any minimum purchase or future purchase. |
1
| 2) | DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS |
| a) | In this Agreement, the following terms have their corresponding meaning unless context requires or provides otherwise: |
| i) | Affiliate means, in respect of a party, a person who controls, is controlled by, or is under mutual control with, that party. |
| ii) | Agreement means, this agreement between the Supplier and the Purchaser. |
| iii) | Business Day means, a day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or Public Holiday in Victoria, Australia and British Columbia, Canada. |
| iv) | Health Canada or Australian Laws means, all applicable laws, regulations, rules, standards, polices and governing bodies relating to and or regulating the exportation, importation, manufacture, distribution, purchase and supply of products in Australia and Canada including the Therapeutic Goods Administration and the Office of Drug Control. |
| v) | Confidential Information means, information that may be given or acquired in any form (including electronically, written or oral), directly or indirectly, before or after the Effective Date, including but not limited to: |
| A. | all business, technical, financial, business plans, know-how, professional or other information created or exchanged between any party relating to this Agreement including but not limited to all contact details, information, specifications, pricing and pricing strategies and structures; |
| B. | the existence of this Agreement, the Terms and Conditions, the price per gram, product list, shipping costs, product availability, cultivation techniques, genetic breeding activities, research and development activities, and any other policies or procedures; |
| C. | information relating to a party’s or its customer’s or associated entities’ intellectual property, including but not limited to copyright works, trademarks, technical information, forecasts, predictions or projections, intellectual property, software, hardware, prototypes, technology, technical information, business models, pricing and pricing strategies, marketing ideas, data (including sales data), products, sales projections, financing plans, valuations, capitalisation, budgets and other financial information, plans or sketches, designs or concepts, strategies or analyses, research findings or results, assessments, diagnostic tools, trade secrets or patents (capable of registration or not) and any right to claim authorship of such works; |
| D. | information about persons with whom a party deals, including the identity of the persons and details of agreements with employees, contractors, suppliers, customers, clients and others, and financial information; |
| E. | market information; |
2
| F. | information which is confidential by its nature, or is communicated as confidential, or that the receiving party knows or ought to know is confidential; |
| G. | any and all discussions between one or more representatives of the Parties regarding any of the information described in 2)a)v)A to 2)a)v)F above; |
but excluding:
| H. | information available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by a party to this Agreement or that party contractors or agents or by a person to whom a party to this Agreement disclosed the Confidential Information, contrary to the terms of this Agreement; and |
| I. | information which a party can prove it lawfully possessed before obtaining it in connection with this Agreement or which it independently developed without reliance on information received from another party to this Agreement. |
| vi) | Dispute means, any dispute or disagreement between the Parties arising from, in connection with or in respect of this Agreement, a Purchase Order, or its subject matter, existence, negotiation, interpretation, validity, termination or enforceability. |
| vii) | Effective Date means, the earlier of the date of this Agreement and the date on which all Parties have executed this Agreement. |
| viii) | Insolvency Event in relation to an entity, means: |
| A. | a receiver, receiver and manager, administrator, liquidator, trustee, or similar official being appointed over any of the assets or undertakings of the entity; |
| B. | the entity suspending payment of its debts generally; |
| C. | the entity being, or becoming, unable to pay its debts when they are due; |
| D. | the entity entering into, or resolving to enter into, any arrangement, understanding or compromise with, or assignment for the benefit of, its creditors or any class of them; |
| E. | an application or order being made for the winding up or dissolution of, or the appointment of a provisional liquidator to, the entity, or a resolution being passed, or steps are taken to pass a resolution for the winding up or dissolution of the entity otherwise than for the purpose of an amalgamation, reconstruction, or restructure of the entity which has the prior consent of all the members of the entity; |
| F. | an administrator being appointed; or |
| G. | in relation to an individual, means the individual being, or becoming, insolvent, or committing an act of bankruptcy. |
| ix) | Inspection Period means, as set out in clause 12). |
3
| x) | Public Holiday means, a day in which a bank or court registry is not open in Victoria, Australia and British Columbia, Canada. |
| xi) | Product means product compliant with the Specifications sold by the Supplier to the Purchaser under this Agreement and pursuant to a Purchase Order including those products described in Schedule A. |
| xii) | Purchase Order means, a purchase order for the purchase of Product. |
| xiii) | Rejected Product has the meaning given to it in clause 12)a). |
| xiv) | Specifications means, the specifications and requirements set out in the Quality Agreement between the Purchaser and the Supplier dated February 28, 2023 as set out in Schedule B as amended from time to time. |
| xv) | Term means, the term of this Agreement pursuant to clause 18). |
| xvi) | Terms and Conditions means the terms of this Agreement and the Quality Agreement together with any additional conditions contained and agreed in advance between the Parties in any Purchase Order. |
| b) | In this Agreement unless context requires or provides otherwise, reference to the following shall be a reference to: |
| i) | reference to ‘party’ is a reference to a party to this Agreement. |
| ii) | reference to persons shall include bodies corporate, firm, trusts, partnerships, any other incorporated or unincorporated associations, and government and semi-government authorities and departments. |
| iii) | reference to legislation, statutes, regulations or by-laws shall extend to all statutes, regulations or by-laws amending, consolidating or replacing them. |
| iv) | words importing any gender include every gender; words importing the singular include the plural (and vice versa); references to writing include typing, telex and all other means of reproducing words in a visible form; and references to “months” or “years” means calendar months or years; |
| v) | reference to CAD, dollars or $ is a reference to the lawful currency of Canada. |
| vi) | specifying anything in this Agreement after the words ‘including’, ‘includes’ or ‘for example’ or similar expressions does not limit what else might be included unless there is express wording to the contrary. |
| vii) | where, pursuant to this Agreement, the day on or by which any act, matter or thing is to be done is not a Business Day in the place in which the party responsible for doing the act, matter or thing is ordinarily located, such act, matter or thing may be done on the next succeeding Business Day in that place. |
4
| viii) | references to any party to this Agreement or any other document, deed or agreement shall include its successors and permitted assigns. |
| ix) | all Schedules, Recitals and annexures referred to in this Agreement form part of and should be read with this Agreement unless a contrary intention appears. |
| 3) | ACCEPTANCE |
| a) | A Purchase Order is not binding on the Supplier or the Purchaser until the earlier of the Purchase Order being signed by both Parties or the Purchase Order being accepted pursuant to clause 5) below. |
| b) | The Purchaser may withdraw a Purchase Order at any time prior to acceptance under clause 3)a). |
| 4) | DELIVERY |
| a) | The Supplier must prepare the Product for shipping pursuant to clause 5) below. Unless expressly agreed to by the Parties in writing, the Purchaser is responsible for shipment of the Product from and will take delivery at the facility specified by the Supplier (the “Supplier Facility”). The Purchaser will designate the method of shipment and specific carrier or carriers that the Purchaser will hire to take delivery and ship the Product (the “Designated Carrier”) at the time of issuing the Purchase Order. The Purchaser may change such Designated Carrier from time to time during the Term upon giving the Supplier ten (10) Business Days written notice. The Supplier agrees that it will provide all reasonable assistance required to import the Product from Canada upon request by Purchaser. |
| b) | The Parties agree and the Purchaser acknowledges that, as provided in clause 5)b), the Supplier may refuse to accept additional Purchase Orders or ship additional Product for any reason including if there are outstanding monies due to the Supplier under this Agreement. |
| 5) | ORDER INITIATION AND SHIPPING |
| a) | The Purchaser may submit a Purchase Order setting out quantities and price per unit of the Product. The pricing thresholds for the initial order, as mutually agreed upon by the Purchaser and Supplier, are set forth in Schedule B. Both parties understand that the pricing per quantity thresholds will be re-evaluated periodically and are subject to agreement between the parties. |
| b) | Within five (5) Business Days of the receipt of a Purchase Order, the Supplier must, in writing to the Purchaser, accept or reject the Purchase Order. If the Supplier rejects the Purchase Order, the Supplier must provide written notice of the reasons to the Purchaser for the rejection. If the Supplier does not respond to the Purchase Order within 5 Business Days, the Supplier will be taken to have rejected the Purchase Order. |
| c) | If the Supplier accepts a Purchase Order, the Supplier must within five (5) Business Days issue an invoice (the “Supplier’s Invoice”) to the Purchaser setting out the total Product ordered as well as the price, any applicable tax and insurance (together, the “Purchase Price”). |
5
| d) | The Purchaser will bear the costs of all shipping, freight and transportation from the Supplier Facility to the location in Australia specified in a Purchase Order, and the Purchaser will assume all costs and responsibility for any insurance related to the delivery of the Product. |
| e) | Unless otherwise specified in a Purchase Order, the Purchaser must pay the Supplier’s Invoice on the following terms: |
| i) | As regards each Purchase Order, a deposit of 25% of the Purchase Price is due within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of the Supplier’s Invoice and the balance 75% of the Purchase Price is due within twenty (20) Business Days of delivery of all Product the subject of the Purchase Order to the Purchaser. |
| f) | The Guarantor hereby guarantees to the Supplier the due performance of the obligations of the Purchaser under clause 5)e). |
| g) | The Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Product to be ready for collection by the Designated Carrier within three (3) Business Days of confirmation of payment of the deposit by the Purchaser pursuant to 5)e)i) above. |
| h) | Delivery of Product or Rejected Product must comply with the requirements stipulated by the Health Canada Laws and must be packaged pursuant to clause 6) below. |
| 6) | PACKAGING |
| a) | The Parties will use packaging materials for shipping the Product or Rejected Product as mutually agreed upon. |
| 7) | TITLE AND RISK |
| a) | Title, and risk of loss or damage, to any Product purchased under this Agreement will pass from the Supplier to the Purchaser FCA (Incoterms 2020), and the Purchaser will thereafter be responsible for all risks of loss of or damage to such Product. For any Rejected Product, title, and risk of loss or damage, will pass back to the Supplier from the Purchaser immediately upon notification to the Supplier that the Product is a Rejected Product. |
| 8) | MODIFICATIONS |
| a) | No change or amendment to this Agreement or a Purchase Order is binding unless it is expressed in writing as an amendment to this Agreement or such Purchase Order and signed by both Parties or accepted in writing. |
| b) | The parties agree that, in respect of any Purchase Order issued and agreed in respect of a psilocybin Product, the obligations of each party will not take effect until such time as the relevant regulatory authority in Australia, being at this time the Therapeutic Goods Administration, Office of Drug Control and the Australian Border Force (“Relevant Regulatory Authority”), confirms that the psilocybin Product can be imported into Australia. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that the TGA might require evidence that, amongst other things, the Supplier’s extraction methods are appropriate, that a psilocybin Product is untainted by mould and has the same intensity as the product used in clinical trials. |
6
| c) | The parties agree that if, on or after the date of this Agreement, a Relevant Regulatory Authority materially amends the requirements applicable to the manufacture of a Product, the parties will negotiate in good faith any changes to then agreed outstanding Purchase Orders in relation to the price of the Products. If the parties are unable to agree the necessary changes to the prices applicable to the Products under an accepted Purchase Order, either party may terminate the Purchase Order by giving the other party 30 days written notice. |
| d) | The parties agree that if, on or after the date of this Agreement, a Relevant Regulatory Authority imposes requirements which mandate a change to the Specifications of a Product, the parties will negotiate in good faith any changes to this Agreement in relation to the Specifications applicable to the Product. If the parties are unable to agree the necessary changes to the Specifications, either party may terminate this Agreement in respect of such Product by giving the other party 30 days written notice. |
| 9) | DISPUTE RESOLUTION |
| a) | If either party considers that a Dispute has arisen, it must issue a notice to the other Party, setting out reasonable particulars of the matters in dispute (“Dispute Notice”) as soon a reasonably practicable having regard to the circumstances. |
| b) | Within five (5) Business Days of a receipt of a Dispute Notice, the Parties must hold discussions between representatives of each party to attempt to resolve the Dispute (“First Level Discussions”). |
| c) | If the Dispute is not resolved within ten (10) Business Days of the First Level Discussions (or within such further period as the Parties’ representatives may agree in writing is appropriate), the Parties must within a further ten (10) Business Days (or within such further period as the representatives may agree in writing is appropriate) confer and agree to the appointment of a mediator, conciliator or independent expert. If the Parties are unable to agree, the appropriate neutral third party will be appointed by President of the International Centre for Dispute Resolution. |
| d) | The Parties agree that the costs of the neutral party appointed shall be borne equally by the Parties to the Dispute. |
| e) | The Parties must attend mediation, conciliation or request that the independent expert provide their report within 28 days of the appointment. |
| f) | Each Party shall pay its own costs in respect of preparing or responding to any Dispute Notice or attending any alternative dispute resolution procedure. |
| g) | The Parties acknowledge that the purpose of any exchange of information or documents or the making of any offer of settlement pursuant to this clause is to attempt to settle the Dispute between the Parties. |
7
| h) | If a party refuses to participate in the mediation, conciliation or independent expert determination, any party which has complied with the provisions of this clause may in writing terminate the dispute resolution process and may then commence court proceedings relating to the Dispute. |
| i) | Subject to this Agreement, a party must not start or maintain any legal or other proceedings relating to a Dispute unless: |
| i) | the party has first complied with this clause; |
| ii) | any appointed expert has not made a determination within the 28-day period (or such other period of time agreed by the Parties in writing) after their appointment; |
| iii) | a party notifies the other party that it does not accept the expert’s decision; or |
| iv) | there is manifest error in the expert’s decision. |
| j) | Notwithstanding any clause to the contrary, a party may at any time commence court proceedings in relation to a dispute or claim arising in connection with this Agreement where that party seeks urgent interlocutory relief. If the court grants the complaining party interim relief, the Parties must then proceed in accordance with this clause. |
| k) | The Parties will seek to resolve all such disputes expeditiously and in good faith. |
| 10) | IMPORTATION LICENCES, TAXES & DUTIES |
| a) | The Supplier must obtain and maintain at its own cost, all necessary credentials, certifications, authorizations, licences and permits required for the exportation of the Product from Canada and for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. |
| b) | The Purchaser must obtain and maintain at its own cost, all necessary credentials, certifications, authorizations, licences and permits required for the importation of the Product into Australia and for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. |
| c) | The Purchaser will pay for all taxes, duties, levies and costs associated with the importation of the Product into, and distribution of the Product within Australia. |
| 11) | RECALL PROCEDURES |
| a) | In the event that the Supplier or the Purchaser determines in good faith, or is required by Health Canada or Australian Laws or an associated governing or regulatory body to initiate a recall (each a “Recall”) with respect to the Product, such Party must as soon as reasonably practicable notify the other Party of the Recall and the Parties will cooperate with one another to accommodate any procedures and requirements necessitated by such Recall. The Party who is responsible for the reason the Recall is required will pay the costs for such Recall. Where both Parties have contributed to the reason for the Recall, the costs will be allocated between the Parties (in good faith and acting reasonably) proportionate to each Party’s contribution to the reason for the Recall. |
8
| 12) | REJECTIONS |
| a) | If, within 60 days from delivery of the Product to the Purchaser pursuant to clause 4) or five (5) Business Days from completion of validation testing of the Product by the Purchaser (whichever is earlier) (the “Inspection Period”), the Purchaser determines that the Product does not meet the Specifications, the Purchaser will be entitled as its sole remedy to reject and return such Product to the Supplier (“Rejected Product”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Supplier will not be responsible for any damage to the Product arising after delivery of the Product to the Purchaser (or its carrier). |
| b) | With respect to any Rejected Product, the Purchaser will provide written notice (“Rejection Notice”) to the Supplier during the Inspection Period. The Rejection Notice will specify the basis for the Purchaser’s determination that the Product is Rejected Product including how it differs from the Specification, a picture of the Rejected Product as received, the results of the validation testing completed by the Purchaser, and an estimated date of return delivery to the Supplier including the return address. The Purchaser will be deemed to have accepted the Product unless the Supplier receives a Rejection Notice within the Inspection Period. |
| c) | Subject to relevant Health Canada Laws, the Purchaser will make the Rejected Product available for return to the Supplier as soon as reasonably possible after providing the Supplier the Rejection Notice. Alternatively the Supplier may request the Rejected Product be destroyed by the Purchaser at the Supplier’s cost. |
| d) | All Rejected Product will be returned to the Supplier at the Supplier’s risk and expense. If the Supplier is unable to replace the Rejected Product with Product compliant to the Specifications, the Purchase Price and all amounts paid by the Purchaser for duties and levies associated with the importation of the Product for the relevant Purchase Order in respect of the Rejected Product will be refunded by the Supplier. |
| 13) | CONDITIONS AND WARRANTIES |
| a) | The Supplier warrants to the Purchaser that: |
| i) | the Supplier holds the required licenses and permits from all applicable authorities necessary to engage in its business and to carry out its obligations under this Agreement and any Purchase Order, including without limitation the ability to engage in the manufacture, sale, export and transportation of the Product under the Health Canada Laws or any other applicable laws or regulations; |
| ii) | the Supplier has produced, manufactured, stored, packaged, distributed and handled the Product in compliance with the Health Canada Laws; |
| iii) | the Supplier has manufactured the Product in a facility which holds a Controlled Drug and Substance Dealer licence, in accordance with good manufacturing practices, |
9
| iv) | the Product has not been treated with any pest control product unless such pest control product is registered for use on products under the Pest Control Products Act (Canada) and has been applied as per the product label, or as otherwise approved by the Supplier; |
| v) | the Product will comply with the Specifications and the quality assurance and testing standards required under the Health Canada Laws; |
| vi) | at the time title in the Product transfers from the Supplier to the Purchaser, the Supplier is the owner of the Product with good and marketable title to the Product; and |
| vii) | the Supplier is registered for GST purposes under Part IX of the Excise Tax Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. E-15) (the “ETA”). |
| b) | The Purchaser warrants to Supplier that: |
| i) | the Purchaser holds the required licenses and permits from all applicable authorities necessary to engage in its business and to carry out its obligations under this Agreement and any Purchase Order, including without limitation the ability to engage in the purchase and transportation of the Product under applicable Australian laws or regulations; |
| ii) | the Purchaser will handle the Product in compliance with applicable Australian laws or regulations; |
| iii) | the Purchaser will assume all responsibility with regard to the nature, content and use of all promotional and marketing materials used by the Purchaser in respect of the Product; and |
| iv) | the Purchaser is registered for GST purposes under A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth) (including other GST related legislation in Australia). |
| c) | Except as and to the extent specifically provided in clauses 12) and 13), the Supplier makes no representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter of a Purchase Order, and to the greatest extent allowed by law, the Supplier specifically disclaims and waives all other representations, warranties and conditions, including without limitation all implied conditions of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose and non-infringement, and all warranties arising from course of dealing, usage or trade practice. The Supplier’s warranties are made only to the Purchaser, and do not extend to any third party. |
10
| 14) | INDEMNIFICATION |
| a) | Each Party will indemnify and hold harmless (the “Indemnifying Party”) the other Party, including any subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns and their respective directors, officers, shareholders and employees and customers (collectively, the “Indemnified Party”) against any and all loss, injury, death, damage, liability, claim, deficiency, action, judgment, interest, award, penalty, fine, cost or expense, including reasonable legal and professional fees and costs, and the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification hereunder and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers (collectively, “Losses”), relating to, arising out of or occurring in connection with the Indemnifying Party’s negligence, willful misconduct, fraud, breach of the Terms and Conditions, or any failure to comply with applicable laws. A party’s obligation under this clause 14)a) will be reduced to the extent that the Indemnified Party’s Losses arose from the negligence, willful misconduct, fraud, breach of the Terms and Conditions or failure to comply with applicable laws by the Indemnified Party. |
| b) | Neither Party will acquire any interest in the other Party’s (or the Party’s affiliates or subsidiaries) intellectual property. |
| c) | Except as required by applicable law, each Party agrees not to use any trade names or trademarks of the other Party, except as specifically authorized by the other Party in writing, such authorization to include the names or marks which may be used and the manner and prominence of permissible use. |
| d) | Except as required by applicable laws, and except as otherwise agreed to in writing, neither Party will use in connection with the Product, the trade name or logo of the other Party, or any trademark, trade name or logo confusingly similar therewith. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Purchaser will package and sell to its customers the Product under its trade name, without any use of Supplier trade name or trademarks. |
| 15) | LIMITATION OF LIABILITY |
IN NO EVENT:
| a) | WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE, OR AGGRAVATED DAMAGES, LOST PROFITS OR REVENUES, OR DIMINUTION IN VALUE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING AND/OR IN CONNECTION WITH TO ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ORDER, REGARDLESS OF. |
| i) | WHETHER THE DAMAGES WERE FORESEEABLE; |
| ii) | WHETHER OR NOT THE PARTY WAS ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF THE DAMAGES; AND |
| iii) | THE LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY (CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) ON WHICH THE CLAIM IS BASED. |
| b) | WILL EITHER PARTY’S AGGREGATE LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ORDER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), OR OTHERWISE, EXCEED 5 TIMES THE TOTAL OF THE AMOUNTS PAID AND AMOUNTS ACCRUED BUT NOT YET PAID TO THE SUPPLIER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ORDER IN THE TWELVE MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING THE EVENT GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM OR $500,000 WHICHEVER IS GREATER. |
11
| c) | THE LIMITATION OF LIABILITY IN THIS CLAUSE DOES NOT APPLY TO ANY CLAIM FOR OR IN RELATION TO PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, OR CLAIM IN THE NATURE OF PRODUCT LIABILITY. |
| 16) | COMPLIANCE AND CHANGE OF LAW |
| a) | At the Effective Date, the Supplier and the Purchaser are in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ordinances and must make commercially reasonable efforts to continue to comply with such in connection with the Terms and Conditions. |
| b) | The Supplier and the Purchaser have and must maintain in effect all the licenses, permissions, authorizations, consents and permits that it needs to carry out their respective obligations under this Agreement and any Purchase Order. |
| c) | The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Product is and will be subject to extensive regulation and applicable laws. The Parties have attempted, and it is their intention to structure their relationship pursuant to this Agreement in compliance with all applicable laws. However, if, at any time during the term of this Agreement, there is any applicable law identified or change in applicable laws with which a Party is required to comply, or any other change in the application or administration of applicable laws whether affecting a Party specifically or affecting all businesses of a similar nature to those of the Party, and, as a result of such applicable law or related compliance requirement, such Party is prohibited from complying with one or more provisions of this Agreement or any Purchase Order, the Parties will in good faith, seek to agree on commercially and financially viable amendments to the Terms and Conditions, including the Specifications, necessary and appropriate to take account of the change of law, so that this Agreement may continue in force. |
| d) | Any obligations under the Terms and Conditions which are affected by a change in law will be suspended and the affected Party will not suffer or incur any liability to the non-affected Party or other person in connection with its delayed or non-performance of the affected obligations, provided that the affected Party has used and continues to use its commercially reasonable good faith efforts to minimize the impact of its delay or non-performance of the affected obligations, including cooperating and collaborating with the non-affected Party to impose interim procedures or workarounds to minimize the impact of its delay or non-performance of the affected obligations. The affected Party will promptly notify the other Party if this provision has become applicable and provide details of the relevant change in law and its impact. |
| e) | If no commercially or financially viable amendment or interim procedures or workarounds can be nominated or agreed to within 90 days of the relevant change, the affected party may, in their sole discretion and acting reasonably, terminate this Agreement with five (5) Business Days’ notice in writing. |
12
| 17) | ONGOING REPORTING |
| a) | Each Party will notify the other Party within 72 hours of its receipt from a governmental authority of any form or notice specifically addressing the Product or matters affecting a Party’s obligations under this Agreement. |
| b) | To the extent the Purchaser is required by applicable law to correspond with any regulatory authorities regarding the manufacture of the Product, the Purchaser will permit the Supplier to review and comment on, and the Purchaser will consider (in its sole discretion) any such comments in good faith, any correspondence or proposed correspondence with any regulatory authority at least five (5) business days prior to submitting such correspondence to any regulatory authority to the extent the Purchaser is permitted to do so by the regulatory authorities and the timeframe for a response as designated by the regulatory authority is sufficient to allow the Purchaser to do so. |
| c) | As applicable, each Party agrees to maintain any records required by any governmental authority and will promptly provide to the other Party complete copies of: |
| i) | all material correspondence, notices or responses received from and to the governmental authority relating to the Product and their production, marketing, distribution and sale; |
| ii) | reports and correspondence relating to the Product and their production as they become available in connection with any of the following events: |
| A. | receipt of a warning letter or similar advisory from any governmental authority relating to the production, packaging and storage of the Product; and |
| B. | any comments from a governmental authority relating to the production of the Product requiring a response or action by the notifying party. |
| 18) | TERM |
| a) | Unless terminated earlier pursuant to this Agreement, this Agreement will continue in effect for a term of five (5) years commencing on the Effective Date (the “Term”). |
| b) | The expiration of the Term will not serve to terminate any Purchase Orders then outstanding and not yet completed. Notwithstanding the expiration of the Term, the Supplier will complete all Purchase Orders that have been accepted pursuant to this Agreement as at the date of expiration and the provisions of this Agreement will continue to apply to such Purchase Orders until fully performed. |
| 19) | TERMINATION |
| a) | Either Party may terminate this Agreement or a Purchase Order with immediate effect upon written notice to the other Party, at any time, if the other Party: |
| i) | is subject to an Insolvency Event; or |
13
| ii) | breaches obligations under this Agreement in relation to Confidential Information; or |
| iii) | knowingly or recklessly contravenes Health Canada or Australian Laws. |
| b) | If a party is in default of its obligations or has breached a clause of the Terms and Conditions (the “Defaulting Party”) the non-defaulting party may: |
| i) | issue a written notice to the Defaulting Party setting out detail of the default or breach and requiring the Defaulting Party to remedy such default or breach within fourteen (14) days of the date of the notice (the “Notice of Breach”); and |
| ii) | if the Defaulting Party does not comply with the Notice of Breach, the non-defaulting party may terminate this Agreement or a Purchase Order. |
| c) | Either Party may give written notice to the other Party that it intends to terminate the Agreement upon 9 months’ notice, in which case this Agreement will terminate effective as of the date of termination pursuant to the notice. |
| 20) | EFFECT OF TERMINATION |
| a) | Any and all balances owed by the Purchaser to the Supplier that are outstanding as at termination or expiry of this Agreement will become due and payable without further notice or demand within thirty (30) days of the date of termination. |
| 21) | WAIVER |
| a) | No waiver of any breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement or any Purchase Order will be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by both Parties. |
| b) | No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any rights, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Agreement, or any Purchase Order will operate or be construed as a waiver, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. |
| 22) | CONFIDENTIALITY |
| a) | All Confidential Information disclosed by a party (the “Disclosing Party”) to the other party (the “Receiving Party”) in connection with this Agreement or a Purchase Order is confidential, solely for the use of performing the Agreement or such Purchase Order and may not be disclosed or copied unless authorized by the Disclosing Party in writing, or required to be disclosed to regulatory authorities for the purpose of complying with applicable laws or the obtaining of relevant approvals. |
| b) | Upon the Disclosing Party’s request, the Receiving Party must promptly return all documents and other materials received from the Disclosing Party. |
| c) | The Disclosing Party will be entitled to injunctive relief for any violation of this clause. |
14
| 23) | ASSIGNMENT |
| a) | Subject to clause 23)b), neither Party may assign, transfer, delegate or subcontract any of its rights or obligations under a Purchase Order or this Agreement without the express prior written consent of the other Party, acting reasonably. Any purported assignment or delegation in violation of this clause will be null and void. |
| b) | Purchaser may assign this Agreement to an Affiliate by notice in writing to the Supplier. |
| 24) | INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP |
| a) | The relationship between the Parties is that of independent contractors. Nothing contained in a Purchase Order or this Agreement will be construed as creating any agency, partnership, joint venture or other form of joint enterprise, employment or fiduciary relationship between the Parties, and neither Party will have authority to contract for or bind the other Party in any manner whatsoever. |
| 25) | EXCLUSIVITY |
| a) | The Purchaser agrees to purchase Products from the Supplier, on condition that the Supplier will not: |
| i) | supply any other person or entity based in Australia with MDMA or psilocybin products; and |
| ii) | supply any person or entity with MDMA or psilocybin products where the Supplier has reasonable grounds to believe that the entity will sell or supply the products in Australia. |
| b) | The Supplier agrees that it will direct any person or entity based in Australia who wishes to purchase MDMA or psilocybin products to the Purchaser. |
| c) | The restriction set out in clause 25)a) does not apply to the supply of the above products for clinical trials, provided that the Supplier must notify the proposed purchaser of the Products of the existence of the Purchaser, and its ability to supply those products. |
| d) | The Supplier agrees to supply the Products to the Purchaser, on the condition that the Purchaser will not purchase MDMA or psilocybin products from any third party. |
| e) | Either party may terminate the exclusivity obligations in clause 25)a) and clause 25)b) by giving the other party 9 months’ written notice. |
| 26) | SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS |
| a) | The Terms and Conditions will endure for the benefit of and be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. |
15
| 27) | GOVERNING LAW |
| a) | This Agreement and the Terms and Conditions will be subject to the laws of the province of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein, without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. The Parties expressly agree that the application of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (1980) is specifically excluded and will not apply to this Agreement. |
| 28) | CHOICE OF FORUM |
| a) | Any Dispute, legal suit, action, litigation or proceeding of any kind whatsoever in any way arising out of, from or relating to a Purchase Order or this Agreement, including all exhibits, schedules, attachments, and appendices attached to a Purchase Order or this Agreement, and all contemplated transactions, may be instituted, subject to clause 9), in the courts of the province of British Columbia, and each Party irrevocably attorns and submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action, litigation or proceeding. |
| b) | Service of process, summons, notice, or other document by mail to such Party’s address set forth herein will be effective service of process for any suit, action, litigation or other proceeding brought in any such court. |
| c) | Each Party agrees that a final judgment in any such suit, action, litigation, or proceeding is conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. |
| d) | Notwithstanding any clause to the contrary in this Agreement, a party may at any time commence court proceedings in relation to a Dispute arising in connection with this Agreement or a Purchase Order, in their local jurisdiction where that party seeks urgent interlocutory relief. |
| 29) | CUMULATIVE REMEDIES |
| a) | The rights and remedies under imposed by the Terms and Conditions are cumulative and are in addition to and not in substitution for any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity or otherwise. |
| 30) | NOTICES |
| a) | A notice, Purchase Order, invoice, report, consent or communication including any request, demand, agreement, approval or confirmation under this Agreement is only effective if it is: |
| i) | in legible writing, signed by or on behalf of the Party giving it; |
| ii) | in English; and |
| iii) | given as follows: |
| A. | delivered by hand to the Party’s address as stated in this Agreement or such other address as notified from time to time in writing by the Party; |
16
| B. | sent by prepaid mail to that person’s address as stated in this Agreement or such other address as notified from time to time in writing by the Party; or |
| C. | sent by email to that Party’s email address (as notified from time to time) where the sender does not receive any auto-generated response from a computer system indicating any failure of delivery or receipt by the recipient; |
| b) | Communication by one of the methods above creates a rebuttable presumption of receipt by the Party to who it is to be given. |
| c) | A notice, consent or communication delivered under this clause 30) is given and received: |
| i) | if it is hand delivered, at the time it is delivered; |
| ii) | if sent by email: |
| A. | at the time the email is sent provided the sender does not receive any auto-generated response from a computer system indicating any failure of delivery (including an ‘out of office’ stylised reply); or |
| B. | after 5:00pm (local time in the place of receipt) on a Business Day, or on a day that is not a Business Day, on the next Business Day; and |
| iii) | if it is sent by post: |
| A. | internationally, ten (10) Business Days after posting. |
| 31) | SEVERABILITY |
| a) | If any term or provision of a Purchase Order or this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other term or provision of a Purchase Order or this Agreement, as applicable, or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction. Further, all such terms will be applied to the extent allowed by applicable law. |
| 32) | SURVIVAL |
| a) | The following clauses of this Agreement shall remain in force after termination or expiry of this Agreement: 13) Conditions and Warranties, 14) Indemnification, 16) Compliance and Change of Law, 22) Confidentiality, 27) Governing Law, 28) Choice of Forum, 32) Survival. |
17
| 33) | ORDER OF PRECEDENCE |
| a) | In the event of a conflict or discrepancy between this Agreement, any Purchase Order, or any other documents contemplated by or delivered in connection with this Agreement, the documents will be given precedence In the following descending order of priority: |
| i) | any Purchase Order; |
| ii) | this Agreement; and |
| iii) | any other documents contemplated by or delivered in connection with this Agreement. |
| 34) | COUNTERPARTS AND ELECTRONIC DELIVERY |
| a) | This Agreement, any Purchase Order and all documents contemplated by or delivered under or in connection with this Agreement may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all Parties had signed and delivered the same document and all counterparts will be construed together to be an original and will constitute one and the same agreement. Either Party may deliver an executed copy of this Agreement by electronic delivery (including by PDF or DocuSign). |
[Signature page follows]
18
EXECUTION PAGE
SIGNED as an Agreement this 28th day of February 2023.
| SIGNED for and on behalf of OPTIMI LABS INC.: | ) | |||
| ) | ||||
| ) | ||||
| “/s/ William J. Ciprick” | ) |
| ||
| William J. Ciprick | ) | Witness Signature | ||
| ) | ||||
|
|
) |
| ||
| CEO of Optimi Health Corp. | ) | Witness Full Name | ||
| ) | ||||
| SIGNED for and on behalf of KMT PHARMACEUTICALS PTY LTD: | ) | |||
| ) | ||||
| ) | ||||
| ) | ||||
| “/s/ Authorised Signatory” | ) |
| ||
| Authorised Signatory | ) | Witness Signature | ||
| ) | ||||
|
|
) |
| ||
| Full Name and Role of Signatory | ) | Witness Full Name | ||
| ) | ||||
| SIGNED for and on behalf of MIND MEDICINE | ) | |||
| AUSTRALIA LIMITED LTD: | ) | |||
| ) | ||||
| ) | ||||
| “/s/ Authorised Signatory” | ) |
| ||
| Authorised Signatory | ) | Witness Signature | ||
| ) | ||||
|
|
) |
| ||
| Full Name and Role of Signatory | ) | Witness Full Name | ||
| ) | ||||
19
SCHEDULE A – Products
Products available for supply to Australia
| Product Name |
Description | |
| OPTI-PsiE (25 mg) | Psilocybin encapsulated product (25mg) | |
| OPTI-MHCL (40mg) | Synthesized MDMA-HCL encapsulated (40mg) | |
| OPTI – MHCL (60 mg) | Synthesized MDMA-HCL encapsulated (60 mg) |
20
SCHEDULE B
SPECIFICATION
QUALITY AGREEMENT
21
KMT PHARMACEUTICALS PTY LTD
and
OPTIMI LABS INC.
GMP AGREEMENT
Between
| I. | Contract GIVER |
KMT PHARMACEUTICALS PTY LTD
[***]
Herein referred to as PURCHASER
| II. | Contact ACCEPTOR |
OPTIMI LABS INC.
[***]
Herein referred to as SUPPLIER
| 1. | DOCUMENT APPROVAL |
Review Date: 3 years from last signature date
| On behalf of PURCHASER | On behalf of SUPPLIER | |||||||
| Signature: | “/s/ Peter Hunt” | Signature: | “/s/ Tony Moxam” | |||||
| PETER HUNT | Tony Moxam | |||||||
| CHAIRMAN | Quality Person in Charge and Head of QA | |||||||
| KMT PHARMACEUTICALS PTY LTD | OPTIMI LABS INC. | |||||||
| Date: February 28, 2023 | Date: February 28, 2023 | |||||||
| II. | CONTENTS |
| Article 1 | Definitions and Abbreviations | |
| Article 2 | Introduction and Scope | |
| Article 3 | Starting Materials and Packaging Materials | |
| Article 4 | Processing, Analysis, Packing and Release | |
| Article 5 | Quality Assurance and Quality Control | |
| Article 6 | Specifications of PRODUCTS | |
| Article 7 | Release Procedure and Transportation | |
| Article 8 | Product Recall | |
| Article 9 | Product Quality Complaints | |
| Article 10 | Stability Studies | |
| Article 11 | Product Quality Review | |
| Article 12 | Quality Management | |
| Article 13 | Miscellaneous | |
| Article 14 | Term and Termination | |
| Article 15 | Premature Termination | |
| Article 16 | Applicable Law and Jurisdiction | |
| Appendix 1 | Contacts List | |
| Appendix 2 | Delineation of Responsibilities | |
| Appendix 3 | List of Bulk Products, intermediate and / or Finished product (hereinafter ‘PRODUCTS”) covered by this agreement | |
| Appendix 4 | PRODUCT Specifications PRODUCT Requirements | |
| Appendix 5 | Certificate of Conformance (template) | |
| Appendix 6 | Content of the Product Quality Review | |
| Appendix 7 | Guidelines for Changes Affecting Product Requirements | |
| Appendix 8 | List of Significant Quality Events | |
| Appendix 9 | Transportation Information | |
| Appendix 10 | Enclosures | |
This Agreement is made between (street address):
| (1) | KMT PHARMACEUTICALS PTY LTD as the PURCHASER |
[***]
| (2) | OPTIMI LABS INC. as the SUPPLIER |
[***]
Wherein:
PURCHASER and SUPPLIER have entered into an agreement by which the SUPPLIER has agreed to manufacture, analyse, pack and supply PRODUCTS for PURCHASER in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained in ‘Supply Agreement’.
| 1. | ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS |
| 1.1 | cGMPs |
The principles and guidelines of Good Manufacturing Practice as stated
PIC/S Guide to Good Manufacturing Practice for Medicinal Products Part 1 and PIC/S Guide to Good Manufacturing Practice for Medicinal Products Part 2, whichever applies.
| 1.2 | GMP |
Good Manufacturing Practice
| 1.3 | PRODUCTS |
Any or all variants of a product that is supplied to the PURCHASER under the Supply Agreement, as stated in Appendix 3. For purpose of the Agreement, PRODUCTS include bulk, intermediate and finished pack product.
| 1.3 | STARTING MATERIALS |
The active ingredient or excipients used in the manufacture of a PRODUCT.
| 1.4 | REFERENCE SAMPLE |
A sample of a batch of starting material, packaging material, bulk product or finished product.
| 1.5 | RETENTION SAMPLE |
A sample of a fully packaged unit from a batch of finished form.
| 1.6 | PACKAGING MATERIAL |
Any primary and / or printed packaging material used in the packaging of a PRODUCT
| 1.7 | ARTWORK |
Artwork applies to all printed materials, which include but are not limited to labels, finished product display cartons, Consumer Medicine Information (CMI), Product Information (PI) and symbols displayed or affixed to the container or primary and secondary packaging. It also includes marketing materials such as brochures
| 1.8 | PQR - Product Quality Review |
| Product Quality Review is a mechanism to ensure that data captured by the Pharmaceutical Quality System is reviewed for trends. This tool can support a continuous improvement environment. PQRs are designed for the purpose of identifying and implementing recommendations for required improvements. |
| 1.9 | COA - Certificate of Analysis |
| 1.10 | COC - Certificate of Compliance |
| 1.12 | NA - Not Applicable |
| 1.13 | PIC - Pharmaceutical Inspection Conventions |
| 1.14 | NA - Not Applicable |
| 1.15 | TGO - Therapeutic Goods Order |
Australian standards that determine the consistency of product quality.
| 1.16 | PQS - Pharmaceutical Quality System |
The principles of the pharmaceutical quality system (PQS), formerly called Quality Management System (QMS), is to ensure medicinal products are fit for their intended use and comply with regulatory requirements.
| 1.17 | OOS - Out of Specification |
Results of in-process of finished product testing that falls out of the specified limits as defined in the applicable pharmacopeia or defined requirements.
| 2. | ARTICLE 2 - INTRODUCTION AND SCOPE |
2.1 The purpose of this Agreement is to define and establish the obligations and responsibilities of the PURCHASER and the SUPPLIER relating to Quality Assurance requirements of the manufacture, packing, analysis, release and / or distribution by SUPPLIER of PRODUCTS and the supply to PURCHASER of PRODUCTS in accordance with cGMPs.
2.2 The Quality Assurance Department of each of the parties are located at the addresses above and as specified in Appendix 1. Any Changes in such quality assurance contacts set forth in Appendix 1 shall be informed in writing and updated.
2.3 This Agreement is entered into pursuant to and is supplemental to the ‘Supply Agreement’.
2.4 This Agreement shall come into effect on the date of the last of the parties to sign on the front page of this agreement. The review date shall be 3 years from this date, unless changes are agreed in the interim period.
2.5 It is agreed between the parties that the following should apply:
2.5.1 SUPPLIER shall possess and maintain valid and appropriate licences under the relevant local public authority or authorities for the premises where PRODUCTS are produced.PURCHASER will possess and maintain valid and appropriate licences where PRODUCTS are received and distributed.
2.5.2 SUPPLIER shall implement and maintain a quality system based on Good Agricultural and Collection Practices (GACP) and Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP) as enforced by Health Canada, ensuring all practices and procedures are performed according to written and approved procedures.
2.5.3 SUPPLIER shall ensure that technologies, facilities, processes and equipment used to produce the PRODUCTS are in compliance with GACP and GMP.
2.5.4 PURCHASER and SUPPLIER are responsible as defined in Appendix 2 for the steps involved in processing, analysis, packing, release and / or distribution of PRODUCTS.
2.5.5 PURCHASER and SUPPLIER must approve any changes that potentially impact on the product specification and manufacturing control prior to implementation.
2.5.6 SUPPLIER shall inform the PURCHASER of any incidents that may affect conformance of the PRODUCT to the Specifications.
2.5.7 This Agreement and appendices shall be accessible to Regulatory Agencies as required by law or as determined by the PURCHASER.
2.5.8 SUPPLIER is responsible for ensuring this document is updated. This document shall be revision controlled. SUPPLIER shall notify PURCHASER of any potential changes that may impact this agreement prior to implementation.
2.6 PURCHASER is to provide the SUPPLIER with all information and knowledge necessary to carry out the contracted operations correctly in accordance with Applicable Australian Laws and Regulations for the product concerned.
2.7 SUPPLIER shall ensure that all activities at the Facilities and locations, including activities of SUPPLIER’S approved Contract Manufacturers, associated with the Manufacture and supply of PRODUCT are carried out in compliance with Applicable Laws and Regulations and the PRODUCT Requirements.
| 3. | ARTICLE 3 - STARTING MATERIALS AND PACKAGING MATERIALS |
3.1 Starting materials and packaging materials shall be procured by the SUPPLIER from approved suppliers. Where no supplier is defined in the PRODUCT specific annex SUPPLIER shall procure such materials from suppliers according to internal written procedures.
3.2 SUPPLIER shall ensure packaging maintains quality and purity of PRODUCT packed.
3.3 Artwork shall be provided by the PURCHASER to the MANUFACTURE for organisation and procurement of printed materials.
3.4 SUPPLIER is responsible for validating, qualifying and auditing the Suppliers of any input material used including applicable Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients used in production of the PRODUCTS.
3.5 SUPPLIER is responsible for the Quality Management of the suppliers of starting and / or packaging materials appropriate to the stage of manufacture that the SUPPLIER is undertaking.
3.6 Where the supplier of starting and/ or packaging materials is regularly audited by SUPPLIER , the PURCHASER may request SUPPLIER to provide PURCHASER with a written approval that the SUPPLIER does not require PURCHASER to audit that particular supplier.
3.7 SUPPLIER shall maintain records of each batch of starting materials and packaging materials.
3.8 Upon receipt of starting materials and / or packaging materials the containers will be examined by SUPPLIER for:
| • | External conditions including defects and cleanliness; |
| • | Intactness and authenticity of seal (if applicable). If the seal should be present and is missing or damage SUPPLIER to record defect and investigate; |
| • | Compliance of the type and number of containers and labelling of contents with the delivery documents. |
3.9 SUPPLIER shall ensure that the Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient is fully tested within Canada with the tests and assay limits specified in relevant Applicable Australian Laws and Regulations. The PURCHASER agrees to provide the SUPPLIER with details of the tests and assay limits required under Applicable Australian Laws and Regulations.
| 4. | ARTICLE 4 - PROCESSING, ANALYSIS, PACKING AND RELEASE |
4.1 SUPPLIER shall ensure that the processing, packing, and analysis of PRODUCTS are in compliance with the requirements of cGMP and in compliance with Appendix 4, PRODUCT Requirements applicable to the markets that will be supplied with the product.
4.2 SUPPLIER facilities together with any other peripheral services shall be subject to audit and / or inspection by PURCHASER . PURCHASER is to provide SUPPLIER reasonable notice of not less than twenty (20) business days. PURCHASER must provide agenda at time of notice to SUPPLIER. Audit and / or Inspection frequency of SUPPLIER shall be no more than once per twelve (12) months. SUPPLIER shall permit PURCHASER to visit and observe processing, analysis, packing, release and / or distribution of PRODUCTS in compliance with the SUPPLIERS cGMP and this Quality Agreement. SUPPLIER shall permit a competent regulatory authority access to the facilities for audit and/or inspection upon request by PURCHASER.
4.3 The proposed use of a Sub-contractor by SUPPLIER shall be notified to the PURCHASER and approved in writing prior to implementation. SUPPLIER shall perform periodic audits of their Sub-contractors of manufacturing, laboratories, warehouses, and any other peripheral services that are used in connection with supply of PRODUCTS to PURCHASER.
4.4 SUPPLIER is responsible for reviewing and ensuring analytical methods used by SUPPLIERS subcontracted laboratories are correct and validated and conform to relevant Applicable Australian Laws and Regulations.
4.5 SUPPLIER shall inform PURCHASER Quality Assurance Contacts by the next working day of becoming aware of quality issues, including non-conformities and significant deviations, which might compromise PRODUCTS already shipped to PURCHASER . PURCHASER shall not distribute such PRODUCTS until SUPPLIER and PURCHASER have determined in writing, that such issues are consistent with cGMP and / or Detailed Requirements. PURCHASER is responsible for final disposition of PRODUCTS.
4.6 SUPPLIER shall maintain local change control systems that assure that only changes that comply with cGMPs and Detailed Requirements, are authorised and implemented. Where SUPPLIER is considering changes that impact the Detailed Requirements, SUPPLIER shall notify PURCHASER. PURCHASER will obtain internal PURCHASER approval and Regulatory Authority approval, where necessary, prior to implementation by SUPPLIER. SUPPLIER is not required to inform PURCHASER of changes that do not impact production batches being purchased by PURCHASER.
4.7 SUPPLIER is responsible for performing and documenting the establishment of qualification of equipment and facilities, and validation processes, equipment cleaning and computer applications in accordance with cGMPs.
4.8 PURCHASER is responsible for designing PRODUCT labels according the PURCHASERS jurisdiction and providing the approved pack text for labels, leaflets, cartons, and pack inserts to SUPPLIER where SUPPLIER is conducting packing on behalf of the PURCHASER.
4.9 Where PRODUCTS supplied is a Finished Pack SUPPLIER is responsible for transferring the approved pack text to the pack components.
4.10 SUPPLIER is responsible for assigning a unique identification number to each batch of PRODUCT packaged. The unique identification number shall appear on all documents related to the batch and issued by the SUPPLIER.
4.11 SUPPLIER is responsible for printing variable information such as the unique identification number as batch no, expiry date or re-test date on the product labels.
4.12 SUPPLIER shall affix approved labels required by the PURCHASERS jurisdiction to packed goods prior to shipment.
4.13 SUPPLIER shall ensure production equipment are properly maintained and used to avoid contamination.
| 5. | ARTICLE 5 - SPECIFICATIONS OF PRODUCTS |
5.1 The specification of each PRODUCT to be manufactured, packed, tested, shipped and released by SUPPLIER under this agreement is set out in the PRODUCT specific annexes to this agreement. Such annexes may include but are not limited to:
| • | Name of PRODUCT |
| • | Composition |
| • | Master batch file / manufacturing and packaging procedure |
| • | Specification of starting materials |
| • | Quality Control procedures for PRODUCT |
| • | Release specifications of PRODUCT |
| • | Suppliers of starting materials |
| • | Follow-up stability program |
| • | Storage conditions of PRODUCT |
| • | Shipping instruction for PRODUCT |
| • | Number of samples to be sent to PURCHASER |
| 6. | ARTICLE 6 - QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL |
6.1 Where Regulatory Inspections or PURCHASER audits identify quality and compliance issues SUPPLIER shall agree to implement corrective and preventative action.
6.2 SUPPLIER shall notify PURCHASER of any regulatory inspections that are announced that may directly or indirectly impact on the PRODUCTS supplied to the PURCHASER. SUPPLIER shall inform PURCHASER of adverse observations from such inspections that may directly or indirectly impact on the PRODUCTS supplied to PURCHASER . SUPPLIER shall review any responses to Regulatory Authorities with the PURCHASER that may directly or indirectly impact on the PRODUCTS prior to submission to the Regulatory Authorities by SUPPLIER.
6.3 SUPPLIER is responsible for the quality control of the PRODUCTS, including testing, documentation review, retention of samples and producing required documentation as defined in cGMPs.
6.4 SUPPLIER shall, where required, develop internal control limits in coordination and agreement with PURCHASER including limits, that support the expiry period of the PRODUCTS in the Details. Where these internal control limits are agreed, batches failing the internal control limits shall not be shipped to PURCHASER until the SUPPLIER conducts and appropriate investigation and the outcome accepted by the PURCHASER.
6.5 SUPPLIER shall supply an agreed Certificate of Analysis (COA) as defined in Appendix 6, and an agreed Certificate of Compliance (COC) as defined in Appendix 7 for PRODUCTS indicating that the batch complies with all agreed specifications and cGMPs prior to dispatch for review and assessment by the PURCHASER.
6.6 PURCHASER shall review and access Certificate of Analysis (COA) and Certificate of Conformance (COC).
6.7 PURCHASER shall confirm the identity of PRODUCTS within 60 days of receipt of PRODUCTS from SUPPLIER . PURCHASER shall undertake any additional tests, as PURCHASER deems appropriate.
6.8 SUPPLIER shall investigate all non-conformities, deviations and out of specification (OOS) results in accordance with cGMPs and shall inform the PURCHASER of the outcome of investigations.
6.9 SUPPLIER shall inform PURCHASER of any incidents that may affect conformance of the PRODUCT to the Specifications.
6.10 SUPPLIER shall retain batch documentation for 5 years.
6.11 SUPPLIER shall retain retention samples from each batch of the PRODUCTS and starting materials in accordance with cGMPs. For the subsequent stages that are conducted at the PURCHASER’s facility, PURCHASER shall retain retention samples from each batch of the resultant product in accordance with cGMPs.
6.12 SUPPLIER shall be responsible for the specification of packaging components. SUPPLIER shall be responsible for the quality control and labelling of packaging components in accordance with the approved packaging text. PURCHASER shall provide the artworks and packaging specifications.
6.13 SUPPLIER shall retain records necessary to ensure traceability from initial raw materials through to each finished product.
| 7. | ARTICLE 7 - RELEASE PROCEDURE AND TRANSPORTATION |
7.1 SUPPLIER shall provide an Authorised Person to release PRODUCTS to the PURCHASER using existing site Procedures and in accordance with cGMPs and Detailed Requirements. SUPPLIER shall perform quality assurance review of all batch documentation and associated data in accordance with cGMPs, prior to the release of PRODUCTS to the PURCHASER.
7.2 PURCHASER shall use an Internal Complaints and Deviation Reporting System for reporting any quality problems to the SUPPLIER.
7.3 SUPPLIER shall ensure that PRODUCTS are stored, under the conditions such that the quality, purity and integrity of PRODUCTS are not compromised. SUPPLIER must notify PURCHASER of the appropriate transport and storage conditions for the PRODUCTS. Where required, specific monitoring devices shall be consigned with the PRODUCTS to verify the required conditions have not been exceeded. PURCHASER shall conduct transit checks, e.g., seal integrity, temperate data loggers as appropriate.
7.4 PURCHASER shall maintain copies of shipping information for lots or batches shipped in accordance with approved operating procedures.
7.5 SUPPLIER shall provide applicable transport information for the PRODUCT prior to shipment to the PURCHASER as detailed in appendix 10 Transport Information.
7.6 SUPPLIER and PURCHASER shall agree the process for the auditing of the distribution arrangements from SUPPLIER to the location specified by PURCHASER .
| 8. | ARTICLE 8 - PRODUCT RECALL |
8.1 SUPPLIER shall inform PURCHASER immediately (within 24 hours) of a potential recall of any batch of the PRODUCT shipped to the PURCHASER . SUPPLIER shall initiate no recall without prior agreement of the PURCHASER . SUPPLIER and PURCHASER shall agree on the coordination of the recall prior to initiation of the recall. The PURCHASER shall have responsibility for any communication with regulatory authorities in Australia.
8.2 PURCHASER shall inform SUPPLIER immediately (within 24 hours) of a potential recall of any batch of PRODUCTS that implicate the processing, analysis, packing, release and / or distribution conducted by SUPPLIER.
8.3 SUPPLIER shall conduct an immediate investigation to determine root cause of the potential recall and provide PURCHASER with the interim and final reports on and agreed frequency.
| 9. | ARTICLE 7 - PRODUCT QUALITY COMPLAINTS AND ADVERSE EVENTS |
9.1 SUPPLIER shall be responsible for the investigation of complaints relating to the PRODUCTS, where such complaints may be attributable to the manufacturing stages carried out by SUPPLIER.
9.2 PURCHASER shall inform SUPPLIER of any complaints concerning the quality of PRODUCTS using Internal Complaints system. PURCHASER shall give SUPPLIER all possible support to resolve any problems in connection with such complaints.
9.3 PURCHASER shall communicate all customer complaints relating to PRODUCTS, that implicate the quality of PRODUCTS, supplied by SUPPLIER . SUPPLIER shall respond to PURCHASER within four (4) working days of receipt of complaint. The investigation shall be completed within ten (10) working days unless otherwise agreed, based on the severity of the problem. The report shall be issued to the PURCHASER.
9.4 SUPPLIER shall collect and investigate all complaints according to relating to PRODUCTS and shall communicate the data to PURCHASER on an annual basis in the Annual Product Review.
9.5 PURCHASER shall make the final decision, after consultation with the MANUFACTURE , of whether to conduct a recall.
| 10. | ARTICLE 10 - STABILITY STUDIES |
10.1 PURCHASER shall be responsible for carrying out and reporting stability testing in accordance with defined procedures in line with regulatory requirements.
10.2 PURCHASER ) shall notify any stability failure or adverse trend in results likely to lead to a stability failure during the period of a study to PURCHASER within five (5) days of becoming aware of such stability failure or adverse trend. MANUFACTURE shall investigate all OOS stability results or adverse trends in accordance with this Agreement.
10.3 In the event that this agreement is terminated PURCHASER will continue to generate stability data to support the acceptability of PRODUCT until all PRODUCTS distributed by the PURCHASER have reached the end of their shelf life.
| 11. | ARTICLE 11 - PRODUCT QUALITY REVIEW |
11.1 SUPPLIER shall conduct a periodic quality review of PRODUCT on an annual basis in accordance with defined procedures and regulatory requirements. A copy of the Product Quality Review shall be provided to the PURCHASER.
| 12. | ARTICLE 12 - QUALITY MANAGEMENT |
12.1 SUPPLIER and PURCHASER shall agree to the frequency, which they shall discuss technical and quality matters.
12.2 PURCHASER shall inform SUPPLIER of any changes in Appendix 1 and sale or transfer of ownership if and when they occur.
| 13. | ARTICLE 13 - MISCELLANEOUS |
13.1 Should any provision of this agreement be or become void, in whole or in part, this shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions. This void provision shall be replaced by an effective and enforceable provision that legally and economically comes as close as possible to what the parties intend or would have intended in accordance with the meaning and purpose of the agreement if they had considered the point upon conclusion of the agreement.
13.2 Amendments of the agreement must be made in writing to be binding. This agreement shall be binding by all parties. Any other assignment shall be subject to the other party’s approval.
13.3 The commercial terms of the purchase and sale of the PRODUCTS shall be subject to the supply agreement and the ancillary purchase orders. Where there is a disconnect between the supply agreement and Quality Agreement relating to PRODUCT quality the Quality Agreement takes precedence.
| 14. | ARTICLE 14 - TERM AND TERMINATION |
14.1 Upon signature by both parties this agreement shall remain in effect for five (5) years from the date of the last signature. It may be terminated by giving nine (9) months written notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing this agreement shall continue to remain in effect as long as the manufacturing and supply obligation s and / or parties’ quality assurance obligations under the ‘Contract for the International Sale of Goods’ continue to apply.
14.2 This agreement shall be valid for all contract manufacture orders issued by PURCHASER to SUPPLIER for PRODUCT provided that such orders were confirmed by SUPPLIER . Irrespective of a termination of this agreement it shall remain valid for orders having been placed and confirmed prior to termination.
14.3 Upon termination SUPPLIER shall submit to PURCHASER all documents and Instructions such as the batch release documentation, reference and any other GMP related information and data required to demonstrate the past and current compliance of the product supply agreement. Any further obligations that SUPPLIER may have agreed to under the ‘Contract for the International Sale of Goods’ agreement or any other agreement shall remain unaffected.
| 15. | ARTICLE 15 - PREMATURE TERMINATION |
15.1 Both parties shall have the right to dissolve this agreement or in writing at any time without previous notice if the other party hereto shall have a receiver appointed over all or any part of its assets or shall compound with its creditors or shall go into liquidation, voluntary or otherwise.
| 16. | ARTICLE 16 - APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION |
16.1 In relation to any claim or any proceedings or other matter under or in connection with the agreement instituted against PURCHASER by SUPPLIER the following shall apply:
| • | this agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the province of British Columbia and the applicable laws of Canada; and |
| • | any proceedings instituted against PURCHASER must only be brought in the Courts of the province of British Columbia, which shall have exclusive jurisdiction in all such proceedings. |
APPENDIX 1
CONTACT LIST
[***]
APPENDIX 2
DELINEATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES
[***]
APPENDIX 3
LIST OF PRODUCTS COVERED BY THIS AGREEMENT
[***]
APPENIDIX 4
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
BULK PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
[***]
APPENDIX 5
Optimi Labs Inc.
[***]
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE
[***]
APPENDIX 6
CONTENT OF PRODUCT QUALITY REVIEW
[***]
APPENDIX 7
GUIDELINES FOR CHANGES AFFECTING PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
[***]
APPENDIX 8
LIST OF SIGNIFICANT QUALITY EVENTS
[***]
APPENDIX 9
TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION
[***]
Exhibit 16.1
September 5, 2025
Private and Confidential
Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street, N.E.
Washington, D.C 20549
Dear Sirs/Madams:
Re: Optimi Health Corp.
We have read the “Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant” section of Optimi Health Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 dated September 5, 2025, and we agree with the statements made therein.
Yours truly,
/s/ Smythe LLP
Smythe LLP
Chartered Professional Accountants
Exhibit 21.1
Principal Subsidiaries of Optimi Health Corp.
| Subsidiaries |
Place of Incorporation | |
| Optimi Labs Inc. | British Columbia, Canada | |
| Optimi Nutraceuticals Corp. | British Columbia, Canada |
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 (No.333-) of Optimi Health Corp. of our report dated May 26, 2025, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Optimi Health Corp., which is part of this Registration Statement.
We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.
/s/ DAVIDSON & COMPANY LLP
| Vancouver, Canada | Chartered Professional Accountants |
September 5, 2025
1200 - 609 Granville Street, P.O. Box 10372, Pacific Centre, Vancouver, B.C., Canada V7Y 1G6
Telephone (604) 687-0947 Davidson-co.com
Exhibit 23.2
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We hereby consent to reference to our firm under the caption Experts and to the use in the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Optimi Health Corp. of our report dated May 26, 2025, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended September 30, 2023.
/s/ Smythe LLP
Chartered Professional Accountants
Vancouver, Canada
September 5, 2025
Exhibit 99.1
OPTIMI HEALTH CORP.
(the “Corporation”)
CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS
1. PURPOSE
1.1 This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (“Code”) was adopted by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) and covers a range of business practices and procedures. This Code cannot and does not cover every issue that may arise or every situation in which ethical decisions must be made, but rather sets out key guiding principles of conduct and ethics that the Corporation expects of its employees, directors and officers (including, without limitation, the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Vice President of the Corporation). All references to “Employees” in this Code include all employees, directors and officers of the Corporation.
1.2 This Code is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:
| (a) | honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest; |
| (b) | avoidance of conflicts of interest, including disclosure to an appropriate person of any material transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to such a conflict; |
| (c) | full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Corporation files with, or submits to, the securities regulators and in other public communications made by the Corporation; |
| (d) | compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations; |
| (e) | the protection of Corporation assets, including corporate opportunities and confidential information; |
| (f) | fair dealing practices; |
| (g) | the prompt internal reporting to an appropriate person or persons of violations of this Code; and |
| (h) | accountability for adherence to this Code. |
1.3 The Corporation expects all its employees, officers and directors to be familiar with the Code and comply and act in accordance, at all times, with the principles stated above and the more detailed provisions provided herein. Violations of this Code by an employee, officer or director are grounds for disciplinary action up to and including immediate termination of employment, officership or directorship.
1.4 It is not possible to enumerate all of the situations that could result in an actual or apparent violation of this Code. The following areas are, however, of particular concern to the Corporation with respect to the ethical conduct of the Corporation’s business.
2. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS
2.1 The Corporation is strongly committed to conducting its business affairs with honesty and integrity and in full compliance with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Corporation’s business in the countries in which it operates. Each Employee must at all times respect and obey such laws, rules and regulations, including insider trading laws, and should avoid any situation that could be perceived as improper, unethical or indicate a casual attitude towards compliance with such laws, rules and regulations. Although not all Employees are expected to know the details of these laws, it is important to know enough to determine when to seek advice from appropriate personnel. The Corporation endeavours to provide all necessary information to its Employees to promote compliance with laws, rules and regulations, including insider-trading laws.
3. INSIDER TRADING
3.1 Employees and outside consultants who have access to confidential information are not permitted to use or share that information for stock trading purposes or for any other purpose except the conduct of the Corporation’s business. All non-public information about the Corporation or its partners should be considered confidential information. To use non-public information for personal financial benefit or to “tip” others who might make an investment decision on the basis of this information is not only unethical but also illegal. If you have any questions, please consult the Corporate Secretary and refer to the Corporation’s Insider Trading and Reporting Policy.
4. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
4.1 Any conflict of interest that occurs should be reported directly to the Corporate Secretary. Directors and executive officers must seek determinations and prior authorizations or approvals of potential conflicts of interest exclusively from the audit committee of the Board. A “conflict of interest” occurs when an individual’s private interest (or the interest of a member of their family) interferes in any way - or even appears to interfere - with the interests of the Corporation as a whole. A conflict situation can arise when an Employee (or a member of their family) takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest also arise when an Employee, or a member of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in the Corporation. Loans to, or guarantees of obligations of, such persons are of special concern and could constitute improper personal benefits to the recipients of such loans or guarantees, depending on the facts and circumstances. Loans by the Corporation to, or guarantees by the Corporation of obligations of, any director or executive officer or their family members are expressly prohibited. Employees shall perform the responsibilities of their positions on the basis of what is in the best interests of the Corporation and free from the influence of personal considerations and relationships.
5. CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES
5.1 Employees are prohibited from: (a) taking for themselves personally (or for the benefit of friends or family members) opportunities that are discovered through the use of Corporation property, information or position; (b) using Corporation property, information, or position for personal gain (including gain of friends or family members); and (c) competing with the Corporation. Employees owe a duty to the Corporation to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises.
- 2 -
6. CONFIDENTIALITY
6.1 Employees must maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the Corporation or by its customers, suppliers or partners, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors or might be harmful to the Corporation or its customers, suppliers or partners, if disclosed.
7. FAIR DEALING
7.1 Employees shall deal honestly, fairly and ethically with all of the Corporation’s security holders, suppliers, customers, partners, service providers, competitors and other Employees and anyone else with whom they have contact in the course of performing their job. In all such dealings, Employees shall comply with all laws, rules and regulations and not take any actions that would bring into question the integrity of the Corporation or any of its Employees.
8. PROTECTION AND PROPER USE OF CORPORATE ASSETS
8.1 All Employees should endeavor to protect the Corporation’s assets and ensure their efficient use. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct, negative impact on the Corporation’s image and profitability. All of the Corporation’s assets should only be used for legitimate business purposes. Any suspected incident of fraud or theft should be reported for investigation immediately.
8.2 The obligation of Employees to protect the firm’s assets includes its proprietary information. Proprietary information includes intellectual property such as business, marketing and corporate development information, plans, engineering and all technical information, databases, records, salary information and any unpublished financial or technical data and reports. Unauthorized use or distribution of this information would violate this Code. It could also be illegal and result in civil or even criminal penalties.
9. FINANCIAL REPORTING AND RECORDS
9.1 The Corporation maintains a high standard of accuracy and completeness in its financial records. These records serve as a basis for managing our business and are crucial for meeting obligations to Employees, customers, investors and others, as well as for compliance with regulatory, tax, financial reporting and other legal requirements. Employees who make entries into business records or who issue regulatory or financial reports, have a responsibility to fairly present all information in a truthful, accurate and timely manner. No Employee shall exert any influence over, coerce, mislead or in any way manipulate or attempt to manipulate the independent auditors of the Corporation. Each Employee must cooperate fully with the Corporation’s accounting and internal audit departments, as well as the independent auditors of the Corporation and counsel.
9.2 The Corporation maintains all records in accordance with laws and regulations regarding retention of business records. The term “business records” covers a broad range of files, reports, business plans, receipts, policies and communications, including hard copy, electronic, audio recording, microfiche and microfilm files whether maintained at work or at home. The Corporation prohibits the unauthorized destruction of or tampering with any records, whether written or in electronic form, where the Corporation is required by law or government regulation to maintain such records or where it has reason to know of a threatened or pending government investigation or litigation relating to such records.
- 3 -
9.3 The Corporation’s periodic reports and other documents filed with applicable securities agencies, including the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, including all financial statements and other financial information, must comply with applicable securities laws and rules. Each Employee who is involved in the Corporation’s public disclosure process must: be familiar with and comply with the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting; and take all necessary steps to ensure that all filings with the securities agencies and all other public communications about the financial and business condition of the Corporation provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable public disclosure.
10. PROHIBITED SUBSTANCES
10.1 Illegal drugs are not acceptable or permitted in the workplace. Where prescription or non-prescription (over the counter) drugs which are likely to affect performance or safety are involved, you must notify your supervisor to ensure that safety performance is properly managed. Employees must not allow alcohol to affect their performance at work. Additional rules may be applicable to drugs and alcohol on an exploration or mine site and if you are on such a site, you must familiarize yourself with these rules.
11. ANTI-CORRUPTION AND BUSINESS ETHICS
11.1 Dealing with Public Officials. All dealings between representatives of the Corporation and any public official are to be conducted in a manner that will not compromise the integrity or negatively impact the reputation of any government or public official, or the Corporation, or its affiliates. Even the appearance of impropriety in dealing with a public official is improper and unacceptable.
It is strictly prohibited to give, offer or agree to give a “benefit” of any kind to a “public official” in order to influence the performance of duties or functions of the public official, or the acts or decisions of the official’s government or public organization, or to obtain any other business advantage. It is also strictly prohibited to ask, or knowingly allow, someone else – an agent or other third party – to give, offer or agree to give any benefit to a public official for any such improper purpose. These prohibitions apply regardless of whether a government official requests the benefit.
A “benefit” includes any service, gift, kickbacks, preferential hiring or contracting, and certain charitable contributions, political donations or sponsorships. “Public officials” include local community leaders, members of a political party, political candidates, relatives of government officials, members of a royal family, employees of state-owned businesses and employees of public international organizations such as the United Nations.
All representatives are responsible for following the Corporation’s procedures for carrying out and reporting business transactions.
11.2 Gifts and Entertainment. Employees will not accept gratuities, favours or gifts of any sort having more than a nominal and limited value. Representatives should neither seek nor accept gifts, payments, services, fees, strictly leisure trips or accommodations, special valuable privileges, or loans from any person (except from persons in the business of lending and then on conventional terms) or from any organization or group that does, or is seeking to do, business with the Corporation or any of its affiliates, or from a competitor of the Corporation or any of its affiliates.
- 4 -
Representatives shall not furnish, directly or indirectly, on behalf of the Corporation, expensive gifts or provide excessive entertainment or benefits to other persons. Representatives, whose duties permit them to do so, may furnish modest gifts, favours and entertainment to persons provided all of the following are met:
| (a) | they are not in cash, bonds or negotiable securities and are of limited value so as not to be liable of being interpreted as a bribe, payoff or other improper payment; |
| (b) | they are made as a matter of general and accepted business practice; |
| (c) | they comply with “Dealing with Public Officials” above and do not otherwise contravene any laws, and are made in accordance with generally accepted ethical practices; and |
| (d) | if subsequently disclosed to the public, their provision would not in any way embarrass the Corporation or their recipients. |
12. OBLIGATIONS ON LEAVING THE CORPORATION
12.1 On leaving the Corporation no matter what the circumstances, each Employee must hand over all Corporation assets and items containing business information. Even after leaving the Corporation, all Employees have a continuing obligation to maintain the confidentiality of such information, which includes intellectual property that may have been created while working with the Corporation. Certain Employees may be subject to acquisition or other restrictions within specified areas of interest.
13. EXTERNAL EMPLOYMENT
13.1 Employees should keep outside activities separate from Corporation work. Employees should ensure that outside activity does not involve the use of the Corporation’s property, information, money, facilities, time or the services of fellow Employees. Employees should avoid outside activity likely to adversely affect either their work or someone else’s, or which could discredit either the Corporation or themselves, or which could conflict with the Corporation’s interests.
14. USING THIS CODE, WAIVERS AND REPORTING VIOLATIONS
14.1 It is the responsibility of all Employees to understand and comply with this Code.
14.2 The Corporation is committed to taking prompt action against violations of the Code and it is the responsibility of all Employees to comply with the Code and to report violations or suspected violations to the Corporate Secretary. Employees may also discuss their concerns with their supervisor who will then report suspected violations to the Corporate Secretary.
14.3 The Corporate Secretary is appointed by the Board and is responsible for investigating and resolving all reported complaints and allegations and shall advise the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and/or the Audit Committee of the Corporation.
14.4 The Corporate Secretary will report suspected fraud or securities law violations for review by the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee will report all violations reviewed to the Board of Directors.
14.5 The Corporate Secretary will report regularly to the Board on the results and resolution of complaints and allegations concerning violations of the Code.
14.6 No waivers of any provision of this Code may be made except by the Board. Any waiver or amendment shall be reported as required by law or regulation.
- 5 -
14.7 It is against the Corporation’s policy to take any action against any Employee for his or her reporting in good faith any violation of this Code or any of the Corporation’s other guidelines, codes of conduct or policy statements. If you have any questions about this Code or what is expected of our Employees, please contact the Corporate Secretary.
15. EFFECTIVE DATE
This Code was implemented by the Board on May 6, 2021 and amended on July 18, 2025.
- 6 -